_ ee 2 ee i agi = Tat n nT —_ 7 oni a ; a] _ is fi : i! 7 on a Ds i en _ : re Muy 1 hi oH i i Dew ni i i} J iH f Tay a eee ree . mrt } Ki | on i PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. VOU = Ke tse. PHILADMLPAHT A: PRINTED FOR THE ACADEMY. 1861. ‘ss » ® 4 ' ‘ A { * ‘ . ‘ \ ' - ‘ j | i a) 1 7 of ~ La Bee ai? Errore h DEN eg § OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA., 1860. January 3d. Vice President BripGEs in the Chair. Forty members present. Papers were presented for publication entitled, ‘‘ Descriptions of new species of fossils, probably Triassic, from Vir- ginia,”” by Wm. M. Gabb. ‘‘ Descriptions of new species of Cretaceous Fossils,” by Wm. M. Gabb. “ Catalogue of the shell-bearing Mollusca found in the vicinity of Mo- hawk, N. Y.,” by James Lewis, M. D. Permission being granted, the Report of the Biological Department for December was read and ordered to be printed with the Proceed- ings of the month. Mr. Lea, in referring to the death of Augustus E. Jessup, one of our old members, mentioned that the deceased was elected in 1818, and that he had been an ardent student of mineralogy and a most persevering collector, being in the habit of visiting on foot and collecting largely from dis- tant localities. In 1819 he accompanied Major Long’s expedition to the Rocky Mountains as mineralogist and geologist, and handed in his report to the Depart- ment, but for some reason, unknown at present, it was not inserted in the Journal of that Expedition as published. Having entered into an active busi- ness career, in which he was eminently successful, he retired in the year 1853 with an ample fortune, having made many friends by his probity, punc- tuality and liberality. He was frank and open in his manners, prompt and just in his dealings and liberal in his views. While immersed in the cares of a large business, he did not forget his early attachment to the Academy. He was unable, from his residence being at some distance, to attend the meetings, but he watched with pleasure the growth and usefulness of our institution, and was always ready to contribute liberally to promote the objects of Natural History. He died suddenly, on the 17th day of December, 1859, at his resi- dence in Wilmington, Del., in his 63d year. In conclusion Mr. Lea offered the following resolutions : Resolved, That in the decease of our fellow member, Augustus E. Jessup, we have lost an old, esteemed and valued associate, who, through a long and suc- 1860.] 1 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF cessful career had not ceased to promote the objects, which, in early life, at- tached him to the study of Natural History. Resolved, That while the members are sensible of the loss they have sus- tained, they are not forgetful of the sorrows of his afflicted family, to whom they offer their condolence. Which were adopted. January 10th. Mr. Lea, President in the Chair. Forty-nine members present. The following papers were presented for publication : ‘‘ Appendix to the paper entitled New Genera and Species of North American Tipulide with short palpi,” by R. Osten Sacken. ‘¢ Contributions to American Lepidopterology, No. 3,” by Brackenridge Clemens, M. D. Mr. Lea having stated some facts in relation to the history of Anthre- cite, Dr. Pickering mentioned that Mr. Shoemaker’s first load of An- thracite was taken to the factory of Mr. Samuel Wetherill, at the cor- ner of 12th and Cherry streets, but in consequence of the impossibility of burning it, it was buried. Permission being granted, the following resolutions were passed, in relation to the application made this evening by Dr. Evans, for the co- operation of the Academy, in his efforts to transport the meteorite now lying near Port Orford, W. T. Resolved, That the Academy will cheerfully co-operate with Dr. Evans in his endeavors to rescue for science the meteorite of Washing- ton Territory. Resolved, That a Committee of three be appointed to prepare a memorial in such form as may, in their opinion, conduce to the carrying out of the views of Dr. Evans, a draft of the same to be reported at the next meeting. The death of Peter A. Browne, late a member of the Academy, at Philadelphia, on the 9th instant, was announced. January 7th. Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. Forty-five members present. ‘The following papers were presented for publication : “ Additional new species of Fossils to a paper by T. A. Conrad.” ¥ “ Notes on the nomenclature of North American Fishes,” by Theo. ill. ‘“* On the pertinence of Alosa teres, Dekay, to the genus Dussumieza, Vai.,” by Theo. Gill. Pursuant to the order of the last meeting the Committee to prepare a memorial in aid of Dr. Evans’ attempts to procure the meteorite near Port Orford, W. T., reported and was discharged. [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 January 24th. Vice President BrrpGcEs in the Chair. Forty members present. A paper entitled the Mexican Humming Birds, No.1, by Rafael Montes de Oca was presented for publication. Mr. Lea exhibited some specimens of Unionide, and remarked that he had often been asked as to the number of species which inhabited the United States, a question he could not answer, as he had never made a separate cata- logue of such species. Recently he had been requested by the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution to furnish a list for publication by that Institution, which he had just finished and sent to Washington. In making the list he had used the manuscript which he had prepared for a new and enlarged edi- tion (4) of his ‘‘ Synopsis.’? From the list he had carefully eliminated the synonyms, and there remained in it the extraordinarily large number of five hundred and twenty species which have been described, inhabiting the Rivers, Lakes and Pools of the United States and Territories, and he stated that he had some 30 to 40 in his possession not yet named or described. These 520 may be thus divided :— Unio, . : 4 : - 4 ; A . 441 species. Margaritana, : 5 : . : : : 26 do. Anodonta, . - : > . : - . 53 do. 520 New species in Mr. Lea’s possession, but yet not described, 30 550 Mr. Lea further remarked that it was very probable that at least 100 more species would be added to this list, as inhabiting within the present limits of the United States, as almost every naturalist, searching in unexplored waters, was constantly discovering new forms. In reflecting on the profusion of this kind of animal life in the United States, the naturalist is astonished at the great number of forms characteristic of the various species, and he is the more struck with the extent of it, when a comparison is made with the smali num- ber of species which inhabit the continent of Europe, there not being in the fresh waters of that quarter of the globe more perhaps than ten species, viz: seven Uniones, ene Margaritana, one Monocondylwa, and one Anodonta. Mr. Lea stated that he had taken great pains to procure specimens from all parts of Europe, and he was satisfied that there were 98 synonyms made by Euro- pean authors, for the single species of Anodonta cygnea, Draparnaud, the Mytilus cygneus of Linneus, and the synonymy is nearly as profusely erroneous, in Unio pictorum, Unio tumidus, Unio Batavus and Unio littoralis. Mr. Slack remarked, in connection with the bones presented this evening, that they were discovered some two weeks since by Mr. O. C. Herbert, in his marl pits, near Marlborough, Monmouth Co., N. J., at a depth of twenty-five feet beneath the surface. Having received information of their discovery from Mr. Hopper, of Freehold, on Monday week, Mr. 8. visited the pits and pro- cured the specimens from Mr. H. They consist of fragments of the femur and fibula of the Mosasaurus, and are of great interest, the long bones of this reptile having until recently been unknown. On motion of Mr. Slack, the thanks of the Academy were ordered to be tendered to Messrs. J. M. Hopper and O. C. Herbert, of Mon- mouth Co., N. J., and also to Mr. Edward L. Perkins, for donations presented by them. 1860.] 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Jan. 31st. Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. Forty-four members present. The report of the Biological Department for the present month was read. On report of a Committee of the Biological Department, the paper en- titled ‘ Remarks on errors in the Anatomical Diagnosis of Cancer, by J. J. Woodward, M. D.,” was recommended for publication in a Medical Journal. On report of the respective Committees the following papers were ordered to be published in the Journal of the Academy : ‘‘ Reflections upon the nature of the temporary star of the year 1572, an application of the Nebular Hypothesis, by Alexander Wilcox, M.D.” “ Descriptions of New Cretaceous and Hocene Shells of Mississippi and Alabama, also with notes on Kocene fossil shells, by T. A. Conrad.’’ “‘ Descriptions of new species of Fossils, probably Triassic, from Vir- ginia, by W. M. Gabb.” ‘‘ Descriptions of new species of Cretaceous fossils, by W. M. Gabb.” “ Additional new species of Fossils to a paper by T. A. Conrad.” And the following in the Proceedings : Contributions to American Lepidopterology.—No. 3. BY BRACKENRIDGE CLEMENS, M. D. TINEINA. The plan of these papers will hereafter be changed, and no diagnosis of genera will be given, except when there is doubt respecting the identity of the European and American groups, and when the genera are new. The in- tention of giving some conception of the systematic arrangement of the group Tineina will therefore be abandoned, and the subsequent papers be confined simply to the description of species. I find myself compelled to adopt this course, in consequence of perceiving, as I advance in the recognition of generic groups, that the diagnoses of the families heretofore cited are too limited, and that, in order to represent my conception of these groups, I shall be obliged to make them more comprehensive. These changes, together with generic synopses of the families, will be best treated in a monograph of the Tineina, which will be undertaken as soon as the collection of the writer represents, with some degree of completeness, the genera found in our country. In order that the accomplishment of this may not be too long delayed, contributions of specimens are respectfully solicited from collectors, either in accordance with the call from the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, in the Report for 1858, or the request made at the present time. Contributions may be sent to the Smithsonian Institution, or to myself, but, in the latter case, the charges for carriage must be prepaid ; and should the contributor desire it, a suite of named specimens will be returned to him. Full directions for the collection and preservation of Lepidoptera are contained in the Smithsonian Report for 1858, and may be had on application to the Secretary of the Institution. CoLEoPHoRA Zeller. Stalk of antenne clothed with erect scales to the middle. C.coruscipennella.—Labial palpi and head bronzy green. Antenne, [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 basal half bronzy green, with a reddish violet reflection ; terminal half white, annulated with brown. Fore wings uniform, bronzy green, with the apical portion reddish violet, or of a reddish, coppery hue. Hind wings dark brown ; cilia the same. Stalk somewhat thickened, wiih scales not erected. C. laticornella.—Labial palpi and head brownish ochreous. Antenne pale brownish ochreous towards the base, becoming white with an ochreous tinge toward the tip, and annulated with dark brown throughout. Fore wings rather deep, uniform brown, with a whitish ochreous streak along the costa, from the base to the costo-apical cilia, narrowing behind, and not reaching beyond the subcostal nervure. Hind wings rather dark brown; cilia the same. Antennal stalk simpie; basal jo‘nt thickencd with scales. C. ce nosipennella.—Labial palpi and head white. Antenne white, annulated with dark brown ; basal joint white. Fore wings dull yellow, with a white streak along the basal portion of inner margin, one along the costa, and one along the subcostal nervure, separated from the former by a narrow line of the general hue; an oblique, white streak along the disk, and inclined to the inner angle, and one in the fold, with three rather faint, oblique, white streaks between the terminal portions of the costal and discal streaks. Hind wings rather dark gray ; cilia fulvous. C. infuscatella.—Labial palpi brownish gray. Head pale leaden gray, whitish on the sides and above the eyes. Antenne gray, annulated with dark brown. Fore wings grayish brown, with a white streak along the costa to the tip, and one along the inner margin; a white streak along the fold, and one parallel to it along the middle of the wing, and somewhat dilated on the inner margin ; cilia grayish brown. Hind wings gray; cilia the same. C. cretaticostella.—tLabial palpi white. Head white, tinged with yellowish. Antenne white, annulated with brownish. Fore wings shining yellow, with rather a broad white streak along the costa, extended nearly to the tip ; somewhat streaked with ochreous, and the tip rather deep ochreous. The inner margin of the wing is whitish. Hind wings ochreous brown; cilia the same. ; IncvRVARIA Haworth. I. russatella.—Head ochreous. Antenne dark brown, ochreous at the base, and annulated with ochreous. Thorax purplish brown. Fore wings deep fuscous, with a beautiful purple reflection. Near the base of the wing is a very pale yellow band, broadest on the inner margin, and a costal and dorsal spot of the same hue opposite each other, a little beyond the middle of the wing. Hind wings pale fuscous tinged with purplish red ; cilia pale brown. The wing structure of the following species departs from that of the genus. Both wings are pointed, the fore wings with a single discal nervure, given off to the inner margin and the hind wings with two discal nervules branching from a common stalk. I. Acerifoliella.—Ornix Acerifoliella Fitch, Reports, 1 and 2, p. 269. Head reddish ochreous. General hue a fine metallic green ; fore wings without markings. I am indebted to the kindness of Dr. Fitch for a specimen of this insect. PiLutretta Schrank. P. vigilaciella.—Head white, with fuscous before and behind the eyes. Labial palpi white ; exterior of second joint fuscous. Antenne ochreous, an- nulated with white, especially towards the tips. Thorax white; tegule dark 1860.] 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF fuscous. Fore wings white, streaked with ochreous, with a dark ochreous streak at the base of the fold, margined on the inner side with dark brown. The inner border, from near the base to the tip of the wing, is closely dotted with dark brown; and on the costa, toward the tip, are a few dots of the same hue, and in the middle of the wing an elongated dark brown dot ; cilia white and dark brown intermixed. Hind wings dark gray. Abdomen dark gray. P. limbipennella.—Head pale ochreous. Labial palpi whitish : tuft dark brown. Antenne brown, slightly annulated with white. Thorax yellowish white ; tegule dark brown. Fore wings cinereous brown, dusted with dark brown, with a dark brown sinuated streak along the fold, and the inner mar- ginal portion of the wing pale yellowish white, with three rounded projections toward the fold. Hind wings brown, with a purplish hue; cilia brownish ochreous. Abdomen dark brown. P. mollipedella.—Head and thorax pale brownish ochrecus. Fore wings pale brownish ochreous, somewhat paler along the costa, and dotted with dark brown, with a fuscous, sinuated streak in the fold, narrowly edged with ochreous gray. The inner marginal portion of the wing pale brownish ochreous, with three projections toward the fold, and the inner border dotted with dark brown to the tip of the wing. Hind wings dark gray ; cilia brownish ochreous. GRACILARIA Zeller. G. superbifrontella.—Lahial palpi yellow, tipped with brownish. An- tenne dull yellow, with very faint brownish rings. Head stramineous, tinged with reddish violet on the forehead. Thorax stramineous, with tegule externally striped with reddish violet. Fore wings beautiful reddish violet, with a shining stramineous patch on the inner margin at the base, and a large costal triangle of the same hue, reaching almost across the wing, and extending along the costa from the basal third, nearly to the apex. Hind wings black- ish gray ; cilia dark fuscous. This insect must approach very closely the European Swederella. The larva may be found, in the middle of July, in cones, on the leaves of Hamamelis Virginica (Witch Hazel), and the imago appears early in August. The head of the larva is pale green; body pale green, darker colored by the ingesta, with the tenth ring whitish, and the cervical shield pale brown. G. fulgidella.—Head and antenne yellowish white. Fore wings white, with a silvery lustre, with a dark brown blotch near the base, not extended across the wing. Rather beyond the middle of the wing is a broad, dark brown band, with the exterior margin darkest, and sharply angulated just above the inner margin. The apical portion of the wing contains two rather broad, dark brown costal streaks, somewhat confluent in the middle of the wing, with a white costal spot between them. The extreme apex of the wing is dark brown, with a white costal streak before it, and opposite the costal white spot is another, at the interior angle, sometimes two not distinctly separated. Hind wings dark fuscous; cilia the same. G. venustella.—Labial palpi white, with a blackish spot near the mid- dle, and one near the tip. Antenne dark brownish. Head silvery white. Fore wings dark cinereous, with a purplish hue, and white along the inner mar- gin from the base to the middle. At the basal third of the wing is a small, white costal spot ; three oblique, equidistant, slender white bands, dark mar- gined on both sides, the jirst about the middle of the wing, the second and third converging at the inner margin, with a white spot at the extreme apex, dark-margined on both sides by short streaks ; cilia cinereous and white in- termixed. Hind wings blackish gray; cilia rather paler. {Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. i “G.strigifinitella.—Labial palpi yellowish white, dotted with dark brown, and with two;dark brown rings before the tip. Head and antenne dull yellow. Fore wings brownish gray suffused with dark brown, with the inner margin, from near the base to the middle, varied with white and dark brown ; on the middle of costa a white streak, and a few small, costal, dark brown blotches. Near the tip, on the inner margin, a slender, very oblique white streak, dark margined on both sides, which crosses an oblique streak of the same hue from the costa, likewise dark-margined on both sides above the streak from the inner margin, and curved beneath, forming a white hinder- marginal line in the cilia, beneath the tip, and extending nearly to the apex of the wing. Beyond these, toward the base, in the apical third of the wing, are two oblique, dark brown costal streaks, with a short, white one between them, the first irregular and somewhat diffused, the second margined behind with brownish yellow. Apical portion of the wing dark brown. Hind wings dark brown; cilia somewhat paler. G. violacella.—Head and face pale yellowish, tinged with reddish violet. Labial palpi yellowish white, annulated at the tip with brownish. Fore wings with the external half pale, shining, cream yellow, interior half suffused with a pale violet iridescence. About the middle of the costa are a few separated blackish brown dots, and in the middle of the wing a blackish brown comma spot, and near the tip an atom of the same hue. The posterior part of the fold somewhat suffused with fuscous ; cilia reddish fuscous. Hind wings dark gray, with a reddish tinge; cilia reddish fuscous. ARGYRESTHIA Htibner. A. oreasella.—tLabial palpi silvery white. Head silvery white; fore- head and face faintly tinged with pale golden brown. Antenne silvery, annu- lated with dark brown. Fore wings silvery white, with a pale golden brown streak at the base of the costa. About the middle of the wing is an oblique, dark golden brown band, broadest on the inner margin, and tapering to the costa, beyond which is a narrower, oblique band of the same hue produced in the middle, as a rather broad, somewhat curved streak toward the tip, behind which it is arrested; cilia pale golden brown, with a darker hinder-marginal line; hind wings dark gray; cilia the same. Another specimen, on the middle of the inner margin, has a rectangular, golden brown patch, not extended to the costa, with an irregular, obliquely placed patch of the same hue on the inner margin, near the tip, and slightly connected with a small costal patch placed midway between the patches, on the inner margin. The tip of the wing is golden brown, and is scarcely con- nected with the second patch by a posteriorly produced portion. Taken on wing, June, July, Ornix Zeller. 0. trepidella.—Labial palpi yellowish white, annulated with dark brown near the tip. Head dark brown. Antenne dark brown, slightly annulated with whitish. Fore wings dark purplish, dusted with dark brown. Along the costa are several short, oblique, obscure yellowish streaks, with dark brown streaks between, extending from the middle of the wing to the tip, obliquely placed till near the apex. Hind wings dark gray; cilia the same. O. festinella.—tLabial palpi silvery gray, with the second joint at the apex annulated with dark brownish. Head dull brownish gray. Antenne dark brown, annulated with whitish. Fore wings grayish, somewhat suffused with brownish from the base to the middle, with the costa at base dark brown. From the middle to the tip freely dusted with dark brown, with several whitish, rather obscure costal streaks, becoming plainer near the tip, and two or three on the inner margin, near the tip. At the tip are a few dark 1860.] 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF brown scales, with the cilia of extreme apex white; cilia grayish, with dark brown tipped scales intermixed. Hind wings pale gray; cilia similar. Ab- domen blackish, tipped with yellowish ochreous. O. Crategifoliella.—Labial palpi whitish. Head dark brown and gray intermixed. Antenne dark brown, faintly annulated with whitish. Fore wings dark brown, with a purplish hue. Along the inner margin, from the base to the anal angle, whitish, dusted with dark brownish. In the fold at the base is a dark brown streak, and a small blotch of the same hue be- yond the middle, nearly reaching to the inner margin. Toward the tip area few whitish, costal streaks, and at the apex a small, round, dark brown spot, in a whitish patch, with a circular, dark brown apical line behind it; cilia blackish gray. Hind wings blackish gray; cilia rather paler. Abdomen blackish, tipped with dull yellow. The larva mines the leaves of Crategus tomentosa (Black Thorn), in September, and becomes a pupa early in October, weaving a reddish brown cocoon in a turned down edge of the leaf. The pupa case is thrust from the end of the cocoon at maturity, the imago appearing early in May. There is, doubtless, a summer brood, but I have not sought for it. The head of the larva is brown; the body greenish white, with the dorsum reddish brown. Hyponomevta Zeller. H. multipunctella.—tLabial palpi, head, antenne and thorax, white. Thorax with a black spot on the front of tegule, and a few spots of the same hue on the disk. Fore wings white, with the costa at the base blackish, and longitudinal rows of distinct black dots; two of which, one along the inner margin and one along the fold, are very plain. Hind wings blackish gray. Bepeti1A? Stainton. This genus is represented by a single species, in Europe. It was, therefore, a surprise to myself, when I found the species described below, corresponded to the European not only in structure but in ornamentation. There is, how- ever, a slight difference in the neuration of the posterior wings of the two in- sects when compared with Mr. Stainton’s delineation, and hence I give a full generic diagnosis of the American species. The anterior wings are narrow and pointed, and the posterior very narrow, almost setiform. The discoidal cell of the anterior is acute behind, with three subcosto-marginal nervules, the last of which arises at the apex of the cell, together with the apical nervule, which sends off, at about its middle, a ner- vulet to the inner margin, and is furcate near the tip of the wing. The median nervure sends only a single branch to the inner margin. Both the costal and sub-median nervures are short. The posterior wings without discoidal cell ; the costal nervure is very short; the sub-costal runs through the middle of the wing, and sends a branch to the inner margin, rather beyond the middle, and is furcate at its extremity, the lower branch proceeding to the tip, along the inner margin. Above the subcostal nervure is a rather indistinct, paral- lel fold. The median nervure is long, well marked, and simple; placed near the inner margin of the wing. Head rough above, and in front, between the antennz, almost tufted; face smooth, moderately broad, and rounded. Ocelli none. Eyes moderately prominent, round, and partially covered with hairs from above. Antenne as long as the anterior wings, filiform, simple; basal joint squaamose. No max- illary palpi. Labial palpi very short, pointed, and rather porrected, with two joints only distinguishable. Tongue naked and short. B.? Staintoniella.—Labial palpi and head ochreous, the latter some- what reddish ochreous above. Antenne ochreous. Fore wings ochreous, dusted with dark fuscous, but leaving a streak of the general hue along the [ Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9 inner margin. Hind wings dark gray; cilia rather dark ochreous. Abdomen dark brown and ochreous mixed. CosMIOTES. Fore wings rather narrowly ovate-lanceolate, with the discoidal cell closed acutely. The sub-costal nervure is attenuated toward base of the wing, and subdivides into three marginal branches, the first of which arises at about its middle, and sends from the angle of the disk a trifid branch, which is either forked on the costa by an exceeding short branch before the tip, and gives rise at about its middle to a branch to the inner margin, or is trifid at its extreme tip. The median is two or three-branched near its end. The sub-median is simple. Hind wings are without a discoidal cell; and the costal nervure is moderately long. The sub-costal runs through the mid- dle of the wing, (is central), and is furcate near the tip. The median is well indicated, with two or three short, approximated branches about the mid- dle of the inner margin. Size very small. Head smooth. Without ocelli. Forehead rather elevated and rounded ; face rounded, and nearly equally broad. Eyes very small, oval, and somewhat sunken, scarcely visible in front. Labial palpi mode- rately long and slender, smooth, pointed, and somewhat recurved ; the second joint slightly compressed laterally. No maxillary palpi. Antennz inserted laterally ; basal joint short and rather thick, with a few cilia at the base be- fore ; stalk simple, slender, and scarcely as long as the body. Tongue naked, and about as long as the labial palpi. § Median vein of hind wings two-branched. Apical vein trifid at the tip. C. illeetella.—tLabial palpi and head yellowish brown. Antenne fus- cous. Fore wings fuscous, dusted with dark brown, with a broad, transverse silvery white band near the middle of the wing, a spot of the same hue on the costa near the tip, and an opposite one on the inner margin, nearly join- ing it in the middle of the wing. The extreme apex of the wing has a silvery streak in the cilia, margined behind with a row of dark brown atoms on their ends. Hind wings grayish fuscous; cilia the same. §§ Median vein of hind wing three-branched. Apical vein forked on the costa, with a nervulet to the inner margin. : C. maculoscella.—Labial palpi dull yellowish. Head dark brownish. Antenne fuscous. Fore wings shining silvery grayish, suffused with dark golden brown, with a rather obscure silvery band in the middle of the wing and a silvery spot on the costa just before the tip. The extreme apical por- tion of the wing is blackish brown; cilia grayish brown. Hind wings grayish, dusted with dark brown; cilia grayish brown. §§ Medio-posterior and central veins opposite the space between the second and third sub-costo- marginals. C. madarella.—Head dark silvery gray. Antenne dark brown, yellow- ish white at the tips. Fore wings dark golden brown, silvery gray at the base, with an oblique, pale golden band near the middle of the wing, the costal portion being nearest the base. On the costa, near the tip, is a pale golden spot, with a spot of the same hue opposite on the inner margin, and one in the middle of the wing before the tip; cilia pale brown, dotted with dark brown. Hind wings grayish brown ; cilia rather darker. CosmoprerRyx ? Hiibner. The anterior wings are rather narrow, and slenderly caudate. The discoidal cell is elongate and very narrow, and closed acutely behind with three sub- costo-marginal nervules, the first arising about the middle of the wing. The median sends four nervules to the inner margin, the first arising midway be- 1860.] 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF tween the first and second subcostal branches, and the last from the apex of the discoidal cell, together with an apical branch, which almost immediately sends off a nervulet to the inner margin, whilst the apical proceeds through the middle of the slender, acicular caudate extremity to its tip. At the basal third of the wing, the sub-costal nervure becomes attenuated. The costal is nearly coincident with the margin ; the sub-median furcate at the base. The posterior wings are narrow, almost setiform, and without a discoidal cell. The sub-median is central, simple, and faintly indicated until near the tip, when it becomes furcate. The median, which is better defined, runs near the inner margin, and subdivides into three branches to the inner margin. The costal is coincident with the marginal. Head perfectly smooth, advanced, long, and flattened above ; forehead very convex and globose; face full, rounded, and somewhat retreating. Ocelli none. Eyes flattened, scarcely visible in front, oval. Antenne nearly as long as the anterior wings; basal joint long, slender, and clavate; stalk seta- ceous and simple. Maxillary palpi extremely short, scarcely perceptible. Labial palpi very long, slender, much recurved, and pointed ; the second joint some- what compressed toward the end, shorter than the third. Tongue scaled, as long as the thorax beneath. C.? gemmiferella.—Labial palpi dark greenish brown, with a silvery stripe on the front of the third joint, and another behind, continued to the second joint. Face, head, and thorax, dark greenish brown, with a narrow, central, silvery line continued to the thorax, and one of the same hue above the eyes on each side. Antenne dark greenish brown, with two silvery lines on the basal joint, the stalk annulated with silvery, and a broad, silvery ring before the tip, which is likewise silvery. Fore wings dark greenish brown to the middle, and from the apical third to the tip, with an orange-colored patch rather beyond the middle of the wing, extended across the wing, and a little produced along the costa behind, having a large, transverse, oval, smooth patch of elevated, silvery scales somewhat violet-hued, on its internal margin the patch extending nearly across the wing; another smaller and similar, nearly round one behind it, on the inner margin, and another small one on the costa, behind the produced portion, with a white costal streak above it in the cilia. All these patches are somewhat black-margined. Near the base of the wing are three short, silvery streaks, one nearly on the disk, one near the fold beneath it, and an oblique one above it, near the costa. The cilia of the extreme apex is silvery white, black-margined above, with a violet silvery scale in the middle of the wing, before the tip. The inner margin, at the base of the wing, is silvery. Hind wings dark brown; cilia somewhat paler. Z The ornamentation of this insect is very elegant. Taken on wing in June, July. EUDARCIA. Head and face rough. Without ocelli. Eyes small, hemispherical quite prominent, with a naked space above? Labial palpi short, rather smooth, and separated ; the third joint somewhat less thick than the second, and nearly as long. Maxillary palpi long, folded, and five or six-jointed. An- tenn, basal joint moderately long, approximated on the front, simple, and full as long as the anterior wings. Tongue naked and very short, scarcely as long as the labial palpi, and not reaching beyond the front. Fore wings with the subcostal nervure attenuated at the base; at the basal third arises a long marginal branch, and about its middle a fureate branch, and thence the subcostal is faintly indicated to the discal nervure, beyond which it reappears as a furcate branch to the costa behind the tip. The dis- coidal cell is closed, and sends a single branch to the inner margin behind the tip. The median subdivides into three approximate branches. The sub- median is furcate at the base. In the hind wing the costal nervure is [Jan, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ae rather long aud distinct ; subcostal simple, and obsolete from the middle to the base ; discoidal cell unclosed, with an independent discal nervule, faintly indicated from the base, and furcate at the apical third. The median strongly indicated and bifid rather beyond the middle of the inner margin. E.simulatricella.—Head brownish ochreous. Antenne ochreous, annulated with dark brown. Fore wings dark brownish, with a white band about the basal third of the wing, a white spot on the costa, near the middle, and one on the inner margin, a little behind it, and a white transverse streak near the tip. Hind wings dark brown; cilia the same. This insect has considerable resemblance to an Incurvaria. Its neuration, however, places it in a very distinct group. AntispitA Herrich-Schaffer, Frey. A. Nysefoliella.—Head above dark brown. Face, labial palpi, and fore feet shining yellowish ochreous. Antenne dark brown; basal joint yellowish ochreous. Fore wings dark brown, with a greenish reflection, and the base with a bright coppery hue. Near the base is a rather broad, bright golden band, broadest on the inner margin, where it is nearest the base, and con- stricted at the fold of the wing; a spot of the same hue on the costa, at the apical third of the wing, and one on the inner margin, midway between this and the band ; cilia somewhat coppery, and rather grayish at the inner angle. Hind wings purple brown ; cilia grayish ochreous. The larva mines the leavesof Nysa multiflorain September. The head is dark brown ; first segment dark brownish; body very pale green with dark atoms along the dorsum ; ventral surface with a line of two black spots. After the last molting the first segment is black, and the dorsal spots become a black, vascular line. When full fed, the larva weaves an oval cocoon within the mine, and cutting the two skins of the leaf into a correspondent form, permits it to fall to the ground. There is thus left an oval hole in the de- serted mine. The imagos appear during the following May. A. cornifoliella.—Head, face, labial palpi, and fore feet dark brown. Antenne dark brown; basal joint somewhat ochreous. Fore wings rather dull dark brown, with a coppery hue. Near the base is a rather narrow, golden band, not constricted on the fold, and rather indistinct toward the costa, where it is somewhat suffused with a coppery hue, and nearest the base on the inner margin. At the apical third of the wing is a small golden spot, and nearly opposite, on the inner margin, another of the same hue, with the hinder portion of the wing tinged with a bright reddish coppery hue; cilia dark grayish. Hind wings purplish brown; cilia somewhat paler, with a cop- pery hue. The larva mines the leaves of Cornus florida, in September. It may pos- sibly be a variation of Nysefoliella. The larve of the insects are very like each other, but I don’t know whether that of Cornifoliella undergoes the same change of coloration after the last molting as that of Nys efoli- ella. The head and shield dark brown; body nearly white, with seven minute, black points along the dorsum, and eight on the ventral surface, somewhat larger, and more distinct. Its mode of preparing for pupation is the same as the previous species, but whilst the individuals of Nys efoli- ellaon a single tree are almost innumerable, those of Cornifoliella are not abundant. ASPIDISCA. Fore wings with no discoidal cell. The subcostal nervure traverses the middle of the wing, attenuated from the base to the basal third, where it gives origin to a long, marginal branch, which reaches the costa at the apical third of the wing ; near the tip it subdivides into three short branches, one of which is delivered to the costa behind the tip, one to the tip, without attaining the 1860.) 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF extreme apex, and one to the inner margin, somewhat behind the second marginal branch. The median nervure is wanting. The sub-median simple. Hind wings with no discoidal cell. The subcostal nervure is central and attenuated towards the base, and at about its apical third delivers a branch to the inner margin, and is bifid behind the tip of the wing. The median is simple. The submedian obsolete or wanting. Size extremely small. Head and face smooth, covered with closely ap- pressed scales. Face rather broad, and somewhat produced beneath into a point. Forehead rounded. Ocelli none. Eyes extremely small, not visible from above, and scarcely visible in front. Antenne held extended at the sides, very short, scarcely one-half as long as the anterior wings, rather thick, obtuse, and roughened with scales. Maxillary palpi none. Labial palpi none. Tongue none. A. splendoriferella.—Head golden. Antenne fuscous, tinged with golden. Fore wings, from the base to the middle, leaden gray, with a spler- dent lustre, and from the middle to the tip golden, with a broad, nearly straight, metallic, silvery streak, extending from the costa near the tip to the middle of the wing, and dark-margined on both sides. This is nearly joined by a dorsal streak of the same hue, almost opposite to it, with con- verging dark margins, and with a blotch of dark brown scales adjoining it be- hind. In the costo-apical cilia is a short, blackish brown streak, parallel to the dark margin of the silvery costal streak. At the tip is a black, apical spot, with metallic, silvery scales in its centre, and a few silvery scales in the cilia above and beneath it. A blackish brown hinder marginal line in the cilia, interrupted by a silvery streak in the cilia beneath the apical spot, and the cilia yellowish brown. Hind wings leaden gray ; cilia yellowish brown. The larva mines the leaves of Crategus tomentosa early in September. The mine appears at first as a very narrow line, and is subsequently expanded into a small, transparent blotch. At maturity, the larva weaves a cocoon between the cuticles, and cuts a small oval disk. This is sometimes carried quite a distance, and is ultimately secured to some object by one of its ends tied down on a little button of white silk. It enters the pupa state toward the latter part of September, and appears as an imago early in spring. The mature larva has a head much smaller than the first ring, rounded above, and elliptical. The body is flattened, and tapers posteriorly from the anterior rings. The segments are rather deeply incised, the thoracic ob- tusely rounded at the sides, and the rest with a minute lateral nodule or mammilla. It is without legs or prolegs, but on the second and third thoracic rings, on both the dorsal and ventral surfaces, are spots or cup-like depres- sions, one on each side, capable of being contracted and expanded. So, like- wise, from the sixth to the ninth inclusive, on the ventral surface are transversely placed oval spots, similar to the thoracic, and one on each seg- ment. On the segment next the last is a protuberance, both dorsal and ven- tral, with two cup-like depressions on each surface. These are not supplied with hooks, and if they are substitutes for feet, must act like suckers. They are all pale brown. The head is dark brown; the body brown, with blackish along the dorsal and ventral surfaces. When the larve are young, it is extremely difficult to discover their mines, and the transparent blotch is not much larger than the cocoon, leaving a space in which the ‘‘frass ’’ is collected. DIACHORISIA. Fore wings pointed, narrowly ovate-lanceolate; discoidal cell closed behind by a very faintly indicated nervure, with a faintly indicated secondary cell. The subcostal nervure obscurely indicated from the secondary cell to the base of the wing, with a long and distinct marginal nervule from near the base, [ Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 one from the middle of the secondary cell, and three from the end of it to the costa. Three nervules from the discai nervure to the inner margin, beneath the tip. The median without branches ; beyond the discal, it proceeds to the inner margin, as a single short vein ; perhaps it may be bifid. The submedian is simple. Hind wings lanceolate, clothed with scales, with the discoidal cell closed by a very faintly indicated nervure. The costal nervure is long, and extends nearly to the tip of the wing. The subcostal is simple, and wanting from near the origin of the discal nervure, where it is slightly pro- duced inwardly, but well indicated thence to near the tip. The discal ner- vure gives rise to a discal branch which quickly becomes bifid, and its branches well defined near to the tip, above and beneath. The median is well indicated, and is three-branched, the last very faintly connected with the second. No submedian nervure. Size very small. Head rough and hairy above and in front. Ocelli none. Eyes rather large, round, and salient, not set on a naked circular portion of the head, nor with a naked space above the eyes. Antenne about one-half as long as the anterior wings, inserted laterally, and microscopically pubes- cent beneath; basal joint moderately long, stalk roughened with scales. Maxillary palpi rather long and folded. Labial palpi moderate, slender, smooth, cylindrical, separated, and somewhat drooping ; the third joint nearly as long ag the second, which has a few bristles at its end and beneath. Tongue ie D. velatella.—Labial palpi dark brownish. Head brownish gray. An- tenne grayish fuscous, with the basal joint whitish, having a blackish, ex- ternal streak. Fore wings whitish, dusted with dark fuscous, with a few dark fuscous spots along the costa, and one of the same hue about the middle of the disk, beneath which, on the fold, is another of the same hue. Toward the apex, in the middle of the wing, beneath the last costal spot, is a small, dark fuscous spot, sometimes connected toward the base of the wing with a dusted streak of the same hue; cilia whitish, somewhat dotted with dark fuscous. Hind wings grayish brown ; cilia the same. The relationship of this insect to Incurvaria and its allied genera, espe- cially to Acerifoliella and to Eudarcia, is very obvious. BuccuLatrix? Hubner. The anterior wings lanceolate ; the discal cell is closed acutely behind, with the subcostal nervure faintly indicated from the middle of the wing to the base, and sending four nervules to the costa, the first about the basal third, and its origin from the subcostal faintly indicated; the three others arising near the apical portion of the wing, with the subcostal between the second and last rather faintly indicated; the third nervule scarcely noticeable, and the last branch arising from the apex of the discoidal cell. The median is strongly indicated throughout, and sends off to the inner margin at its posterior end, a very faintly indicated branch, whilst the apical branch, which appears to be a con- tinuation of it, becomes bifid behind the tip of the wing. The posterior are narrowly lanceolate, without discoidal cell. The subcostal nervure is central, and subdivides beyond the middle of the wing into three branches, two to the inner margin, and one along the exterior margin to the tip. The median ner- vure is simple. Size extremely small. Head rough, tufted in the middle. Face smooth and retreating. Eyes salient, visible in front. Antenne with a spreading, basal eye-cap, expanded above the eyes; stalk very slender, simple, scarcely more than one-half so long as the body. No labial or mazillary palpi. Tongue naked, very short, not one-half as long as the anterior coxe. B.? coronatella.—Face yellowish-white. The head with the tuft pale orange chrome; the eye-caps pale yellow, touched behind with orange chrome. Antenne yellow, dotted above with dark brown. Fore wings pale orange 1860.] 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF chrome, with a whitish patch near the base above the fold, one nearly oppo- site, on the inner margin, and one about the middle of the wing, on the costa. Near the tip of the wing is a rather indistinct, narrow, whitish band, becoming somewhat diffuse on the inner margin, about the middle of the cilia; extreme apex of the wing whitish, mixed with scales of the general hue: cilia grayish fulvous. Hind wings dark gray; cilia fulvous gray. Abdomen pale orange chrome, with a dark brownish stripe along the dorsum, varied with fulvous. PYRALIDINA. Fam. HERMINID AQ. EpIpASCHIA. Anterior wings with two approximated, subcosto-marginal nervules arising near the end of the disk, with a short nervulet to the costa, from near the tip of the subcosto-apical nervule; the origin of the post apical is midway between the discal and marginal nervulet; the subcosto-inferior and discal have coinci- dent origins. The discal is nearly circularly curved, and is continued to the disco-central nervule which anastomoses by contact with the medio-superior. Median three-branched. Submedian fureate at the base. In the posterior wings the discal nervure is long, with a sweeping curve, and; as in the anterior wings, is continued to the disco-central nervule, anastomosing by contact with the medio-superior.' Head with ocelli. Eyes round, rather large and salient. Maxillary palpi short, scaly and porrected. Labial palpi smooth, recurved, but not exceeding the vertex, cylindrical and pointed; third joint rather short, and indistinctly marked. Tongue scaled at the base, and nearly as long as the thorax beneath. Antenne with an articulated appendage arising from the basal joint, thrown back- wards, and as long as the thorax, and clothed with scales and spreading hairs at tts tip; the stalk is exterior to it, slender, its joints roughened with scales, and finely ciliated beneath. E.superatalis.—Head yellowish. Labial palpi yellowish, dusted with dark ochreous, with a dark brown spot at the base of the third joint. An- tennz brownish, annulated with yellow, the antennal appendage yellow, dusted with blackish brown, especially exteriorly. Fore wings pale yellowish, dusted with dark brownish to an irregular dark brown line, crossing the nervules from the costa to the inner margin, beyond which it is dull reddish brown. About the middle of the costa is a blackish brown spot, a small one of the same hue on the discal nervure; a minute one at the base, and the base of the fold, with the inner margin at the base tinted with reddish brown. On the posterior margin of the wing is a line of dark brown dots. Hind wings fuscous, with a dark brown round spot near the exterior margin of the base, and a brownish marginal line, with one of the same hue in the cilia. From Edward Norton, of Farmington, Conn. SPHINGINA. Fam. AGERIIDA. Trocuitium Scopoli. I regard this genus as synonymous with the Aigeria of Dr. Harris; it in- eludes, likewise, the group he has characterized by this name. Both wings transparent. Antennae little thickened at the tips. Abdomen sessile, tufted at the tip. Hind tarsi very slender and smooth, as long as the tibie. T. Acerni .—Head and labial palpi deep reddish orange, the former white in front of the eyes. Antenne bluish black, the basal joint reddish orange in front. Thorax ochreous yellow, with the tegule in front touched with pale bluish black. Abdomen bluish black, varied with ochreous yellow; terminal tuft deep reddish orange. Fore wings with the margins and median nervure bluish black, dusted with yellowish ; a large discal, bluish black patch ; termi- [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 nal portion of the wing ochreous yellow, with a blackish, subterminal band, and the nervules blackish; the hinder margin bluish black, and the cilia deep fuscous. Hind wings with a black discal patch ; nervules blackish, and hinder margin blackish. Under surface of the body ochreous yellow, with a bluish black patch on each side of the second abdominal segment. The middle and posterior tibia annulated with bluish black at their ends, the anterior blackish, with the coxe touched with reddish orange. All the tarsi touched with blackish above. The larva bores the trunk of the maple. Nors.—In the November number, 1859, the following corrections should be made: In the first line of the note on p. 317, preceding should read succeeding. In Divsion II., of the Table of species, on p. 318, am should read no. On page 327, for vitegenella read vitigenella. Appendix to the paper entitled Now Genera and Species of North American Tipulide with short palpi, &. BY R. OSTEN SACKEN. The following are some additions and corrections to my paper, suggested by the examination of the entomological collections of the British Museum, the Jardin des Plantes, and the Museum of the University of Berlin, as well as of some private collections. The British Museum afforded me the desired information about the Lim- no biz described by Mr. Walker in his “ List of Specimens, etc.” L. simulans Walk. is my Dicranomyia defuncta. Mr. Walker, (1. c. p. 45) describes this species as “‘ pale yellow, legs yellow, tips of the thighs, of the shanks, and of the feet, black,’’ etc.; whereas, in reality, the body zs cinereous, the legs are dark brown, almost black, with a whitish ring before the tip of the femora, etc. Mr. Walker’s description was drawn from a single old and faded speci- men; no wonder, therefore, that it could not be identified. L. badia Walk. seems to be my Dicranomyia humidicola. The only specimen in the British Museum is without legs. The characteristic mark of the species, the white ring at the tip of the tibie, was therefore not mentioned in the description. (Walker, l. c. p. 46.) Anisomera longicornis JValk. appears to be the species which I have identified for it. Not having seen Mr. Saunders’s collection, I have not been able to identify the Limnobiz ignobilis, prominens, biterminata, andturpis de- scribed by Mr. Walker in the Diptera Saundersiana. In the Museum of Berlin I have found a considerable number of undeter- mined Limnobiz and Hrioptere from Georgia, most of which I have been able to identify with the species described in my paper. Only a few were new tome. I will give here a list of these species, as an addition to the knowledge of their geographical distribution. Some observations and corrections to my descriptions, especially when they were drawn from a limited number of speci- mens, may also find their place bere. Limnophila adusta intwo(j'Q) specimens. The brown line in the middle of the thorax was hardly apparent. The tips of the femora were distinctly in- fuscated. Limnophila imbecilla(?) A single (J specimen, which had the neura- tion of the wings, the long verticils, etc., of said species, but the coloring of the body of which was somewhat different, namely, brownish ferruginous, shining on 1360.] 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF the thorax. This coloring may have been merely accidental, and produced per- haps after the death of the specimen. Limnophila pavonina, a single <{ specimen, slightly different from the specimen from which my description was drawn. The first joint of the antenne is cinereous, the second brown, the following are orange. The tip of the an- tenna is brownish. The abdomen shows a brown stripe along the middle of the tergum and indications of such stripes along the lateral margins. The brown spots on the wings are more confluent than in my specimen, so that the outlines of the ocelli and ocelliform marks are less distinct than is mentioned in my description. Limnophila tenuipes Say. Limnophila zn. sp. (onespecimen.) Ama- lopis inconstans. Teucholabis complexa. Teucholabis 2. sp. (with a ferrugineous, shining thorax.) Geranomyiacommunis. Gnophomyia t7is- tissima. Gnophomyia lugubris. Dicranoptycha sobrina. Jucra- noptychasororcula. Eriopteravenusta. Hriocera n. sp. (? very like the cinereous specimens mentioned at the end of my description of Eriocera fuliginosa.) Nov. gen. et sp. (?) of my group of Tipule anisomeraeformes, and very like Eriocera, but distinguished by the presence of a petiolated areolet and the antenne, which are a little longer, especially those of the >’. The species is easily distinguished by the color of the tarsi, which are white, except at the base. In the same museum I saw Gonomyia blanda and Limnophila lutei- pennnis, from South Carolina; Rhipidiadomestica, from Brazil, (!) and Rhamphidia brevirostris, from South Carolina. The latter had the tho- rax a little darker, and the three stripes on it more distinctly marked than in my specimens; nevertheless, I hardly doubt of their identity. I succeeded besides by examining the dipterological collections in Europe, in ascertaining, as I had hoped, the occurrence, in other parts of the world than in North America, of some of the new genera adopted in my paper. Gnophomyia occurs in Brazil and in Europe. J saw two elegant species of this genus (Gnophomyia nigrina Wied., and n. sp. ?) in the Berlin Museum, and a European species (taken near Berlin) in a private collection. Dicranoptychaisalso European. The Limnobia cinerascens Meig., (syn. L.rufescens Schum.?) belongs to this genus, as I ascertained in Mr. Loew’s collection. Antocha is also found in Europe; a species very like my A. opalizans occurs there. (Mr. Loew’s collection.) Dactylolabis the L. dilatata Loew from Croatia, (described in his Neue Beitriige, 4tes Heft,) belongs to this subgenus. The remarkable dilata- tion of the anterior margin of the wing, in the stigmatical region, which is peculiar to this species, is hardly perceptible in my D. montana; still it exists, although in a rudimental state; besides this, the structure of the ¢ forceps, (as far as could be ascertained from dry specimens,) that of the an- tenn, and the situation of the spots on the wings, coincide in both species. Epiphragma. A Brazilian species of this subgenus, very like my EB. solatrix, is in the Berlin Museum; another, from Venezuela, is in Mr. Loew’s collection. Teucholabis. Two species from Brazil in the Berlin Museum; one of them is exceedingly like T. complexa. A further object which I had, in examining the collections in Europe, was to ascertain the possible identity of some of the American species, which I had described as new, with European ones. The general result of my observations is, that although cases of apparent analogy are not unfrequent, those of real identity seemtobemuchrarer. My L. tristigma is very distinct from L.tripunctata (Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 Meig. The position of the clouds round the stigma is quite different in these species; likewise, the insect which I have redescribed under the name of L. morio Fabdr. is different from the European insect of that name. Although I had no American specimen at hand for comparison, I could perceive at once that the wings of the European ones were less infuscated. I restore, therefore, to the American species the name of L. morioides, which I at first intended for it. Limnophila fasciata Zinn. and Rhipidia maculata Weig. have not struck me as being different from the American species which I have re-described under the same names; still, as I had no specimens of the latter for comparison, I would not rely on a mere impression. My Amalopis inconstans has the greatest resemblance with Limnobia littoralis Meg. My A. auripennis is closely related to A. occulta. Oth r cases of analogy which I observed are between Pedicia albivitta Walk., and P.rivosa, Dactylolabis montana O.Sack., and Limnophila sexmaculata Meig., Limnobia cinctipes Say.and L.annulus Meig., L. solitaria and L. quadrinotata. In establishing the genus Elephantomyia, I had ventured the suppo- sition that Toxorhina Loew had been founded on female specimens only, and that, if the males were known, the neuration of their wings would be found to be like that of the males of Limnobiorhynchus Westw., that is, considerably different from the females. This supposition has proved correct. Mr. Loew has obtained since several male specimens of To xor hina (fossil.) They have a distinct radial vein, which, as usual, runs between the cubital and the radial aree. The question of the synonymy of Limnobiorhynchus and Tox orhina may therefore be considered as settled. The examination of specimens of Macrochile Loew included in amber, proved that this genus, like my Protoplasa, has the anal angle of the wing square and not rounded. Norr.—In the analytical table on p. 232 (Proc. 1859,) the fifth line should be continuous with the fourth, the species L.fuscovaria forming in fact the group Dicranophragma. Catalogue of the Mollusks in the vicinity of Mohawk, New York. BY JAMES LEWIS, M.D. The following Catalogue embraces the various species of shell-bearing Mol- lusca, observed in the vicinity of Mohawk, Herkimer Co., N. Y., and in various small Lakes a few miles south of Mohawk. Some of the species referred to have been entered here, from a single dead specimen. Unio complanatus Zea. Erie canal and Mohawk river. Common. radiatus Lamarck. Lakes. Abundant. cariosus Say. Mohawk river. Nearly or quite extinct. “ af ochraceus Say. ‘ 4c Ke Tappanianus Lea. “ “ Very rare. luteolus Lam. se te Very rarely seen. Margaritana rugosa Barnes. Canal and river. Common. marginata Say. ue if Not plenty. undulata Say. Lakes. One seenin river. Rare. Anodonta fluviatilis Zea. Canal. Rare. Streams south, less rare. lacustris Lea. Lakes. Abundant. (Nov. sp.) Lewisii Lea. Canal. “ ve edentula Say. ‘ Rare. Streams south, common. Ferussaciana Zea. Canal and rivers. Small and rare imbecilis Say. f a J sf subcylindracea Lea. Herkimer. 1860.] 2 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Cyclas sulcata Lam. (similis Say.) Lakes. Common. —? River. Rare. (nov. sp)? Rare. striatina Zam. (edentula Say.) Canal and rivers. Common. transversa Say. Canalandrivers. Smaller than from the west. rhomboidea Say. (elegans Ad.) Lakes. Rare. partumeia Say. Stagnant waters. occidentalis Prime. Boggy streams and meadows. Plenty. Pisidium virginicum Byt, (dubium Say.) River. Not very plenty. abditum //a/d. Stagnant waters, Plenty. compressum J’rime, Rivers and small streams. Not rare, equilaterale Prime. River east of Herkimer, Rare. ferrugineum Prime. River and lakes. ventricosum rime. Lakes and stagnant pools. Paludinaintegra Say, Canal and river, Very plenty in canal. decisa Say, . # Very plenty in river. rufa JZald, et « Not plenty. Recently introduced. Melaniasubularis Lea.“ « Common. exilis /Hald. ce « a virginica Say. Canal. Recently introduced. Not plenty. Local. Amnicola limosa Say. Canal and river, Plenty. lustrica Say. © a Plenty in river. pallida Zea. Lakes. Not very plenty. tenuipes ? /fald, Lakes. Not very plenty. Valvata tricarinata Say.* Mohawk river plenty, Canal less plenty. var. simplex of tricarinata Sey, in Thompson's Vermont shells. Whorls round, simple, (inornate); apex elevated; umbilicus wide and deep ; epidermis blue, varying to brown, but not green, nor iridescent. sincera Say. Lakes. Very rare. 1 to 1000 of the above. Lymnea elodes Say. Canal, ditches, pools, &c, varieties emarginata and catas- copium, I have ascertained, may be produced from the eggs of elodes, by change of station, desidiosa Say. Stagnant pools, margins of streams and lakes. humilis Mald. ? xt x umbilicata Adams ‘in wood lots. (is not caperata Say.) gracilis Jay. Schuyler’s lake, Otsego Co. Plenty. appressa Say. Little Lakes, vpis, nomen insulae maris Indici. [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37 Hab.—In sinu “ Avatska” Kamtschatkae ; in fundo limoso prof. 10 org. vul- garis. 443. PANDALUS PRENSOR, nov. sp. Gracilis. Rostrum thorace vix brevius, apicem antennarum appendicium non attingens; margine superiore 14-dentato, (dentibus 6 posticis in carapace,) tertia parte versus apicem edentulo; apice tridentato; margine inferiore quinque-dentato.* Antennula, rostro fere duplo longiores. Maxillipedes externi apicem antennarum appendicium fere attin- gentes, exognatho destituti. Pedes primi omnino graciles. Pedes tertii ma- jores, subprehensiles; articulo penultimo plus minusve dilatato, subcuryato, postice convexo, palma spinulosa, dactylo longo, ad palmam retractili. Pedes quarti quintique paris tertiis minores, dactylis brevibus. Abdomen dorso laeve, rotundatum ; segmento penultimo carapace demidia breviore; segmento ultimo quingue aculeorum instrncto paribus. Subtranslucidus, pallide coccineo-macu- latus. Long. 2 poll. Hab.—Sinu ‘ Hakodadi;” fundo conchoso, prof. 8 org. 444. PANDALUS ROBUSTUS, nov. Sp. Corpus breve robustum. Rostrum carapacis Soka longitudine, appendices antennarum paullo superans; dentibus -——+3 arma- tum, margine superiore versus apicemedentulum. Antennulae rostro vix longio- res. Maxillipedesext. apicem appendicium ant. attingentes ; exognatho destituti. Pedes primie basi graciles. Pedum tertiorum articulus penultimus rectus, super- ficie asper; dactylus robustus et quam iste pedum quartorum quintorumque multo longior. Abdomen dorso laeve, rotundatum; segmento sexto perbrevi, longitudine carapacis tertiae partis; segmento caudali dorso pubescente, quingue aculeorum armato paribus. Long. 2 poll. Hab.—Sinu “ Hakodadi,” in profundis. 445. PANDALUS GRACILIS, nov. sp. Corpus gracile. Rostrum carapace lon- 7-+10 gius, appendices antennarum superans, et dentibus ——--+-3 armatum, margi- 8 nis superioris tertia parte anteriore edentulum. Antennulae rostro parum lon- giores. Maxillipedes ext. medium appendicium antennarum vix superantes ; exognatho destituti. Pedum tertiorum articulus penultimus gracilis, laevis, sparsim pilosus, margine inferiore sparsim aculeatus; dactylus quam iste quarti quintique paris parum longior. Pedes quarti quintique graciliores, mero sub- tus spinuloso. Abdomen dorsi medio prominens, sed rotundatum; segmento sexto carapace plus dimidia breviore ; ultimo quinque aculeorum armato paribus. Long. 1.25 poll. flab.—Sinu “ Hakodadi.”’ 446. PANDALUS ESCATILIS, nov. sp. Corpus pubescens coccineo-variegatum. Carapax dimidia anteriore carinatus, margine antico spina antennali, et ptery- gostomiana prope antennae insertionem sita armatus. Rostrum longum gra- cile, horizontale vel resimum, carapace multo longior, superne regulariter 60- denticulatum, (dente postico ad quintam anteriorem long. carap. sito,) inferne serratum, dentibus quam superioresminoribus. Maxillipedes externi exognatho instructi; endognatho ei P. annulicornis simili. Pedes gracillimi; primi paris apicem rostri attingentes, secundi paris eum maxillipedum externorum. Pedes 3tii 4ti Stique paris rostrum multo superantes; mero subtus spinis sparsis armato; articulo antepenultimo quam merus multo graciliore, Long. 2.5 poll. P. narwal affinis, sed differt rostro magis subtiliter et regulariter serrata, et pedibus posticis spinosis. A P. priste differt in maxillipedibus externis. HTab.—Prope insulam Madeirae; in profundis. 6-+8 * En formula talis dentitionis, +3, 1860.] 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 447. PANDALUS LEPTORHYNCHUS, nov. sp. Corpus gracillimum. Carapax vix eristatus, spina una dorsali in regione gastrica armatus : margine antico spina supra-orbitali, antennali et pterygostomiana instructo. Rostrum tenuissimum, fere filiforme, carapace non brevius, superne dente unico antrorsum porrecto versus basin armatum, subtus dentibus minutis duobus, uno mediano, altero versus apicem acutum sito. Antennularum pedunculus gracillimus, rostro quarta parte breviore ; squama basali lata, apice externo spiniformi; flagellum pedunculo non longius. Antennarum appendices rostro non breviores. Pe- des exiles ; tertii quarti quintique paris subprehensiles ;—dactylo ad latus pos- ticum art. penultimi retractili. Abdomen forte geniculatum, segmento tertio carina perobtusa armato; segmento sexto praelongo. Subpellucidus, lineis flavis, punctisque nigris ornatus. Long. 1 poll. Hab.—Portu Jacksoniensi Australiae ; ad littora arenosa et algosa. 448. PonToNIA MACULATA, nov. sp. Foeminae corpus sat gracile. Carapax inermis. Rostrum art. penultimum antennularum pedunculi attingens, gra- cile, superne depressum, subtus acute cristatum, apice truncatum, marginibus edentulis. Oculi grandiores. Antennularum flagellum pedunculo brevius sed appendicem antennarum multo superans. Antennae corpore dimidia breviores, appendice carapace plus dimidia breviores, sed pedunculum antennu- larum paullo superantes, apice rotundato-obtuse. Max. externorum art. ante- penultimus gracilior. Pedum secundorum manus minor (?) gracilis, digitis intus edentulis ; (manus altera deest.) Pedum 3 posticorum dactyli uncinati, intus dente armati. Abdomen spinis nullis ad basin segmenti caudalis arma- tum. Pellucida, maculis minutis purpureis conspersa. Long. 0.75 poll. A P. tridacnae differt forma elongata, rostro graciliore, etc. Hab.—-Ad insulas ‘‘ Bonin ;”’ in Tridacnis. 449. CoRALLIOCARIS* GRAMINEA. Oedipus gramineus, Dana; U. S. Expl. Exp., Crust. i. 574, pl. xxxvii. f. 3.—Ad insulam ‘‘ Hong Kong ;”’ in madreporis. 450. CoRALLIOCARIS SUPERBA. Oedipus superbus, Dana; U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. 573, pl. xxxvii. f. 2.—Ad insulam ‘‘ Tahiti ;”’ in corallis. 451. CoRALLIOCARIS LAMELLIROSTRIS, nov. sp. Corpus depressum. Rostrum longum, pedunculum antennularum superans sed apicem appendicis antenna- rum non attingens, basi angustum; crista superiore dilatata, sexdentata, dente postico supra oculos sito; apice acuminato; margine inferiore apicem versus etiam dilatato, 4-5-denticulato. Antennulae appendices antennarum non superantes. Antennae corpore dimidia longiores. Max. externi planati sed sat angusti. Pedes primi apicem appendicium ant. attingentes, manibus vix hirsutis. Pedes secundi inaequales, manu majore (foeminae) valde gra- cili, digitis parvis, palma dimidia brevioribus, dactylo distorto non dilatato. Pedum posticorum dactyli eis C. macrophthalmae similes, vix setosi. Abdo- men segmento tertio prominens. Color viridis; carapax longitudinaliter, ab- domenque transverse rubro-fasciata. Long. 0.75 poll. Hab.—Ad insulam ‘‘ Loo Choo ;”’ inter corallia ad prof. 2. org. 452. HaRPILIUS DEPRESSUS, nov. sp. Corpus late depressum. Carapax spi- na hepatica armatus. Oculi grandes, et, lateraliter porrecti, margines carapa- cis multo superantes. Rostrum longum, apicem antennarum appendicium fere attingens, crista inferiore parce dilatata, septem-dentata, dente postico parum post oculos sito; crista inferiore versus apicem valde dilatata, quadri- dentata, dentibus validis. Antennulae breviores, appendicem antennarum ap- rum superantes. Antennae corpore non longiores. Maxillipedes externi valde graciles, articulis ultimo penultimoque conjunctis antepenultimo adequanti- * Etym. xspaanov, corallium; xzpic, squilla. Nomen Oedipus Danae praeoc~ cupatur. [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 bus, hoc in foeminis quam in maribus multo latiore. Pedes secundi grandes, laeves ; ischii, meri, carpique apicibus dentibus spiniformibus armatis ; manu carapace duplo longiore, digitis palma dimidia brevioribus, intus forte 2-3-den- tatis. Pedes postici robusti, dactylis curvatis apice fere obtusis. Abdomen gracile; segmento ultimo acuto, pari unico aculeorum dorsalium instructo. Long. 0.7 poll. Hab.—Ad insulam ‘‘ Hawaii;’’ inter madreporas. 453. Ancuistia Danak, nov. sp. Corpus breve robustum. Carapax sat latus, spina hepatica armatus ; margine antico spina supra-orbitali et antennali in- structo. Rostrum parce dilatatum, pedunculum antennularum non attingens, dentibus superne septem, subtus tribus armatum. Oculi grandes, lateraliter margines carapacis multo superantes. Antennulae appendices antennarum su- perantes; flagello robusto quam flagellum tenue longiore, extremitate bifido. Appendices ant. apice sat latae. Mandibularum processts molaris ramus superior apice trifidus, ramus alter 5-6-dentatus, dentibus aliquibus scalprifor- mibus. Pedes primi carpum secundorum superantes. Pedes postici gracillimi. Segmentum caudale apice aculeis duobus longis instructum. Long, 0.5 poll. Hab.—Ins. “ Tahiti;” in corrallis. 454. ANCHISTIA BRACHIATA, nov. sp, Carapax spina hepatica et antennali armatus: spina supra-orbitali nulla. Rostrum gracile, paullo resimum, appen- dices antennarum non superantes, superne dentibus 54 armatum, dente secundo supra oculos sito, subtus dentibus 2+ (apice in sp. nostro fracto). Oculi grandes. Antennarum appendices longae, angustae, extrorsum curvantes, car- apace longiores. Pedes secundi inaequales; carpus sinistri appendices ant. guperans; carpo meroque basi angustatis, versus apicem incrassatis; mero apice inferiore uni-spinoso; carpo apicem superne bi-spinosa subtus uni-spinosa ; manu incrassata quam carpus plus duplo longiore; digitis quam palma non dimidia parte brevioribus, paullo contortis, intus singulo dentibus duobus parvis acutisque armatis; dactylo margine superiore extus dilatato. Pes secundi paris dexter minor, digitis longioribus compressis nec distortis nec dentatis. Abdominis segmentum penultimum breve. Long. 0.8 poll. Hab.—Portu “ Lloyd” ad insulas “ Bonin.” 455. ANCHISTIA GRANDIS, nov. sp. A. ensifronti affinis, major. Rostrum an- gustius et appendices ant. non superans, margine superiore basi non concavo, septem-dentato, dente postico aliis paullo remoto, dente antico juxta apicem sito. Antennularum pedunculi art. penultimus interne extusque paullo dilata- tus. Appendices antennarum carapace non breviores, angustae, minuentes sed apice truncatae. Pedes secundi paris corpore longiores; mero apicem append. ant. atlingente, subtus spina armato; carpoad apicem intus uni-spinoso; manu robusta, carpo fere triplo longiore; digitis palma dimidia brevioribus, medio hiantibus. Pedes quarti apicem appendicium antennarum attingentes. Long. 1.2 poll. Hab.—Ad insulam ‘“ Ousima.” Urocanris,* nov. gen. Corpus gracile, compressum; abdomen longum, seg- mento penultimo praecipue elongato. Rostrum superne cristatum, dentatum, subtus rectum edentulum. Oculoram pedunculi longiores. Antennulae eis Palaemonis similes. Mandibulae non palpigerae. Mavxillipedes externi pedesque cum genere Palaemone conveniunt.—Typus U. longicaudata in littoribus Carolin- ensibus habitans, rostro brevi, crista superiore supra oculos valde dilatata, arcuata, octodentata; dactylis pedum posticorum biunguiculatis; abdomine quinquies longiore quam carapax, segmento tertio valde tumido, segmento penultimo gracile carapace non breviore. 456. UROCARIS LONGIPES, nov. sp. Carapax spina hepatica et antennali armatus. Rostrum gracile, rectum, miouens, appendicium antennarum apicem non attingens, crista superiore minus dilatata, septem- -dentata, dente postico *Etym. supa, € canda; xeepte, squilla. 1860.] 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF aliis paullo remotiore, denticulo minuto inter dentes sextum et septimum atque uno inter dentem septimum et apicem; margine inferiore integro non ciliato. Antennularum flagellum crassum breve, tertia parte extrema a flagello tenui sep- dratum, hoc corpore non dimidia breviore; flagellum internum externo tenui brevius. Antennarum appendices mediocres. Pes secundi paris sinister long- issimus, inermis; ischii apice apicem appendicium ant. fere attingente; mero carpo longiore; manu cylindrica merum carpumque conjunctos adequante, dig- itis brevibus, palmae long. quartam partem vix aequantibus. Pedes postici gracillimi, dactylis simplicibus. Abdominis segmentum penultimum minus elongatum. Pellucida, lineis duabus coccineis ornata, torporis facie inferiore etiam coccinea, manu majore pallide rubra. Long. corporis, 0.65 ; pedis gran- dis, 0.7 poll. Hab.—Prope insulam “ Ousima;” fundo arenoso, prof. 20 org. 457. PALAEMONELLA TENUIPES, Dana; U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust., i. 582; pl. xxxviil. f. 3.—Ad insulam “ Ousima;” inter algas reticulatas in sinibus are- nosis minus profundis. Genus Leanper, Desmarest, Ann. Soc. Entom. de France, vii. 87. Carapax spina antennali et spina branchios-tegiana armatus; spina hepataca nulla. Species plerumque maricolae. Typus Palaemon natator, M. Edw. 458. LEANDER NATATOR. Palaemon natator, M. Edw.; Hist. Nat. des Crust. ii. 393. Dana; loc. cit., i. 588; pl. xxxviii, f. 11—In Oceano Atlantico, lat. bor. 30°—35°, ete.; vulgaris in Sargasso. 459. LEANDER DEBILIS. Palaemon debilis, Dana; U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust., i. 585; pl. xxxviii, f. 6, 7—Ad insulas Hawainenses et ad “Loo Choo;” in littoribus arenosis. 460. LEANDER LONGICARPUS, nov. sp. Rostrum longum, carapace paullo lon- gius et appendices ant. multo superans, gracile, reflexum, superne, ad basin convexum et quinquedentatum, (dente secundo supra oculos sito,) dimidia versus apicem edentulum; crista inferiore paullo dilatata et 4- vel 5-dentata. Anten- nularum flagella duo externa parce conjuncta. Max. ext. gracillimi, in adultis pedunculum antennarum superantes. Pedes tenues; primi paris apicem ap- pendicium ant. non attingentes; secundi paris hune superantes apicem sed carpo longo cum non attingente, manu debili. carpo dimidia breviore. Pedes postici nudi. Segmentum abdominis penultimum lamellarum lateralium fere longitudine. Long. 1.5 poll. P. debili affinis, sed dentibus rostri inferioribus paucioribus et pedibus secundi paris longioribus. Hab.—Portu “ Hong Kong” Sinensi. 461. LeanDeR PAucIDENS. Palaemon paucidens, De Haan; Fauna Japonica, Crust., 170, pl. xlv, f. 11. Rostrum in sp. nostris superne 5-6 dentatum, prope apicem non edentulum. Hab.—Prepe urbem Japonicam ‘‘Simoda;” in aquis dulcibus fluvii, mari non remotis. 462. LEANDER PACIFICUS, nov. sp. Corpus robustum. Rostrum carapace non brevius, antennarum appendices superans; crista superiore dentata, (dente tertio vel quarto supra oculos sito,) versus apicem edentula; apice tridentato ; crista inferiore dilatata, 4- vel 5-dentata, dentibus fortibus, dente anteriore apice remoto. Antennularum flagella duo externa parce conjuncta, flagello extremo crasso, pedunculo paullo longiore et margine interno valide serrato. Maxillipedes ext. minuiscentes, antennarum pedunculum parce superantes. Pedes primi paris apicem antennularum appendicium attingentes ; secundi paris sat robusti, hunc superantes apicem, manu paullo incrassata, digitis palma brevioribus; pedes postici robustiores, fere nudi et inermes, quinti paris anten- narum pedunculum parum superantes. Color pallide viridescens, corpore rubro- vel olivaceo-lineato. Long. 2.5 poll. Hab.—In Oceano Pacifico vulgaris, littoralis in rupium fossis ;—ad insulas “ Hong Kong” et “ Hawaii,” etiam in portu “ Simoda.” [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 463. LEANDER SERRIFER, nov. sp. Rostrum appendices antennarum non su- perans, crista superiore fere recta, novem-dentata, dentibus posterioribus 1 et 2 inter se et ab aliis paullo remotioribus, dente tertio vel quarto supra oculos sito, dente anteriore ab apice paullo remoto, (dentium duorum spatio); apice acuto superne bi-denticulato; crista inferiore dilatata, maxime tridentata. Antennu- larum flagella duo externa parce conjuncta. Pedes primi paris apicem appen- dicium ant. attingentes, ischio meroque quam carpus robustioribus; secundi paris longi, sat robusti, carpo appendicium ant. apicem attingente, et quam manus non breviore, manu elongata, quater longiore quam latiore, digitis palma tertii parte brevioribus. Pedes postici mediocres. Segmentum abdominis pe- nultimum lamellis exterioribus multo brevius. Long., 1.75 poll. Hab.—Portu “ Hong Kong,” et sinibus insulae ‘‘ Ousima;”’ littoralis. 464, LEANDER INTERMEDIUS, nov. sp. Spina branchiostegiana longa, acutis- sima, retrorsum sita, margine paullo remota, ut facile pro hepatica haberetur. Rostrum tenue, appendices ant. superans, reflexum, superne septem-dentatum, (dente tertio supra oculos,) subtus quadridentatum ; apice bifido vel bidentato. Oculigrandes. Antennulae corpore non breviores ; flagellis duobus externis per dimidiam longitudinis flagelli crassi conjunctis. Maxillipedes externi peduncu- lum antennarum parce superantes. Pedes secundi paris appendices ant. parum superantes ; manu paullo incrassata carpo vix loagiore, digitis palmae Jongitu- dine. Pedes postici mediocres, aculeis sparsim armati; dactylis longioribus. Pellucidus, flavo-lineatus, et intendum sparsim nigro-punctatis. Long., 1 poll. Hab.—In portu Jacksoniensi Australiae; fundis algoso-arenosis prof: 2 org. Genus Panaemon, Fabr. Carapax spina hepatica armatus. Species omnes fluvicolae. 465. PALAEMON ASPER, nov. sp. Descr. maris adulti. Carapax spinulis vel granulis acutis corneis plus minusve exasperatus. Rostrum apicem appendi- cium antennarum fere attingens ; crista dorsali dilatata, recta vel parce convexa, 12- vel 14-dentata, dente posteriore paullo remotiore, dente quarto supra oculos sito; crista inferiore 3- vel 4-dentata. Pedes secundi paris corpore non bre- viores, cylindrici, instar carapacis exasperati, interdum breviter pubescentes; mero apicem antennarum appendicium superante; carpo palma manus parce longiore; digitis palma tertia parte brevioribus, non hiantibus, interdum dense hirsutis, intus prope basin dentibus 1-2 armatis; pollice intus lobo marginis erenulato ad basin praedito. Pedes postici sat longi, extremitates versus graciles, minuiscentes; dactylis tertiam partem long. penultimi adaequantibus. Pedes ultimi paris appendices ant. superantes. Segmentum abdominis ultimum apice leviter tridentatum, dente mediano prominentiore, utrinque aculeis duobus margine instructo, aculeo interno longiore. Color olivaceus vel glaucus, vi- ridescens, Long. corporis 5 poll. Juniores laeves, glabri, subpellucidi. A P. lanceifronti differt crista rostri superiore minus expansa; P. ornato, rostro magis dentato, etc. Hab.—lIn fluvii et rivulis Sinenses prope urbem ‘ Canton.” 466. PALABMON BONINENSIS, nov. sp. Carapaxlaevis. Rostrum appendicibus ant. brevius, crista superiore supra oculos plus minusve convexa, versus apicem parce concava, dentibus 11 ad 13 armata aequalibus et aequidistantibus, dente sexto supra oculos sito; crista inferiore tridentata. Antennularum flagellum internum breve, externo dimidia fere brevius. Pedes robusti; secundi paris subcylindrici, granulati sed quam in multis speciebus leviores; carpo manu plus dimidia breviore; digitis palma tertia parte brevioribus, granulatis, non pubescentibus, sparsim pilosis, intus basi 2- vel 3-dentatis, dentibus interdum fere obsoletis. Pedes postici breves crassi, subtiliter et breviter ‘spinulosi; dactylis robustis brevioribus. Pedes quinti paris mediam appendicium ant. attingentes. Color obscure viridis ; pedum ambulatoriorum apices flayi. Long. corporis 4; pedum secundorum 3 poll. Hab.—Insulis “ Bonin ;” in rivulis montanis. 1860.] 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 467. THALAsSocaRIs* LucipaA. Regulus lucidus, Dana; U. S. Expl. Exped., Crust., i, 598; pl. xxxix., f.5.—In Oceano Pacifico ; lat. bor. 273°, long., orient. 1384°. CauLuRus,; nov. gen. Carapax latiusculus, dorso sutura cervicali notatus. Rostrum breve. Oculi grandes. Antennularum pedunculus longus, gracilis, squama basali nulla. Antennarum appendix fere linearis, basi angusta, apice truncata. Maxillipedes secundi paris non pediformes, tertii paris pediformes, robusti, cylindrici, exognatho praediti. Pedes exopodo instructi; primi secun- dique paris chelati; secundi graciliores longi; reliqui simplices. Abdomen dorso inerme; segmento sexto praelongo, gracillimo. Oplophoro differt ab- domine et appendice antennarum inermibus, segmento penultimo praelongo, etc. 468. CAULURUS PELAGICUS, nov. sp. Rostrum spiniforme vel dentiforme, oculis plus dimidia brevius. Regio gastrica dente mediano erecto prope basin rostri armata. Margo carapacis anterior dente praeorbitali, spina antennali parvula et spina pterygostomiana armatus. Antennularum pedunculus cara- pace non brevior, articulo antepenultimo articulos penultimum et ultimum junc- tos superante. Antennarum pedunculus longissimus filiformis, ei antennularum multo gracilior; appendix carapacis longitudine et sexies longior quam latior, apice quam basis latiore, rotundato-truncato, extus spina brevi armato; mar- gine appendicis interno sparsim fimbriato paribus 15 setarum plumosarum gracilibus. Pedes secundi gracillimi prope manum constricti. Manus primi secundique paris breves. Abdominis segmentum sextum quatuor praecedentes junctos fere superans, gracillimum, subcylindricum; lamellae caudales seg- mento sexto tertia parte breviores. Translucidus, visceribus coccineis. Long. 0.25 poll. Hab.—In Oceano Pacifico, lat. bor., 34°, long. orient. 126°; nocte repertus. LEPTOCHELA,{ nov. gen. Carapax laevis, vix cristatus, latere margineque spinis destitutus. Rostrum brevissimum, spiniforme. Antennulae bi-flagel- latae. Mandibulae inflexae, late compressae, palpo brevi, ovato, uni-articulate praeditae. Maxillipedes secundi non pediformes endognathi art. ultimo spinis longis armato. Maxillipedes tertii exognatbo instructi. Pedes toti expodo instructi; primi secundique paris compressi, chelati, manu gracili, digitis longis parallelis. Pedes postici breves. Abdomen segmenti antepenultimi angulo dorsali postico plus minusve geniculatum vel abruptum; appendicibus ventra- libus primi paris birameis. Pasiphaeae affinis, mandibulis vero palpigeris, maxillipedibus secundis non pediformibus. 469. LEPTOCHELA GRACILIS, nov. sp. Corpus compressum. COarapax glaber, antrorsum acute carinatum, carina laevi. Rostrum acutum, oculis brevius. Oculi breves, grandiores, globosi. Antennulae oblique compressae, corpore dimidia breviores, flagello superiore longiore. Antennae vix antennulis longiores, appendice minore acuto-triangulari, gracili, sed pedunculos antennularum ali- quantum superante. Mandibularum corona margine interno dentata, medio profunde fissa. Maxillipedes ext. graciles, apicem appendicium ant. attin- gentes, exognatho endognathi art. antepenultimum superante. Pedum exo- podi longiores, primi secundique paris apicem ischii attirgentes, posticorum medium meri. Pedes primi secundique paris appendices ant. superantes ; carpo palma manus breviore; manu ad basin digitorum constricta, digitis palma longioribus. Pedes postici compressi, minuiscentes, plus minusve late- raliter porrecti, quam secundi paris plus dimidia breviores; ischio brevissimo, subtus spina armato; dactylo hirsuto, apice rotundato inermi. Abdomen compressum antrorsum ecarinatum, segmento antepenultimo acute carinato, * Etym. Saracca mare; xzpic, squilla. Regulus nomen Danae praeoccupatum. + HEtym. xavacs, caulis, cde cauda. { Etym. acres, tener; xxax, chela. [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 angulo superiore postico spina armato; segmento ultimo canaliculato, apice aculeis duobus longis armato, aliis brevioribus interjacentibus. Lamella cau- dalis interna superne canaliculata, externa margine exteriore spinulis armata. Long. 1 poll. Hab.—Sinu “ Kagosima;” in profundis. .470. LepTocHELA ROBUSTA, nov. sp. Corpus robustum minus compressum- Carapax ecarinatus, rostro gracillimo, oculis brevius. Antennulae carapace vix longiores, pedunculo robusto. Antennarum appendix latior, sed acute trian- gulata. Mandibularum corona margine interno non fissa. Pedeslatiores. Ab- domen segmento antepenultimo nec carinatum nec spina armatum. Praecedenti affinis, sed omnino multo robustior. Long. 1 poll. Hab.—Mari Sinensi, prof. 20 org. Prope insulam “ Loo Choo” quoque. 471. Stcyonra cristata, De Haan; Fauna Japonica, Crust., 194; pl. xlv. f. 10.—In sinu “ Kagosima ;” fundo conchoso et arenoso, prof. 20 org. 472. Sicyonia PARVvULA, De Haan; l. c. 195; pl. xlv. f. 6.—In sinu “ Kago- sima.” 473. Stcyonla OCELLATA, nov. sp. Carapax tomentosus. Crista carapacis rostrique convexa, septem-dentata, dentibus antrorsum magnitudine decrescen- tibus. Rostrum angustum, parce deflexum, articulum antennularum pedunculi penultimum non superans, apice tridenticulatum, margine inferiore integrum. Antennarum flagellum depressum utroque margine ciliatum. Pedes graciles ; digitis primi secundi tertiique paris palmis longitudine subaequalibus. Abdo- men profunde insculptum, porcis transversis, rugatis; segmentorum epimeris trangularibus, inermibus; segmento ultimo basi lato, depresso, extremitatem versus, in medio profunde canaliculato, apice aculeis tribus instructo, mediano longiore. Color griseus, purpureo-varegiatus; carapax utrinque ocello nigro albo-marginato ornatus, in latere retrorsum sito; abdomen lateribus albo- maculatum. Long. 1.25 poll. Hab.—Portu ‘Hong Kong;” in fando conchoso prof. 8 org. vulgaris. In mari Sinensi quoque, lat. bor. 24°; ad prof. 20 org. 474, PENAEUS STENODACTYLUS, nov. sp. Descr. foeminae. Corpus compressum, nudum. Carapax elongatus, carinatus, (quarta parte posteriore excepta,) laevis, nisi dorso subtiliter granulato; spina hepatica distincta, sulcis proximis brevi- bus et tenuibus; spina antennali minuta, carina et sulco antennali obsoletis ; margine antico alibi inermi. Rostrum rectum vel parum resimum, oculis vix longius; crista superiore 8-dentata, dente postico aliis remoto et paullo ante medium carapacis sito, dente quarto supra oculos; margine inferiore edentulo. Oculi crassi, articulum antepenultimum antennularum peduneuli non superan- tes, articulo basali (basiophthalmito) spina brevi ad angulum superiorem armato. Antennarum appendices longae. Maxillipedes ext. graciles, appen- dices antennarum superantes. Pedes compressi; digitis primi, secundi tertii- que paris longis. .Pedes quarti late compressi, hirsuti, antrorsum porrecti oculos non superantes; quarti paris gracillimi longissimi, appendices ant. multo superantes, nudi, extremitates versus styliformes, dactylo recto, dimidiam partem carapacis longitudine fere adaequante. Abdominis segmenta quartum quintum sextumque carinata; segmenti penultimi appendix interna cultrata, quam externa multo augustior. PaJlide carneus. Long. 1.5 poll. Hab.—Portu “ Hong Kong” fundo limoso prof. sex org. 475, PENAEUS PODOPHTHALMUS, nov. sp. Deser. foeminae. Corpus elongatum, compressum, superficie ut videtur glabrum, subtiliter vero punctatum. Carapax elongatus, leviusculus, cristatus, (tertia parte posteriore excepta), spina hepatica minuta, sulcis proximis distinctis sed brevibus; spina antennali brevi, sulco antennali obsoleto ; spina orbitali nulla. Rostrum breve, oculis dimidia bre- vius; crista dorsali septemdentata, dente postico aliis remoto et ad tertiam 1860.] 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF anteriorem carapacis sito, dente quarto supra orbitam sito; marginibus den- tium subtiliter serrulatis ; margine rostri inferiore edentulo. Oculorum pedun- culi valde elongati sed carapace plus dimidia breviores, articulis basi et coxa parvis, podophthalmito longo gracili ad basin turgido. Antennulae praelongae, carapace multo longiores ; pedunculo carapace tertia parte breviore, articulo antepenultimo ad podophthalmiti basin recipiendum superne excavato, pro- cess laminiformi interno minimo; flagellis aequalibus. Antennarum appen- dices antennularum pedunculo breviores. Mandibularum palpi pergrandes. - Maxillipedum externorum exognathus non multiarticulatus. Pedes breves: compressi; digitis manuum longis. Abdomen compressum. Pallide carneus. Long. 1.3 poll. Hab.—Portu “ Hong Kong ;” fundo limoso prof. sex. org. 476. PENAEUS CANALICULATUS, Oliv. ; Encyc. Meth. 660. M. Edw.; Hist. Nat. des Crust. ii., 414. (Vix De Haan.)—In portu Sinensi ‘‘ Hong Kong,” et ad insu- lam “ Loo Choo.” 477. PENAEUS SEMISULCATUS, De Haan; Fauna Jap., Crust., 191, pl. xlvi, f. 1. —Ad oras Sinenses prope insulam “‘ Hong Kong.” 478. PENAEUS MoNopDON, Fabr.; Suppl., 408. M. Edw.; Hist. Nat. des Crust., il. 416.—Prope oras Sinenses, lat. bor. 23°. : 479, PENAEUS MoNocERUS, Fabr.; Suppl., p. 409. M. Edw.; Hist. Nat. des Crust., ii. 415. De Haan; 1. c., 192; pl. xlvi. f. 2—Ad oras insularum “ Hong Kong” et “‘ Loo Choo.” 480. PENAEUS CURVIROSTRIS, nov. sp. Descr. foeminae. Corpus superficie granulis minutis acutisque asperum. Carapax fere ad extr. posticam obtuse carinatus non vero canaliculatus; sulco cervicali antice distincto, profundo, prope marginem anticum oriente, retrorsum attenuato sulco cardiaco-branchiali continuo, hoe latiusculo, paullo conspicuo, porca laevi definito; spina hepatica valida extrorsum prominente; sulco gastro-hepatico laevi; spina antennali longa, acuta ; carina antennali fere acuta, sulco laevi, postice tomentoso ; sulco gastro-frontali ei P. monoceri simile, minus profundo; spina orbitali minuta, distincta vero et acuta. Rostrum articulum ultimum antennularum pedunculi attingens, curvato-resimum, apice gracile truncatum vel subbifurcatum; crista superiore octo-dentata, dente postico aliis spatiis duobus remoto, dente tertio supra orbitas sito; margine inferiore edentulo ciliato. Rostri carinae laterales acutae, in carapace obsolescentes: sulci laterales vero leves, fere obsoleti. Antennularum processus basalis internus gracilis, minuiscens, non spatulatus ; flagella pedunculo paullo breviora. Maxillipedes externi extus nudi. Pedes tertii paris basi secundis non angustiores, spina destituti. Pedes ultimi gra- ciles, oculis attingentes. Sternum inter bases pedum quartorum quintorumque plus minusve scutatum, inaequale, medio profunde excavatum; antrorsum obtuse triangulatum, margine dilatato laminiformi, arcuato, paullo prominente ; uncis lateralibus nullis. Abdomen segmentis 3tio—6to carinatum, breviter quoque in secundo ; caudaei P. monoceri fere simili. Long. 3.5 poll. P. velutino affinis, rostro curvato, carina antennali acuta etiam differt. Hab.—Portu “ Simoda” Japoniae. 481. PmnanUS vELUTINUS, Dana; U. S. Expl. Exped., Crust., i. 604; pl. xl. f. 4.—In mari et ad insulas Sinenses, in sinibus insulae ‘‘ Ousima,” et in por- tibus “Kagosima’ ‘“Simoda” et ‘‘Hakodadi” Japoniae; vulgaris in fundis arenosis prof. 5-30 org. MIcROPROSTHEMA,* noy. gen. Corpus depressum, obesum, superficie varie sculptum vel spinulis ornatum. Carapax minus induratus, dorso sulco cervi- cali valido notatus. Rostrum mediocre, gracile, elongato-triangulatum, non *Etym. puxpos, parvus ; mpocdeue, appendix. [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 laminiforme, dorso spinis armatum. Oculi parvi. Antennularum peduncu- lus brevissimus, ad basin processu unciformi extus praeditus, lamella interna nulla; flagella duo, longa, cylindrica. Antennae in plano antennularum sitae ; pedunculo etiam brevissimo, ad basin processu laminato cochleariformi intus instructo, appendice minima, cultrata vel sublunata, pedunculo extus adjuncta sed introrsum porrecta, margine interno longe ciliata; flagello mediocris longi- tudinis. Mandibulae per-robustae, processu antico obtuso, edentulo; processu interno globato laevi; palpo ei Stenopi simili. Maxillipedes externi breves, sublaminati, extus spinis armati; exognatho longo. Pedes exopodo brevi instructi; primi secundique paris gracillimi, manu minuta instructi; tertii paris grandes, manu maxima, lata, cristata; quarti quintique paris longi, neque annulati, dactylo minuto, biunguiculato. Abdomen foeminae latum, appen- dicibus ventralibus longis gracilibus, introrsum porrectis, primi paris uni- rameis. 482. MicROPROSTHEMA VALIDA, noy. sp. Descr. foeminae. Corpus crassum, non altius quam latius. Carapax omnino spinulosus, spinis inaequalibus, in dorso et regione hepatica majoribus, in lateribus fere longitudinaliter seriatis ; margine antico circa basin antennae spinis tribus armato. Rostrum parvum, antennarum pedunculi longitudine; crista dorsali rostro duplo longiore, sep- tem-spinosa; cristis lateralibus in carapace rostro divergentibus et 3-4-spinosis. Oculi parvi, corneis pedunculis angustioribus. Antennulae corpore quarta parte breviores; antennae eo non breviores. Antennarum appendix tertiam partem carapacis longitudine adaequans ; pedunculus appendice paullo brevior. Maxillipedes externi apicem appendicium ant. attingentes; ischio dilatato apice externo unispinoso; mero extus bispinoso. Pedes tertii grandes, mero carpo aequali et quam ischium duplo longiore, et, simili carpo, trigono, acute granuloso, marginibus spinuloso; manu carapace non breviore, duplo longiore quam latiore, superne cristata, crista inermi; digitis valde compressis non hiantibus ; pollice intus bidentato, dactylo unidentato, dentibus magnis. Ab- domen carapace tertia parte longius, medio (seg. tertio) breviter carinatum ; segmentis lmo—3tio transversim costatis, et in latere tuberculo spiniformi armatis ; epimeris segmentorum Imi-——5ti acute prominentibus et carinatis ; segmentis sexto ultimoque planatis horizontalibus; ultimo lato tenui, partim- bicarinato, apice rotundato, margine laterali unispinoso. Obscure fusca; uni- color. Long. 0.65; thoracis lat. 0.24 poll. Hab.—lIn sinu insulae ‘ Ousima ;” sublittoralis, in locis lapillosis algosisque. Genus Sereestes, M. Edw. Carapax dorso sutura y. sulco cervicali dis- tincte notatus et regione branchiali longitudinaliter bicostatus. 483. SERGESTES PACIFICUS, noy. sp. Carapax minus elongatus, rostro bre- vissimo conico resimo, et spina vel dente praeorbitali armatus; spina hepatica quam in S. Frisii magis posterior. Oculi breves, articulo antennularum basali plus tertia parte breviores. Antennularum pedunculi carapace parce brevi- ores; articulo ultimo quam penultimus multo longiore. Pedes eis S. atlantict fere similes, eis S. frist multo majores; primi paris quam maxillipedes externi et eis secundi paris breviores; quarti paris eis tertii tertia parte breviores; quinti dimidiam quartorum fere adequantes; dactylis quasi articulatis longe setosis. Abdominis segmentum penultimum, quartum quintumque junctos longitudine fere aequans; lamella caudalis exterior margine externo dente minuto infra medium armata, Long. 1.25 poll. Hab.—Oceano Pacifico, lat. bor. 273°, long. orient. 138°. 484, SERGESTES VIGILAX, noy. sp. Joeminae corpus gracile. Carapax elon- gatus, gracilis, sulcis costisque distinctis ; spina hepatica prope tertiam anteri- orem sita minuta, extrorsum porrecta. Rostrum minutum, compressum, sub- triangulatum, resimum, dorso convexum. Oculi praelongi, dimidiam fere carapacis longitudine, articulum pedunculi antennularum penultimum supe- rantes, subfungiformes, corneis globosis, pediculis gracillimis. Antennularum 1860.] 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF pedunculi articulus basalis minor, ultimo brevior. Antennarum appendix ei S. oculati similis, extremitatem versus angustata, oculis longior. Maxillipedes externi grandes, dimidia basali incrassati, reliqua angustati, articulo ultimo praecedenti dimidia fere breviore, obtuso, setarum fasciculis tribus inferne instructo. Pedes quarti mediocres. Abdomen dorso inerme ; segmento penul- timo non duplo longiore quam latiore, quartum quintumque junctos longitu- dine fere adaequante; lamella caudali exteriore extus dente minuto versus basin armato. Long. 0.75 poll. S. oculato differt maxillipedibus externis multo crassioribus, et pedibus quarti paris longioribus. A S. laciniato oculis longi- oribus. Hab.—Oceano Atlantico prope insulas “ Azores.” 485. SERGESTES MACROPHTHALMUS, nov. sp. Carapax spina hepatica et spinis supra-orbitalibus armatus, interdum et spina erecta dorsali ad extremitatem posticam. Rostrum brevissimum, resimum, apice antrorsum flexum. Oculi praelongi, fungiformes, carapace tertia parte breviores, apicem pedunculi antennularum fere attingentes; pediculis gracillimis. Antennularum pedun- culi art. ultimus quam basalis non brevior. Antennarum appendix recta, angusta, regulariter minuiscens, apice truncata, apicem antennularum pedun- culi vix attingens. Maxillipedes externi eis S. vigilacis similes. Pedes thora- cici secundi tertiique paris longissimi filiformes, apicibus paullo incrassati : quarti paris (antrorsum porrecti) art. secundum maxillipedum ext. attingentes. Pedes abdominales mediocres. Abdominis segmentum quintum interdum et quartum spina dorsali minutissima armatum ; segmentum penultimum latum, quartum quintumgue junctos longitudine fere aequans, subtus convexum ; seg- mentum ultimum parvum. Lamellae caudalis exterioris margo externus supra medium dente minutissimo armatus. Long. 0.7 poll. Hab.—Oceano Pacifico, lat. bor. 274°, long. orient. 1383° ; etiam lat. bor. 35°, long. occ. 155°. 486. SERGESTES LONGICAUDATUS, nov. sp. Rostrum minutum, spiniforme, rectum, horizontale, dorso unidentatum. Oculi longi sed apicem art. basalis antennularum pedunculi vix attingentes, clavati, corneis vix discretis. Anten- nularum pedunculi articulus basalis art. penultimum et antepenultimum junctos longitudine aequans. Antennarum appendix apicem ped. antennularum non attingens, latior, intus margine convexa, ei S. serrulatz similis. Maxillipedes ext. gracillimi. Pedes graciles, tertii paris praelongi, quarti paris non valde breviores. Abdomen dorso inerme; segmento penultimo praelongo, quartum quintumque junctos longitudine multo superante, ultimo duplo longiore. La- mellae caudalis exterioris margo externus infra medium dente armatus, infra dentem concavus. Pedes abdominales praelongi. Long. 0.75 poll. Hab.—Oceano Pacifico, lat. bor. 40°, long. occ. 155°. 487. SERGESTES ANCyLops, Kroyer; Det. Kongl. Danske Vid. Selsk. Skrifter, [5], Nat. og Math. Afd., 4de Bind; p. 262; pl. iii. f. 8 a-e—In Oceano Atlantico prope insulam Madeirae vulgaris. Sereia,* nov. gen. Pedes quarti quintique paris sat longi et daetylo pal- miformi instructi. Reliqua cum Sergeste fere conveniunt. 488. SERGIA REMIPES, nov. sp. Foeminae carapax valde elongatus, sat de- pressus; sulco cervicali distincto; spina hepatica nulla. Rostrum minutum spiniforme, acutum, curvatum, dorso dente vel spina armatum. Oculi sub- fungiformes, tertiam partem carapacis longitudine aequantes, apicem art. penultimi antennularum pedunculiattingentes. Antennarum appendix linearis, oculos paullo superans. Maxillipedes externi et pedes sex anteriores subserrati vel rugoso-marginati pilis simplicibus fasciculati. Maxillipedes ext. peduncu- lum antennularum paullo superantes. Pedes quarti quintique peris graciles eylindrici, fere nudi, setis plumosis sparsis solum instructi, dactylis lamini- * Sergia, nom. propr. [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47 formibus subovatis. Pedes quarti quintis paullo longiores sed carapace vix longiores. Pedes abdominales longi, primi paris carapace longiores, pedunculo ramos fere adaequante. Abdomen dorso compressum, segmentis quinto sextoque acutum vel spinigerum ; segmento sexto quinto longiore et spina minuta ad an- gulum infero-posteriorem armato. Lamella caudalis exterior margine externo spina aculeiformi infra medium armata. Long. 0.6 poll. Hab.—Oceano Pacifico, lat. bor. 273°, long. orient. 1383°. The Mexican Humming Birds. BY RAFAEL MONTES DE OCA, Of Jalapa, Mexico. NOs dig Campytoptervs De Larrrer Gould. Mellisuga De Lattrei Gray. De Lattre’s Sabre Wing, Gould, Monograph, part x. This beautiful Humming Bird, or colibri, is generally known in Mexico by the: name of Chupa-mirto real azul, or Royal blue Myrtle-sucker. It comes abundantly to the vicinity of Jalapa, Coatepec and Orizaba, in the months of October and November, and is mostly found eating the honey of a plant called Masapan. It is one of those birds that do not rise early in the morning to hunt their food, for very few are found earlier than nine o’clock in the morn- ing, and from that time till twelve or one o’clock appears to be their breakfast hours. During this time they are but very seldom seen to alight, and fora very short time only in any one place, for they go constantly from flower to flower, sucking the honey, and from one place to another, describing in their flight a part ofa circle, and sometimes almost touching the ground. In the same manner also they are seen to come, so that by placing oneself where there are such plants in blossom, it is easy to shoot several specimens in one morn- ing without walking very far or moving much about. During the remainder of the day, very few are to be seen, and it is very probable that they go into the woods, where they find certain kinds of mosquitoes, with which I have often found their craws well filled. This bird is extremely shy, butis very easily tamed, most probably on account of its very gluttonous disposition ; for once caged and provided with a little cup containing syrup, without any trouble he finds it readily when heis hungry, and I have seen them feasting in this manner, half an hour after having been made prisoners. It is difficult to keep them alive, and I have never been able to preserve them for a longer time than two months, which, I think, is more on account of the want of exercise than of the coming of the winter season as is generally believed here, for I have found, though rarely, in the middle of what we call a severe winter, the handsomest specimens that I have ever seen. The aversion that the males of this species bear to each other as well as to all of their kind is very remarkable. It is very seldom that two meet together without there ensuing an aerial battle worthy of a most magnificent picture. It commences with a sharp, choleric shriek, which makes them swell out their throats, and raising all the feathers of their bodies, and spreading open their tails, they begin to fight with their wings and bills, and the least powerful soon tumbles to the ground or else runsaway. I have never seen one of these bat- tles last longer than about ten seconds, and in the specimens that I have had under my notice in cages, nearly always this fighting has ended in the splitting of the tongue of one of the two, which then surely dies on account of not being able to eat. The place of incubation of this bird is very probably Guatemala, where it is 1860.] 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF also found abundantly, and to which country it certainly migrates in the latter part of November. I have never found nor heard that it goes farther north than the first mentioned places above. The nest I have never found. This species of humming bird, in the general appearance of its body, is ofa deep metallic shining turquoise blue, of the most beautiful shade ; the upper part of the head is brown tinged with bronze green, the upper wing and tail coverts shining bronze green, the wing feathers are purplish black with the vanes of the three principal ones on each side black, very wide and resembling whale- bone. The tail is bright bluish black, with the three feathers of each side haying about three quarters of an inch of a pure white, and sometimes the fourth partakes of a little of the white also. The upper part of each leg is covered with white downy feathers, running apparently into each other in a line of the same color below the under tail coverts ; the feet are purplish black ; the bill black, resembling whalebone. Total length of this specimen is 5? inches, wing 34, tail 24, bill 13 inches. The female is about half an inch smaller than the male, and her appear- ance is, in the upper part ofthe body, upper wing and tail coverts, ofa metal- lic bronze green ; the upper part of the head is bronze, tinged with yellowish bronzed green. The breast is of a light iron gray, with the sides tinged with bronze green. The throat feathers have the points tinged with blue of the same shade as the male. The wings are purplish black, but the vanes of the side quills are not half so strong as those of the male; the tail is very much like that of the male, with the difference of the two middle feathers, which are bronzed green. The under tail coverts are tinged with the same color, with the edges of light iron gray, like the breast. The feet and bill are of the same size and color as those of the male. The Reports of the Publication Committee and the Committee on Proceedings were read and adopted. Pursuant to the By-Laws of the Academy an election of the members of the Standing Committees for 1860 was held, with the following re- sult :— 1. Ethnology, J. A. Meigs, 8.8. Haldeman, T.G. Morton. 2. Comparative Anatomy and Creneral Zoology, Joseph Leidy, J. M. Corse, J. H. Slack. 38. Mammalogy, John LeConte, J. H. Slack, Wm. Camac. 4. Ornithology, John Cassin, T. B. Wilson, 8. W. Woodhouse. 5. Herpetology and Ichthyology, Robert Bridges, J. Ches- ton Morris, John L. LeConte. 6. Conchology, T. A. Conrad, W. G. Binney, W. S. W. Ruschenberger. 7. Entomology and Crustacea, R. Bridges, John L. LeConte, E. T. Cresson. 8. Botany, E. Durand, A.J. Brazier, J. Carson. 9. Geology, I. Lea, Chas. E. Smith, J. P. Lesley. 10. Mineralogy, Wm. S. Vaux, J.C. Trautwine, W. G. E. Agnew. 11. Palxontology, Joseph Leidy, T. A. Conrad, Wm. M. Gabb. 12. Physics, B. H. Rand, Wm. M. Ubler, Jas. C. Booth. 15. Library, Wm. 8. Vaux, Robert Bridges, Joseph Leidy. 14. Pro- ceedings, John L. LeConte, Joseph Leidy, Wm. S. Vaux, W.S. W. Ruschenberger, J. ©. Fisher. A communication was read from Mr. P. B. Duchaillu, giving a state- ment of claims made by him against the Academy, and on motion, the subject was referred to a committee of five, consisting of Messrs. Ruschenberger, Jeanes, Vaux, Powel and Stewardson. [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 February 7th. Mr. Lua, President, in the Chair. Forty-nine members present. The following were presented for publication : a Descriptions of new species of American Fluviatile Gasteropods, by J. G. Anthony.” “Supplement to a Catalogue of the Venomous Serpents in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences, by EH. D. Cope.’ “Catalogue of the Calamarian Serpents in the pH of the Academy of Natural Sciences, with notes and descriptions, by E. D. Cope.” Mr. Binney called attention to a species of Leda, presented this evening, which, Dr. Gould states, is common to Japan and Massachusetts. A discussion on geographical distribution then took place, in which Dr. Le Conte mentioned that he had prepared a map representing the provinces of geographical distribution of Coleoptera in the territories of the United States ; he divides the temperate part of the continent into three (or perhaps four) districts: 1. Atlantic, extending westwardly to the longitude of the mouth of the Platte; 2. Central, extending from the mouth of the Platte to the Sierra Nevada; 3. Pacific, including the water shed of the maritime Pacific coast. These districts are each divided into several provinces, and with larger collections the Central, as at present defined, may be found to be in reality two districts, limited by the Rocky Mountains; of these the eastern will be called the Central, and the western the Interior district. This map accompanies a memoir on the Coleoptera of Kansas, Nebraska and New SEN published in the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Mr. Binney remarked, that having prepared for the Smithsonian Institution a catalogue of the terrestrial and fluviatile Gasteropods of North America, he was able to present the following results: Of the boreal regions but little is known. The only data we have are from Greenland. Both the fresh water and land species are peculiar to that country, excepting the European Helix hortensis, which has been introduced also m Canada and New England. Of Mexico also but little is known. A few of its land species are found in Texas ; they are, however, confined to that region, not extending farther north. The genera are more tropical than in the rest of the continent. Fluviatile species are very rare in Mexico, judging from the few data we have. The species appear different from those of the Atlantic region. On the west coast the species of land shells are quite distinct from those of the Atlantic region, excepting Bulimus zebra; the genera, however, are the same, though fewer in number. Among the fluviatile species are found eleven species of Pulmonates, which also inhabit the Atlantic region. In the Atlantic region are two or three species of land shells found in Europe, and a few fluviatile Pulmonates. The occurrence of the Asiatic species quoted from the United States may well be doubted. The following table shows the facts presented by Mr. Binney. It is neces- sarily imperfect, owing to the small amount of material, the somewhat con- fused synonymy, &c. Column 1 contains the species found in the Pacific region. Column 2, those of the Atlantic region. Column 3, those common to the Pacific and Atlantic region. 1860.] 4 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Column 4, those of Mexico, excepting the west coast. Column 5, those common to Mexico and the Atlantic region. Column 6, those of Greenland. Class GASTEROPODA. Order PECTINIBRANCHIATA. Suborder ROSTRIFERA. Family. Subfamily. Genus. ey cl icc ie = AMPULLARIADA........-...-00e -Ampullaria...... 0 4 Oe er) 0| 0 9 CYCLOPHORID &.....CYcLoTinz..... Cyclotus.........| 0 0 (0))) 21 0| 0 a CycLopHorInz#.Cyclophorus...... 0 0 0} 2 o|{ Oo 2 LIcINnINZ...... Ctenopoma....... 0 1 0] 0 0] 0 1 CrcLostoMIn&.Tudora.......-.. 0 0 Oo; 1 0} 0 1 Cistula.....-..2.. 0 0 On a! 0; 0 1 Chondroperna....| 0 1 0; 2 0] 0 3 HELICINIDZ.........+ esicle wie elev iel= Helicina..........| 0 6 0 | 22 2{; 0} 26 Boose 0 0 0; 3 0; 0 3 LITTORINIDS.... 2... cece eee eeeeeees Amnicola......... 2 | 18 0; 0 0} Oj 20 TRUNCATTELLIDE.. ...--.----+- Truncatella...... il 4 Vol jute ! EO 5 MELANIADAE. ....... ccccccccccecs Melania...........| 9 [292 Oo| 4 0} 0 | 305 as 0 | 10 0; 0 0; 0; 10 Rb Sseodds 3 | 54 0; 0 0} O| 57 10 0 0; 0 0; 0} Ifo panies VENIDAEUS scene 4 | 60 Out et 0; 1) 66 Sraacesaas 0 0 0; 0 UF te! 1 scenocsac = 0 8 Out Zl 0| 0 9 Order SCUTIBRANCHIATA. Suborder PSPEUDOBRANCHIA. PROSERPINAD..... .. alate pivielaisivie es CELOS isleininln)nicjeiaieo Order PNEUMOBRANCHIATA. Suborder GEOPHILA. TESTACELUIDAL... 0. cccecccceseccns Glandina......... ARIONTDAL, .. 0000 ccccnwves sie'sjereleiann "ATION Saeco wcies ed PEND I CEDIA, seictanis oleiclsirinioaieie own clea -\ Tebennophorus... . pat NWHOOCOD * i" pert Simpulopsis...... Succinea.......... Lhe Ssaarndcocae Bulimus.......... Spiraxis..... Salalate Orthalicus........ Macroceramugs. .. Achatina......... eee twee eee ray SGN wcmeonw AHONOMWDHE _ bak at eeh+ ~ Ww i OR OM ped eee er seeee Cylindrella....... WAMRONTOMUIED Asn ieee cieicisciesie ts Veronicella....... ONCHEDPAD Aur. siecnicicie vie ccleiietereiviorcs Onchidium..... - Suborder LIMNOPHILA. = _ RRR DD ORDO HOSCSCOMHOHOOBROOMOMDN SSSSCSoOOHOoOoOOSOoOCSCSCS SOSSSOOHORMACCOSCCON SSOSSHSOOOSCONHOE- a) AURICULID........MELAMPINS. ..Melampus........ 8 Oo; 1 1/0 9 AURICULINZ...Alexia. .......... 1 ol o 0! 0 1 il 0/ 0 0] 0 1 z : 0 0o| 0 1 : 0 0}; 0 1 TAWIN EAD Heo voisie o's cicis's/sielelo'o wiv eidinie'e MINEO 45 5 | lie o} 4] 61 0 0 0 0 0 a Spe5c 30 2 3 0 0 41 31 3; 4 o| 1| 4 10 0; 0 Oo] O| 14 * Imported. { Found also in the Atlantic region, and imported. t Two species imported, ] One species impo [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 February 11th. Mr. LzA, President, in the Chair. Forty-nine members present. A paper was presented for publication, entitled : _ “Descriptions of new species of Cyrena and Corbicula in the Cab- inet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by Temple Prime. Mr. Lea remarked that when Mr. Binney, at the last meeting, called the at- tention of the members to a reversed Paludina on the table, the discussion tak- ing a wide range, he (Mr. Lea) stated that an abnormal reversed character sometimes occurred in the genus Unio, and he then mentioned that he had spe- cimens of various species where this condition was very remarkable. He also then stated that among Helices, in a semi-domesticated position—in gardens, hedge-rows, &c., in England and on the continent—it was not a very rare cir- cumstance to find heterostrophe individuals; he had quite a number; but that among the immense number of our own species which had passed under his eyes, he had found only a single specimen which was heterostrophe, viz.: a Helix hirsuta, Say. Mr. Lea went on to say that he had prepared himself to ex- hibit, to-night, his specimens alluded to, and to which he now called the atten- tion of the members. He was glad to see by the December number of the Pro- ceedings of the Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. received by post to-day, that Prof. Agas- siz had made a communication to the Society on “reversed bivalve shells,” ex- hibiting a specimen of the Unio ligamentinus, Lamarck, observing that “it was quite rare and generally not easily observed.” Mr. Lea exhibited twenty-one specimens of various species which were all abnormal as regarded their lateral teeth, some having a single one in both valves, others being simply reversed as to the double and single cardinal and lateral teeth; others having dowble lateral teeth in oth valves, and others again having a treble lateral tooth in the left valve, and a double one in the right valve. The first reversed Unio he had seen was a specimen of complanatus from the mill-dam at Bristol, Penna., about 25 years since; afterward he had found one in the Schuylkill, and subsequently found them occasionally among thousands of specimens sent by friends from various parts of the United States. From Dr. Lewis, of Mohawk, he had re- ceived some very fine specimens. The following table will exhibit the various abnormal forms of Uniones in Mr. Lea’s collection: Single lateral tooth in each valve. Unio complanatus, Lea, (Mya complanata, Solan.) Schuylkill River, Pa. ““ occidens, Lea, Wisconsin. “ purpuratus, Lam., Claiborne, Ala. “ ventricosus, Bar., St. Lawrence, Montreal. Single lateral tooth in the left, and double in the right valve. Unio complanatus, Lea, 2 specimens, Bristol, Pa., and Mohawk, N. Y. “ alatus, Say, Ohio River. “ Hopetonensis, Lea, Darien, Geo. “ nasutus, Say, Arkansas. “ radiatus, Lam., Petersburg, Vir. Double lateral tooth in both valves. Unio complanatus, Lea, 6 specimens, Mohawk, N. Y. - Z: “ Genessee, N. Y. ee 4 “ Schuylkill, Pa. “ corrugatus, Lam., Pondichery, India, 1860.] fa | bo PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Treble lateral tooth in the left, and double in the right valve. Inio corrugatus, Lam., Bengal. Treble lateral tooth in the left, and partly treble in the right valve. Unio gibbosus, Barnes, Fox River, Wisconsin. “ corrugatus, Lam., India. Mr. Lea stated that in his first paper published in the Trans. Am. Phil. Soe. in 1827, he paid attention to the difference of the teeth, and in 1829 he publish- ed a description of that remarkable Unio from the Schuylkill, described under the name of heterodon, from the very peculiar and aberrant form of the double lateral tooth being placed in the right valve, and the single in the Jeft one. This was the first form of the kind which had ever come under his notice. A few years subsequently he found the first specimen of an abnormal character, conforming exactly to the normal condition of the Aeterodon, and this was in the Bristol specimen. Since that period he observed closely the abnormal forms of the species, and the result is given in the previous table. But it must be im- pressed on the zoologist’s mind, that the form of teeth which is normal in one species, may be abnormal in another, because, while there is impressed on every species a law as regards its form,—and the general one of this species of Unio is to have the lateral tooth double in the left, and single in the right valve, and the cardinal either the same or double in botk,—yet aberrant forms from this are quite numerous, as will be found in the following table of species. He wished the attention of the members to the fact that what was abnormal in some individuals of a species, would be perfectly normal in others; thus, in complanatus, when the lateral teeth are found double in the right, and single in the left, they are reversed, and therefore abnormal ; but in the heterodon this condition of the teeth is normal, and so it will be with other conditions of other species, even so far removed from the typical Unio as in the eximius, Lea, from Siam, which has a treble lateral tooth in the left, and a dou- ble one in the right valve as its normal form, for this is imitated by the speci- men of corrugaius exhibited, which has the treble tooth in the left valve, and double one in the right, which in this case is remarkable, its normal condition being that of the typical Unio. In the following table will be found most of the species which, while they are perfectly normal, are still aberrant from the typical Unio, all of them but two having been described by Mr. Lea. Cardinal tooth single in both valves. Unio Bengalensis, Lea, Bengal. Cardinal tooth double in the right, and single in the left valve. ime Corrianus, Lea, Bengal. lamellatus, Lea, Bengal. ‘ pilineatus, Lea, "Bengal. wl contradens, ite Java? “ gravidus, Lea, Siam. “ tumidulus, Lea, Siam. ‘humilis, Lea, Siam. “ sagittarius, Lea, Siam. “« substriatus, Lea, Siam. ‘¢ Dunkerianus, Lea, Brazil. “ Cambodianus, Lea, Siam. * consobrinus, Lea, China. “ Layardii, Lea, Ceylon. " plicatulus, Lea, Borneo. “ vittatus, Lea, Australia. « Wilsonti, Lea, Australia. “\ Mauritianus, Lea, Indian Ocean. [{ Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53 Unio bulloides, Lea, Rio Plata, S. Am. “ atratus, (Nida, Swain.) Chili. “ Araucanus, Philippi, Chili. “ piceus, Lea, Uruguay, S. Am. Cardinal and lateral teeth double in both valves. Unio phaselus, Lea, Siam. “ scobinatus, Lea, Siam. Lateral tooth double in the right valve only. Tnio heterodon, Lea, Penn. Lateral tooth double in both valves. Unio nueleus, Lea, Siam. Lateral tooth treble in the left, and double in the right valve. Unio eximéus, Siam. Cardinal tooth treble in the right valve. Unio funebralis, Lea, Uruguay River, S. Am. Cardinal tooth treble in both valves, and lateral tooth treble in the right, and double in the left valve. Unio trifidus, Lea, Buenos Ayres, S. Am. It is not pretended that the last table is entirely complete. The object is ac- complished to shew that the teeth of different species vary normaliy, and that individuals of the species vary abnormally. As regards the genus Zriquetra, Klein, (Hyria, Lamark,) which has cardinal and lateral teeth in both valves, so far as observed the lateral tooth in the left valve is double, and in the right single. The cardinal tooth in both valves is usually lamellar and multiplied, and articulate closely. In some cases it is much longer than in others of the same species. In one specimen of 7. subviridis, Klein, in Mr. Lea’s cabinet, the the cardinal tooth is almost the same length of the lateral tooth; and in two specimens both teeth have transverse strie like Prisodon, Schum. (Castalia, Lam.) which of course is an aberrant form. The Triquetra contorta, Lea, is an aberrant species, the cardinal teeth in both valves being obtusely conical and double in both valves. I have never met with any abnormal form of teeth in any of the species of Triquetra, but so few specimens get into the cabinets that if they do exist none have yet been detected. The genus Prisodon, the teeth of which are so nearly the same as those of Unio as to induce M. Deshayes to put it in that genus, are almost identical with some of the species, except in character of transverse parallel strie; and even this characteristic of the genus is absent in some of Mr. Lea’s specimens of truncatus, Schum., (ambigua, Lam.) If, however, the lobes of the mantle are united behind so as to form two tubes, there would be no pro- priety in placing it with the Uniones, as the mantle is never united in that part in them. Prof. R. E. Rogers made some remarks on the debitumenization of coal, and also communicated the following facts having reference to the propaga- tion of concussion from rock-blasting to strata at a distance, as exemplified in the effect upon the water of wells. A well, sixty feet in depth, with the water rising within ten feet of the sur- face, had, previous to the occurrence, been yielding a large supply of water to an extensive factory, when, immediately upon the discharge of a heavy blast in astone quarry about four hundred yards distant, the water began to fall, and soon altogether disappeared. 1860.] . 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Another well, remote from the last mentioned one, had been yielding a good supply of water for more than a year. A blast of ordinary violence was dis- charged in an excavation for stone, three hundred yards distant from it, where- upon the water quickly and entirely disappeared. The proprietor directed a boring to be made in the bottom of the well six feet in depth and a blast to be set off in it. The result was as curious as the one which preceded it. The water at once reappeared, and the supply has since been steady and in great abundance. Dr. Leidy observed that the remarks of Prof. Rogers, had reminded him of the so-called Hillsboro coal or Albertite, of Albert Co., New Brunswick. This substance Dr. L. regards as a variety of Asphaltum and not ascoal. The latter consists of the fossil remains of plants. The Albertite is a product re- sulting from the distillation of bitumenous coals or shales. Coal always pre- sents in microscopic section the remains of vegetable structure; Albertite is perfectly amorphous. Coals are stratified or interstratified with other sub- stances ; the Albertite presents many evidences of being an injected material into fissures of the surrounding shales. The number of the Proceedings for January was laid upon the table. February 21st. Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. Thirty-five members present. A paper was presented for publication entitled : “The Mexican Humming Birds, No. 2, by Rafael Montes de Oca.” Mr. Slack remarked that the two teeth of the Mosasaurus missouriensis, pre- sented by him this evening, had been procured for him from the marl pits of Mr. Coward, about two miles west of Freehold, N. J., through the exertions of Mr. Hopper, of Freehold, N. J., a gentleman to whom the Academy is largely indebted for cretaceous fossils. This is the eleventh specimen of the Mosa- saurus missouriensis identified by Mr. Slack, found within a radius of ten miles from Monmouth Court House. Dr. Leidy announced that the valuable collection of fossils of Mr. Eli Bowen had been purchased by subscription and presented to the Academy. February 28th. Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. Forty-four members present. The Report of the Biological Department for the present month was read. On report of a committee of the Biological Department, the paper entitled, “‘ Method of painting moist anatomical preparations, by H. D. Schmidt, M. D.,” was recommended for publication in the Pro- ceedings of the Department. And the following were ordered to be printed in the Proceedings : [Feb. nN mala i aaa : i} ’ | ay || GSES \ F f ru ® = 1 Vag i ¥ t ‘ ‘7 i a 7 : }] ~ if : . > j yee a ny yaw - by Pe. ; . ; - ! t es i > t / , * H — bs e ) 4 by as ; ; T : . ' » ih i j me Rois .. é : - ‘ i : - . re =" “yy ‘J . > ¢ ay 7 il e = 7 : Cis lari ¢ : a : a Oe et sta) : ; Lari bai ore © PF wa 9 ‘ —_ 2 One ¥ 7 cr i ha i . = Tarae! 0 = “a : - 4 . aa , peoy oorg £ Id NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 Tilustrations of some Fossils described in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences. BY T. A. CONRAD AND WM. M. GABB. Pl. 1, fig. 1, a, b,c, Myalina deltoidea Gabb, Proc. Acad. 1859, p. 297. Pl. 1, fig. 2, Posidonia Moorei Gabb, Proc. Acad. 1859, p. 297. Pl. 1, fig. 3, Myacites pensylvanicus Conrad, Proc. Acad. 1857, . 166. 7 The first two, Myalina deltoidea and Posidonia Moorei are carbon- iferous ; Myacites pensylvanicus is triassic, from Phoenixville, Penn- sylvania. Descriptions of New Species of American Fluviatile Gasteropods. BY J. G. ANTHONY. MELANIA ANGUSTISPIRA, Anthony.—Shell thick, elongate, very slender; color reddish-brown, with a narrow pale line at the suture; whorls 9-10, lower ones subconvex, smooth, upper ones flattened and carinate near their bases : sutures slight; aperture narrow-ovate, within pale purple; columella regularly curved: sinus not remarkable. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cab.; Cab. Hugh Cuming, London; A. N.S. Philada.; State Collection, Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian Collection, Washington, D.C. Obs.—May be compared with W. exilis, Hald., than which it is more slender, more attenuate, and of more solid texture; its color is also entirely different, being more like Mf. Warderiana, Lea, but wanting the peculiar bulbous form of that species. The carinations do not extend to the three lower whorls ; upon these they are entirely wanting. It is a peculiarly slender and graceful species. M. pEecorata, Anthony.—Shell short, thick, ovate; whorls about five, but truncate so as to show only two or three remaining ; whorls prominently ribbed and intersected by revolving strize, forming nodules where they cross each other; dark bands also revolve around the whorls, giving them a highly deco- rative appearance; columella often thickened by a callous deposit; sinus small. Hab.—Oostanulla River, Georgia. My Cab.; Cab Hugh Cuming, London; A. N.S. Philada.; State Collection, Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian Collection, Washington, D. C. Obs.—I collected some two hundred specimens of this species in Oostanulla River, Ga., in 1853, and then supposed they would prove to be merely the young of MW. celatura, Con. Closer examination and comparison, however, has convinced me that they are not identical. Many of the specimens are decidedly mature, and differ from “ celatura” by the greater regularity of their folds, which are also interrupted by a revolving raised line near the sutures, and by their dark bands and less elongate form ; cannot well be compared with any other. M. apusta, Anthony.—Shell conical, smooth, shining; color dark brown, with a pale line near the sutures; whorls 7-8, flat; body whorl rather large, subangulated and with somewhat coarse lines of growth; sutures distinct, but not remarkable; apertnre ovate, dark purple within; outer lip curved, colu- mella deeply rounded, a broad sinus at base. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cabinet; Cab. H. Cuming, London; Cab. A. N. S. Philada.; State Col- lection, Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian Collection, Washington, D. C. 1860.] 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Obs.—A neat, pretty species, of rather plain appearance. Compared with /. gracilior, nob., it is broader, shorter, and of darker culor; the broad deep cine- ture on the body-whorl and beautiful red bands in the interior, so conspicuous in HM. gracilior, are also wanting. From “ athleta” it differs by its shorter, more acute form, and by the absence of folds. It is less slender than M. viridula. M. sicincta, Anthony.—Shell conical, elevated, spire very acute; whorls 7, upper ones bicarinate, and body whorl encircled by three or four carine, the upper two of which are prominent, while the lower two are often strie merely ; color dark olive brown, very shining, and relieved by a faint or yellow narrow band near the suture; sutures distinct; aperture ovate, and brown within; columella deeply indented. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cabinet; Cab. Hugh Cuming, London; A.N.S. Philada.; State Collection, Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian Collection, Washington, D. C. Obs.—A beautifully distinct and well-marked species of that group which #. bella, Conrad, may be considered most fitly to represent. May be distinguished from UM. bella by its broader and more acute form, more distinct carination and absence of the beaded line so characteristic of that species. Lines of growth conspicuous and crowded. Differs from WM. bicostata, nob., by its less robust form, darker color, and by the form of its spire, which diminishes more rapidly towards the apex. M. agscipa, Anthony.—Shell ovate, smooth, olivaceous, thick; spire obtuse, composed of five low whorls nearly flat ; body whorl large, occupying nearly the entire length of the shell; aperture not broad but long, subrhombic, more than half the length of the shell; columella deeply rounded and indented; outer lip much curved and produced; sinus broad and conspicuous. Hab.—Alabama. My Cabinet. Ods.—A ponderous species, whose chief characteristic is its square form and short truncate spire, resembling in that respect M. planospira, nob. {It differs from that species, however, by its more elongate form, narrow, rhombic aper- ture, and by having several revolving strie at base. It is a solid shell of com- pact texture, and seems to be rare, as only two specimens have come under my notice. M. sicostata, Anthony.—Shell conical, ligbt horn color, rather thick ; spire elevated, acute; whorls 11-12, strongly carinate near the apex, and decidedly so on each succeedirg whorl, not excepting even the body-whorl in most cases, though sometimes obsolete there; carine often in pairs, near to, and parallel with each other; sutures deeply impressed, often with a decided furrow at that point, caused by the caring. Aperture broadly elliptical, or subrhombic; within dirty white or obscurely banded ; columella deeply rounded, with a well- marked sinus at base. Hab.—Tennessee, near Athens. My Cabinet; Cab. Hugh Cuming, London; Cab. A. N. S. Philada.; State Collection, Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian Collection, Washington, D.C. Obs.—Appears to be a very abundant and rather variable species. Several hundred individuals have come under my notice. It cannot well be confounded with any other species, though of a form by no means uncommon. The sharp double carina will at once generally determine it. Occurs abundantly near Athens, in small streams. M. FunreBrALis, Anthony.—Sheli conic, smooth, solid, of a dark chesnut color; spire elevated and generally abruptly truncate; whorls from 3 to 5 only remaining, slightly eonvex; aperture ovate, within bluish; columella white, tinged occasionally with purple; sinus small. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cabinet; Cab. Hugh Cuming, London; A. N. S. Philada.; State Coll., Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian Collection. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. By Obs.—A very neat, pretty species, with no very decided character to distin- guish it from allied species. May be compared with M. brevispira, nob., but is far more solid in its texture, of a darker color, and its surface is more polished and shining; much less slender too than brevispira, and that species is never so abruptly decollate. It appears to be an abundant species. M. etauca, Anthony.—Shell conical, folded, of a green color on the lower whorls, often modified by a brown tinge on the upper ones; whorls 10, slightly convex, with prominent longitudinal ribs, obsolete on the body-whorl; sutures well defined, but not deeply marked; aperture ovate, livid within and with occasionally a faint rosy tinge there; columella angulated at the middle; sinus well defined. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cabinet. Obds.—A stout species, with prominent, curved ribs on all the upper whorls, those on the body-whorl being less clearly defined or else absolutely wanting. Color a beautiful apple-green, relieved by a broad yellow band near the suture; and this color often passes into a yellowish brown on the upper whorls. Near the apex the folds are often traversed by four or five prominent striz, which pass over without being interrupted by the longitudinal ribs. May be com- pared with M. viridula, nob., as to color, but is less slender, and the ribs at once distinguish it. M. inrrarascrata, Anthony.—Shell conical, smooth, solid, of a pale brown color, form moderately slender and elevated; whorls 8-9, decollate, slightly concave; sutures distinct; lines of growth curved and very distinct; body- whorl! decidedly concave, with a well-marked ridge revolving near the summit of the aperture, so as to make a tolerably sharp angle near the middle of the body-whorl; two or three coarse striz revolve parallel with it; below this is a dark brown band, continued around the base of the shell; aperture rhombic- ovate, livid and banded within; columella strongly incurved, with a callous deposit its whole length and well-defined sinus at base. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cab.; Cab. H. Cuming; A. N.S. Philada.; State Coll., Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian Collection. Obs—Compared with M. gradata, nob., it is more elongate, more solid, and has not the carina and regularly graded whorls so characteristic of that species. Less conical than WM. canaliculata Say, and less broad. Like JM. annulifera, Con., in form, but has not the revolving costz of that species. M. pavcicosta, Anthony.—Shell conical, nearly smooth, of a dark greenish horn color; spire obtusely elevated; whorls nearly flat, with a few distinct longitudinal ribs on the upper ones; body-whorl entirely smooth; sutures well marked; aperture ovate, within livid or purple; columella rounded; sinus small. Hab,—Tennessee. My Cab.; Cab. H. Cuming, London; A. N.S. Philada.; State Coll., Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian Collection. Obs.—Belongs to a group of which mitens may be considered the type. From that species it differs, however, by its more robust form and stronger ribs. There is also a marked peculiarity in this species not often observed in the genus; the spire being acute at the apex, increases regularly for the first four or five turns, and then suddenly expanding, becomes as it were distorted in appearance. "The ribs are distant from each other and very strongly expressed, differing in this respect from M. athleta, which it otherwise resembles. It is a beautiful and appears to be an abundant species. M. occutTa, Anthony.—Shell conic, smooth, rather thin ; color lemon-yellow, inclining to brown, with a darker brown band on each whorl, increasing to two on the body-whorl; whorls 7-8, rather convex; suture deeply impressed ; aper- ture ovate, within dusky white, with the outer bands seen faintly through its 1860.] 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF substance ; columella beautifully rounded ; outer lip produced, a small sinus at base. ; Hab.—Wisconsin. My Cab.; Cab. H. Cuming, London; A. N.S. Philada.; State Coll., Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian Collection. Obs.—A very beautiful and lively species. Bears some resemblance to &. pulchella, nob., but is less elongate, more delicately colored, and of a less solid texture; the bands are often obsolete, and never so distinctly expressed as in pulchella; its spire is also more acute and the whorls more rounded. Com- pared with &. brevispira, nob., which in form it resembles, it is more attenuate, has a greater number of whorls, and its bands also distinguish it. Its delicate yellow color also is not a common character in the genus, and forms a promi- nent mark for determination. M. opaca, Anthony.—Shell ovate, thick, smooth, of a dark brown color; spire short, composed of about six convex whorls; body-whorl large, subangulated in the centre; sutures indicated by a narrow lighter line, and very distinct ; aperture ovate, livid within ; columella indented and tinged with purple; outer lip a little curved; sinus not remarkable. Hab.—Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—A dusky inconspicuous shell of no great beauty. Only two specimens have ever come under my notice, but Iam persuaded, nevertheless, that they are distinct—cannot well be compared with any other species. More smooth than I. athleta, nob., and devoid of ribs, which that species has. Its dark, dirty, brown color down to about the middle of the body-whorl and pale olive- green underneath, together with its purple columella, may sufficiently distin- guish it. M. putcuerrmma, Anthony.—Shell conical, carinate, elevated, acute; whorls 6-8, flat, upper ones obscurely ribbed longitudinally ; body whorl sharply angu- lated, with a dark brown band directly upon the carina, and 2 or 3 below it, one of which is very near the carina. Upper whorls with 2 bands each, widely separated; sutures distinct, rendered more so by the neighboring carina; aper- ture ovate, within 3 or 4 banded; columella rounded and indented, sinus small. Hab.—North Carolina. My Cabinet, Cabinet H. Cuming, London; Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.; State Collection Albany, New York; Smithsonian Collection. Obs.—A small but remarkably beautiful species; its bright yellow ground and conspicuous dark lines give, by contrast, a lively and pleasant character to the shell. Compared with M. nigrocincta, uob., it is a larger species, its colors are more decided, and its carina are also a prominent mark of difference. M. clara nob. is alarger and more globose species, its bands are broader and it has no carina. It seems to be an abundant species, varying occasionally in some of its characters, but always easily recognized. More than 100 specimens are before me. M. reveBrocincta, Anthony.—Shell conic-ovate, smooth, rather thick; spire rather obtusely elevated ; whorls 6-7, nearly flat, but with an obtuse carina be- low the middle of each, and one more decided between that and the suture; suture well marked and with a pale band near it;—lines of growth decided; aperture linear-ovate, within dusky and having 2 dark bands there,—sinus very decided. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cabinet, Cabinet H. Cuming, London; Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.; State Collection, Albany, New York ; Smithsonian Collection. O0bs.—Compared with M. valida nob. it is smaller, less robust, more slender, and may also be distinguished from that plain species by its more lively exterior—the dark brown band or bands, contrast finely with the general color of the shell, and with a light band near the sutures. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 M. vauipa, Anthony.—Shell ovate-conic, smooth, olivaceous, thick; spire obtusely elevated, decollate; whorls flat, only about 6 remaining; sutures dis- tinct; lines of growth very strong, amounting to varices on’ the body whorl; aperture ovate, bluish white within; columella strongly curved, or indented about the middle, white; sinus well developed at base; body whorl obscurely, concentrically striate, the strie forming faint nodules where they intersect the varices. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cabinet; Cab. of H. Cuming, London; A. N.S. Phila. ; State Coll. Alb. N. Y. ; Smithsonian Collection. Obs.—This species may be compared with M. tenebrocincta herein described— from that species it may be distinguished by its more robust form, uniform dark olivaceous color and the absence of the dark bands so conspicuous in that species. It has a very solid, compact form, and this with its regular, uniform size up to the point of decollation, may serve to distinguish it from all others. M. eravipa, Anthony.—Shell ovate, smooth, thick; spire obtusely elevated ; whorls 7-8, nearly flat ; sutures well defined ; lines of growth fine, but very dis- tinct ; body whorl large, subangulated; aperture oval, livid inside; columella deeply indented, covered with a white callus; outer lip curved forward, and with the columella forming a small sinus at base. Hab.—Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—A stout, heavy shell, in form and color resembling in some degree M. solida, Lea, but is more ovate than that species. Color light brown, smooth but not very shining—lines of growth very distinct and curved. A few indistinct strie occur at the base of the shell—the lower part of the columella is often tinged with a golden hue. M. grossa, Anthony.—Shell ovate, folded, thick ; spire obtusely elevated, com- posed of about 8 convex whorls rapidly attenuating to an acute apex; whorls folded, except the last two; body whorl tumid, smooth; color of epidermis light greenish olive; aperture elliptical, whitish inside; columella rounded; outer lip much curved, with a well marked sinus at base. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cabinet. Obs.—A short thick species whose chief characteristics are its bulbous form, and short but prominent ribs on the upper whorls. All the whorls but the last are remarkably narrow and crowded—lines of growth prominent—4 or 5 striz revolve around the base or the shell. Resembles M. glandula, nob., in form, but its different color and texture, with its prominent ribs, will at once distinguish it. M. ponperosa, Anthony.—Shell conic, broad, smooth, olivaceous, thick; spire considerably but not acutely elevated; whorls 7-8, subconvex; lines of growth curved and strong; sutures distinct ; aperture rhombic, rather small, whitish within; columella indented, outer lips much curved forwards forming a broad well marked sinus at base. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cabinet. Obs.—One of the most ponderous of the genus. In form it resembles &. canaliculata, Say, but has not the channel of that species, and differs also in the aperture. The body whorl is strongly keeled about the middle and has another and less clearly defined carina about midway between the first and the suture above. The lines of growth are very strong and occasionally varicose. A strong deposit of white callus is found upon the columella, which is much thickened near the base. M. TraniotaTa, Anthony.—Shell conic-ovate, striate, thick; spire elevated but not acute, composed of 6-7, nearly flat whorls ; sutures not distinct ; aper- ture sub-rhombic, small, banded within ; columella indented, callous at its lower portion, and with a small but distinct sinus at base. . Hab.—Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—A fine, showy, robust species, of a dark yellow color, enlivened by 1860.] 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF several dark brown bands, generally 2 on each whorl; body whorl angulated : with one band directly upon the sharp angle, another in close proximity, and a third quite distant and near the base of the shell. Band obsolete on the first two or three whorls. Surface coarsely striate and obscurely ribbed. MELANIA GLANS, Anthony, being preocupied, I propose to change the name to M. GLANDULA. M. assimitis, Anthony.—Shell small, short, conic, not thick; spire acute, composed of about 7 flat whorls; sutures very distinct, of a light horn color; aperture small, ovate, dusky within; columella indented; body whorl angu- lated ; sinus not broad, but well formed. Hab.—Tennessee. My cabinet. Obs.—A small delicate species; compared with I. pallidula, nob., it is more slender and elevated, has a greater number of whorls, and is devoid of bands. From &. angulata, nob. ., it differs in being more slender, more carinate, and having a more elevated spire. M. cusicoipEs, Anthony.—Shell ovate, smooth, thick; whorls 6—7, flat, the upper ones rapidly enlarging to the body whorl, which is broad, and acutely angulated; sutures distinct, rendered more so by a sharp carination on the lower part of each whorl; aperture broadly ovate, within whitish; columella deeply indented ; sinus small. Hab.—Wahbash River, Indiana. My Cabinet. Obs.—One of the short, thick species, in form not unlike M. euspidata, nob., but differing by its sharp carinated body whorl and imbricated spire; the body whorl is also strongly striate and obscurely ribbed; these longitudinal ribs are very faint, but sufficiently distinct at the sharp carina near the summit of the aperture to modify its outline into a waving subnodulous line. M. nysripA Anthony.—Shell conical, elevated, nearly smooth, horn colored; whorls 8—9, upper ones carinated deeply, lower ones entirely smooth; color reddish brown, or dark horn color; sutures distinctly impressed ; aperture small, ovate, tinged with rose color or violet within; columella rounded but not deeply indented; sinus small. Hab.—Tennessee. : My Cabinet; Cab. H. Cuming, A.N. S. Philada. ; State Coll., Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian Collection, Washington, D. C. Obs.—A neat, pretty species, with no very strong distinctive characters ; from intertexta, nobis, which it somewhat resembles; it may be distinguished by its less acute form, less numerous whorls, and by its want of reticulated sur- face so peculiar to that species. Bears some resemblance, to ©. bella, Con., but differs in form of outline and aperture, and has no beaded line; is also more elevated than W. bella. M. VERSIPELLIS, Anthony.—Shell small, ovate, folded, rather thin; spire not elevated, but acute, composed of about 7 flat whorls ; whorls of the spire all more or less folded, penult and body whorl smooth: body whorl bulbous, sub- angulated, concentrically striate; color olivaceous, ornamented with dark brown bands, of which four are on the body whorl and one only on the spiral ones, located upon or near the shoulder of each yolution: aperture elliptical, about half the length of the shell, banded within. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cabinet ; Cab. H. Cuming. Obs.—A small and somewhat variable species as to coloration, though very constant in other characters; it is sometimes very dark both as ‘to bands and general color, and often very light with bands scarcely distinguishable and many varieties between; it seems not to be a very common species. M. coenata, Anthony.—Shell ovate, short, smooth, moderately thick; spire obtusely elevated, consisting of 5—6 convex whorls; color brownish-yellow with three dark brown bands about the middle of the body whorl, and one very obscure one at the suture; suture deeply impressed ; aperture broad- [ Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 61 ovate, not large, exhibiting the bands inside; columella deeply rounded, in- dented and callous; sinus none. . Hab.—Tennessee. My Cab.; Cab. H. Cuming; A.N.S., Philada. Obs.—A short, pretty species, with no very marked characters, though easily recognised as distinct on examination; in form and coloring somewhat like M. compacta, nobis, but far less solid and heavy than that species; the spire is more elevated and acute and the surface smoother. It most nearly resembles, perhaps, ©. coronilla, nobis, but is less elevated and has not the peculiar crowning ribs of that species, which is sufficient at once to distinguish it. It is also more robust. M. corngorta, Anthony.—Shell small, conical, rather thin ; spire short and not very acute, composed of five or six subconvex whorls; whorls all more or less folded and with revolving raised strie which give them a subnodulous appear- ance; the body whorl has four or five faint bands which appear also within the aperture; aperture small, ovate, sinus small. Hab.—Alabama. My Cabinet. Obds.—This is a small and not very remarkable species, nor can it well be compared with any other. One is at first view forcibly reminded of Columbella avara, Say, which it resembles both in size and general appearance. The bands alluded to are often interrupted and never very fully expressed; body whorl subangulated below the middle; does not seem to be a very abundant species. Only six individuals are before me. M. grata, Anthony.—Shell conic, elevated, smooth, thick; whorls 9, flat, terminating in an acute apex, the first three or four whorls being carinated ; color light greenish-yellow, ornamented by a single dark band on the spiral whorls, and four similar bands on the body whorl, giving the shell a truly lively and beautiful appearance ; sutures very distinct ; aperture ovate, banded within; columella deeply indented and curved at base, where there is a small but rather broad sinus. Hab.—Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—The colors in this species are finely contrasted, and the general ap- pearance is very lively and pleasing: the bands on the body whorl are not uniformly distributed, the upper and lower ones being widely separated, while the central ones are very close together and less distinct. Altogether it is one of our most beautiful species. M. germana, Anthony.—Shell carinate on the body whorl; form rhombic ; substance rather thin; varying in color from ash grey to dark brown; whorls six, upper ones smooth; suture very distinct; aperture rhombic, within brownish, witb a white area near the outer edge; columella rounded or angu- larly indented, slightly callous ; sinus small. Hab.—Cahawhba River, Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—This is another of the short, rhombic species, which are represented most fitly by M. rhombica, nob., and includes WM. angulata, nob., M. cubicoides, nob., M. cristata, nob., and many others. From M. rhombica, it differs in being shorter and less slender, and by wanting the regular concentric striz so con- spicuous on the upper half of that species ; it is also less slender than M. angu- lata, nob., and more solid. From all other species it may readily be distin- guished. . M. grisea, Anthony.—Shell ovate, smooth, thick, of a dull grey color; whorls 7, convex; sutures very distinct; body whorl obscurely ribbed, and having two or three inconspicuous bands revolving around it; aperture large, ovate, banded within; columella deeply indented, with a white callus, unusu- ally thickened at the summit of aperture; sinus broad but not distinct, Hab.—Tennessee River, North Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—A single specimen only of this species has come under my notice, but I cannot consider it referable to any described species. The bands are very 1860.] 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF obscure, scarcely perceptible, and those within the aperture are arrested before reaching the edge of the lip. The ribs which are inconspicuous on the spire become more decided on the body whorl, and sometimes appear as varices there; the spire is very obtusely elevated. M. 1ostoma, Anthony.—Shell ovate-conic, smooth; spire obtusely elevated ; whorls about six, subconvex; body whorl exhibiting uncommonly strong lines of growth, curved and varicose; color greenish olive, shining ; sutures dis- tinct; body whorl strongly but not sharply angulated on the middle; aperture broad-ovate, within light purple, which becomes very deep on the columella, which is regularly rounded: outer lip somewhat produced, and having a well developed sinus at base. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cabinet; Cab. Hugh Cuming, London; A. N.8., Philada.; Smithsonian Collection. Obs.—This species approaches nearest in form and color to M. glans, nob., now changed to glandula, from which it differs in being less globular, of a lighter color generally, and by the angulated body whorl. Compared with &. pinguis, Lea, it is less obese, more elongate, and has not the rapidly attenuat- ing spire of that species. From all others it is readily distinguished. M. mnteRTEXTA, Anthony.—Shell conical, acute, and highly elevated ; whorls about ten, each strongly ribbed longitudinally and furnished also with revolv- ing strie, which becoming more elevated near the suture, arrest the ribs at that point; sutures decidedly impressed; aperture pyriform, not large, whitish within; columella slightly rounded, not indented ; sinus distinct, but small. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cab.; Cab. H. Cuming; A. N. 8., Philada.; State Coll., Alb., N. Y.; Smithsonian Collection. Obs.—A very abundant species. About two hundred specimens are now be- fore me, and present characters remarkably uniform. May be compared with M, bella, Conrad, but differs by its more elongate and sharply elevated form; its ribs are more decided, and it has not the bead-like prominences, so common in M. bella, and kindred species. From WM. arachnoidea, nob., it may be distin- guished by its less elongate but more acute form, difference of aperture and less number of whorls; the striz revolve around the whorls and over the folds without being arrested by them, giving the surface a woven appearance: hence its name. M. rigrpa, Anthony.—Shell conic, elevate, carinate, rather thin; whorls 8—9, carinate and banded; sutures distinctly marked; aperture small, elliptical, whitish within ; columella indented; sinus small but very distinct. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cabinet; Cab. H. Cuming; A. N.S., Philada.; State Coll., Alb., N. Y.; Smithsonian Collection, Washington, D. C. Obs.—This is one of those sharply keeled Melanie of which W. bella, Con., M. carino-costata and M. oblita, Lea, may be considered good examples. The whorls of the spire have each two carinez, with generally a dark band between them, though this is sometimes wanting; the body whorl has four or five of these carine and generally two bands, one of which revolves within the aper- ture. To the touch this species has a peculiarly rough feel. M. eracititrma, Anthony.—Shell conic, thin, brownish ; spire very slender, elevated, composed of eight convex whorls, the upper ones folded and striate, the lower ones smooth, the strie being replaced by indistinct, slender, brown lines; sutures very deeply impressed, a sharp carina on the lower portion of each whorl, rendering them quite distinct; aperture small, ovate, banded in- side; columella indented; sinus small. Hab.—South Carolina. My Cabinet. [Feb. : NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 Obs.—A peculiarly slender, graceful species, in form somewhat like MV. strigosa, Lea, but more folded and more slender. The striz on the upper whorls are very distinct where they intersect the folds, and give the shell a tuberculous appearance; the folds are arrested by the carina, which is elevated. The brown lines on the body whorl are often slightly elevated, but nevertheless, indistinct, and are about fourin number. A faint line or band of a yellow color revolves around the upper portion of the two lower whorls. GYROTOMA. As some confusion exists regarding the name of this genus, the following notes are given :— The genus Melatoma was established by Swainson, and first given to the world in 1840, in his “Treatise on Shells and Shell Fishes,” published in London, founded, as he says, (p. 202,) ‘upon a remarkable Ohio shell sent him many years before by his old friend Prof. Rafinesque.” “It has,” he remarks, ‘‘ the general form of'a Pleurotoma and of a Melafusus, with a well- defined sinus or cleft near the top of the outer lip, while the inner, though thin, is somewhat thickened above.” The other characters named by him are such as are generally considered rather specific than generic, and the pleuro- toma-like cut in the outer lip as applied to a fluviatile univalve is altogether sufficient to indicate the new genus. The specimen alluded to by Swainson, and from which his generic description was drawn, was an imperfect one, and the species has not since been identified by American naturalists. This is lesg to be wondered at when we consider how very local the genus has always been, and how few specimens have found their way into our collections. The waters of Alabama have as yet monopolized this interesting genus, and it is probable that even there it is confined almost, if not quite, exclusively to the Coosa and its tributaries. On p. 342 Swainson gives the following generic description, adding a figure; “ Fusiform, longitudinally ribbed; a deep sinus at the top of the outer lip; base contracted, channel wide.” Mr. Swainson’s figure is quite unsatisfactory. His genus Melatoma is referred doubtfally to Clionella by H. and A. Adams, and has not prevailed for this genus in America or Europe. I have therefore decided not to make use of it in this case. Subsequently this genus has been noticed by various authors, and other names have been applied to it. In 1841 or 1842, Dr. J. W. Mighels sent me Specimens of one species under the name of Apella scissura; but his generic name was never published, and his species, if not identical with any which Mr. Lea afterwards described, seems to have been overlooked and forgotten. On the 14th of December, 1842, Mr. Lea read a paper before the American Philosophical Society, in which he describes Melania excisa and Anculosa incisa. In his remarks upon these species he alludes to the pleurotomose cut in the superior part of the upper lip, and at the same time suggests the possibility of its being necessary, in consequence of that character, to construct a new genus, which he proposed to call “Schizostoma.” Mr. Lea finding his name “ Schizos- toma” preoccupied in Paleontology, changed it to ‘Schizochilus.” (March 5, 1852, Obs. v. p. 51.) Ina paper read May 2d, 1845, Mr. Lea, in a foot-note to page 93, first indicates the generic characters of Schizostoma as follows :— “Testa vel conica vel fusiformis; labrum superne fissura; apertura ovata; columella levis, incurva;” and describes six additional species. In the above concise definition of the genus it will at once be noted that the fissure at the upper part of the outer lip is after all the essential character; and Mr. Lea himself seems to be aware of this, since of the six species then described he states the aperture to be elliptical in five cases and rhomboidal in the other, although his generic character is “aperture ovate;” indeed in the species described by him but a single one has the aperture ovate, and that one ig described as an Anculosa, 1860.] 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF It may be doubted whether Mr. Lea’s first name will not eventually prevail, since, before he published Schizostoma, Bronn’s genus of the same name (Lethea Geogn. i. 95, 1835-1837), had been called a synonym of Bifrontia (Omalaxis) of Deshayes. ( Vide Desh. in Lam. ix. p. 104.) Indeed, H. and A. Adams (Gen. Rec. Moll. i. 305) do not appear correct in giving preference to Gyrotoma over Schizostoma, Lea, on account of Schizostoma, Bronn, since (on p- 244) the latter name is placed in the synonymy of Omalaxis. Another generic name Schizostonia is quoted in Hermannsen’s Index. I have- not obtained access to the work containing this description, but its date is said to be anterior to Mr. Lea’s description. Mr. Lea’s second name, Schizochilus, had previously been used in Coleoptera but withdrawn before Mr. Lea’s description was published. Mr. Shuttleworth, in July, 1845, (Mittheilungen der Naturforschenden Ge- sellschaft in Bern, p. 88,) gives another description of the genus under the name of Gyrotoma, founded on two species from the Coosa River, descriptions of which are also given. The generic name of Mr. Shuttleworth has been adopted in H. and A. Adams’ Genera of Recent Mollusca (i. p. 305, Feb., 1854.) Dr. Gray also (Guide to Mollusca, i. p. 103, 1857) adopts Shuttleworth’s name. Such being the confused state of the synonymy of the genus, we have decided to adopt, at least temporarily, the earliest name concerning which no doubt exists. Only about ten species of this genus have as yet been published, eight of which are by Mr. Lea in 1842 and 1845, since which time few specimens have been collected, and but two new species added. I now propose to add descrip- tions of nine new species to the number already known, in one of which, “ G. salebrosa,’ we note a character not hitherto observed, except in what was per- haps the original type of the genus, viz., a nodulous coronation upon or near the suture, which nodules by lateral compression assume the form of folds or plaits, thus approximating the longitudinal ribs of Gyrotoma costata, Swainson. Gyrotoma bulbosa, nob., herein described, also exhibits this character, though far less decidedly; and as specimens become more common, we may hope to re-discover the original type so long unknown. Gyroroma REcTA, Anthony.—Shell smooth, cylindrical, yellowish, thick ; spire short, originally furnished with about 5 low whorls, of which 3 are nearly lost by truncation; fissure moderately broad, not quite direct and not re- markably deep; sutures lightly impressed; aperture narrow ovate, occupying about 3-5ths of the length ofthe shell; within dusky and obscurely banded ; columella callous, thickened abruptly at the fissure. Length of shell 11-16 in. Length of aperture 7-16. Breadth of shell 3 in. Breadth of aperture 3-16. Hab.—Coosa River, Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—This is the most cylindrical species I have ever seen in this genus. In its general form and coloring it most nearly resembles G. demissa, nob., but is longer, more elevated, smoother, and is ornamented with bands, which on that species are entirely wanting ; these bands on the body whorl are three in number, of which the middle one is the narrowest and least distinct ; they are widely distant from each other; the cord-like cincture is very prominent in this species and the fissure is farther removed from the suture than is usual. It is altogether a beautiful and graceful species. GyYROTOMA DEMIssA, Anthony.—Shell short, robust, thick, truncate, of a dark horn color; spire flat by truncation, exhibiting traces of about four whorls; body whorl cylindrical; fissure broad, waved, and rather deep; aperture elliptical, within whitish ; columella thickened along its whole ex- tent, but most so at the fissure. Length of shell 10-16 in. Length of aperture 7-16. Breadth of shell 7-16. Breadth of aperture 4-16. My Cabinet. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 Obs.—A fine cylindrical species, whose chief characteristics are its very smooth, polished surface, plain russet color, and flat, truncate spire; the lines of growth are unusually strong in this species, and the darker lines in- dicating the terminus of previous mouths are very distinct and numerous, evidencing frequent and many pauses in its growth; the columella is much bent near its base, and anarrow but distinct sinus is formed at about the mid- dle space between the outer lip and columella. A single specimen only is be- fore me, but seems so very distinct from all others that I have no hesitation in considering it new. Gyroroma quapRATA, Anthony.—Shell short, smooth, fusiform, rather thick, olivaceous ; spire short, composed of about 4 very low whorls, the upper two being partially obliterated by erosion; fissure rather broad, waved, but not remarkably deep; sutures distinct; whorls distinctly but not squarely shouldered ; aperture elliptical, occupying more than half the length of the shell; within 3 banded ; columella with a light callous deposit. Length of shell 9-16 in. Length of aperture 6-16in. Breadth of shell 7-16 in. Breadth of aperture 3-16 in. Hab.—Coosa River, Alabama. My Cabinet; Cab. H. Cuming, London. Obs.—The most remarkable characteristic at first view of this species is its short, square form ; its color is dark, and the bands which are very broad are not very distinct; hence its general aspect is not so pleasing to the eye as many others ; the fissure is broadly separated from the body of the shell, outer lip very sharp and sinuous, forming, with the columella, a small not very distinct sinus at base. ‘n form it approaches most nearly perhaps to G. salebrosa, nob., but is more delicate in texture, thinner, and has no armature as in that species. GyRoToMA BULBosA, Anthony.—Shell striate, ovate, moderately thick, dark olive ; spire obtusely elevated, subtruncate, 4 whorls only remaining ; whorls of the spire subconvex; sutures very distinct, rendered more so by the houldering of the whorls; body whorl inflated, subangulated a little below fie suture, from which angle it shelves towards it, and having 2 or 3 dark, broad bands revolving round it ; lines of growth curved and very distinct, al- most like crowded ribs ; fissure perfectly strait, very narrow and not deep; aperture rather long, of a dusky color within and ornamented by 3 broad and distinct bands there ; columella smooth, except at the lower part, where it is slightly thickened. Length of shell 9-16 in. Length of aperture 5-16 in. Breadth of shell 2 in. Breadth of aperture 3-16 in. Hab.—Coosa River, Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—A short ovate species resembling in some respects G. ovalis, nob., herein described ; it is less elevated than that species, more ventricose, and its surface is rougher; indeed, there seems to be indications of obscure folds on the body whorl of this species near the suture, which in very old specimens may be more fully expressed, and thus bring it into close affinity with JM. sale- brosa, nob, These folds, which were noted by Swainson as a generic character in his original type, and which are wanting in all the species since published, and now re-discovered, are exceedingly interesting in that connexion. GyroroMA ovALis, Anthony.—Shell smooth, oval, olivaceous, moderately thick ; spire obtusely elevated, composed of about 5—6 convex whorls, of which 2 are generally lost by truncation ; sutures deeply impressed ; aperture broadly elliptical, banded within; fissure direct, exceedingly narrow and very deep, extending nearly one half around the shell; columella slightly curved by a callus. Length of shell 10-16 in. Length of aperture 7-16 in. Breadth of shell 7-16 in. Breadth of aperture 4-16 in. Hab.—Coosa River, Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—A fine symmetrical species remarkable for its regularly oval form and 1860.) 5 66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF unusually deep, linear fissure ; the whorls are somewhat shonldered, though not so much so as in many of the species; the spiral whorls are furnished with two broad bands, ome near the top of each and the other widely separate and near the succeeding whorl, being often half concealed by it; there are 3 bands on the body whorl equidistant from each other; compared with G. bul- dosa, nob., which it most nearly resembles, it is longer, more linear, and has not the rapidly attenuating spire of that species nor its roughly striate sur- face. Gyrotoma AMPLA, Anthony.—Shell smooth, ovate, rather thick, olivaceous; spire not elevated, but acute ; whorls 6—7, subconvex; sutures well defined ; fissure broad, rather deep and waved; aperture moderate, elliptical, flesh colored and banded within; columella smooth, or slightly thickened only at the fissure ; body whorl striate, and banded ; whorls of the spire not banded, but having a thickened cord-like line near the suture. Length 11-14in. Breadth 7-16in. Length of aperture 7-17 in. Breadth of aperture 4-16 in. Hab.—Coosa River, Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—A fine symmetrical species of this interesting genus which hitherto has not been very productive in species. Compared with Schizostoma funicu- latum, Lea, which it most nearly resembles, it is smoother, thinner, more acute, and has not the double cord-like lines of that species. Most if not all the species of Gyrotoma have the fissure gradually filled up behind as it is pushed forward in the process of growth, by a cord-like line more or less pro- minent, often so much so as to produce quite a shoulder at the suture, and this species is so marked, but it has no cord-like line in the middle of the body whorl as described in funiculatum. GyROTOMA SALEBRosA, Anthony.—Shell fusiform, robust, thick, nodulous, of a dusky olive color; spire truncated, leaving scarcely more than the body whorl, but indicating by traces on the truncation the loss of three or four others ; fissure moderately open, waved, not deep; body whorl, roughly nodu- lous at the upper part and ornamented by three dark bands below; apertur ample, ovate, dusky within and bounded with three broad bands; columella deeply rounded, covered with a thick deposit of callus, white at its lower por- tion, but tinged with dark brown at the fissures. Length of shell 3 in. Breadth of shell 3. Length of aperture 94-16. Breadth of aperture 5-16. Hab.—Coosa River, Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—This species presents the unusual characteristic of a nodulous surface, which character has not been observed in any species hitherto described by any American author. These nodules are very conspicuous and much com- pressed laterally, so as to present very much the appearance of coarsely folded ribs, thus furnishing a close approximation to the original type from which Swainson formed the genus; on this account it becomes exceedingly interest- ing, as indicating great variety in the specific forms of this genus, giving assurance that among the many varied forms yet to be discovered we may at last find the identical species sent by Rafinesque to Swainson. These com- pressed nodules will at once distinguish it from all other species. GyYROTOMA CARINIFERA, Anthony.—Shell conic, thick, dark brown; spire obtusely elevated, truncate, though not abruptly so, six whorls remain, one or two having apparently been lost by truncation; carinations elevated, sub- acute and found on all the whorls, two on each of the spiral ones and three to four on the body whorl; fissure direct, broad, and moderately deep, extending about 1-5th around the shell; sutures irregular, much modified by the carina, and often concealed in part by them; aperture ovate and banded within; columella much rounded, callous at the lower part only ; outer lip irregularly waved, its outline modified by the carine on the body whorl.. No sinus. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67 Length of shell Zin. Breadth of shell} in. Length of aperture 54-16 in‘ Breadth of aperture } in. Hab.—Coosa River, Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—This species cannot well be confounded with any other yet described. In general form and in its armature one is very forcibly reminded of Melania annulifera, Con., from which it differs, however, not only generically, but by its more ovate base; the carine are lighter in color than the general body of the shell, and are slightly irregular or sub-nodulous in outline; it is a stout, heavy species, and has a smaller aperture proportionally than is common in the genus; the bands within the aperture are five in number, very dark, and the three central ones are disposed to be confluent ; adark broad band revolves around the base of the shell. Compared with Schizoztoma pagoda, Lea, it differs in color, in its more elongate form, and by tne character of its carine, which are more uniform, the main variation being that they are more diffused on the whorl, whereas, in Mr. Lea’s species they are particularly conspicuous near the apex. Gyroroma Rosusta, Anthony.—Shell fusiform, robust, thick, of a dark olive color; spire obtuse, consisting of one perfect whorl remaining, with marks of two or three more, lost by truncation ; body whorl broad, ornamented by three obscure, dark, wide bands; fissure rather broad, curved, not deep, closed behind by a cordlike cincture, very prominent, beneath which and close to it is a narrow depression or furrow; aperture narrow, ovate, banded inside; columella well rounded and covered by callus; lines of growth very distinct and much curved, rendering the shell rough by their prominence. Length of shell 3 in. Breadth of shell 9-16. Length of aperture 10-16. Breadth of aperture 5-6. Hab.—Coosa River, Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—This is a large, robust species, somewhat resembling Melania ampla, nob. in form, and not unlike it in coloring ; it is about the largest species I have seen in this genus, and certainly not the least beautiful; compared with G. salebrosa, nob., herein described, it is larger, smoother, more inflated, and has not the rib-like prominences so characteristic of that species; the lower part of the columella is somewhat flattened and thickened, and another thick- ening takes place at the aperture, leaving a thinner space between the two points. AncuLosa orNATA, Anthony.—Shell conic, rather thick, smooth ; spire ele- vated, composed of about five convex whorls; suture distinct; color dark yellow, polished, with dark brown bands revolving around the shell; three bands visible on the body whorl and only one upon the volutions of the spire ; aperture ovate, livid and banded within; columella furnished with a callus, often tinted with rose color; sinus very small. Hab.—North Carolina. My Cabinet ; Cab. Hugh Cuming, London; A. N.S§., Phila.; State Coll., Alb., N. Y.; Smithsonian Collection. Obs.—A fine species, so much elevated as readily to be taken for a Melania ; the dark bands ona yellow ground give it a lively appearance; about one hundred specimens are before me, and present very little variation; the dark bands within the aperture are very conspicuous, one being near the upper angle, two others near each other, but widely separated from the first, anda fourth near the base of the shell; the middle bands are often confluent, and all of them are arrested by a broad area before they reach the outer edge. AncuLosa ~icaTa, Anthony.—Shell ovate, smooth, of a dark green color, rather thick; spire obtusely elevated, composed of about four whorls; suture very distinct ; upper whorls flattened, body whorl constricted at the middle, banded; aperture ovate, banded within; columella deeply indented, callons ; no sinus at base. 1860.] 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Hab.—Alabama. My Cabinet; Cab. Hugh Cuming; A. N. S., Philad.; State Coll., Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian Collection. Obs.—This species, of which I have some twenty or thirty individuals before me, seems remarkably constant in character for an Anculosa, and not readily mistaken for any other; its color, which is a dirty dark green, is but poorly relieved by the faint bands on the whorl; nevertheless, it is an interesting species, and one which will always attract attention; its most prominent character is the constriction on the body whorl, which gives the appearance of a cord having been drawn tightly around it while in a yielding state. ANCULOSA CORPULENTA, Anthony.—Shell ovate or broad ovate, smooth, thick; spire rather elevated; composed of 4-6 subconvex whorls; suture decidedly impressed ; aperture very broad, ovate, ample, banded inside; col- umella well rounded, slightly covered with white callus, and with a slight in- dication of sinus at base. Hab.—North Carolina. My Cabinet ; Cab. Hugh Cuming, London; A. N.S., Philada.; State Coll. Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian Collec., Washington, D. C. Obs.—Cannot well be confounded with any of its congeners ; it is unusually elevated for an Anculosa, resembling more a Paludina in that respect; the whorls are regularly but not abruptly shouldered, and are often excavated with a narrow channel at the middle; stri# and even indistinct carine are often visible, but are not a constant character; the bands within the aperture are not always well defined and are sometimes wanting altogether; when present they are generally five in number, and are arrested by a narrow white space at the outer lip; body whorl often subangulated. Occurs in Dan river, North Carolina, in company with Anculosa canalifera, nob., and appears to be verycommon. Several hundred specimens of various ages are now hefore me. ; ANCULOSA CANALIFERA, Anthony.—Shell ovate, costate, of a brown color, thin; spire acutely elevated, composed of 5—6 sharply carinate whorls ; suture not very distinct; aperture about half the length of the shell, ovate, banded in- side; columella deeply indented; sinus none. Hab.—North Carolina, in Dan river. My Cabinet; Cab. Hugh Cuming, London; A. N. §., Phila.; State Coll., Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian Coll., Washington, D. C. Obs.—One of our most curious and beautiful species, which no one can easily mistake; the whole shell is crossed with sharp, elevated coste running around the whorls and corresponding deep grooves between them; about five coste on the body whorl; a less number on the spire volutions; these ribs appear as dark bands in the interior of the aperture, and there is a broad non-elevated band at the base of the shell; differs from Anc. costata, nob., by the size and piominence of its ribs and by its elevated spire. ANcULOSA virIDULA, Anthony.—Shell ovate, of a uniform dark green color, rather thin; spire much elevated, composed of 4—5 convex whorls; sutures very distinct; aperture ovate, large, about half the length of the shell, livid inside; columella well rounded; has a broad but not well defined sinus. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cabinet; Cab. Hugh Cuming, London; A. N. §&., Philada.; Smithsonian Coll., Washington, D. C. Obs.—In form and coloring this species resembles Paludina decisa, Say, when that is about half grown, and but for its operculum one would hardly deem it an Anculosa; it is a plain, unadorned species, not liable to be confounded with any other; its body whorl is large and subangulated; lines of growth well defined and close; it has a slight disposition to shouldering at the suture ; it is not an abundant species so far as at present known. AncuLosaA PATULA, Anthony.—Shell ovate, of an uniform dark horn color, rather thin; whorls 4—5, convex; sutures very distinct; aperture semicircu- (Feb, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 lar, within whitish ; columella only slightly rounded, somewhat flattened by a callous deposit, more or less tinged with dirty red. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cab. ; Cab.Hugh Cuming, London; A. N.S., Phila- delphia; State collection, Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian collection. Obs.—Resembles none other of the genus; its color, which is of a dull dark brown, and its semicircular mouth, remarkable for its length and breadth, are prominent marks of distinction ; the body whorl is very much inflated and angulated or subangulated ; the interior aperture is often blotched with ir- regular, dirty brown spots ; spire elevated and acute, rapidly diminishing to the apex; the lines of growth are strong, and on some specimens a single prominent varix may be noticed. ANCULOSA ELEGANS, Anthony.—Shell subglobose, smooth, thick; spire de- pressed, consisting of 3—4 flat whorls; color fine glossy dark yellow, orna- mented with darker bands, of which five are on the body whorl; aperture obliquely ovate and banded within; columella deeply curved, with a heavy callous deposit ; sinus very small. Hab.—Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—A highly ornamental species, which cannot be compared with any other ; its bands on a yellow ground render it very lively ; it is heavier and smoother than A. ampla, nobis, not so broad in the aperture and far more beautiful; neither is it so much shouldered as that species. ANCULOSA zEBRA, Anthony.—Shell subglobose, smooth, moderately thick ; spire obtusely elevated, but slightly decorticated, and composed of four convex whorls ; sutures distinctly impressed ; aperture broad, ovate, within bluish, with the epidermal colors seen faintly through ; columella rounded, covered with callus, which is thickened at the upper part. Hab.—Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—This species presents an appearance not often seen in the genus, by its mottled, variegated epidermis ; the general ground color is gamboge yel- low, but'it is varied by blotches of very dark brown or reddish, often running into diagonal lines, which gives the shell a very lively and pleasant look. Only one other species is described as being similarly marked, viz., A. flam- mata, Lea; that species I have never seen, but the descriptien does not war- rant me in considering the two identical. In old specimens the spire is often produced and somewhat nodulous, while the longitudinal bands become broken into irregular lines, so interrupted as to become scarcely more than quadrangular spots ; it is one of our most beau- tiful species. About a dozen specimens are before me. Io rurrita, Anthony.—Shell conic, elevated, horn colored, spinous ; spines rather short and heavy, about seven on each whorl; whorls nine; aperture pyriform, about one-third the length of the shell, and irregularly banded within; columella rounded, slightly twisted and forming a short, narrow eanal at base. Length of shell 2} in. Breadth of shell 3? in. Length of aperture 3 in, Breadth of aperture 7-16 inch, Hab.—Tennessee. Obs.—This is the most slender and elongate species of this genus which has come under my notice, and although a single specimen only has as yet been discovered, its claims to rank as a species will hardly be questioned ; its long, slender form, stout, closely set spines, and small aperture will at once dis- tinguish it from its congeners; two faint bands traverse each whorl, one of which lies precisely in the plane of the spines; lines of growth very distinct, nearly varicose. Io Brevis, Anthony.—Shell conic, ovate, horn colored, spinous; spines short, thick, five on each whorl; whorls about seven; aperture elliptical or pyriform, one-half the length of the shell; collumella rounded and sinuous 1860.] 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF near the base, forming with the outer lip a broad, well defined canal at the base. Length of shell 2 in. Breadth of shell 14 in. Length of aperture 1 in. Breadth of aperture ? inch. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cab.; Cab. Hugh Cuming, London; A. N.S., Phila- delphia ; State collection, Abany, N. Y.; Smithsonian collection, Washing- ton, D. C. Obs.—Another of the short, heavy forms in this genus, so unlike the normal type of Jo spinosa ; we think no one need confound it with any other species ; its short, heavy, flattened spines jutting out like so many miniature spear heads and its peculiarly twisted columella will readily characterize it. The columella is also covered with a dense callous deposit, increased in thickness at its upper part, and often blotched with dark red at that point; irregular, ill defined, but broad bands are seen in the interior, often faintly visible on the epidermis. Appears to be a rather common species in some localities, of which I possess some hundreds of specimens. Io rvERMIs, Anthony.—Shell conical, smooth, thick ; moderately elevated, composed of 7—8 flattened whorls ; suture very distinct ; upper whorls slight- ly coronated by an obscure row of low spines nearly concealed by the pre- ceding whorl; shell otherwise perfectly smooth or only occasionally or ob- scurely nodulous on the body whorl; lines of growth very strong and much curved; aperture pyriform, curved to the left, banded within ; columella twisted, callous, thickened above ; sinus long and curved. Length of shell 21-16 in. Breadth of shelllin. Length of aperture 1 inch. Breadth of aperture $ inch. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cab.; Cab. Hugh Cuming, London; A. N. §., Phila- delphia ; State collection, Albany, N. Y. ; Smithsonian collec., Washington, D.C. Obs.—Remarkable mainly for its plain, unadorned exterior and smooth epidermis ; its color is also lighter than ‘‘spinosa’”’ or ‘‘ fluviatilis’”’. No spines are visible on the body whorl of this species generally, but I have a few specimens which may perhaps belong to it, and which have a few obscure spines near the aperture; these are, however, little more than knobs. Some hundreds of this species have come under my notice. Io sprrostoma, Anthony.—Shell conical, broadly ovate, horn colored, spinous: spines short, thick, seven to eight on each whorl; whorls about nine; aperture ovate, about half the length of the shell; columella and outer lip much and regularly twisted, and forming a well defined sinus at base. Length of shell 12in. Breadth of shell 1jin. Length of aperture 15-16 in. Breadth of aperture $ inch. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cab. and Cab. Hugh Cuming, London. Obs.—This is truly a most remarkable species of this highly interesting genus of Mollusks; its difference from the ordinary type of Jo spinosa is too marked to admit of its being confounded with that, or indeed any other species ; its stout, ovate form, short, heavy spines, and, above all, the peculiar and graceful curvature of its outer lip, are prominent characteristics and readily distinguish it. Among several thousand specimens of Jo in my possession, but three adult individuals of this species have been noticed, although I have a dozen or more which seem to be immature forms of it; it may therefore be considered as not only one of the most aberrant and beautiful forms of Jo, but also one of the rarest. Patupina Lima, Anthony.—Shell ovate, rather thin, dark green; spire ob- tusely elevated and composed of six convex whorls, which are strongly striate or subcarinate ; sutures very distinct, and the upper part of each whorl being flattened renders it more conspicuous ; aperture broad-ovate, about half the [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71 length of the shell, livid within; c>lumella slightly rounded and callous deposit small; umbilicus none. Length 1} inches. Breadth # inch. Hab.—South Carolina. My Cab.; Cab. H. Cuming, London; A. N. S., Philada. ; Smithsonian collection, Washington, D. C. Obs.—In general form not unlike our Western P. integra, Say, from which it differs, however, by its revolving, raised strie and by its carina, which are also well developed; the lines of growth are very strong, and decussating with the stria give the surface a beautifully rough appearance, which suggests its specific name. It is really one of our handsomest species, and so unlike all others that no American species can readily be mistaken for it. In most speci- mens the body whorl is very strongly carinate about the middle, and the outer lip is considerably produced as in P. subsolida, nob. Patupina DECAPITATA, Anthony.—Shell globular, thin, of a light green color ; spire truncate, but never elevated under any circumstances, composed of about four very flat whorls ; aperture broad, ovate, one-half the length of the shell, within dusky white ; columella regularly but not deeply rounded, with a slight deposit of callous, and having a very small linear umbilicus at base. Hab.—Tennessee. My Cabinet. Obs.—A single specimen only is before me, and therefore I claim it as a new species with some hesitation ; it seems to me, however, too unlike any of the ordinary forms in this genus to warrant its being included with any of them ; it is the most globose of any species hitherto published, if we except the small, round forms which were long since removed, and very properly too, to Amni- cola ; the spire is entirely wanting, but traces of the sutures show the number of whorls ; and its present appearance forbids the idea of its ever having had an elevated spire. Patupina HUMEROSA, Anthony.—Shell ovate, thick, bright green, imper- forate ; spire rather obtusely elevated, composed of about 5—6 convex whorls ; upper whorls smooth, body whorl and preceding one strongly striate and granulate or subgranulate ; sutures very distinct ; aperture ovate, nearly one- half the length of the shell, livid within. Length about half an inch. Hab.—Alabama. My Cabinet. Obs.—A single specimen only is before me, but it is sufficiently distinct ; its granulated surface and the broad shouldering of the whorls are its chief char- acteristics ; compared with P. genicula, Con., it is more slender, darker in color, and its granulated surface is of itself a sufficient distinction. Patupina Exitis, Anthony.—Shell turrited, smooth, rather thick; color light apple green; spire elevated, composed of about seven volutions ; suture well marked ; aperture small, broad-ovate, livid within ; body whorl distinctly angulated, subumbilicate, and with very distinct lines of growth; columella well rounded and curved with a callous deposit, connecting perfectly with the outer lip thus forming a continuous rim. Length 1j inches. Breadth ? inch. Hab.—Mississippi. My Cab.; Cab. H. Cuming, London; A. N. 8., Phila- delphia; State collection, Albany, N. Y.; Smithsonian collection. Obs.—One of the most slender of our American species; Paludina subsolida, nob., is more ponderous, more globose, and has a larger aperture; no other species approaches it in general appearance ; the whorls of this species taper more rapidly to an acute apex than in most of the species ; compared with P. integra, Say, it is more slender, more solid, and the aperture is much smaller. PALUDINA suBsoLIDA, Anthony.—Shell ovate, imperforate, very thick; color light green, verging to brown in old specimens ; spire much elevated, com- posed of 6—7 inflated whorls; sutures very distinct ; aperture broad-ovate, 1860. } 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF about one-third of the length of the shell, within white; lip curved forward and forming a very conspicuous, subacute tip near its base; columella well rounded, a thick callous deposit covering the umbilicus. Length 2 inches ; breadth 14 inches. Hab.—Illinois. My Cab. ; Cab. Hugh Cuming, London. Obs.—This is the most ponderous species in the genus, far exceeding P. ponderosa, Say, in that respect; compared with that species it is not only much more solid and heavy, but its spire is proportionally more elongate, whorls more convex, while the body whorl is less ventricose, and the aperture is uncommonly small for a Paludina of its size; the body whorl is disposed to be angulated near its middle; all the whorls are more or less shouldered and the lines of growth are very conspicuous ; the body whorl is obscurely striate concentrically, and its surface thereby modified so as to present a faintly sculp- tured appearance, and the strie being somewhat finely undulated the appear- ance under a microscope is very pleasing. Supplement to ‘‘A Catalogue of the Venomous Serpents in the Museum of the Academy,” etc. BY E. D. COPE. Species 19. Teleuraspis Castelnaui Cope. Another specimen, obtained in a collection made between Fort Riley and Pike’s Peak, Kansas, with Scelo- porus undulatus, Ablabes occipitalis, Bascanion flaviventris, etc. As the same collection, however, contained a specimen of Liophis reginez, the occurrence of the South American serpent in question was doubtless the result of accident or mistake. P. 345. After Elaps altirostris insert 64. E. Hemprichii Jan, Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 1858, p. 524. One spec. Surinam. Dr. Colhoun. Our specimen differs from those described by Prof. Jan with respect to the number of gastrosteges included in the black rings. In those the central ring covers but one plate ; in ours, four, the lateral ones six or seven. The great breadth of these rings compared with the light spaces, distinguishes it at once from any other species which we have seen. ‘The muzzle is short, and the nostrils widely separated. Total length 11 inches. Gastrosteges 181, anal 1, urosteges 27. P. 346, species 51. A more careful examination of the two specimens here assigned, with a mark of doubt, to Elaps Marcgravii, has convinced us that neither of them belong to that species, and that they are in fact distinct from each other. The smaller we believe to be undescribed. After fili- formis Gthr. it is the most slender South American Elaps. Upon comparing it with a young E, lemniscatus, which has a head of the same size, the proportions of the body and tail are nearly similar, but the number of sets of rings is rather less. The head is not so broad posteriorly, and the occipital plates are a little more elongate. The principal difference, however, lies in the distribution of colors on the head. This is entirely black above and below as far as three scales behind the occipitals, except a yellow band behind the post- oculars. This covers the sixth upper labial, one temporal above it, anterior third of the occipitals, hinder edge of superciliaries, and greater part of the vertical. Superior labials seven, third and fourth coming into the orbit. Distance from the black of the head to first ring, eleven scales. Eight sets of yings, the middle not twice as wide as the external ring, which is as broad as the yellow interval. Gastrosteges 197; anal 1; urosteges 19 pair. Length 11 ony Ee We propose calling this species Elaps melanogenys. . One specimen, presented by Dr. Wilson; locality unknown. [ Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73 E. Gravenhorstii Jan, loc. cit. p. 524, resembles this species, but has a black half-collar only, and a longer tail. The preocular is very small, sepa- rated from the nasal by the contiguous post-frontal and superior labial. In our species the preocular is unusually large, and in contact with the nasal. Species 53. The three specimens here referred to frontalis D. § B. belong to a species nearly allied to lemniscatus, apparently undescribed. The most prominent differences are, the exact equality of the black rings in width, the shorter intervals between the triads, and the position of the first ring which touches the occipital and last labial shields. In lemniscatus, its vars. frontalis and baliocoryphus, in Marcgravii and deco- ratus, the first black ring is several scales behind the angle of the mouth, the intermediate space being red; also the central ring of each three is wider than the external. Distance between the middle and outer of the three rings in our specimens of lemniscatus two and three scales; in isozonus (as we now call this serpent) four. In the former the anterior part of the occipitals is crossed by a black band; in the latter they are entirely white, (red ?), except a little black at the posterior ends. E. isozonus nob.—Sets of rings twelve. No.1, gastrosteges 201; anal 1, entire ; urosteges 28, first 9 entire. No. 2, 218; anal 1, divided; urosteges 26. No. 3, 213 gastrosteges; anal 1, divided; urosteges, 29, two entire. We do not know the part of South America inhabited by this serpent. Species 54. The specimen here described as Elaps baliocoryphus is, as we now believe, a variety of the lemniscatus. It resembles the figure of the var. frontalis D. & B. (‘‘“Marcgravii’’ Pr. Maz.) in Abbild. Naturgeschichte Brasiliens, differing in having an additional red (white) band across the fronts of the occipitals. Whether Marcgravii D. & B. bea variety of lemniscatus, as believed by Dr. Giinther, or not, the latter is certainly liable to great variation in the distribution of colors on the head. In place of E. baliocoryphus, insert 54, E. filiformis Giuéinther, Proc. Z. §..1859, p. 86. The head of our specimen is so badly mutilated that the characters could not be made out without difficulty. We are, however, much gratified to be able to record our probable possession of the interesting species described as above. It may be known from other American Elapses by its excessively elongate form and the possession of but one postocular. In a few particulars it differs from Dr. Giinther’s description. The nasal plates are two: two tem- porals bound the upper border of the sixth labial shield, the anterior of which reaches the postocular. There is no light-colored band across the post-frontals. Triads of rings nineteen, disposed as in the description. Preocular acute anteriorly, just touching the nasals ; hence the post-frontals are bent down, and almost reach the labials. Third, fourth and fifth superior labials narrow and high, eye resting on the suture of the last two. Gastros- teges 308; anal 1, divided; urosteges 42. Length 21 in. 9 1. One sp. ? Dr. Wilson. To assist further in the identification of the species of Elaps having the rings arranged by threes, we have prepared the following table. Those marked with an asterisk are not in the Museum of the Academy. A. Postoculars two. Head compressed, lanceolate. Labials not reaching the occipitals. ALTIROSTRIS Cope. Head depressed. Sixth superior labial reaching the occipital. *DECORATUS Jan, Sixth superior labial not reaching the occipital. t Posterior part of occipitals included in a black collar or half-collar. a. Neck surrounded by a narrow yellow ring. 1860.] 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Cephalic plates black; an imperfect postocular cross-band. *ELEGANS Jan. Red, bordered with black. SURINAMENSIS Cuy. b. Neck covered by the black collar. Post-frontals touching the labials. *GRAVENHORSTH Jan. Post-frontals not touching the labials ; Geneial shields entirely black. MELANOGENYS Cope. Red or yellow; Scales between middle and outer black ring red. 1sozonus Cope. Black with large white spots. DISSOLEUCUS Cope. 77 Occipital shields not traversed by a black collar or half-collar. a. Rings absent on the belly, divided and alternating above. ALTERNANS D. & B. b. Rings entire; The middle one of each three more than twice as wide as the outer. *DoumeERiILn Jan. Not more than twice as wide as the outer, But twice as wide as the red spaces between the triads. HeEmpRIcHU Jan. Not twice as wide. First black ring just touching occipitals 1sozonus Cope. Some distance behind them ; Before the eyes uniform black. *Marceravi D. & B. A red band. LEMNISCATUS Schn. B. Postoculars one. Body very slender. FILIFORMIS Gthr. Species 57. Platurus fasciatus Daud., add One sp. Raiatea. Dr. J. Wilson, U.S. N. Species 63. Pelamis bicolor Daud., add One sp. Pacific coast of Panama. Dr. J. Wilson, U.S. N. We correct the following typographical errors in the Catalogue :— Page 332, line 20, for ‘‘those’’ read these. ‘© 333, ‘¢ 35: for ‘‘ Proteroglyphis ’’ read Proteroglyphes. ‘¢ 338, ‘* 12: for ‘‘Dr. Coleman Pemberton’’ read Dr. J. P. Coleman. ‘© 338, ‘* 19: for ‘‘ plants ’’ read flanks. «© 341, Pelias berus: for ‘‘var. niger Bell,” read var. prester Linn. ‘¢ 342, line 11: for ‘‘ BRacHycHRANIon,’’ read BRACHYCRANION. ‘© 343, “* 19: for ‘‘H. pallidiceps Gray” read H. pallidiceps, Gthr. ‘© 343, ‘* 33: for ‘‘SEpEpon Cuvier’’ read SEPEDON Merrem. 344, Bungarus fasciatus: for ‘‘Three sp.’’ read Five sp. ‘¢ 345, line 37: for ‘‘E. Bertholdi,’’ read E. Bibroni. ‘© 347 ‘* 5: for ‘‘ Hydrophia,’’ read Hydrophis. Catalogue of Colubride in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Pailadelphia. I. Calamarine. BY E. D. COPE. 4. CoLUBRID. Essential char.—Superior maxillary bone horizontal, articulating with the anterior frontal by a lateral process; its anterior prolongation bearing teeth neither perforated nor channelled for the reception of a venom duct. The posterior prolongation uniting to the ectopterygoid by a horizontal, oblique [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 articulation. Superior processes of the caudal vertebre not elongated ; hypa- pophyses bifid. Char. not universal.—Top of head plated. Belly protected by broad plates. Tail cylindrical. Penis simple.* The Chersydrus granulatus has a compressed tail somewhat resem- bling that of the sea snake’s, and adapted to habits simiiar in many respects. Yet even in external form it bears a greater resemblance to that of some of the Boas, having a prehensile character. A comparison of the caudal verte- bre of this serpent and the Hydrophis pelamidoides shows the follow- ing differences: In the latter the neural spines are slender and greatly elongated, and the pleurapophyses{ slender, elongated, and but little di- verging. The ‘‘appendages’’ of the latter, which in all serpents appear in the last dorsal and first caudal vertebre, and are doubtless the homologues of the re-verted processes on the ribs of birds, partake of the same nature. The hypapophyses are similar to those of the dorsal vertebre, being undi- vided, with the exception of those upon the first two vertebra, whose pleura- pophyses are destitute of the appendage. These are slightly bifid. In the Chersydrus the structure is entirely that of the Colubers. The neural spines are short and compressed; the pleurapophyses short and diverging ; and the hypapophyses bifid, and their lateral moieties separated. Thus in addition the difference in the armature of the mouth, the structure of the tail separates this genus from the sea snakes. Its position appears to us to be between the Homalopsine and Boide,—connected to the latter by Xenoder- mus Reinwt., as indicated by Dumeril and Bibron. CALAMARIN. CALAMARIA Boie. Type C. Linnaei. Isis, 1827, p. 519. 65. C. Gervaisii D. § B., vii. p. 63. Four sp. Philippine Is. Mr. Cuming. One (young). ut bh! AspipurA Wagler. Type A. brachyorrhos. Naturlich. Syst. der Amphib. p. 191. 66. A. brachyorrhos, Gthr. Cat. Brit. Mus. 14. Scytale brachyorrhos Boie. Isis, 1827, 517. A. scytale, D. & B., vii. 178 (‘‘ Wagler” D. & B. et Gthr.). One sp. Ceylon. Mr. Cuming. 67. A. trachyprocta nobis. Form stout, not elongate. Tail short, thick, one-eighth of total length. Seales in fifteen rows, broad, notimbricate, smooth. The scales in the four or five rows each side of the anus, for a distance of from four or five scales in front to nine or ten behind the anus, are marked each with a small recurved tubercle near the anterior border. Anal shield entire. Superior labials six, last largest ; the eye resting on the fourth. Inferior labials five. Posterior pair of geneial shields separated by acentralcomplementary plate. Head shields simi- lar to those of A. brachyorrhos, except that the occipitals are more rounded posteriorly, and the lower postoculars larger. Gastrosteges 135, 1 entire anal, 21 entire urosteges, and a small central postanal plate. Total length 8 in. 21. Tail 1 in. Coloration.—Upper surface of head and body deep brown, becoming lighter on the third and fourth longitudinal rows of scales, and contracted on the tail to a narrow median vitta. A blackish brown band passing through the eye, *Coronella cana is one exception, fide Schlegel. + These were inadvertently alluded to, Proceedings, 1859, p. 333, as “ hemal spines.” 1860.] 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF and along the adjacent edges of the scales of the second and third rows, indistinct on the sides, but distinct on the tail. Superior labials and throat yellowish ; belly grayish, largely varied with black, which forms an irregular longitudinal band. This is a more robust serpent than the well-known brachyorrhos, and has a shorter and thicker tail. While this has 21 urosteges, our specimen of the other has 32. The latter has the scales in 17 rows (15 Giinther), and they are more elongate and imbricate ; it has not the supplementary geneial plate, and above all, the peculiar tuberculation of the ischiadic region. This exists elsewhere only—as far as we know—in the Trachischium rugosum Gthr., of the Himmelayas, also a Calamarian, and is donbtless an assistance to the animals in burrowing in the earth, and among unyielding objects. _ Another difference between this serpent and the brachyorrhos is seen in the less elongated form of the head of the former, the rather shorter labials, and much shorter geneials. The eye, too, is a trifle longer, and more anterior. The coloration is quite different ; we only note here, the absence of the large neck spots in trachyprocta. One sp. Ceylon. Mr. Cuming. Hatpea Baird & Girard. Type H. striatula. Catal. Rept. Smiths. Inst. Serp. p. 122, 1853. Conocephalus Dumeril. Prodrome de la Classification des Reptiles Ophidiens, pp. 43 et 46, 1852, and Gunther Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 17. Not of Thunberg, 1812, (Orthoptera.) 68. H.striatula B. & D. Conocephalus striatulus D. & B., Erp. Gen. et Gthr. 1. ¢. ae sp. S. Carolina. Dr. Edwd. Hallowell. ne sp. N. Carolina. ? One sp. Richmond, Va. Smithsonian Inst. One sp. N. America. 2 TRopipoctonion nobis. Type T. lineatum. Microps Hallowell Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. viii. 1856. Not of Megerle, 1823, (Coleoptera Oedemeritz. ) This genus is allied to IschnognathusD.§ B. Streptophorus and Elapoidis agree with it in having divided urosteges, carinate scales and two internasals, but differ thus, Streptophorus, two post-, no preocular; Elapoidis, one post-, two preoculars ; Tropidoclonion, two post-, one preocular. 69. T.lineatum nod. Microps lineatus Hallow. 1. c. Two sp. Kansas. Dr. Hammond. SrrerropHorus D. & B. Type S.Sebe. Erp. Gen. vii. 514. sey 8S. Sebe D. & B. Elapoides fasciatus Hallow. Journ. Acad. iii. 35, pl. 4. One sp. Honduras. Dr. Woodhouse. Two sp. ? Gard. of Plants. 71. S. atratus nobis. Coluber atratus Hallow. Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. ii. p- 245, 1845. Streptophorus Drozii D. & B. vii. 518, 1854, Giinther 1. ec. We are glad to be able to restore the name given by Dr. Hallowell to this species many years before that of the Erpetologie Generale. The specimen described by him is rather paler than the others—justifying the expression, “lead colored.’’ The ‘‘six’’ superior labials is an anomaly, other specimens having seven. None of the specimens have the dark color on the chin and throat mentioned by Dumeril—but this is not probably an important character, as Giinther does not allude to it. Four sp. Venezuela, within 200 miles of Caraccas. Dr. Ashmead. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. vii 72. S. bifasciatus D.& B. vii. 520.—In this species the carine are very strong, and present on every row of scales. It is of a slender, elongate form as mentioned by its describers, resembling the species of Ablabes in its proportions. For this reason we question the propriety of removing this genus from the neighborhood of Ischnognathus, where Dumeril places it, and it is only the Calamarian form of S. atratus that induces us to consent to the position assigned by Giinther. Our specimens of species being fresh, we will note: that the superior surface is not properly black, but deep slate ; and that the collar and inferior labial plates are light yellow. The black upon the gastrosteges covers an extent rather wider than each white lateral band. Three specimens, Jalapa, Mexico, Sr. Rapfhael M. De Oca. One i s Mr. Pease. TantTinLa Bd. & Grd. Type T. coronata. Catalogue Serp., p. 131. This genus appears to be quite distinct from Rhabdosoma D. § B., be- ing characterized by a more slender body, longer tail, divided anal, and a loreal plate, either united to the postfrontals or wanting. The latter two peculiarities also distinguish it from Rhabdion D. & B. Posterior maxil- lary teeth equal to the anterior, smooth. Perhaps Rhabdosoma elaps Gthr. 1. ¢. 241, belongs here; its anal scute is, however, entire. 73. T. Hallowelli nob. Tantilla gracilis Hallow., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. viii. p. 246. This species is accurately described as cited, and the differences between it and T. gracilis pointed out. These, we think, are of specific value, and accordingly name it after Dr. Hallowell, as a slight recognition of his many valuable contributions to herpetology. The form of this species is more like that of Haldea striatula B. ¢& G., than Carphophiops amoena. The locality, ‘‘Indianola,’’ assigned by Dr. Hallowell, is probably a mistake, being copied from Baird & Girard’s Catalogue. We have one specimen brought from Kansas by Dr. Hammond. 74. T. reticulata nob.—Vertical plate broad, slightly angular in front, projecting posteriorly for half its length between the occipitals. Occipitals and both pair of frontals rather broad. Rostral broad, visible from above. Nostril in the posterior part of prenasal; postnasal in contact with first and second superior labials, preocular, post- and prefrontals. Two postoculars, upper one in contact posteriorly with the occipital, the lower touching one temporal. A second temporal equal to the first, and a third very small one behind it. Superior labials, seven last largest, third and fourth entering the orbit both low. Four geneials, anterior in contact with inferior rostral. Seales in fifteen rows, last one slightly larger. Gastrosteges 148, postab- dominal 1 divided, urosteges 67 pair. Total length 10 in. 31.; tail 3 in. Color above chestnut brown, much darker posteriorly, extending upon the tips of the gastrosteges. Anteriorly the scales are edged with darker, pre- senting a reticulated appearance. Central dorsal row of scales lighter, form- ing a pale vitta, disappearing on the tail. Third and fourth rows on each side also lighter, forming indistinct bands. A collar of the same pale yellow brown crosses the ends of the occipitals. Cephalic plates clouded and edged with darker ; a deep brown mark extending from the occipitals to the mouth across the yellowish labials. Beneath pale yellow, deepening posteriorly. One specimen, Cocuyas de Veraguas, New Grenada, R. W. Mitchell. This species seems to be much like the T. coronatum B. & G., but has a much longer tail, and broader head-shields; the upper post-ocular, not the lower, is in contact with the temporal in the latter. See Pacif. R. R. Report, x. Reptiles, pl. 38, fig. 96. 1860.] 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Ruapposoma D. & B. Type R. semidoliatum. Erpet. Gen. vii. 90. 75. R. semidoliatum D. ¢ B. Two specimens, Mexico, ? Six oe Jalapa, Mexico, Sr. R. M. De Oca. Oneal: (young) ue #6 Mr. Pease. This species appears to be very common in central Mexico. The spaces between the black spots on the dorsal region, described by authors as white, are in life of a beautiful vermillion color. 76. R. fuliginosum nobis. Coluber fuliginosus Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. ii. p. 243, 1845. ? Jsoscelis et Rhabdosoma maculatum Giinther, Cat. Brit. Mus. 204, 241, 1858. Six superior maxillary teeth on each side in a continuous series, the ante- rior longer than the posterior, but not longer than the middle two. Seven in- ferior maxillaries on each side regularly increasing in length anteriorly. This peculiar dentition induced us to consider this serpent a Lycodont, but sub- sequent examination and comparison with Dr. Giinther’s description of his Rhabdosom2 maculatum has persuaded us that the two species are very similar, possibly identical. The most material difference is, that the maculatum has seven superior labial plates, the fuliginosum six. Of those of the latter, the third is elongated, and with the fourth entering the or- bit. Geneials one pair; vertical broader in front than its greatest length. Postoculars two, temporals three; loreal long and narrow. Color reddish brown, a darker shade crossing each occipital obliquely and uniting behind them into a dorsal band, which is soon broken into spots. These are obsolete on the middle and hinder part of the body. No lateral series of spots. Belly immaculate. See Hallowell]. c. One specimen, Near Caraccas, Dr. S. A. Ashmead. 77. R. torquatum D. & B. vii. p. 101. ‘‘Brachyorrhos torquatus H. Boie, Erpét. de Java.”’ Superior labials eight, fourth and fifth coming into the orbit. One postocu- lar; one pair of geneials. The color of our specimen is a very deep brown, so dark that the transverse series of black spots can only be seen in certain lights. The opalescent play of colors is unusually beautiful on this account. Beneath dark brown, posteriorly finely punctulated with darker. One specimen, Surinam, Dr. Hering. 78. R. crassicaudatum D. & B. vii. 103. Seventeen longitudinal rows of scales; two postoculars ; seven superior la- bials, third and fourth entering the orbit. In these important particulars our specimen is similar to those of Dumeril, but the coloration is totally distinct. Though much bleached by the alcohol, the animal was, probably, pale brown, each scale tipped with darker, with a dorsal vitta of the same extending from the occipitals to the end of the tail. Beneath yellow, immaculate. One specimen, Surinam, Dr. Hering. Carpuopuiors Gervais. Type C. amoena. Dict. Nat. Hist. Univers. (dir. par M. C. D’Orbigny,) iii. p. 191, 1843. Car- phophis Dumeril, Prodrome de la class. des Rept. Ophidiens, pp. 43 et 46, 1852. Erp. Gen. vii. p. 131, 1854. Giinther 1. c. 17, 1858. Not of Gervais 1. c. 191, 1843. Celuta B. & G., Cat. Serp. 129, 1853. This genus is characterized by Gervais as cited, who refers to Dumeril and Bibron ; but we cannot find it published by the latter prior to 1852. Carpho- phis Gerv. has the characters of Calamaria Bove, and hence cannot be applied to the Coluber a moenus Say. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79 79. C. amoena nobis. Coluber amaenus Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. iv. 237. Calamaria amoena Schl. Ess. Phys. Serp. 31. Brachyorrhos amoenus Holbr. Am. Herp. iii. 115. Carphophiops vermiformis Gervais, Dict. Univ. d’Hist. Nat. iii. 191. Carphophis amoena Dum. & Bibr. vii. 131. Celuta amoe- na B. & G. 1. c. 129. Four specimens, Pennsylvania, ? Two ge aa Drs. Holbrook and Hallowell. UC ae Beesley’s Point, N. J.. Mr. Samuel Ashmead. One - * Cape May Co., N. J., Mr. Tiffany. < we Virginia, Jno. Cassin, Esq. Two se 8. Carolina, Smithsonian Institution. One *< (young) Dr. Harlan. Vireinra Bd. & Grd. Type V. Valeriae. Catal. Rept. p. 127. This genus is characterized by the elongated form of the shields of the head, and the distinctness of the latter from the body. There are two small nasal plates, as in Rhabdosoma. 80. V. Valeriae Bd. & Grd. l. c. One specimen, ? ? Homatosoma Wagl. Type H. lutrix. Nat. Syst. Amph. 190, 1830. Si) HH. tutrix D. g B. vii. p. 110. Two specimens, Cape of Good Hope, Garden of Plants. Ouicopon Boie. Type 0. subquadratum. Isis 1827, p. 519. §2. O. sublineatum D. & B. vii. p. 57. One specimen, Ceylon, Mr. Cuming. Genera ll. Species 18. Specimens 54. The stoutness of the body and tail, and the shortness of the latter, the in- distinctness of the head, and the general firmness and rigidity, are characters by which the greater number of the species of this sub-family may at once be recognized. But as in some genera, certain of these peculiarities vanish, thus approximating them to other groups, we have followed M. Dumeril in employ- ing the dentition, which is here quite characteristic. Elsewhere, however, it evidently fails te characterize natural groups, as urged by Dr. Giinther in his invaluable catalogue of the Colubrine snakes in the British Museum. We have, therefore, omitted the genera Rhinostoma, Phimophis* and Homalo- eranion, which have the posterior superior maxillaries grooved, and are perhaps more nearly allied to Scytale. A single specimen of Scytale coronatum, of a variety near that called S. Ne uwiedii in the Erpetologie Generale was described by us, Proc. of this Acad., 1859, p. 294, as Olisthenes euphaeus. Our conviction of its generic distinctness was grounded upon the peculiar form of the rostral plate, which while offering strong characters among some ser- pents, here varies with the individual. *Phimophis Guerini, the only species. Itis Rhinosimus Guerini of Dumeri] and Bibron, but the generic name was applied tocertain species of Curculionidae, by Latreille, more than fifty years previously. 1860.] 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Descriptions cf new species of Cyrena and Corbicula in the Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. BY TEMPLE PRIME. 1. Cyrena ponderosa Prime. C. testasubtrigona, inaequilaterali, trans- versim irregulariter striata, epidermide brunnea vestita, valvis crassis, solidis ; intus candidissima ; umbonibus parvis, obliquis, erosis ; dentibus cardinalibus tribus ; dente laterali postico compresso, antico breviore, acuto. Shell somewhat triangular, inequilateral, lines of growth irregular, epidermis brown, valves heavy; interior white; umbones small oblique, eroded; three cardinal teeth; posterior lateral tooth compressed, anterior one short and prominent. Long. 1 4-5; lat. 13-5; diam. 1 2-5 poll. Hab.—Philippine Islands. This shell is remarkable by its weight in proportion to its size. It may be compared to the Cyrena Bengalensis Lamarck, from which it differs, how- ever, in being heavier, having less prominent beaks,’and by being slightly more inflated ; its epidermis is darker and more heavily sulcated. 2.Cyrena Corbiculaeformis Prime. C. testa trigona, sub-inflata, in- aequilaterali, intus violacea, epidermide brunnea vestita, umbonibus tumidis ; dentibus cardinalibus tribus, inaequalibus ; lateralibus praelongis. Shell triangular, somewhat inflated, inequilateral, beaks prominent, pos- terior margin angular, three cardinal teeth, the two posterior ones of nearly the same size, anterior one less developed ; lateral teeth elongated, not promi- nent ; interior of the valves bluish-white ; epidermis glassy, lines dark brown. Long. 1 3-10; lat. 1 2-10; diam. 07-10 poll. Hab.—Cochin in Malabar. This species is different from any Cyrena known to me, but bears much re- semblance in its general form to certain species of Corbicula. 3. Corbicula rotunda Prime. C. testa parva, orbiculata, subaequilaterali, tumidula, subtrigona, solidiuscula, epidermide flavescente vestita ; regulariter striata; umbonibus tumidis ; intus alba; dentibus cardinalibus inaequalibus ; lateralibus elongatis, angustis, subaequalibus, arcuatis, tenuissime striatis. Shell small, somewhat inflated, nearly equilateral, interior white, epidermis yellow, lines of growth delicate and very regular; umbones prominent; car- dinal teeth unequal in size ; lateral teeth elongated, carved, finely denticulated. Long. 0 7-10; lat. 0 6-10; diam. 0 6-10; poll. Hab.—Surinam River, Guyana. Compared to the Corbicula Paranensis Adams, this species differs in being more inflated, in having larger beaks and by its more regular lines of growth, which give it somewhat the appearance of an Eastern species. The Humming Birds of Mexico. BY RAFAEL MONTES DE OCA. Of Jalapsa, Mexico. No. 2, CYANOMYIA CYANOCEPHALA Gould. Ornismyia@ cyanocephala Lesson. 3 Trochilus quadricolor Vieillot? The Black billed Azure-crown, Gould, Monograph, part xi. This Humming Bird is commonly known by the name of Chupa-mirto, comun de pecho blanco, or common white-breasted Myrtle-sucker. It is found very [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 abundantly, and at all seasons of the year, in the vicinity of Jalapa, Coatepec, Orizaba, and many other places in Mexico; but Mr. Gould, in his Monograph of Humming Birds, states, that it is also found in Guatemala, and seems disposed to assign that country as its proper locality. It is quite possible it nests there also, but the fact that it remains in Mexico all the year round, and as I have often found its nest in the months of April and May, I believe it is most properly to be considered a bird of the country last mentioned. This pretty little bird is very familiar and unsuspiciois, and allows a person to approach it very near in the woods, and is a constant visitor to the gardens in the towns and cities. Like the fine species mentioned in my first paper, it frequents the Mazapan flowers, around which it may be seen at all hours of the day. The nest of this species is lined on the inside with the tule silky floss, which is the case with nearly all the Humming Birds in this part of Mexico. On the outside it is covered with moss from the rocks, in such handsome and ingenious manner that would be very difficult for man to imitate. There are generally two eggs, but on one occasion I found three in one nest. The eggs are white, oblong, rather elongated, and large in proportion to the size of the bird. The upper part of the head in this species is of a most brilliant metallic azure color, the upper parts of the body and wing coverts are brown, shaded with bronze green ; the tail and its coverts are of the same, but not so bright; the wings are as long as the tail, and of an umber purplish color, the throat is satin-like white, with the sides of a bluish green, or rather feathers of both colors mixed together, very lustrous ; the under part of the body and the feathers of the leg are dull white; the under surface of the wings is bronzed brownish gray ; the under tail coverts are of the same, but less brilliant, and with the edges of each feather lighter, the feet, nails and upper mandible are black, the mandible is about one third black at its point, and flesh color at its base. Total length, 4} inches, wing 2}, tail 1}, bill ? inches. The female is of the same size as the male, and the only difference between the two sexes is thatthe blue of the head and the white of the breast are of not so decided colors in the female, although this difference only occurs at certain seasons of the year. The cranium of the male can be distinguished also from that of the female, being rather larger. The Committee to which was referred a communication from Mr. P. B. Du Chaillu, asserting that the Academy is his debtor for a part of ee of a certain exploration in Africa made by him, reported in substance that Mr. Du Chaillu has no claim whatever on this institution. Dr. Carson said: Mr. Presipent,—I rise to perform the painful duty of announcing the death of our associate, Dr. Edward Hallowell, which took place on the 21st instant, from consumption; and I feel that in connection with this announcement, it is especially proper from me should come the remarks which will serve to do honor to his memory as a member of the Academy of Natural Sciences. He was not only an intimate friend, but one of long standing, having almost uni- formly been educated together, at first in the Collegiate Department of the University of Pennsylvania, then as students of Medicine in the office of the late Dr. Hewson, and in the Medical Department of the University. In early life Dr. Hallowell was remarkable for his studious habits, and pro- ficiency in the branches of his Collegiate Course. He always had a prominent position, and graduated with the highest honors of his class. To the Science of Medicine, which he subsequently pursued with ardor, and in which for 1860.] 6 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF many years he labored zealously as a practitioner, he made important contri- butions, inthe department of pathology. His paper upon the subject of Cholera Infantum is an admirable and original addition to the knowledge of that disease, by which medical literature was enriched, and American medical authorship advanced in estimation abroad. It is looked upon as authoritative, with respect to the true pathology of the affection. As a member of the, Academy he labored industriously, and from the time of his election was devoted to the interests of the Institution. His depart- ment was that of Herpetology, and I may appeal to the collection for proof of his usefulness, and to the publications for evidences of his ability to place be- fore the public the large amount of new information derived from the materials at his command. When a few years ago he wasstricken down by disease, his loss as a working member of the Academy was severely felt and lamented. As an associate Dr. Hallowell was a favorite of his fellow members. His manners were always urbane and deferential to the views and feelings of others, his temper was uniformly equable and not readily ruffled ; the kindness of his heart was a perennial spring, while his sense of justice led him to acknowledge the merits and the services of all who, like himself, were en- gaged in scientific occupations. We have lost in him a worthy and beloved associate, and most sincerely deplore his too early death, although to him it is a gain. The following resolutions were then offered by Dr. Le Conte and adopted: Resolved, That the Academy has learned with sincere regret the death of its late member, Dr. Epwarp HALLOWELL. Resolved, That in Dr. Hallowell the Academy has lost one of its most en- thusiastic and laborious students and valued associates ; one who has endeared himself to his fellow members, as well by his high personal qualities as by his steadfast and successful pursuit df science. March 6th. Vice President BrinGEs in the Chair. Forty members present. Dr. Joseph Wilson (Surgeon U. 8. Navy) related that he had in his pos- session, during some months, on board of the U. S. ship Vandalia, a female whelp of a small Ocelot, (Felis pardalis minimus,) commonly, called ‘‘ tiger- cat.’’ It was obtained in Realejo, Nicaragua, in the month of ember, 1858. At that time it was too young to eat anything except milk, but gradually came to eat crumbs of bread from her cup, and small scraps of meat. The animal was light gray, beautifully marked with dark elliptical rings and spots, light un- derneath ; ears quite short, rounded, with a lunated white spot on top; the tail about the length of the body and nearly black. She was of the size of an ordinary cat, and weighed five pounds eight ounces when ten months old. She was transferred to the Doctor’s protection in March 1859, when her age was conjectured to be four months. She was named Miss Tiger by accla- mation, and became reconciled to her change of abode much more readily than I was prepared to expect. The Vandalia was miserably infested by rats, and in the course of afew hours she received her first lesson in the valuable accomplishment of catching them. A young rat was caught in a trap and pre- sented to her attention ; she hesitated but a moment, when she commenced struggling to get at it, and when permitted she pounced upon it with great fierceness ; she walked about growling with her prize, evidently proud of the conquest. She afterwards played with it for about three hours, performing -many fantastic tricks in the way of tossing it up and catching it as it came (March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. &3 down, turning somer-saults and rolling over with it in her paws. After this she seemed quite at home, and required no more lessons in rat-catching, though she eventually became very expert. It occasionally happened that a rat was seen or heard ina store room or corner from which there was no secret escape, and in all such cases Miss Tiger was immediately called upon and carried to the scene of action. She generally pointed out by her actions the locality of the object of pursuit, and stood ready to pounce upon it on the very first opportunity. On these occasions she sometimes made tremendously long bounds, say ten feet. Escapes in these cases were very rare. She eventually came to understand this business so well, that when called she would run out and exhibit an eagerness to be picked up and carried, com- parable to that of achild who expects to be lifted into a carriage. In attack- ing rats she was quite fearless, and so far as known was never hurt by them. She mostly seized them by the back of the neck or head, but was not at all particular if these parts did not happen to be the first in her reach. She soon crushed the skull by forcing her long cuspid teeth through it, generally kill- ing her prey so quickly that it was not even heard to squeal. After playing with it a moderate time, she would eat it, commencing with the head and pro- gressing steadily till she finished with the end of the tail, only stopping a moment to lick her chops, when she came to the heart or other tit bit. Imag- ining that the hair and hide were not very good food for her, I once partially skinned one that she might learn to tear off the skin and leave it; but this was labor lost, as she immediately began to eat the skin, hairand all, in pre- ference to the other part. Rats were sometimes taken from her and thrown overboard, as she occasionally caught more than she could manage to eat; but she soon began to show her disapprobation of this measure by a very startling, fierce and threatening growl. The first occasion it waked me up at about midnight, and when I went out to inquire what was wrong with Miss Tiger, I found her sitting near a big rat and growling in a very unusual and startling manner at about six men whom she had driven from their beds by her threatening. They were standing around her with various weapons in their hands, but there was very little prospect of moving her without some severe bites and scratches. As I approached a little nearer than the rest she showed a disposition to take her prize in her mouth, and while her teeth were thus employed I caught her by the top of her shoulders and she permitted me, without the least resistance, to carry her off, rat and all, to a place on deck, where her growling could not annoy the sleepers. She was frequently carried off in this manner afterwards both by myself and by others. She would sit by the hour very quietly near her property, till she was disturbed by some - movement near her, when she would commence with her threatening growl, which was loud enough and fierce enough to make the firmest stand back, till they had seen and reflected on the state of affairs. She had another gentle, plaintive growl, which she used in calling for her breakfast and in showing dissatisfaction on ordinary slight occasions. She had no ery which could be compared to the mewing of the cat, but she could purr to perfection when in search of a warm bed. Her favorite food was rare beef steak, which she even preferred to rats ; but hunger and petting eventually induced her to eat bread and butter for her breakfast, whenever she had a night of unsuc- cessful hunting. The gentleness of this pet was really astonishing. She allowed herself to be picked up by any body, without any worse mark of dissatisfaction than a little growling. Even when feeding, and under apprehension that her rat was about to be taken from her, she would not bite or scratch. She would play with a handkerchief much in the same manner as with a rat. She was fond of being handled, and when rubbed with the hand she would roll about on her back and pretend she was going to bite, seizing the fingers between her teeth, growling and biting with such cautious gentleness as not to be in any 1860.] 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF danger of wounding the skin. But one exception to this occurred; one of the officers attempted to play with her in this manner with kid gloves on, and was immediately punished for his foppery by having her long teeth instantly forced through both his glove and his finger. She may have perceived some difference between the texture of the gloves and that of the fingers on which she was accustomed to try her teeth. She knew very well where to find warm sleeping places. She would for this purpose visit the hammocks of the men at night, and waken any sleeper she happened to fancy by patting him gently on the face with her paw. If encouraged and welcomed by a pat on the back or top of the head, she would lie down either against his breast or at his feet ; but if refused by one or two very gentle boxes on the ear, she would retire with a discontented growl and seek a more hospitable sleeper. How she learned to distinguish between the taps on the top of the head as marks of approbation, and those on the sides of the opposite signification, is a subject of mystery, but there is no doubt of the fact; perhaps some of the men may have taught her the difference by boxing her more energetically. She was very fond of licking the men about the face and gently pinching their ears in her teeth; and although she frequently engaged in this disagreeable amusement, she never wounded any one in the least while thus occupied. In cold weather she was very fond of getting between blankets, and required but the very slighest encouragement to crawl into the very middle of a bed and roll herself up in this position for her morning nap. On one occasion it was noticed that she had a large tumor on the side of her face, and a large abscess formed. It was at first supposed that she had hurt her face in playing with a catfish ; some one, however, noticed that it proceeded from an irregularity in shedding one of the milk teeth. One of the officers, of uncommon zeal in such matters, proposed to hold her while the obnoxious tooth was extracted. I determined to gratify him in this matter, and to the astonishment of all he held Miss Tiger on his lap while I extracted the obnoxious tooth with a pair of forceps, and neither of us was scratched during the operation. She was fond of dark places, and delighted in running about deck and up the rigging early in the mornings and on cloudy days. When the men were called aloft to furl ‘‘top gallant sails,’’ she would jump to the shrouds and have a race with them up the rigging, and with very little effort she was ‘‘ first man in the top.”’ She generally showed so much excitement in the presence of birds, that doubtless her instinct would lead her to seize them. She killed three or four chickens at different times secretly, and off Cape Horn she seized and killed an albatross of at least double her weight. A common green parrot was at one time on board and she was exceedingly eager to get at it, but she was boxed a little on the ears and her head turned the other way a few times, till she appeared to understand that it was not for her. Subsequently, when she appeared to be watching it too intently, she was boxed a little and driven, till in about a week she seemed to regard it as one of the family. In the beginning of December we were passing the West India Islands, the ship, in her course, starting flocks of flying fish, in which Miss Tiger became interested, they looked so much like birds. She was observed in the moon- light watching them very intently. Her absence was noticed at breakfast. A search through the ship made it certain she had been lost overboard during the night. March 13th. Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. Forty members present. [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. e 85 The following papers were presented for publication : “ Description of four new species of Unionidee from Brazil, by Isaac Lea.” “Description of fifteen new speciesof Uruguayan Unionide, by Isaac Lea.” And were referred to a Committee. Mr. Lea stated that when he made some remarks, a few weeks since, on the Unionide of the United States, he gave the number of them incorrectly by an inadvertence. He now desired to restate them numerically : Unio, “ 3 - : > - : 3 : s 465 species. Margaritana, . . : - : : : 26 if Anodonta, < . : . . - : 5 : 59 As 550 To these may be added, new species in his cabinet not yet described, 3 : : é 2 : : 30 . y 580 And to these may be added, for North America, known to inhabit Mexico, Honduras, Central America and one in Canada, Unio, 29 Anodonta, 8 — 37 617 It will be observed that we have not in North America either of the genera Triquetra, (Hyria, Lam.,) Prisodon, (Castalia, am.,) Monocondylea, Mycetopus, Byssandonta, or Plagiodon. They are all emphatically South American types, while there does not seem to inhabit the southern half of America a single species of Margaritana, (Alasmodonia, Say.) Ferussac has described a species (A. incurva) as coming from South America, but there is reasonable doubt of it. The Monocondylea and Margaritana seem mutually to replace each other. The Uniones and Anodonte prevail in both parts of the continent over all the other genera, both as to numbers and universality of distribution. The genus Mulleria, (Acostea, D’Orb.) has only been found in the tributaries of the Mag- dalena in New Granada. Dr. Leidy called the attention of the members to a specimen of the singular body,named Hyalonema mirabilis, recently presented by Dr. Ruschenberger. It is thesecond specimen obtained within a short time for the Academy. Both are from Japan. The specimen of Hyalonema exhibited, consists ofa twisted cord of siliceous spicule over a foot in length, and about half an inch in diameter. Twisted around it is a coriaceous membrane with wart-like eminen- ces, belonging to a zoophyte, which Dr. L. regards with M. Valenciennes as parasitic. The cord of siliceous spicule, Dr. J. E. Gray supposes to be the axis of the zoophyte, but Dr. L. with M. Valenciennes, views it as belonging to asponge. This latter view is apparently confirmed by a specimen of a sponge, in the cabinet of the Academy, from Santa Cruz, presented by the late Dr. Griffith. This sponge is an oblong oval mass, about four inches long, sur- mounted at one extremity with a corona of twisted cords of siliceous spicule about two inches in length. These spicule are very similar in structure to those of the Hyalonema, mainly differing in size. The Publication Committee laid on the table, part 3, vol. 4, of the Journal of the Academy. 1860.] 86 es PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF March 20th. Mr. Led, President, in the Chair. Forty-two members present. The following papers were presented for publication : ‘‘ Descriptions of new species of Cretaceous Fossils from New Jersey, by W. M. Gabb.” “‘ Description of four new species of Melanide of the United States, by Isaac Lea.” ‘Description of five new species of Uniones from Alabama, by Isaac Lea.” And were referred to Committees. Dr. Leidy announced the presentation by Dr. T. B. Wilson of his entire collection of birds, amounting to 26,000 mounted specimens, and 2,000 skins. " p Mr. Cassin said, in relation to the presentation of the collection of birds now in the Museum of this Academy, by Dr. T. B. Wilson: The collection of birds in the Museum of the Academy has been regarded for some years as the collection of this Academy, and is ex- tensively known and referred to as such by authors and naturalists. The donation this evening, so liberally and characteristically made by Dr. Wilson, involves only a change of ownership, or transfer of title, with the further important consideration that it secures the collection to the Academy, as intended by Dr. Wilson, in perpetuity and without contingency. Previous to this donation the collection has been the private property of Dr. Wilson, and has been accumulated from various sourees, since 1845, with great judgment, and with constant and unremitted exertion on his part and also on the part of his brother, Mr. Edward Wilson, long resident in Europe. The latter named gentleman has most ably and successfully seconded his brother in the greatest enterprises ever entered upon in America, having for their object the promotion of the Zoological Sciences and of general Natural History. The results mainly have been, at this period, the formation of the Library of this Academy and of its collections in all departments, but especially in Mineralogy, Paleontology, Conchology, Crustacea, Icthyology and Ornithology. The very extensive and comprehensive series now presented, with the comparatively small collection previously owned by the Academy, comprise one of the most complete Ornithological Museums extant. It is, in fact, one of the four great collections of birds in the world, and, so far as can be ascertained from published catalogues, is fairly entitled to be considered as presenting facilities for study in this favorite branch of Natural History equal to those of any other Institution. Mainly, the collection of Dr. Wilson was based on that of General Massena, Duke of Rivoli, and his son, M. Victor Massena, Prince D’Essling, which was regarded as the finest private collection in Europe. This was acquired by purchase in 1846, and brought to this country. Various other valuable and more or less extensive collections [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 have been added since that period, including Mr. Gould’s Australian birds, which are the types of his great work, “The Birds of Austra- lia,’ and embracing all the species then known, except five only. Another important collection, mainly Parrots, Humming Birds and Tanagers, was that of M. Bourcier, a distinguished French Ornitholo- _ gist, and quite equally so was a collection made in the interior coun- tries of India by Capt. Boys, of the East India Company’s service. Very important, too, are collections from the Leyden Museum, through the influence of the eminent naturalists now or lately attached to that great Institution, particularly the celebrated Temminck, and many others obtained in Europe through the faithful and judicious exertions of Mr. Edward Wilson for the interests of this Academy. Numerous other smaller additions have been made, whenever oppor- tunity presented, in this country, by Dr. Wilson, and also have been derived from European Naturalists by exchange and purchase to the extent of several thousand specimens. Messrs. Verreaux, the well-known commercial Naturalists and Ornithologists of Paris, have been of ex- ceeding service, and but little less so has been Mr. John G. Bell, of New York, the principal commercial Naturalist in this country, whose high interest in the prosperity of the Academy and scientific know- ledge has never failed to be exerted and always has been of great value in the extension of the collection. Mr. John Krider, Mr. William 8. Wood and Mr. James Taylor, of this city, have also furnished to Dr. Wilson many valuable specimens, and all of these gentlemen have in- variably shown the utmost cheerfulness and liberality in their business with the Museum of the Academy. The collection now presented by Dr. Wilson has been derived from the following sources, and includes specimens nearly as here enumer- ated : Rivoli collection, 1st purchase, : - 12,500 specimens. do. do. Danie ao: - - - 2,500 es Mr. Gould’s Australian collection, - - 2,000 M. Bourcier’s collection, - - . - 1,000 A Capt. Boys’ collection, - - - . 1,000 Mr. Edward Wilson’s collections in Europe, including collections from the Leyden and Bri- tish Museums, - - - . - - 4,500 = Dr. Thos. B. Wilson’s collections in Europe, 1,000 os do. do. do. inthe U.S., 1,500 ‘ Total now presented to the Academy, 26,000 ee It may be of interest to add that the collection previously owned by the Academy comprises about 3000 specimens, including a very supe- rior North American series derived from nearly all ornithologists in the United States, who have invariably shown the greatest interest in the formation of the large collection of this Academy. The aggregate number of specimens exhibited and now belonging to the Academy is therefore about twenty-nine thousand birds. 1860.] 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Mr. Lea read extracts from letters of Dr. Lewis, of Mohawk, New York, on the subject of the coloring matter of the nacre of the genus Unio, and exhibited some fine specimens to illustrate the subject. The following extracts will fully convey Dr. Lewis’s ideas on this subject which has much interest with the naturalist. “Thinted something about Uniones being colored with an oxide or salt of gold. My reasons for this are derived from observing some singular phenomena in colors on submitting shells to the action of chloride of gold, and then bring- ing them in contact with tin. Whether a stannate of gold formed and precipi- tated on the shells or not, I cannot say, but the colors were very much intensi- fied. It is to be remarked that the colors of such shells as Unio complanatus and of U. ligamentinus, when colored, are such as result from the presence of gold in a state of atomic division and dissemination in a semi-opake body. I think nitro-muriatic acid with a minute trace of gold in it, if applied to shells, will produce colors, but I never have satisfactorily demonstrated this. My observa- tions are derived from having once used acid in which was a small quantity of gold, too small to be reclaimed.” ‘“‘T notice that colors are most brilliant in regions where gold may be sus- pected. In the Lake regions of the Western States, minerals are abundant, and the conditions are not incompatible with the supposition that gold is spar- ingly disseminated among them, in quantities too small perhaps to be available, Lut no doubt it is there.” “As regards colors in the nacre of Uniones, you are correct in saying that Uniones are colored where there is no gold. But there are some species that are not colored unless you find them in some particular localities. If that is taken into consideration we shall, perhaps, be more ready to accept the gold theory. Modern investigations show that gold exists in soils that, until they were rigidly tested, were not suspected to contain it. In fact Iam disposed to believe that gold is more universally disseminated than is generally supposed.” “But, the question is one I take no particular interest in, except that it pre- sents itself incidentally. I know one fact that you also know. That of two streams producing identically the same species, one will give a large propor- tion of white nacres, and the other will present colored nacres, and usually we also notice another phenomenon—a greater brilliancy of nacre where rich colors abound. In this case I have my private opinion that gold produces its peculiar tonic effect, for tonic it is under certain circumstances by increasing the secre- tions.” “To have gold in a shell, it is not necessary itshould be an oxide. Itis only necessary it should have been received into the circulation of the animal, in solution as chloride, or some other possible soluble form that chemistry has not brought to light; and when once in the circulation it may be eliminated by be- ing deprived of its solving principle and excreted or secreted with the other solid matter that enters into the formation of the shell. The stannate of gold, or purple of Cassius, may be wholly deprived of the tin associated with it, yet re- tain its purple color, and its condition of atomic division, if so you are pleased to call it. But I only offer this as suggestive of something for those interested to follow further. I am not enough of a chemist to develop any facts out ofa suspicion of this kind.” Mr. Lea remarked, after reading the above extracts, that the purple, pink and salmon color of many of our American Unionide had had his attention from the period of his first studying this beautiful and interesting family, more than thirty years since. Without having experimented himself upon them, he was aware that no chemist had been able to detect the presence of a metal or other elementary body. He therefore thought it likely to be caused by the presence of some organic body which had not yet been detected; such is supposed by chemists to be the case with the colored fluates of lime, colored quartz, &c. What Dr. Lewis states as regards the colors being more frequent and more in- tense in the waters of Michigan and in the streams leading into the northern [ March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 great lakes from the southern side, is very true. The Unio rectus is usually white in the Ohio, though sometimes tinted with purple and salmon color, while in the more northern waters it is usually of a fine rich purple orsalmon. Two specimens from the upper Mississippi, brought by Dr. Cooper, were exhibited by Mr. Lea, which were of exquisite purple and salmon. The Unio ligamentinus has probably never been found pink or purple in the Ohio, while at Grand Rapids, Michigan, those with a fine pink and salmon color are very common. The Margaritana margaritifera of Columbia river and its tributaries has a fine purple nacre in almost all the specimens, rarely white, while those in the rivers of Pennsylvania, Connecticut and Massachusetts are almost universally white, as those from the northern part of Europe are also. Dr. Draper had informed Mr. Lea that he had calcined some of these purple shells, but that they had burned white and he had not detected any metallic sub- tance in their composition. The subject was certainly one well worth the pursuit, as no doubt could remain that the color was derived from some foreign sub- stance entering into the composition of some individuals, while others were free from it. It was not an uncommon case to find the dorsal portion of the nacre to be pink or purple while the other portions were white, and this was also sometimes the case with the cavity of the beaks. Mr. Lea did not believe the color arose, as some persons supposed, from the structure of the surface of the nacre dividing the rays of light by thin laminations. This division of color was exhibited in almost every species, and is what naturalists call the ““pearly hue,” oftentimes of great beauty, but quite a different matter from the pink, purple and salmon color of the mass of the carbonate of lime com- posing the substance of the valves. March 27th. Mr. Lua, President, in the Chair. Forty-eight members present. The following papers on report of the respective committees were ordered to be printed in the Proceedings: Descriptions of Four New Species of UNIONIDZ from Brazil and Buenos Ayres. BY ISAAC LEA. Unio TriFipus.—Testa levi, obliquo-oblonga, ad lateré planulata, valdé iu- zquilaterali, posticé acuté angulata, anticé rotunda; valvulis crassiusculis, anticé crassioribus ; natibus prominentibus, ad apices rugosé et divaricaté un- dulatis; epidermide micante, luteo-viridi, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus grandibus, trifidis, sulcatis; lateralibus longis, crenulatis, in valvulo dextro trifidis; margarita argentea et iridescente. _ Hab.—Buenos Ayres, South America. M. D’Orbigny. Unio PATELLOIDES.—Testa levi, subrotundd, subcompressa, subquilaterali, anticé et posticé rotundata; valvulis subcrassis, anticé crassioribus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices divaricaté undulatis; epidermide tenebroso-castanea, striata, eradiati; dentibus cardinalibus longis, compressis, obliquis, crenulatis corrugatisque; lateralibus longis, crenulatis curvisque; margarita argentea et iridescente. Hab.— Amazon River, Brazil. Captain George Brown. Rio Plata. H.Cum- ing. AnoponTA AMAZONENSIS.—Testa levi, transversa, subinflata, valdé inequi- laterali, posticé subbiangulataé, anticé rotunda; valvulis subcrassis; natibus 1860.] 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF subelevatis, tumidis ; epidermide micante, tenebroso-viridi, nigricante, vel era- diata vel obsoleté radiata; margarita intus subrosea et valdé iridescente. Hab.—Upper Amazon, Brazil. C.M. Wheatley. Anoponta Moricanpir.—Testa levi, obliqué quadrata, subinflata, ad latere planulata, valdé inequilaterali, posticé obtusé angulata et hiante; anticé obliqué rotundata et valdé hiante ; valvulis tenuibus, diaphinis; natibus sub- prominentibus ; epidermide luteo-oliva, polita, obsoleté radiata, margarita ceruleo-alba et valde iridescente. Hab.—Bahia, Brazil. S. Moricand, Geneva. Descriptions of Fifteen new Species of Uruguayan UNIONIDZ. BY ISAAC LEA. During the winter of 1858-59, R. B. Forbes, Esq., of Boston, whose name has been identified with so many works of philanthropy and public utility, organ- ized an excursion to the La Plata, the Uruguay and Rio Negro rivers, in South America; his object in part being to afford facilities for studying the natural his- tory of the countries bordering on these waters. Professor J. Wyman, who ac- companied him, has most kindly placed at my disposal all the specimens of the Unionide which he had been enabled to collect in these extensive southern fresh waters. In this very interesting collection I was surprised to find so many species which had not been before observed. These are now herein described, and consist of eleven Uniones and four Anodonte. The whole number brought of these fresh water Mulluscs, was twenty-three species. Those heretofore de- scribed are Prisodon truncatus, Schum., (Castalia ambigua, Lam.,) Unio Para- nensis, Lea., U. parallelopipedon, Lea., Anodonta rotunda, Spix, A. trapezalis, Lam., A. lato-marginata, Lea, A. tenebricosa, Lea, A. Blainvilliana, Lea. In addition there were three small species of Cyrena, two of which I have not ascertained, the third is the variegata of D’Orbigny. There was also a small species of Cyclas. Unio Wymanul.—Testa levi, anticé subsulcata, quadrata, compressa, ad latere planulata, inequilaterali, posticé obtusé angulata, anticé rotundata; valvulis subcrassis, anticé crassioribus; natibus prominulis, ad apices divaricate undu- latis; epidermide tenebroso-oliva, vel eradiata vel obsoleté radiata; dentibus cardinalibus compressis, erectis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; later- alibus longis, crenulatis subcurvisque ; margarita argentea et valde iridescente. Hab.—Uruguay River, S. America. Prof. J. Wyman. Unio Urnvevayvensis.—Testa levi, anticé subsulcata, elliptica, inflata, subequi- laterali, posticé obtusé angulata, anticé rotundaté; valvulis subcrassis, anticé crassioribus ; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices divaricaté undulatis; epid- ermidé virido-fuscé, posticé tenebricos4, polité, obsoleté radiata; dentibus car- dinalibus compressis, crenulatis suberectisque; lateralibus longis subrectisque ; margarita argentea et iridescente. Hab.—Uruguay River, S. America. Prof. J. Wyman. Unio picer.—Testa levi, ellipticd, inflata, subequilaterali, posticé obtusé an- gulata, anticé obliqué rotundaté; valvulis crassiusculis, anticé paulisper cras- sioribus; natibus subprominentibus, inflatis, ad apices divaricaté undulatis ; epidermide nigro-fusca, striata, obsoleté radiata; dentibus cardinalibus com- pressis, crenulatis; lateralibus sublongis curvisque; margarita argentea et iridescente. Hab.—Uruguay River, 8. America. Prof. J. Wyman. Unio PER#FORMIS.—Testa levi, subrotunda, inflaté, valdé inzquilaterali, posticé obtusé subangulata, anticé obliqué rotundati; valvulis subcrassis, an- ticé paulisper cragsioribus; natibus vix prominentibus, inflatis; epidermide [ March, Ee NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 striata, nigro-virente, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, compressis crenulatisque; lateralibus sublongis subrectisque ; margarita argented et iri- descente. Hab.—Uruguay River, S. America. Prof. J. Wyman. Usio nocturnis.—Testa levi, subrotunda, subcompressa, inzquilaterali, an- ticé et posticé rotundaté; valvulis crassis, anticé crassioribus: natibus promi- nulis, subinflatis; epidermide nigricante, anticé rugoso-striata, eradiata; den- tibus cardinalibus parviusculis, erectis; subcompressis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus sublongis valdé curvisque; margarita vel alba vel salmonis colore tincta. Hab.—Uruguay River, S. America. Prof. J. Wyman. Unio FUNEBRALIS.—Testd levi, subrotundata, compressissim4, inequilaterali, anticé et posticé rotundata; valvulis crassis, anticé crassioribus; natibus prominulis, compressis; epidermide nigricante, striata, ad apices micante, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, subcompressis, tripartitis; later- alibus sublongis valdé curvisque; margarité vel alba vel salmonis colore tincta. Hab.—-Uruguay River, 8. America. Prof. J. Wyman. Unto Gratus.—Testa levi, subrotunda, subinflata, inequilaterali, anticé et posticé rotundata; valvulis subcrassis, anticé paulisper crassioribus; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices divaricaté undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, micanté, obsoleté radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, compressis striatisque; lateralibus sublongis subcurvisque: margarita alba et iridescente. Hab.—Uruguay River, 8. America. Prof. J. Wyman. Unto piscunus.—Testa levi, subrotundé, valdé compress, valdé inequilat- erali, anticé et posticé rotundata; valvulis crassiusculis, anticé paulisper cras- sioribus; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices paulisper divaricaté undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-castanea, minuté striata obsoleté radiataque ; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, lamellatis crenulatisque; lateralibus sublongis, stri- atis curvisque; margarita alba et iridescente. Hab.—Uruguay River, S. America. Prof. J. Wyman. Unto picrus.—Testa levi, elliptica, subinflata, valdé inequilaterali, posticé subrotundata, anticé obliqué rotundata; valvulis crassiusculis, anticé paulisper erassioribus; natibus prominulis ; epidermide micante, nigra, striata obsoleté radiata vel eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, compressis, obliquis, in valyulo sinistro singulis; lateralibus sublongis subcurvisque; margarita cerulea alba et iridescente. Hab.—Uruguay River, S. America. Prof. J. Wyman. Unio tepipus.—Testa levi, ellipticé, subinflaté, valdé inequilaterali, posticé subrotundata, anticé rotundé; valvulis subtenuibus, anticé paulisper crassiori- bus; natibus prominulis, ad apices rugosé et divaricaté undulatis; epidermide polita, fusco-virenté, striata, radiati; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, com- pressis, obliquis; lateralibus sublongis subcurvisque; margarita ceruleo-alba et valdé iridescente. Hab.—Uruguay River, 8. America. Prof. J. Wyman. Unio Aruiops.—Testa levi, oblonga, subinflaté, ad lateré planulata, valdé inequilaterali, posticé biangulata, anticé rotundati; valvulis crassiusculis, anticé crassioribus ; natibus prominulis, planulatis, ad apices divaricaté undu- latis ; epidermide micante, nigra, striata, eradiati; dentibus cardinalibus par- viusculis, compressis, obliquis, suberectis crenulatisque ; lateralibus przlongis, crenulatis rectisque; margarita alba et iridescente. Hab.—Uruguay River, S. America. Prof. J. Wyman. Ayoponta Wymanu.—Testa levi, elliptica, subinflata, inaquilaterali, posticé subbiangulata, anticé regulariter rotundata; valvulis crassis, anticé paulisper 1860.] 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF crassioribus; natibus prominulis, ad apices equis; epidermide cinnomomea, vel eradiata vel obsoleté radiata; margarita rosea et valde iridescente. Hab.—Uruguay River, S. America. Prof. J. Wyman. ANODONTA RUBICUNDA—Testa alata, levi, subrotu nda, inflata, subequilaterali, anticé et posticé rotundata; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus elevatis, tumidis, rosaceis; epidermide tenebroso-rufo-fusca, vel obsoleté radiata vel eradiata, margarita rufo-salmonis colore tinctaé et valdé iridescente. Hab.—Uruguay River, S. America. Prof. J. Wyman. Anoponta Forsestana.—Testa levi, suboblongd4, ventricosa, inequilate rali, valvulis crassiusculis; natibus elevatis, inflatis; epidermide luteo-fusca, micante, vel eradiata vel obsolete radiata; margarita albida et valde iridescente. Hab.—Uruguay River, S. America. Prof. J. Wyman. Anoponta Uruauavensis.—Testa levi, obovata, ventricosd4, valdé inequilat- erali; valvulis subcrassis, antice paulisper crassioribus; natibus subelevatis, tumidis; epidermide tenebroso-oliva, eradiata; margarita ceruleo-alba et valde iridescente. Hab.—Uruguay River, S. America. Prof. J. Wyman. Descriptions of Five New Species of UNIONES from North Alabama. BY ISAAC LEA. Unio popicus.—Testa levi, subtrigona, compressa, inzquilaterali, posticé obtusé angulatd, anticé rotunda ; valvulis subcrassis, anticé crassioribus ; na- tibus prominulis, ad apices rugoso-undulatis ; epidermide luteo-fusca, micante, virido-radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus crassiusculis, erectis, compressis crenu- latisque ; lateralibus subcurtis, crassis subcurvisque ; margarita alba et irides- cente. Hab.—North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey; and Florence, Alabama, L. B. Thorn- ton, Esq. Unio CAMELOPARDILIS.—T esta levi, oblonga, subinflaté, inequilaterali, posticé obtusé biangulata, anticé regulariter rotundata; valvulis subtenuibus, anticé crassioribus; natibus prominulis, ad apices rugoso-undulatis; epidermide lutea, polit’, undiqué virido-maculaté; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, erectis, compresso-pyramidatis crenulatisque ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subrectis- que; margarita luteo-alba et valde iridescente. Hab.—North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey. Unio FucATUS.—Testa levi, ellipticd, subinflata, valdé inequilaterali, posticé subbiangulatd, anticé rotundata; valvulis tenuibus, anticé paulisper crassiori- bus; natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis; epidermide olivo-lutea, micante, undiqué virido-maculata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, compresso-conicis, cre- nulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subcur- visque; margarita vel cerulea vel luteo-alba et valdé iridescente. Hab.—North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey. Tuscumbia, L. B. Thornton, Esq. Unio DISCREPANS.—Testa levi, elliptica, subinflata, ad lateré subplanulata, valdé inzequilaterali, posticé obtusé biangulaté, anticé rotundata; valvulis subtenuibus, anticé crassioribus ; natibus prominulis; epidermide luteo-oliva, micante, radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, compresso-conicis crenulatis- que; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subcurvisque ;-margaritaé vel alba vel pur- purea et valde iridescente. Hab.—North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey. Unio PLANICOSTATUS.—Testa levi, elliptica, compressa, ad latere subplanulata, valdé inequilaterali, posticé obtusé biangulata; anticé rotundata; valvulis tenuibus, diaphanis, anticé paulisper crassioribus; natibus prominulis, ad apices [ March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 undulatis ; epidermide olivacea, undiqué radiata; dentibus cardinalibus par- vis, cunicis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus longis lamel- latis subcurvisque; margarita vel ceruleo-alba vel purpurascente et valdé iridescente. Hab.—Tuscumbia, Alabama, L. B. Thornton, Esq. Unio scitutus.—Testa levi, ellipticé, inflata, valdé inzquilaterali, posticé obtuse biangulata, anticé rotundaté; valvulis subtenuibus, anticé crassioribus ; natibus prominentibus, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide lutea, undique virido- radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, erectis, acuminatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subrectisque; mar- garita alba et valde iridescente. Hab.—Tuscumbia, Alabama, L. B. Thornton, Esq. Descriptions of Four New Species of MELANIDZE of the United States. BY ISAAC LEA. Scnizocwitus SHowa.teri.—Testa transversé costata, subcylindracea, crassa, castaned, minute striata ; spird elevaté; suturis impressis; anfractibus subplanulatis; fissura submagna, profurdi; apertura subparva, elliptica, intus vittati ; columella subcrass4; labro paulisper crenulato. Hab.—Coosa river, Uniontown, Alabama. E. R. Showalter, M. D. ANCULOSA SHOWALTERII.—Testa valdé costata, suborbiculari, crassa, tenebroso- fused, nigricante, exilissimé striata ; spira brevissima ; suturis valdé impressis ; anfractibus inflatis, septenis transversis costis indutis; aperturé magna, sub- rotunda, superné subangulata, interné tenebroso-vittata ; columella crassa, planulata, tenebroso-fusca’; labro valdé extenso et valdé crenulato. Hab.— Coosa river, Uniontown, Alabama. E.R. Showalter, M. D. MELANIA CRENATELLA.—Testa transverse striata, turrito-subulata, subcostata, paulisper plicata, subtenui, tenebroso-fusca, nigricante ; spira elevata, ad apices crebré plicata ; suturis valdé impressis ; anfractibus septenis, planulatis, trans- versis costis indutis; apertura parva, elliptica, intus vittata; columella albida, incurvata; labro subcontracto et valdé crenulato. Hab.—Coosa river, Uniontown, Alabama. HE. R. Showalter, M. D. Merania Newserryi.—Test4 levi, ovato-conica, subtenui, tenebroso-fusca, trivittaté, inferné suturis lutea; spira subelevata; suturis valdé impressis ; anfractibus senis, inflatis; apertura parviuscula, ovato-rotundatd, intus albida et vittata; columella albida, incurvata; labro inflato. “Hab.— Upper des Chutes river, Oregon Territory. J.S. Newberry, M. D. Descriptions of New Species of Cretaceous Fossils from New Jersey. BY WM. M. GABB. ActTmonina D’Orb. A. biplicata, pl. 2, fig. 13. Acta@on biplicata, M. & H. This fossil I had considered new, but have, since the plate was drawn, seen the type of Meek and Hayden’s species, to which it bears such a close resem- blance, that I shall refer it to their species. The fact of its having been re- -ferred to another genus, and the figure not having been published, misled me. The existence of two folds on the columella, which can be seen in the New Jersey fossil, has not been yet ascertained in the one from Nebraska. 1860.] 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Sonariuom Lam. S. abyssinus, pl.2, fig.9. Shell conical ; whorls three, rounded ; mouth circular, surface markings unknown. A cast. Localitys—With the above from Burlington Co., N. Jersey. VoLUTILITHES Swains. V. Abbotti, pl.2, fig. 7. Shell fusiform, whorls three or four, spire moderately elevated; mouth, three-fourths the length of the shell; four folds on the columella; surface apparently smooth. A cast. Locality.—Burlington Co., N. J. I take pleasure in dedicating this species to Mr. C.C. Abbott of Trenton, N. J., to whom I am indebted for the type of the species, a3 well as for many other species of cretaceous fossils. TURBINELLA Lam. T. subconica, pl. 2, fig.6. Shell subconical, spire low ; body whorl subangular above, two folds on the columella, surface marked by longitudinal ribs, about ten on the body whorl, crossed by numerous smaller revolving lines. MU Ye Ff Color subpurpureus, fasciis obscurioribus septem variegatus ; pinne dorsa- lis analisque basi albo punctulate ; pinna caudalis albo punctulata. Habitat in aque dulcis rivulis, lapidibus adherens, Hilo Hawaii. Forsitan Sicydio laticepiti Val. proximum. 1860.] 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Genus Sicyocastrer Gill. Corpus alepidotum, antice subcylindricum, inde versus caudam lente at- tenuatum. Caput oblongum depressum, altiore latius, antice rotundatum. Oculi in parte subanteriori positi. Os mediocre, horizontaliter fissum. Dentes in maxilla utraque serie regulare unica dispositi; dentes circa maxille superioris partem anteriorem approximate, apicibus lateraliter dila- tatis, tricuspidatis, cuspa mediana majore, subrotundata; dentes laterales pauciores, remotiores, simplices, subcylindrici et paulo recurvati. Dentes maxille inferioris partis anterioris subcylindrici recurvatique, remoti. Dentes labiales tenuissimi adsunt. Pinne dorsales duz, prima radiis valde flexibilibus; pinna caudalis mar- gine rotundata; pinnz ventrales postice bene conjuncte, antice faniculo mus- culari spinas connectente et membrane marginem formante predite. Hoc genus a Sicydio Val., valde differt corpore omnino alepidoto, dentibus trilobatis crassis in maxille superioris parte anteriore et dentibus maxille in- ferioris subequalibus. Eo referenda est unica species. Sicyogaster concolor Gill, Caput longitudinis totius partem quintam formans, altitudine sui longitu- dinis dimidiam superante. Maxilla superior circiter dentibus tricuspidatis sexdecim et latere utroque circiter dentibus simplicibus quatuor vel quinque armata ; maxilla inferior circiter dentibus simplicibus remotis decim preedita. D vi, 11; A10; C+15+; P15 Vi, 5 +5 i. Color subpurpureus ; pinne analis et ventrales submargaritacez, analis pur- pureo marginata. Habitat cum Sicydio Stimpsoni in aque dulcis rivulis saxis adherens. In specimine unico in collectione, labium inferior dentes graciles pancos habet. Monograph of the Genus LABROSOMUS Sw. BY THEO. GILL. In the genus Clinus as proposed by Cuvier, and even as revised by Valen- ciennes, there are dissimilar types which yet remain to be named and elevated to the rank of genera. Among the species of this group, described by the latter naturalist in the eleventh volume of the ‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons,’’ there are several species which are distinguished by the presence of superciliary tentacles, and of a transverse pectiniform series of filaments on the nape. Those fishes provided with such appendages, have at the same time a much less inequality between the spinous and soft portions of the dorsal than the typical Clini, and the teeth in the outer row are much stronger. They would therefore be correctly referred to a genus which is quite distinct from Clinus. For this genus, the name Labrosomus, first proposed by Swainson, must be adopted, but the characters given by ‘that author to it are not the proper generic ones, and the greater number of the species referred to it are not con- generic with its type. The name of Labrosomus (or Labrisomus) was first published in 1839, in the second volume of the ‘‘ Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles. ” At the seventy-fifth page of that volume, Swainson has divided the Cuvieran genus Clinus into five genera: Clinus, of which the Clinus acuminatus Cuv., is taken as the type; Labrisomus with Clinus pectinifer Val., as type; Tripterygion Risso, Clinitrachus Reese, which is typified by Blennius [ April, ee NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 variabilis of Rafinesque, and Blennophis,* of which the Clinus ang uil- laris Val., is the only true species. Of these genera, Clinus Sw., and Cli- nitrachus Sw., are distinguished by false or illusive characters, and cannot be regarded as distinct. The others are valid, but their characters require re- vision. _The only claim tb distinction of the genus Labrosomus given by Swainson, are founded on the strong, conic and pointed row of front teeth, behind which are villiform ones; a thicker body than in Clinus, and the ‘‘dorsal fin dis- tinctly emarginate towards the caudal.’’? The genus resting on these charac- ters alone is composed of very incongruous elements. To it are referred, at page 277 of the second volume, the following species, all of which are de- scribed as species of Clinus by Valenciennes: Labrosomus go bio, L. pe cti- nifer, L. capillatus, L. Delalandii, L. linearis, L. variolosus, L. Peruvianus, L. microcirrhis, L.?geniguttatus, L. elegans, L.? littoreus and L. latipinnis. Of these species, not more than three can, with propriety, be regarded as congeners, if the Labrosomus pectinifer is taken as the type. ‘hese are Labrosomus pectinifer, L.capillatus and perhaps L. Delalandii. The latter is more probably the representative of a distinct genus. That genus is distinguished from Labrosomus by the smaller mouth, the pre- sence of only two rays to the ventral fins, and perhaps by the undulating margin of the spinous portion of the dorsal fin. It may be named Malacocte- nus, in illusion to the pectiniform row of filaments. This genus is the nearest ally of Labrosomus. All the others are very distinct. Labrisomus gobio Sw., is the type of quite a distinct genus, whose charac- ters consist of a broad, depressed head, with a very short muzzle, large ap- proximated eyes, superciliary and nasal tentacles, two ventral rays and a com- paratively short spinous dorsal. The genus may be called Gobioclinus. The only species Gobioclinus gobio is found in the West Indies, and has but eighteen dorsal spines. Labrisomus linearis Sw., is synonymous with Clinus brachycepha- lus Val. This also is the type of a distinct genus distinguished by its abbre- viated and blenniform head, the profile being very convex; by the villiform teeth, the absence of superciliary tentacles, the spinous portion of the dorsal long, and the presence of only two rays to the ventral fins. The name of Blennioclinus is conferred on it ; for the species, the specific name of Valenci- ennes must be retained. Labrisomus variolosus is distinguished by a large thick head, with lateral eyes, short superciliary tentacles and a small nuchal one. The mouth is large; the teeth of the jaws in an outer row strong and conical, behind which are villiform ones ; those of the vomer and palate villiform and in three patches, one on the vomer and one on each palatine bone. The spinous por- tion of the dorsal is long, and the ventrals have each three rays. The species thus characterized is the type of a new genus which may be named Anchenion- chus. Labrisomus microcirrhis, L. elegansand L. Peruvianus are nearly related to Anchenionchus, and are from the same zoological province. Labrosomus ? geniguttatus is distinguished from Ancheniovchus by the more approximated eyes, and by the disposition of the vomero-palatine teeth, as well as the small size of the anterior row of maxillary teeth. The dorsal is moderately long, and each of the ventrals have three rays. The mouth is comparatively small, and there are superciliary, nasal and nuchal tentacles. For this species, the generic name of Calliclinus is proposed. *Valenciennes has since given the name of Blennophis to a very distinct genus from that to which Swainson appplied the names. As Swainson’s genus is a natural one, another name must be substituted for that of Valenciennes—Ophioblennius is therefore proposed. 1860. ] 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Labrisomus ? litt ore us may possibly belong to the genus Acanthoclinus of Jenyns, but it is only known from a drawing and description. Labrisomus latipinnis is related to Blennioclinus, but is distinguished from the species of that genus by the presence of superciliary tentacles. The generic name of Ophthalmolophus may be retained for it. If the above views of the limits of the Labrosomus are correct, only two of the species assigned by Swainson to the genus truly belong to it. Of the re- maining species, nearly each one belongs to a genus distinct from the others. The affinities and characters of the genera above indicated will be more fully exposed at another time. About three years after the publication of the work of Swainson, the same species that served as the type of the genus of that naturalist, was described by Dr. Dekay, in the ichthyological part of his ‘‘ Zoology of New York, or the New York Fauna,’’ as the representative of a new genus of Percoids, under the name of Lepisoma. That the genus Lepisoma is identical with the Labri- somus of Swainson, no one can entertain a doubt after a perusal of the generic and specific description of Dekay. Dr. Dekay has given the characters of his genus Lepisoma, as follows: ‘* Body and fins scaly. Fleshy filaments along the basal line of the head and on the orbits. A single dorsal fin. Branchial rays six. Teeth in the jaws vomer and palatines. Ventrals before the pectorals.”’ Dekay in his remarks, states ‘‘that itis with much hesitation that he places this genus at the end of the jugular section of this family (Percide). In its general aspect, it might readily be referred to the families Scizenid# or Labri- dz: but the presence of vomerine and palatine teeth excludes it from them.’’ The amiable naturalist was much mistaken in regard to the affinities of the genus, as must be perceptible from his descriptions. Even in his brief generic diagnosis, the ichthyologist is surprised by the peculiarity described by the second sentence; ‘‘ fleshy filaments along the base of the head and on the orbits.”’ This character is so peculiar, so much at variance with the compact character, if I may so express myself, of the head in the family of Percoids, that it might well cause the naturalist to doubt if a fish with such appendages can really be- long to the family of Percoids. On a careful examination of the specific de- scription, the characters are found to disagreee more and more with the natural ones of the family to which Dekay has referred it. The scales are described as being ‘‘ moderate, rounded, finely striate on their free surfaces, with a smooth membranous margin.’’ The head is ‘‘ corrugated and destitute of scales. Along the basal line of the head, on each side, are nine or ten fleshy processes, ending in bifid or trifid filaments,’’ &. ‘Another fleshy process arises from beneath the upper margin of the orbit, which subdivides into six or eight smaller processes,’’ &c. The anterior nostril has a ‘‘fleshy valve, through which is pierced the nasal aperture ; its posterior border elongated and terminating in six or eight filaments.’? The opercle and preopercle are rounded and smooth on their margins.”’ All of the attributes of the species underlined in the foregoing abstract are more or less at variance with the characters of Percoid fishes, even as the family was accepted by Dr. Dekay; the doubt of the reader is still more increased when he finds it stated that the ‘‘ branchial membrane (is) large, extending loosely around the throat, with six rays, and that the ventrals arise near the inferior fold of the branchial membrane, and are composed of two long articulated rays and a short rudimentary one on each sice.” This condition of the branchial membrane, this number of ventral rays are so different from the characters of the true Percoids, that one can have no hesitation in denying a fish with such attributes a place in the family. As in all those as well as in minor details, it agrees with Labrosomus, it is unhesita- tingly referred to that genus. [April, é NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 The genus Lepisoma has been adopted by the following authors, but it is necessary to add, entirely on the authority of Dr. Dekay. Troschel has translated into German the characters of the genus for the ** Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte ’’ of 1844, page 233. He has questioned the pre- sence of three ventral rays. Dr. Storer, in his ‘‘ Synopsis of the Fishes of North America,’’ has adopted it without qualification. Sir John Richardson, in the article ‘‘ Ichthyology ”’ of the last edition of the ** Encyclopedia Britannica,’’ at page 277 of the twelfth volume, has taken the characters of the genus from the ‘‘ Archiv,’’ and on account of the presence of six branchiostegal rays, places it, together with Boleosoma and Pileoma, at the end of his family of Theraponide, but adds that he ‘‘ cannot, without more data, fix their proper place in the system.’’ No notice has been taken of the genus Labrosomus, except in a reference of Lepisoma cirrhosum Dekay to it, in a recent number of the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences. That this is entitled to distinction appears to be evident, and its characters are now given. Lasrosomus Sw., emend. Synonymy. Labrisomus Sw., Nat. Hist., Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles, vol. ii. pp. 75> 182, 277, 1839. Lepisoma Dekay, Zoology of New York, Fishes, p. 11, 1842. Blennius sp. auct. Clinus sp. auct. Body oblong, highest at the pectoral fins, thence attenuated towards the caudal. Scales moderate, covering the body and encroaching upon the verti- cal fins. Head compressed, naked, declining from the nape with a slight curve. Eyes large, separated by a narrow interval. Superciliary tentacles multifid, and one or two transverse rows of filaments across the nape. Nostrils approximated ; the anterior ones with a tufted barbel on the posterior border. Teeth in the anterior row stout, recurved, conic and pointed, behind which is a band of villiform teeth. Vomerine and palatine teeth stout and conic, gene- rally in a single row. Dorsal fin commencing near the nape ; the spinous por- tion long, and with from sixteen to eighteen rays, slowly decreasing in height to the soft portion; the latter oblong, with its rays subequal and higher than the spinous portions. Caudal fin moderate, truncate or rounded, and discon- nected from the dorsal and anal fins. Ventral fins jugular, closely approxi- mated, each composed of three rays. 1. Labrosomus pectinifer Sw. Synonymy. Clinus pectinifer Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. xi. p. 374, 1836. Labrisomus pectinifer Sw., Nat. Hist., Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles, vol. ii, p. 277, 1839. epee? cirrhosum Dekay, Zoology of New York, Fishes, p. 41, pl. 30, fig, , 1842. Lepisoma cirrhosum Storer, Synopsis of Fishes of North America, p. 49, ib. in Memoirs American Academy, 1856. Clinus pectinifer Miill. and Troschel con Schomburgh Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist., 2d ser. vol. ii, p. 16; ib. in Schomburgh’s Barbados. Clinus pectinifer Castlenau, Animaux nouveaux ou rares recueilles &c., dans l’Amerique du sud. Poissons, p. 26, 1855. Labrosomus pectinifer Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 21. There can scarcely remain a doubt of the identity of the Lepisoma cirrho- sum of Dr, Dekay with the Labrosomus pectinifer. The only difference between the description of Dekay and that of Valenciennes, is respecting the 1860.) * 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF orbital and nuchal filaments. The orbital filaments are stated by Dr. Dekay to ‘subdivide into six or eight smaller processes, each of which terminate in several slender filaments, not thicker than the finest thread ;’’ Valenciennes describes them as divided to their base in ten or twelve slender filaments. Dr. Dekay informs us that the nuchal filaments are nine or ten on each side, each bifid or trifid; Valenciennes describes them as being arranged in two pectiniform rows, each row consisting of thirty or more. Another variation of Lepisoma cirrhosum from Labrosomus pectinifer is concerning the vomero-palatine dentition; Dekay mentions that ‘‘in the upper jaw, in front, is a series of equal, conical, slightly recurved teeth, some- what longer than those below, smaller on the sides; behind the outer row, in front, is a patch of minute crowded teeth. Similar teeth in bands on the vomer and palates. On the anterior part of the vomer is a very large solitary tooth.’’? This description of the vomerine and palatine teeth is ambiguous, and may be variously interpreted. If by it is meant that the vomero-palatine teeth are in several rows, or in a villiform band, it widely disagrees with the Labrosomus pectinifer. In the latter species there is but one row of stout conic teeth, like those of the outer row of the upper jaw, with ‘‘a very large solitary tooth on the anterior part of the vomer.” A figure is given of the dentition of the Lepisoma cirrhosum, but very little reliance’ can be placed on it. The vomerine and palatine teeth are certainly represented as pluriserial, but there is no ‘‘ very large solitary tooth’’ represented on the vomer. A doubt may therefore arise respecting the propriety of referring Lepisoma cirrhosum to Labrosomus pectinifer. Considering, however, that the description of the former, in all respects except those above men- tioned, agrees with the latter; that the number of rays is almost exactly similar ; that in each, a larger tooth is at the front of the vomer, and that the description and figure of the dentition of Lepisoma cirrhosum do not agree with each other; it appears almost certain that the two belong to the same species, and that error has entered into the description and illustration of the species as well as in the allocation of the genus. The Labrosomus pectinifer is widely distributed through the Caribbean Sea, and is found at the Islands of Barbados, Trinidad, St. Thomas, Jamaica, Cuba, as well as at the Bahama Islands and on the coast of Florida. The specimens from which Valenciennes described the species were obtained at Brazil and at Bahia. A specimen from Brazil does not specifically differ from West Indian ones. Valenciennes even observes that it is one of the small number of species that cross the Atlantic ocean. A specimen is stated by him to have been ob- tained by Adanson among the rocks of the Island of Gorea, in January, 1750. 2. Labrosomus fasciatus Gill. Clinus fasciatus Castelnau, Animaux nouveaux ou rares recueilles, &c., dans l’Amerique du sud. Poissons, p. 26, pl. xii. fig. 2, 1855. This species is very closely related to the Labrosomus pectinifer Sw., and it was at first believed that it was probably only a variety. My friend, J. C. Brevoort, Esq., has since sent me an outline of the figure of Castelnau and a copy of his description, and I am now disposed to regard it as a true species. The Labrosomus pectinifer is sometimes found with four dark brown vertical bars, between which are smaller and more obscure ones, interrupted at the middle. Such appears to have been the variety mentioned by Drs. Miiller and Troschel in their list of the Fishes collected by Sir Robert Schom- burgh at the island of Barbados, and published in the ‘‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’’ and the History of Barbados. This variety, in every other respect, resembles typical individuals of the species, and has, like them, the rays of the caudal and pectoral fins covered with five or six rows of spots. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107 In the normal variety of the Labrosomus pectinifer, the bands, although present, are faint and confused. The Labrosomus fasciatus, from the figure and description of Castlenau, appears to differ from the L. pectinifer or its variety, by the absence of the intermediate, interrupted and fainter bands, and of the rows of spots on the caudal, by the red color of the abdomen and opercula, and of the ventral, pectoral and caudal fins, as well as of the broad marginal band of the soft por- tion of the dorsal fin. The following is the description given by Castlenau : ‘‘Ressemble pour la forme au pectinifer, et a une tache semblable a l’oper- cule. Le corps est d’un brun clair avec quatre, larges bandes transversales d’un brun trés obscur; l’opercule, la gorge, la partie inférieure de la téte et la moitié antérieure des dessons du corps sont d’un beau rouge vix; les nageoires anale et ventrale sont de cette méme couleur. **De Rio Janeiro.”’ 3. Labrosomus capillatus Sw. Synonymy. Clinus capillatus Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. xi. p. 377. Labrisomus capillatus Sw., Nat. Hist. Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles, vol. ii. p. 277. Clinus capillatus Mill and Trosch., con Schomburgh, Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. 2d ser. vol. ii. p. 16; ib. in Schomburgh’s Barbados. The Labrosomus capillatus is recorded as an inhabitant of the same coasts as the L. pectinifer. It is very nearly allied to the latter, but differs from it by the immaculate pectoral fins, and the spot on the operculum is bordered with white. 4, Labrosomus Xanti Gill. This species in form and proportions is very nearly allied to Labrosomus pectinifer. It attains a length of about six inches. Of the length, the head, from the front row of teeth to the margin of the operculum forms a fourth part, and the caudal fin about a seventh. The greatest height is rather less than the head’s length. The dorsal outline from the nape to the posterior third of the dorsal fin is nearly straight and scarcely convex, and thence gradually declines in a slight curve to the end of the fin, when the height of the caudal peduncle is scarcely more than a fourth of the length of the head. The profile from the eyes to the snout slopes more gradually than in Labro- somus pectinifer, and the suborbital is less broad. The dorsal commences behind the vertical of the preopercle, and the spines regularly increase in height towards the middle of the spinous portion, and thence slightly decrease towards the soft portion, which is almost twice as high as the last spine. The pectoral fins are produced at its middle rays, and their length is equal to nearly a fifth of that of the body. The articulated rays of all the fins are simple and unbranched as in its congener. D xviii.+-13; Aiii. 18; C7+7; P14; V3. The color of the body is brown, crossed by about ten darker bands. The head is dotted with blackish, and from the posterior and inferior borders of the eye, two bands proceed obliquely to the margin of the preopercle. The opercle is darker than the preopercle, but there is no black spot. The dorsal has the basal portion of the membrane between the first and third spines blackish ; the rest of the membrane is tinged with purple, but immaculate. The basal half of the fin is covered with scales as in Labrosomus pectinifer. The anal fin is crossed by six oblique purplish bands. The caudal, pectorals and ventrals are immaculate. 1860.] 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF This species is very nearly allied to the West Indian Labrosomus p ectini- ferand L. capillatus Sw., but differs from them in color and some minor details of form. The median tooth of the front of the vomer, which is so large in the Labrosomus pectinifer, is of the same size as the others in the Labrosomus xanti. Old and young specimens were obtained by Mr. J. Xantus under rocks on Cerro Blanco. They are numbered 2334, 2335 and 2478 in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution. Ihave dedicated this species to Mr. Xantus as a slight testimony to his worth and abilities : while engaged in his duties on the coast survey, and with many obstacles to contend against, on account of the present condition of af- fairs in Mexico, he has obtained a collection of terrestrial and marine animals, which is rich in new forms, and all the species of which are in the highest State of preservation. 5. Labrosomus Herminieri Gill. Synonymy. Becca Herminieri Leseur, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pa., vol. iv. p. 361) Clinus Herminieri Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. xi. p. This species appears to be nearly related to the other species of the genus, but is distinguished by the presence of only sixteen spines in the dorsal fin, and by a different pattern of coloration. The dorsal fin anteriorly has an elongate black spot. ‘‘The cheeks and head are rufous brown, vermicular with little blackish lines, which form an irregular kind of close net work.” The radial formula is as follows: D 16,11; A20; P16; V3; C14. Specimens were taken at the West Indian Island of St. Bartholomews, in cavities of madreporic rocks, in the month of June, 1816, by C. A. Lesueur. It has not since been re-discovered. Monograph of the Genus LABRAX, of Cuvier. BY THEO. GILL. There is found, in the Mediterranean sea, a fish which has, from the earliest times, attracted the attention of the inhabitants of the neighboring coasts from the abundance in which it is found and the size to which it attains. By the Ancients, as at the present day, it was much esteemed asan article of food, and was called by the Greeks Az@p2é and by the Romans, Lupus. Of this fish, Cuvier has said that its appearance and almost all the details of its form recall to mind the perch, and that a just idea would be given of it by describing it as a “large, elongated and silvery perch.” From the Perches, however, it differs in several characters, which induced Cuvier to separate it generically, and for the name of the genus, he adopted the Greek designation of the species. The characters by which Cuvier distinguished it from the Perches were the presence of teeth on the tongue and of two spines to the operculum. It differs also from the true Perches in the armature of some of its bones, and by the shorter spinous dorsal fin, whose rays, in the European and allied American species, do not exceed the number of nine. Though Cuvier was the first to properly distinguish the genus, its type had been long previously placed by Klein as the first of two species which he placed in a group, for which he used the same name of Labdraz. In the second and third volumes of the great “ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons,” Cuvier and Valenciennes have referred to the genus Zabrax seven species, six of which are described in the former volume. Of these, the Labrax lupus is the type of the genus, and is distinguished by (April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109 the spur-like spines of the inferior margin of the preoperculum; the presence of a perfect marginal band of teeth and of an oval basal patch on the tongue ; three spines to the anal fin, and other characters which will be noticed in the diagnosis of the genus. To this should the name of Ladrax be restricted. The second species (le Bar alongé, or Perca elongata of Geoffrey) is distin- guished by finer and more numerous teeth on the inferior border of the preoper- culum, and the presence of only two anal spines. This is doubtless the type of a distinct genus to which the name of Dicentrarchus may be given. The third species is the Labrax lineatus of Cuvier, the common rock fish and striped bass of the United States. This is now taken as the type of a new genus, for which Mitchell’s name of Roccus is preserved. The characters are given below. To this genus should be also referred the Labrax multiline - atus described by Cuvier and Valenciennes in the third volume of their “Histoire.” The fourth species, Labrax Waigiensis, has been identified by Bleeker with the Psammoperca datnioides of Richardson; if this is correct,—and notwithstanding the discrepancies between the descriptions of the “ Histoire Naturelle” and Richardson, such appears to be the case—it belongs to a very distinct genus from Labrax lupus. The teeth of the jaws, vomer and palatines are described by Richardson as crowded, rounded and granular, while by Cuvier the teeth on both jaws, the chevron of the vomer and the palatines are said to be villiform (‘‘dents en velours”); it is also stated by Cuvier that thereis a small oval dise at the base of the tongue. By Richardson, the tongue is said to be smooth. In the latter statement, however, he disagrees not only with Cuvier and Valenciennes, but with Bleeker, who also asserts* that there is an oblong patch at the base of the tongue; ‘lingua basi thurma denticulorum seabra.” Both authors agree as to the presence of a single spine to the operculum (although one of the generic characters assigned to Labrax by Cuvier is the presence of two spines on that bone), and of a strong horizontal spine at the angle of the preoperculum, above which the margin is pectinated. The next species in order,—Labrax Japonicus of Cuv. and Val.,—is the type of the genus LATrKoLaBrax of Bleeker, which is widely separated from Labrax by the absence of any teeth on the tongue. In the plectroid armature of the operculum it, however, resembles that genus. The last species—-Labrax mucronatus—is now taken as the type of a new genus, for which the name of Moronp is accepted. Its generic characters and affinities will be given at length in a subsequent portion of this memoir. Of the seven species referred by Cuvier and Valenciennes to the genus Ladraz, six are thus seen to belong to different genera. Nor do any of these genera appear to be unnecessary, but on the contrary, all ofthem are well distinguished from each other by characters that ichthyologists must admit are of importance ; two of the species, indeed, that were referred to the genus by the French nat- uralists, do not agree with their characters of that genus. It is not in dispar- agement of those celebrated and able men that these remarks have been made. The progress of scientific discovery and the examination of better materials have enabled their successors to discover the errors of the founders of modern ichthyology. None could have performed the work at that day better than they. Having long since, from an examination of the descriptions of various authors, been aware of the confusion and uncertainty in which our American species of the Cuvieran Labrax were enveloped, I have thought that it might be a useful task: to attempt the elucidation of the genus. More than three years ago, I had noticed that the Labrax rufus of Dekay belonged toa different natural genus from Labraz, but not having then had an opportunity of exam- ining the European species, I believed that the Labrax lineatus was a true Labrax. The name which I had then applied to the Labrax rufus having never been published, I have now renounced it for that of Mitchell, not b» :ause * Natuurkundig Tydschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie, vol. ii. p. 479. 1860.] 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF he was the author of the genus, but because the name had been applied, though from a false idea, to one of its species. The number of American species admitted by Drs. Dekay and Storer in the genus Labraz amounts to seven, and another specific name has been since added by Filippi, an Italian naturalist. It will be attempted to demonstrate, in the following monograph, that all of these nominal species are referrable to three true ones. Three of the synonyms apply to one species and four to another. Besides the species that have been attributed to the genus by Richardson, Dekay and Filippi, several others have been described under that name by modern naturalists. Dr. Charles Girard has noticed two of these in the “ Pro- ceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,” under the name of Labrax nebulosus and L. clathratus. He afterwards constructed for them a new genus which he called Paralabraz, and placed it in the vicinity of Serranus. They appear truly to belong there, or perhaps to the group com- posed of Hlastoma Sw., or Macrops Dumeril, and Helis Cuv. Mr. Hill, of Jamaica, in a useful catalogue of the Fishes of that island, has also noticed a fish which he referred to Labraz, under the name of L. pluvia- lis, or the rainy weather chub. It is said by that gentleman to be confounded by the fishermen with the Labrax mucronatus, but differs from it by the presence of vertical bars, like those of the common perch of Europe and America. Is not this related to the Perca Plumieri of Cuvierand Valenciennes? The presence of the vertical bars would militate againstits natural association with Morone, and it may perhaps be the type of a distinct genus or belong to the genus Percichthys of Girard For the facilties of investigating into the history of this group I am indebted to the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. I. Laprax (Klein) Cuv. emend. Synonymy. Labrax Klein, Miss. V. p. 25, 1749. Perca sp. Linn. auct. Sciena sp. Bloch. Centropome sp. Lac. Perseque sp. Lac. Labrax sp. Cuv. Regne Animal, ed. prima, vol. ii. 1817. Dentes maxillares, palatini et vomerini velutini; dentes linguales velutini in margine totio et fascia longitudinali mediana dispositi. Squame occipitales et interorbitales, et in genis pleurusque cycloidex vel vix pectinate. Preoper- culum postice serratum vel pectinatum, ad angulum plerumque subtusque spinis recurvatis antrorsum spectantibus. Operculum biaculeatum. Pinne dorsales ad basin haud membrara elevata conjuncte; pinna dorsalis prima numero radiorum haud decem superante. Pinna analis spinis tribus in magai- tudine regulariter increscentibus. The genus Labraz, as above restricted, is chiefly distinguished by the contin- nous band of villiform teeth around the margin of the tongue, and the oval disc at its base. It is most intimately allied to the genus Roccus, from which it is separated by the character of the lingual dentition and the plectroid inferior margin of the preoperculum; the latter character is seen in the less nearly allied genus, Lateolabrax of Bleeker. But a single species of this genus is yet known. Labrax diacanthus Gill. Synonymy (partim.) Perca labrax Linn. Systema Nature. Sciena diacantha Bloch. The full synonymy of this species can be ascertained by reference to the [ April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1li “Fauna Italica” of the Prince of Canino; as it has been given by Cuvier as well as Canino, it is not necessary to more than refer to it here. As many names had been given to the species before it was designated Labrax lupus by Cuvier, that name cannot be retained if we are to be guided by the rules of priority. A specific name given to it by Bloch is therefore adopted. In the edition of the “Systema Nature” by Gmelin, the European Zabrax appears under the name of Perca punctata. Cuvier and Valenciennes have shown that this name is only a misapplication of one by Linnzus, who had given it to a Scieenoid from North America, which he placed immediately before the Perca labrax in his System. Gmelin, in his edition of the same work, has by mistake omitted both the description of the Linnean Perca punctata and the name of Perca labrax, so that the name of the former is there ap- plied to the description of the latter. Bloch has also applied the name of Perca punctata to the young of Labrax diacanthus, but without allu- sion to the names of Linneus or Gmelin. As the name thus applied would have at that time conflicted with the one of Linnzus, it should not be retained. The name of Sciena diacantha coming next in order, its specific part must be adopted. Although the name of Lupus was bestowed on this species by the ancient Romans, that does not appear to constitute a valid reason for accepting it as a scientific name. Il. Dicenrrarcuus Gill. Synonymy. Perca sp. Geoffrey. Labrax sp. Cuv. et Val. Genus Labrici Cuv. simile, sed preoperculo margine inferiore dentibus non validis, et pinna analis solum spinis duabus. Dicentrarchus elongatus Gull. Synonymy. Le Bar alongé Cuv. and Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. ii. p. 79. This species I have never seen, but it evidently belongs to a distinct genus, and I have been, in a measure, compelled to give it a name in order to present a perfect view of the classification of the Labraces. The species is an inhabitant of the Mediterranean sea. The synonymy of the species is given in the second volume of the “ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons,” to which reference is made. III. Roccus (Mitch.) Gill. Synonymy. Sciena sp. Bloch. Perca sp. Bloch, Schneid., Mitchell, 1818. Centropome sp. Lac. Roccus sp. Mitchell, Report in part on the Fishes of New York, p. 25, 1814. Lepibema Raf. Ichthyologia Ohiensis, p. 23, 1820. Labraz sp. Cuv., et Vol. Corpus gracile vel oblongo-ovatum, dorso antice curvato. Dentes max- illares, palatini et vomerini velutini; dentes linguales velutini, in fasciis later- alibus et ad basin in seriebus duabus longitudinalibus separatis vel coalescent- ibus dispositi. Squame a nucha ad nares et in genis plerusque cycloidez. Preoperculum postice subtusque pectinatum, operculum biaculeatum. Pinne dorsales ad basin non membrana elevata conjuncte. Pinna dorsalis prima numero radiorum non decem superante. Pinna analis spinis tribus in magni- tudine regulariter increscentibus. Linea lateralis rectilinearis. c 1860.] 1t2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF = The genus Roccus is very closely allied to both Labraz, as here revised, and Morone. From Labraz it differs chiefly in the character of the armature of the preoperculum, and by the absence of the teeth at the anterior extremity of the tongue; the whole margin of the tongue in the latter genus being provided with a band of villiform teeth, and the spur-formed teeth of the inferior margin of the preoperculum calling to mind the genus Plectropoma of Cuvier among the Serrani. The difference between the last named genus—or at least of many of its species—and Serranus is indeed not ofas great value as that between Labraz and Roccus. The only constant character between Serranus and Plectropoma, as those genera were established by Cuvier, is the spur-like dentition of the inferior border of the preoperculum, while Zabrax and Roccus are distinguished not only by an equally great and constant difference of the preopercular border, but also by the difference of the lingual dentition. As the former character is of as great value in the Labraces as in the Serrani, consistency will require that if Plectropoma and Serranus are considered as distinct genera, Roccus and Labraz should also be so regarded. The difference between Roccus and Morone is of even more importance than that of Roceus and Labraz. The distinguishing characters will be referred to under the diagnosis of Morone. The name which has been adopted for this genus is one given by Dr. Mitchell, in the year 1814, to a medley comprising the Roccus lineatus, which he called Roccus striatus, and the Otolithus regalis, which was designated as Roccus comes. The name was solely the result of ignorance on the part of the author, of the application of the ordinary terms used by naturalists at that day. The name itself is a barbarous latinization of the popular name, rock fish, by which its chief species is known in many parts of the United States. Notwithstanding these facts, it has been nevertheless deemed more advisable to accept the name than to apply a new one. It is scarcely worse than Rattus, Kangurus, Catus, Gunnellus, and many other names of similar derivation. Rafinesque, in the ‘‘Ichthyologia Ohiensis,” also proposed for his Perca chrysops, incase it should be found to be generically distinct from Perca, the name of Lepibema. He believed it to be distinguished ‘‘ by the scaly bases of the caudal, anal and second dorsal fins, the last with some spiny rays, and all the three parts of the gill cover more or less serrulate, besides the small teeth.” Rafinesque suggested that to this genus the Perca Mitchelli of Mitchell might ‘‘ perhaps be found to belong.” The genus Roccws may be divided into two sections. ¢1. Corpus elongatum; dentes ad lingue basin in seriebus longitudinalibas duabus ordinati. Roccus lineatus Gill. Synonymy. Sciena lineata Bloch, Ichthyologie, pars. ix. p. 53, pl. 305. Perca Schoepff., Schrift. der Gesells. Nat. Freund, vol. viii. p. 160. Perca saxatilis Bloch, Systema Ichthyologiz, Schneid. ed. p. 89. Perca septentrionalis Bloch, Systema Ichthyologiz, Schneid. ed. p. 90, pl. 70. Centropome rayé Lac., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. iv. p. 225. Roccus striatus Mitchell, Report in part on the fishes of New York, p. 25, 1814. Perca Mitchelli Mitchell, Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc., N. Y., vol. i. p. 413, pl. 3 fig. 4. Rock-Fish Mease, Trans. Lit and Phil. Soc., N. Y., vol. i. p. 502. Perca Mitchelli - : Scag j Lepibema Mitehelli { Raf Ichthiologia Ohiensis, p. 23, (passim). Labrax lineatus Cuv. et Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. ii. p. 79. Perca labrax! Swith, Nat. Hist. Fishes of Mass., p. 277. [ April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. me Labrax lineatus Rich., Fauna Boreali-Americana, vol iii. p. 10. st ee Storer, Report on the Fishes of Mass., p. 7. a ae Ayres, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. iv. p. 757. RE “ Dekay, Zoology of New York, Fishes, p. 7, pl. 1. fig. 3. es a Linsley, Catalogue of Fishes of Connecticut. ft ae Storer, Synopsis Fishes of N. America, p. 21, ib. in Memoirs Am. Acad. it ae Storer, Hist. Fishes of Mass., ib. in Memoirs Am. Acad., vol. vy. p. 55, pl. 1, fig. 4.,1853. « a Baird, Report on Fishes of New Jersey coast, p. ib. in Ninth Annual Report of Smits. Inst., p. 321. ue ««* ~~ Holbrook, Ichthyology of South Carolina, p. 17, pl. iv. fig. 2. uc Gill, Annual Report Smith. Inst., 1857, p. 255. This species is so well known and has been so frequently described and figured that no description is here needed. The best that has appeared is that of Holbrook in the Ichthyology of South Carolina; in that, the only correct account of the lingual dentition published by any American author, is given. The best illustration of the species is given by Sonrel in Dr. Storer’s “ History of the Fishes of Massachutsetts,” and is superior to that of Dr. Hulbrook. Cuvier and Valenciennes have described the tongue as having asperities only on its sides, while other naturalists have stated that the teeth on the tongue are most obvious on its sides,” or more correctly that the ‘tongue is rough at its base and upon its sides and smooth in thecentre.”’ Dr. Holbrook has well said that “there are two bands of minute teeth, at the root of the tongue, separated slightly from each other in the mesial line; the sides of the tongue are also armed with small teeth.” Prof. Filippi, a learned naturalist of Turin, has also correctly described the lingual dentition of Roccus lineatus in comparison with a species of the genus which he regarded as new, but which has, in this monograph, been con- sidered as identical with the Roccus chrysops. 211. Corpus oblongo-ovatum, compressum; dentes ad lingue basin in turma ovali aggregati. Roccus chrysops Gill. 2 Synonymy. Teeth Rat, Ichthyologia Ohiensis, p. 28. Labrax multilineatus Cuv. and Val., His, Nat. des Poissons, vol. iii. p. 588. Perea multilineata Les. fide Cuv. and Val. Labraz notatus Smith, in Rich. Fauna Boreali-Americana, vol. iii. p. 8, 1836. Labrax multilineatus Kirtland, Boston Journal Nat. Hist., vol. v. p. 21, pl. 7, fig. 1. is “ Dekay, Nat. Hist. of New York Fishes, p. 14. Labraz albidus Dekay, Nat. Hist. of New York Fishes, p. 13, pl. 51, fig. 165. Labraz notatus Dekay, loc. cit., p. 14. Labraz multilineatus Storer, Synopsis of the Fishes of North America, p. 22, ib. in Memoirs of American Acad. Labrax notatus Storer, loc. cit., p. 22. Labraz albidus Storer, loc. cit., p. 23. Labraz osculati Filippi, Revue et Magazin de Zoologie, 2d series, vol. v. p. 164. Labrax chrysops Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1860, p. 20. Non Labraz chrysops Girard. The Roccus chrysops of this monograph is undoubtedly identical with the Perca or Lepibema chrysops of Rafinesque, and the Labrax multi- lineatus of the “Histoire Naturelle des Poissons” and of Kirtland. The descriptions that have been yet given of the species under those names are meagre and unsatisfactory, but the notice of the color given by the above 1860.] Ld ‘ 114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF named authors and the possession of specimens from the same hydrographical basins as those from whence the fishes described by them were taken, leave no doubt as to the identity of the species. Rafinesque’s description of his Perea chrysops is, like almost all his des- criptions, inapplicable to any known fish, but it agrees with the Morone chrysops better than any otherspecies. Rafinesque erroneously attributes to his species six branchiostegal rays, a single opercular spine, eight spines to the first dorsal fin, and places it under the genus Perca, all the species of which, he informs us, have naked heads. He proposed for it a new genus to which he gave the name Lepibema, in allusion to the scaly bases of the unpaired fins. Lesueur subsequently sent to the Parisian Maseum two specimens of aspecies which he called Perca multilineata, which Cuvier and Valenciennes placed in their genus Labraz, but adopted for it the specific name of Lesueur. Their description is mostly comparative, it being said to differ from the Labrax lineatus by its higher body, shorter head, more feeble teeth, the stronger asperities of the tongue, and especially the larger scales of the maxillaries, which resemble those of Labrax mucronatus, whilein Labrax lineatus they were said to be scarcely perceptible. The description of the lingual dentition is very unsatisfactory, and no cor- rection is made of the statement made in the second volume that the Labrax lineatus has only lateral teeth. It is not in the development of the asperi- ties of the tongue that the lingual dentition of the species differs, but that while there are two narrow rows separated by a mesial line in Roccus lineatus, the rows are broader at the middle, in proportion, and coalescent in Roceus chrysops. There were said to be in one specimen sixteen, and in another, nineteen longitudinal dark lines. So large a number is rarely seen; the most constant arrangement is five above, including the one through which the lateral line runs, while sometimes there are several below the lateral line, and at other times they are obsolete. These lines are sometimes straight, but often in- terrupted. In the ‘Fauna Boreali-Americana” of Richardson, a Labrazx is described in the volume on Ichthyology, under the name of Labrax notatus (Smith), the Bar-fish or Canadian Basse.” This species is said to “differ from Mitchell's Basse (L. lineatus Cuwv.) in being much more robust, and in being marked with rows of spots, five above and five below the lateral line, so regularly in- terrupted and transposed as to appear like ancient church music.” It has been suggested by Dr. Dekay that it is the same as the Perca Mitchelli, var. interruptus of Mitchell, but the comparison will apply very well to Roccus chrysops, and itis doubtless identical with that species. In the remarks upon the species, it is said—by Dr. Richardson apparently—that “in the more robust form, and in the strong scales of the head, the Canadian Bar-fish resem- ples the L. mucronatus of the United States and the West Indies, and the L. multilineatus of the Wabash. The latter has sixteen narrow, black, longitudinal lines on the flanks.” It has been attempted to show that the number of lines is not a specific character, and if this is the case, the Labrax notatus and L. multilineatus are probably identical with each other and with Roccus chrysops. The Labrax notatus, it is true, is stated by Smith to have but one anal spine and six articulated ventral rays, but this statement is undoubtedly due to a /apsus calami or an error of observation. So great a variation, in the number of anal spines, from a nearly allied species, would be in direct opposition to all we know of the peculiarities of the fishes of this tribe, while it is one of the characters of tae family to have only five branched rays in the ventral fins. Smith states that he counted fifty-eight scales along the lateral line, a statement which confirms the identity of this species with Roccus chrysops. In the abstracts of Smith’s description of Labrax notatus, given by Dekay [April, —~ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 and Storer, the species is said to have the ‘length, one to two feet.” If this was so, it might militate against the idea of its identity with Roccus chry- sops, but an examination of the description of Smith and Richardson reveals no mention whatever of the size of the species. In the number of Guerin’s ‘‘ Revue et Magazin de Zoologie,” for April, 1853, (vol. v. p. 164,) Professor Filippi, of Turin, has described a Roccus to which he has given the name of Labrax Osculatii, a traveller in America, M. Oscu- lati, having obtained it from Lake Ontario. Filippi has distinguished this species from Labrax line atus very well, alluding to the two longitudinal lines of basal teeth in that species, and attributing to his own a single oval patch. His other characters are the greater heighth of the body in L. Oscu- latii, which equals a third of the length, while in L. lineatus it is a 9 quarter; and the number of scales, which are formulated as 56 — for L. 9 15 Osculatii, and 64 —for L. lineatus. The true teeth are also said to 1l be more numerous. The distinctive characters of the species are very well stated by Filippi, but his expression of: surprise that a fish so common in the -United States should not have been noticed by any American naturalist, not even by Dr. Dekay, is uncalled for. Unhappily, the species had been too often noticed, and in Dekay’s Ichthyology of New York it appears under no less than three different names. Filippi has mentioned its habitat as the sea and rivers of the United States (Mare et fluviis confederationis Americane). I know not on what authority it is said to inhabit the sea; it is probably assumed to be found there because the Roccus lineatus is. So far as we now know, it is confined to the great fresh water lakes and the Western rivers. Specimens of the Roccus chrysops are in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, from southern Illinois, obtained by Mr. Robert Kennicott, and from the Root river at Racine, Wisconsin, Toronto, &c., obtained by Professor Baird. The specimens from the hydrographical basins of the Ohio river and of the Great Lakes cannot be specifically distinguished from each other. Nor can f perceive the difference signalized by Dr. Kirtland in the caudal fins of Ohio and Lake Erie specimens. In extreme youth, this species appears to be crossed by obscure vertical bands; at a later epoch these bands are lost, and afterwards the longitudinal lines are assumed. The best descriptions of this species have been published by Prof. Filippi under the name of Labrax Osculatii, and by the late Dr. Dekay under that of Labrax albidus. The best figure is that given by Dr. Kirtland in the Journal of the Boston Society of Natural History, but the dorsals are errone- ously represented as being connected by a low membrane. In the text they are correctly described as being ‘‘ distinct.” IV. Morone. (Mitch.) Gill. Synonymy. Perca sp., Bloch, Gmel. Lac. Morone sp., Mitchell. Bodianus sp., Mitchell. Labrax sp., Raf. Corpus oblongo-ovatum, gibbosum ad pinne dorsalisinitium. Dentes max- illares, palatini et vomerini velutini ; dentes linguales in margine totio dispo- siti, ad basin carentes. Squamz in capite totio bene pectinate. Preoperculam postice subtusque pectinatum. Operculum biaculeatum. Pinnz dorsales ad basin membrana paulo elevata conjuncte; pinna dorsalis spinosa radiis numero non decem superantibus. Pinna analis spinis tribus, quarum secun- da sepe major est. Linea lateralis antice convexa vix dorso concurrens. 1860.] 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Thé chief distinctive characters of the genus are the presence of strongly pectinated scales on the cheeks and opercular bones, and the band of villiform teeth on the sides and of more scattered ones at the tip. In the armature of the preoperculum and operculum, it resembles the genus Roccus. In the connection of the dorsal fins at the base, the less allied Pacific genera Lateolabraz of Bleeker, and Psammoperca of Richardson. The slightly gibbous back in front of the dorsal fin, and the greater developement of the second anal spine are secondary features, which support the natural characters of Morone as distinguished from the genus Roccus. For the name of the genus, one used by Mitchell for a group founded in error, has been adopted. The name of Mitchell resulted from a misunder- standing of that author regarding the value of the terms made use of by Lin- neus. The genus Perca was placed by the Swedish naturalist in his section of Thoracici; Mitchell, believing that the Morone americana, Perca fla- vescens and Pomotis maculatus were rather abdominal fishes, considered them to be generically distinct from Perca, and consequently gave to them the generic name of Morone. It is scarcely necessary to state that all the species enumerated have the normal position of the ventrals of Perca, and that there- fore Morone of Mitchell was a mere synonyme of Perca of Linneus. I haye nevertheless preferred to take that name rather than to give a new one. Morone americana. Gill. a Synonymy. Perca Schoepff, Schrift. der Gesells. Nat. Freund, vol. viii. p. 159. Perca americana Gmel., Systema Nature, vol. i., pars iii., p. 1308. Perca Schoepff, Naturforscher, vol. xx., p. 17. Perca americana Bloch, Systeme Ichthyologie, Schneid. ed. Perca americana Lac., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. iv. p. 412. Morone rufa Mitchell, Report in part on the Fishes of New York, p. 18. Bodianus rufus Mitchell, Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc. of New York, vol. i. p. 420, Jan. 1814. Centropomus albus Raf. Precis des decouvertes Somilogiques, June, 1814. bil). ‘i Perca mucronata Raf., American Monthly Magazine and Critical Review, vol. ii. p. 205. ; Labrax mucronatus Cuy. and Val. Le petit Bar d’Amerique, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. ii., p. 81, pl. 121. Bodianus rufus Smith, Nat. Hist. Fishes of Mass, p. 274. Labrax mucronatus Storer, Report on Ichthyology of Mass., p. 8. Perca macronatus (misprint) Sw. Nat. Hist. of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles, vol. ii., p. 198. 1839. Labrar rufus Dekay, Nat. Hist. of New York Fishes, p. 9, pl. 3, fig. 7. Labrar mucronatus Ayres, Boston Journal Nat. Hist., vol. iv., p. 257. Labrax mucronatus Linsley, Catalogue of Fishes of Connecticut. Labraz rufus Storer, Synopsis of the Fishes of North America, p. 22; ib. in Memoirs of American Acad., new series, vol. ii., p. 274. 1846. Labrax rufus Storer, Hist. of the Fishes of Mass., p. 1, ib. in Memoirs of American Acad., n. s., vol. v., p. 57. Labrazx mucronatus Baird, Report on Fishes of New Jersey Coast, p. 8; ib. in Ninth Annual Report of Smith. Inst. p. 322. 1855. Labrax americanus Holbrook, Ichthyology of South Carolina, p. 21, pl. 3, fig. 2. 1855. Bibi rufus Gill, Annual Report of Smith. Inst., p. 256. 1857. Labrax mucronatus Hill, Catalogue of Fish of Jamaica, p. 1. B. Labrax nigricans Dekay, Nat. Hist. of New York Fishes, p. 12, pl. 50, fig. 160. 1842. CApril, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117 Labrax nigricans Storer, Synopsis of the Fishes of North America; ib. in Me- moirs of American Acad., vol. ii. p. 23. 1846. y: Morone pallida Mitchell, Report in part on the Fishes of New York, p. 18. Bodianus pallidus Mitchell, Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc. of New York, vol. i. p- 420. Bodianus pallidus Smith, Nat. Hist. of Fishes of Mass. p. 294. Labraz pallidus Dekay, Nat. Hist. of New York, Fishes, p. 11, pl. 1, fig. 2. 1842. Labrax pallidus Storer, Synopsis of the Fishes of North America, p. 22; ib. in Memoirs of American Acad., vol. ii., p. 22. Labraz pallidus Perley, Report upon the Fishes of the Bay of Fundy, p. 121. 1851. Labraz pallidus Perley, Descriptive Catalogue (in part,) of Fishes of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia, p 4; ib. in Reports on Sea and River Fisheries of New Brunswick, p.182. 1852. In the above synonymy, it will be observed that several species which have been created as distinct, and so retained by succeeding naturalists, have been merged into one. Although there can searcely be a doubt of the identity of these nominal species, the synonymy, at the same time, has been divided into three portions, each applying to one of the nominal species as previously accepted. The reference of all the variations of the Labrax americanus type to one species has been only done after a careful study of Dekay’s descriptions, and after examination of numerous specimens of the genus. The descriptions of Dekay certainly do not afford any means for distinguishing his species, in the case of Labrax rufus and Labrax nigricans, except a very slight difference in the shade of color. The description of the color of the latter species is given by Dekay, as follows: ‘‘The general hue is deep brownish-black, more intense on the head and upper part of the body. In the older specimens, there is a strong brassy hue throughout; occasionally dark longitudinal parallel streaks on the upper part of the body, pupils black, irides yellow, base of the fins light greenish-yellow, edge of the membrane of the spinous dorsal, black ; upper portion of the membrane of the posterior dorsal fin transparent, and separated from the yellow portion at the base by a tolerably well defined dark band; membrane of the anal fin dark toward the tips of the rays.’’ Let any naturalist take an ordinary specimen of the common white perch, and decide whether the difference of color between that specimen and the Labrax nigricans is sufficient to authorize a separation on that ground ; in all other respects, the description of Dr. Dekay will exactly apply to his Labrax rufus. The distribution of the darker shades of color on the body and fins, is the same in both species ; the proportions are the same, and the difference in the number of rays is not greater than is noticed in the same species. Is it not probable that Dr. Dekay was induced to separate the Labrax nigricans from his other species on account of a supposed difference of station? The Labrax rufus is described as being ‘‘ obtained in brackish streams,’’ while the Labrax nigricans is said to be found in ‘‘ deep fresh-water ponds in Queen and Suffolk Counties.’? But the true Labrax rufus (Morone ameri- cand) is found also in streams of fresh water, and in ponds that are now en- tirely disconnected from the salt water, although not far from the sea. As there is therefore no difference in the habitation of the supposed two species, and as no specific distinctions appear to exist from the descriptions of Dr. Dekay, no alternative is left but to consider them identical. Mr. William H. Herbert, a popular writer on our fi-hes, entertained “ great doubts ’’ whether the Labrax nigricans was more “‘than acasual variety of 1860.] 118° PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF the Black Bass of the Saint Lawrence,”’ the ‘‘Grystes nigricans of Agassiz.”’ Such doubts deserve no consideration, as there are none of its being at least the congener of Morone americana. As to the Labrax pallidus, there is a greater discrepancy in the descrip- tion of it as compared with that of the Labrax rufus. It is said that in the former, the opercle has ‘‘a single flat spine, and a pointed membrane extend- ing beyond it,’’ while the generic characters given by Cuvier to the genus are retained, one of which is founded upon the presence of ‘‘two points on the opercle.’’ The statement that Labrax pallidus has but one spine is pro- bably due to a misapprehension of Dekay. In the Morone americana there is one acute point terminating the opercle, above which is an emargina- tion separating it from a more obtuse or rounded process, which in one case has been regarded as a spine, and in the other has not. It is impossible to believe that two fishes of this genus so nearly resembling each other, should so differ in the developement of the opercular spines. Another distinctive character is said to exist in the first ray of the posterior dorsal, which is ‘‘ nearly as long as the second.’’ Was not this relative differ- ence in the proportions of the rays the result of injury to the tips of the suc- ceeding soft ones? As a third character, it is mentioned that the body is ‘*much compressed.’? From the figures of Labrax rufus and Labrax pal- lidus, it would appear that any difference in height was rather in favor of the former than of the latter. No mention is made in the description, of the color of the fins of Labrax pallidus, but from the figure it would appear that the pattern is nearly the same in that species as in Labrax rufus, but the shade is lighter towards the borders of the dorsal and anal. This differ- ence is too trivial to be accepted as specific, and if the above conjectures as to the nature of Dr. Dekay’s statements are correct, the Labrax pallidus must be regarded as a mere synonyme of Morone americana. Morone interrupta Gill. Synonymy. Labrax chrysops Girard. General Report upon the Zoology of the several Pacific Railroad routes, Ichthyology, p. 29. non Roccus chrysops Gill. The form of this species scarcely differs from the Morone americana, the chief difference existing in the more gradual declination of the dorsal out- line to the end of the second dorsal fin, and the greater inequality of the an- terior and posterior portions of the caudal peduncle. The greatest height of the body equals three-tenths of the length from the snout to the concave mar- gin of the caudal fin; of that length, the head forms almost three-tenths, being not much less than the height of the body, and the caudal fin, at its mid- dle rays, equals half of the height of the body. The caudal fin, when expanded, is emarginated and its angles rounded ; the shortest rays equal three-fifths of the length of the longest. The dorsal fin commences at a vertical intermediate between the bases of the pectoral and ventral fins, and is of a triangular form, the fourth ray being the largest, and equalling the length of the pectoral fin; the spines have the same form and arrangement as those of Morone americana. The second dorsal is connected by a membrane as in Morone americeana; its spinous or first cay is little more than half the length of the first articulated one, which itself is nearly as long as the fourth dorsal spine; the fin thence decreases in height towards its last ray, which is shorter than its spinous one. The anal fin commences under the fourth or fifth articulated ray of the second dorsal, and about four of its rays are posterior to the termination of that fin ; the first spine is short and robust; the second at least twice as long as the first, compressed, and very strong; the third is as long or longer than the second, but much more slender. The first articulated ray of the anal is [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119 longer than the spines, and about twice as long as the last; the outline of the fin is slightly emarginated. The first ray of the pectoral fin is, as usual, articulated but simple; the third is longest and branched, and equals the base of the second dorsal. The ventrals are about as long as the pectorals; the length of the spine is equal to two-thirds of that of the first or second branched rays. The radial formula is as follows: Dix—t 12) Am, 10. 'C 4) 1S) 7,1, 25. P 3, 14: Vii, 5. The scales are of about the same size as in the Morone americana, the lateral line running through about fifty, besides the smaller ones at the base of the caudal fin; at the region of its greatest height, there are about nineteen rows, of which about seven are above the lateral lineand eleven beneath. The relative proportions on the different parts of the body are almost nearly the same as in that species, the chief difference existing on the front of the back, where the exposed portions of the dise are higher and narrower than in M. americana. On the cheeks from the orbit to the angles, there are about seven oblique rows. The specimens preserved in spirits have a bright brazen color, tinged on the back with olivaceous. Along the sides are seven very distinct longitudinal black bands, through the fourth of which the lateral line runs for its entire length. The continuity of the bands below the lateral line is interrupted at the posterior half of their length, and they there alternate with their anterior parts. ‘ The dorsal fins are tinged with purple, and the margin of the spinous one is dark. The anal is of a darker purple towards its anteriorangle. The caudal, especially posteriorly and at its middle, is purple. The rays of the pectoral and ventral fins are yellowish, while the membrane of the former is hyaline, and of the latter sometimes minutely dotted. This species, as will be observed by reference to the synonymy, has been described by Dr. Charles Girard, under the name of Labrax chrysops Grd. (Perca or Lepibema chrysops Raf.), to which is also referred as a syno- nyme, the Labrax multilineatus of Cuvier and Valenciennes, Kirtland, Dekay and Storer. From that species, it is very distinct, and even belongs to a different genus. Cuvier described the ground color as a greenish-gray on the back and silvery on the belly. This is not the color of Morone inter- rupta, and that species must be therefore distinct from Labrax multi- lineatus, nor can it be the Perca chrysops of Rafinesque, which is said to be ‘‘ silvery with five longitudinal brownish stripes on each side,’’ and have the ‘‘head brown above.’’ ‘This description, though erroneous in most respects, is as accurate as Rafinesque’s generally are, and agrees sufficiently well with Kirtland’s Labrax multilineatus, which is doubtless identical with the Cuvieran species. Even such an observer as Rafinesque would have noticed the deep brazen hue of Morone interrupta, and would not have overlooked two of the seven very distinct black bands that run along the sides. Dr. Girard has stated that there are but six branchiostegal rays in his species, but I am able to say, from an examination of the specimens used by Dr. Girard himself, for description, that it agrees with all allied species, in having the normal number of seven, and which are developed as in Morone americana. There are preserved in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, three specimens of the Morone interrupta, one of which was obtained by Lieutenant Couch, at New Orleans, and two larger ones were found at St. Louis, Missouri, by Dr. George Engelman. The small specimen from New Orleans differs from the two Missouri specimens by the larger second spine of the anal fin, but in every other respect they are similar. 1860.] 120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Monograph of the Philypni. BY THEO. GILL. I. In the year 1837, M. Valenciennes has for the first time separated from the genus Eleotris of Gronovius, a fish which had been previously referred by Schneider, Lacepede and by Cuvier, to genera to which it did not naturally belong. This species was first named Platycephalus dor mitator, in Schneider’s posthumous edition of the ‘‘ Systema Ichthyologie ’’ of Bloch, from the figure and manuscript description of the Father Plumier. Shortly after, M. Lacepede, upon the same documents, established his Gobiomoredormeur. The genus to whichit was referred was distinguished by M. Lacepede from the genus Gobius, by the separation of the ventral fins. The group was thus established on the same characters as those by which Cuvier afterwards separated the species under the Gronovian name of Eleotris, but the homogeneousness of the group was destroyed by the introduction of species which had no affinity to the Eleotroids. Subsequently, Cuvier, in his ‘‘Regne Animal,’’ revised the characters of the genus Lleotris, and introduced among true species of the genus, the Eleo- tris dormitatrix, which is the same as the above mentioned species of Bloch and of Lacepede. No additional information was communicated respecting this species until the year 1837. At that time, M. de Valenciennes, in his monograph of the Gobioids contained in the twelfth volume of the ‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Pois- sons,’’ revised the characters of the genus leotris, and in addition to those by which Cuvier distinguished it, referred to the presence of teeth only on the jaws. From the genus, as thus constituted, he has separated the Platycepha- lus dormitator of Schneider, or the Eleotris dormitatrix of Cuvier, on account of the presence of teeth on the front of the vomer. Valenciennes has taken the species as the type of a new genus, which he has called Philyp- nus, and the presence of vomerine teeth is the only character by which he distinguishes it from his Eleotris; he has called the species Philypnus dor- mitator, and has given an extended description of it. He had examined specimens from the islands of Martinique and Porto Rico, and has signalized its presence in Saint Domingo. The species thus described is the only one which he has referred to the genus. 3 But in the same volume as that in which he has introduced the genus Phi- lypnus, Valenciennes has placed in the genus Gobius, a Chinese fish which Lacepede has described under the name of Bostryche chinois. This fish, as will afterwards be shown, is nearly allied to the species of the genus Phi- ypnus. II. The Bostryche chinois or Bostrychus sinensis, was first intro- duced into Systematic Nomenclature by Lacepede, who founded the species only on a Chinese drawing. The genus Bostrychus was formed for its recep- tion, and was characterized by its ‘‘ elongated and serpentiform body, two dorsal fins, the second of which is separated from the caudal fin, two barbels at the upper jaw, and the eyes quite large and without a lid.’’ As a second species of the genus so defined, Lacepede has placed a species which was ascertained by Valenciennes to be a species of Ophicephalus, a genus belonging to an entirely different family from the Bostrychus sinensis, and which possesses a single long continuous dorsal. Notwithstanding this rather im- portant variation from Bostrychus sinensis, Lacepede chiefly distinguishes his second species by a difference of color, the former being described as brown, and the latter as spotted with green; from the latter character the name of B. maculatus was conferred on it. The B. maculatus, like the B. sinensis, was only known from a Chinese drawing. As Valenciennes has [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121 already remarked, it should properly have been referred by Lacepede to his genus Bostrychoides, which was distinguished from his Bostrychus by the pre- sence of only one dorsal fin. In 1806, M. Dumeril published his ‘‘Zoologie Analytique, ou Methode Naturelle de Classification des Animaux.’’ In the ichthyological portion of the volume, the genera of Lacepede are adopted, but the name of Bostrychus is abolished on account of its previous application by Geoffrey to a genus of coleopterous insects, and that of Bostrichtes or Bostrichthys is substituted in its stead. The characters given to the genus are the same as those of Lacepede. In 1815, Rafinesque published his ‘‘ Analyse de la Nature, ou Tableau de V’Univers.’’ In this volume there is first introduced into the seventh family of the system (Petalomia,) and into the first sub-family ( Cepolidia) the Bos- trychus of Lacepede under the name of Bostrictis, and the Gostrychoides under the name of Prerops, and these are interposed between Cepola and Trachypte- rus on the one hand, and on the other Tasica Raf., and Lepodopus, while Gym- netrus and a number of genera founded on more or less perfect specimens of Trachypterus are placed in a second family called Gymnetria. Again the Bos- trychi and Bostrychoides are introduced under the new name of Jctiopogon for Bostrychus, and Pterops for Bostrychoides into a twenty-third family called Pan- topteria, and into athird sub-family (Anguillinia). The family and sub-families contain a singular and most unnatural reunion of the most widely distinct types; apodal Scombroids and Xiphioids are mingled with apodal Blennoids and Comephorus and Mastacembelus Gron, Ammodytes L., Ophidium L., and An- guilla are thrown together in the same family. Rafinesque doubtless derived the idea of placing the last named genera in the family of ‘‘Pantopteria”’ or apodal fishes from a remark of Lacepede, who saw no ventrals represented in the figures of his Bostrychi, and therefore suggested that none might exist. Thus, on the authority of the figure of a Chinese painter, unacquainted with Ichthyology, three distinct generic names, besides orthographical modifications of two of them, had been formed for a fish which no naturalist had ever seen. Without criticism and without judgment, it had been referred to the systems of the various authors, and one of them had placed it in two distinct orders in the same work. After the last of these works, the problematical genus was allowed to rest, and no naturalist has since paid attention to it. The first critical ichthyologist who examined the grounds on which the species was founded, was M. Valenciennes. That excellent naturalist, like his predecessors, only knew the species by the Chinese painting. Judging from this alone, he recognized its affinity to the Gobioids, and expressed the belief, from its form, that it was certainly a Gobius, and therefore called it Gobius sinensis, but was careful to observe that he could neither see the ventral fins, nor count the rays of the others. The first ichthyologist by whom the species was seen and described from nature was Sir John Richardson. That gentlemen, in the Ichthyology of the Voyage of H. M.S. the Sulphur, gave a description of it, referring it, as a new species, to the genus Philypnus, under the name of P. ocellicauda. He after- wards, in the same work, published his belief of its identity with the Bostry- chus sinensis of Lacepede, and adopting the specific name of that author, called it Philypnus sinensis. In the same part, he has given a very good figure of the species. Subsequently, Dr. Bleeker, in his monograph of the Gobioids and Blennoids of the Sundamulluccan Archipelago, described a fish, which he called Philyp- nus ophicephalus, at the same time doubtfully placing as a synonyme, the Philypnus ocellicauda of Richardson. He afterwards appeared to have become satisfied of the identity of the two species, and adopting the older name of Richardson, quoted his own as a synonyme. Although this species is nearly allied to the true Philypni, it differs too much from those species to be a natural member of the same genus. It has therefore 1860.] 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF been now placed in a separate one, for which the name of Bostrichthys is retained. The two genera, Philypnus and Bostrichthys, form a distinct group, characterized chiefly by the presence of vomerine teeth. To this group, the name of Philypni may be given: ultimately it may be found to be a separate sub-family. Puitypnt Gill. The form of the body is similar to that of the typical Eleotroids, anteriorly subcylindrical, becoming compressed, and slightly decreasing in height towards the caudal fin. The head is elongated and depressed above, the mouth ample, the teeth villiform on both the jaws and the front of the vomer. The branchial apertures are more or less extended forwards, but separated from each other by an isthmus. There are six branchiostegal rays, the four exterior of which are well devel- oped, curved and compressed, the two internal are small and slender. The dorsal fins are separated by a considerable interval; the ventrals ap- proximated, but entirely disconnected. The above characters apply to the only two known genera. Subsequent discoveries may necessitate their revision. The group as thus constituted, differs from the Eleotroids by the presence of vomerine teeth, and the distance of the dorsal fins from each other. If these characters are persistent, it would seem proper to retain the group as a distinct sub-family. The only known genera are Philypnus Val., and Bostrichthys. Philypnus is an American form, and Lostrichthys an Asiatic form. The characters of these will be now given: Puitypnus Val. Synonymy. Philypnus Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. xii. p. 255, 1837. Platycephalus sp. Bl. Schneid., Systema Icthyologie, 1801. Gobiomorus sp. Lac., Hist. Nat. des Poissons. Eleotris sp. Cuv., Regne Animal, ed. ii. Head elongated, subconical in profile, depressed above ; mouth large, lower jaw projecting beyond the upper; nostrils with raised margins, between the eyes and upper jaw; the distance between each nearly equal to that of the anterior nostrils from the upper jaw, and of the posterior from the eyes. Branchial apertures extending anteriorly nearly to the angles of the mouth and separated from each other by a very narrow isthmus. Scales ctenoid, moderate, extending on the forehead, opercula and cheeks; pectinations of those on the forehead and cheeks frequently obsolete. All of the scales on the body of the species of Philypnus are more or less angulated posteriorly, and have the nucleus near the angle; from this angle radiating grooves and ridges diverge towards the anterior margin of the scales, and are crossed by concentric strie, which terminate at the posterior borders in pectinations that are often obsolete; in other scales, especially on the fore- head, the concentric strie surround a subcentral nucleus, and give to the scales a pseudocycloid appearance. In young individuals the scales are much more distinctly pectinated than in the adnlt. Philypnus dormitator Val. Synonymy. Cephalus seu asellus palustris, vulgo le dormeur, Plummer, MSS. fide Val. Platycephalus dormitator Bloch, Systemz Ichthyologiew, ed. Schneid. Gobiomore dormeur Lacepede, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. ii. p. 599. Gobiomore dormeur Descourtilz, Voyages d’un Naturaliste. 3 [ April, i) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 12 Eleotris dormitatrix Cuv., Regne Animal, vol. ii. Eleotris dormitatrix Guerin, Iconographie du Regne Animal. Philypnus dormitator Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. xii. p. 255. Philypnus dormitator Storer, Synopsis Fishes of North America, ib. in Me- moirs of American Acad., vol. ii. Philypnus dormitator Girard, United States and Mexican Boundary Survey, Icthyology, p. 29, pl. xii. fig. 13. This species has been very fully described by Valenciennes. He had ex- amined specimens from Porto Rico, St. Domingo and Martinique. It has also been found at Mexico. Dr. Girard has given a figure of a very small species of this genus under the name of Philypnus dormitator. It is very probable the young of that species, but as the only specimen in the Museum is one of fifteen inches in length, obtained by the author at the junction of the Arouca and Caroni rivers, in the island of Trinidad, there is no means of comparison. The specimen described by Dr. Girard has very large eyes, and other characters of an ex- tremely young fish. It was obtained at the mouth of the Rio Grande by Mr. John H. Clarke, the Naturalist of the ‘‘ United States and Mexican Boundary Survey,’’ and is preserved in the Smithsonian Museum. Philypnus lateralis Gill. In general outline of form, this species has considerable resemblance to the Philypnus dormitator. The dorsal outline ascends in almost a straight line from the snout to the front of the dorsal fin, the chief variation existing between the eyes, where there is a slight depression. The back under the first dorsal is straight; at the second, it declines very little and in almost a straight line to the base of the caudal fin. The abdominal outline from the ventrals to the caudal fin converges in nearly the same proportion as the dor- sal. The greatest height of the body, at the first dorsal ray, is equal to about one-fifth of the total length, inclusive of the head and caudal fin ; the least height at the base of the caudal is half of the greatest. The head, in profile, is conical or elongated triangular ; it forms three-tenths of the total length. Its dorsal and inferior surfaces regularly converge towards the tip of the lower jaw, and the declension of the former is about twice as great as the ascension of the latter. The dorsal surface over the operculum is rounded, and the degree of convexity becomes less towards the eyes, be- tween which it is flat. The breadth at the operculum equals about half the length of the head, and under the eyes it is between one-fourth and one-fifth less. The interocular space is somewhat less than half of the breadth at the opercula. The outlines of the jaws are semi-elliptical. The eyes are longitudinally oval, and are at the third sixth of the head’s length. The preoperculum in its declination recedes considerably backwards, and is thence broadly curved forwards. The distance from the orbit to the pre- opercular angle, equals the distance from the posterior border of the orbit to its horizon behind the intermaxillaries. The operculum declines obliquely downwards from its membranous point, and its greatest length, in an oblique direction, slightly surpasses the interval between the orbit and the angle of the preoperculum. The oculo-humeral groove is shallow and scarcely ascend- ing. The mouth is oblique and large, the maxillaries extending backwards to the vertical of the eyes. The teeth on the jaws do not much differ from those of the Philypnus dor- mitator. The vomerine patch is narrowed towards its ends, and its teeth are much smaller than those of the jaws, especially anteriorly. The scales on the sides of the body are of an oblong form and hexagonal outline, with the nucleus at the posterior angle and with about eight radiating 1860.] 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ridges, some of which are bifurcate ; the ridges are separated into two portions by the median line. The free margin is delicately pectinated. The scales are of moderate size, there being about fifty-four in a row behind the pectoral fins. Before the dorsal fin, and especially on the forehead, the nucleus is subcentral, and with numerous radiating grooves sometimes advancing even to the latera} margins. On the operculum they are often higher than wide, with the nu- cleus subterminal to subcentral, with the posterior margin angulated and pec- tiniform ; on the preoperculum they are smaller and almost square, with more or less subcentral nuclei, and with the pectinations generally obsolete. The first dorsal fin commences some distance behind the vertical of the bases of the pectorals, and has the arrangement of the rays normal in the GoBINz& and Eleotrinz. The rays in length have the following relation to each other ; 2, 3, 1, 4. The second dorsal is oblong and commences behind the ver- tical of the anus. The caudal fin is posteriorly rounded, and its longest rays form a fifth of the length of the fish. The pectorals are rounded and equal in length to the interval between the orbit and the margin of the operculum. The ventrals are also rounded, and the third and fourth branched rays are the longest. The radial formula is as follows :— 1 D vi—I, 8— ; Al, 1, 8—; C5, 6,5,5; P 2,13; VI, 5. 1 il The color is dark purplish brown, lighter on the abdomen. Along the sides a black band runs from behind the upper part of the pectoral to the base of the caudal fin, dividing about nine vertical light bands, which project a little above and below the band. At the base of the caudal, the lateral band some- what enlarges, and is sometimes partly surrounded by alight margin. The vertical and ventral fins are sometimes immaculate, but generally spotted with white and black. The pectorals have a black spot at the upper axilla, and a blackish basal band, bordered on each side, by whitish. The head is of the color of the back, with vertical dark bar from the eye to the angle of the jaw, another from the inferior corner of the eye to the extremity of the operculum, and another horizontal one from the orbit to the upper jaw. This species was obtained in considerable numbers by Mr. John Xantus, of the United States Coast Survey, at Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. It adds another proof of the similarity of the Fauna of the Gulf of California to that of the West Indies. : The specimens collected by Mr. Xantus are in the Museum of the Smith- sonian Institution, and are numbered in the catalogue of the Ichthyological collection from number 2435 to 2442. ] This species differs from its West Indian congener chiefly in its proportions, the smaller vomerine band of teeth and in color. Bostricutuys (Dum.) Gill. Synonymy. iene \ Lacepede, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. iii. p. 141. Bostricht : - ostrich i Dum., Zoologie Analytique, &c., p. 120, 1806. Bostrictis Zctiopogen f Bats, Analyse de la Nature, &e., 1815. Philypnus sp. Rich. Head elongated subconical in profile, oblong and depressed above. Nostrils distant: the anterior elongated-tubular, and immediately behind the maxil- [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125 laries ; the posterior subtubular and immediately in front of the antero- superior border of the eye. Branchial apertures extending forwards consider- ably beyond the posterior margins of the preopercles, and separated from each other by a wide isthmus. Scales cycloid, small, especially anteriorly, and extending on the opercula, cheeks and forehead. The name of Bostrychus, which was applied to this genus by Lacepede, had been previously used by Geoffrey, who, in the year 1764, applied the name, incorrectly spelled Bostrichus, to a genus of coleopterous insects. The name applied to that group has been universally adopted by Entomologists, and the name of Bostrychus, as applied to the piscine genus, must be replaced by another. The name of Bostrichthys was proposed as a substitute by Mr. Du- meril, and this is accepted. It would be questionable to some whether a genus founded on the evidence that Bostrychus was by Lacepede, and founded, at the same time, on errone- ous ideas, should be adopted. Bleeker has adopted Richardson’s first specific name, and on the same principle, the generic name of Lacepede would also have been probably ignored by him. The same objections that exist against Lacepede’s name would, of course, militate against the adoption of those of Dumeril and Rafinesque, which were only intended by their authors to super- sede his. Believing, however, that the laws of priority are imperative, and require the adoption of the first given name, when the object to which it was given can be identified, and unless entirely founded on false characters, the name of Bostrichthys is now accepted. Against the name, however, there exist the objections of an erroneous formation, and of a reference to a false charac- ter. ‘The name, in accordance with the composition, should be written Bos- trychichthys, but the erroneous name is more euphonius than the correct one. The name itself would imply the presence of cirrhi or barbels, but none exist ; the objects that were taken for such by Lacepede are the prolonged nasal tubes. These objections do not appear to be of sufficient weight to authorize a change of name. The zoological characters by which Bostrichthys is distinguished from Philyp- nus are found chiefly in the difference of the extent of the branchial apertures, the cycloid structure of the scales, the distant nasal apertures, and the tubu- lar form of the anterior ones. The smaller size of the scales, especially on the anterior portion of the back, where they are imbedded in the skin, perhaps offers another distinguishing character of Bostrichthys. Bostrichthys sinensis Gill. Synonymy. Bostryche chinois : ; +e Bostrychus sinensis \ Lacepede, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. iii. p. 141. Le Gobie chinois\ 72), Hist, Nat.des Poissons, vol. xii. p. 94. Gobius sinensis Y Philypnus ocellicauda Rich., Voyage of the Sulphur, Zoology, p. 59. Philypnus sinensis Rich., loc. cit., p. 149, pl. 56, fig. 15, 16. Philypnus sinensis Rich., Fifteenth Annual Report of the British Association AVS:. p- 210. Philypnus ophicephalus Blkr., Verhandel'ngen y. Batav. Genootschap, vol. xxii., Blennoiden en Gobioiden, p. 20. Philypnus ocellicauda Blkr., Verhandelingen v. Batav. Genootschap, vol. xxvi., Index sp. Piscium, p. 10. There can scarcely be a doubt that this is the Bostrychus sinensis of Lace- pede, as there is no other fish of the Chinese waters known which has any thing like ‘‘two barbels at the upper jaw,’’ and an ocellus near the dorsal region of the peduncle. The first specific name, P. ocellicauda, which has 1860.] 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF been proposed by Richardson, and adopted by Bleeker, must therefore be re- linquished for the prior one of Lacepede. As this species has been fully described by Richardson and Bleeker, and also figured by the former, no further description is necessary, this being the only known species of the genus. Specimens have been obtained by Dr. William Stimpson, the Naturalist of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, under Commodore Rodgers, at the market of Hong Kong, China. Kotice of Geological Discoveries, made by Capt. J. H. Simpson, Topographical Engineers, U. S. Army, in his recent Explorations across the Continent. Washington City, April 9th, 1860. Anticipatory of discoveries of a geological character which might be made and published of date subsequent to those of my Explorations, in 1858 and 59, across the Continent, with the sanction of the Hon. John B. Floyd, Secretary of War, under whose authority the Explorations were made, I present in advance of my final and detailed official report, the following communication from Messrs. F. B. Meek and H. Engelmann, in reference to the fossil remains which they found, and the geological epochs to which they point. As a large portion relates to a region of country, Zhe Great Basin,—so called by Fremont—lying between the Wahsatch range of mountains on its east, and the Sierra Nevada on its west, which never before was traversed by a white man, not even by 4 trapper, so far as is known, the publication of this paper cannot be unacceptable to the scientific world, and I therefore take pleasure in submitting it to be read before the Academy. J. H. Simpson, Capt. Top. Engineers, U. S. Army. Smirusonian InstiruTIoN, Washington, D. C., April 2d, aa Capt. J. H. Simpson, Topographical Engineers, U. 8. Army: Dear Sir,—In accordance with your instructions we give below a brief state- ment of some of the conclusions arrived at from a hasty examination of the fossils collected during your late explorations in Utah. Although the time yet devoted to the study of these specimens is not sufficient to enable us to enter into details, enough has been determined to warrant the conclusion that they are of considerable interest, and establish the existence there of geological formations not hitherto known at such remote western localities. Asa more extended sketch of the general geology of the country, including a full account of the igneous and metamorphic rocks, together with figures and descriptions of the new organic remains, are to appear in your final report, it is unnecessary for us to do more here than to give merely some of the leading facts determined from the fossils collected from the various formations exposed along the line of survey. In doing this it will be most convenient to speak of the formations in the order of their succession in point of time, beginning with the most ancient, instead of referring to them in the order in which they were observed in traversing the country. Devonian Rocks. The oldest deposits from which fossils in a condition to be determined were collected; occur in the vicinity of the Humboldt Mountains, at the follow- ing points, viz.: Long. 114° 45’ west, Lat. 39° 45” north,—Long. 115° 58/7 west, Lat. 39° 33’ north, and Long. 115° 36” west, Lat. 39° 30’ north. At the first of these localities fragments of Jrilobites belonging as near as can be deter- mined to the genera Calymene, Homalonotus and Proetus, were collected from a hard, bluish limestone. The specimens are too imperfect to warrant a posi- (April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127 tive opinion whether they are Upper Silurian or Devonian forms, though they evidently belong to one or the other of these epochs, and closely resem- ble Hamilton Group forms. At the other localities mentioned above, a group of fossils of decided Devo- nian type were found. They consist of Airypa reticularis, A. aspera, or a elosely allied species, a small Productus, and three new species of Spirifer. The first of these species has so great a vertical range, that taken alone, it would only indicate that the rock from which it was obtained holds a position some- where between the Upper Silurian and the middle or higher portions of the Devonian. A. aspera is a common Devonian fossil, but is also said to occur in the upper Silurian of the old world while the genus Productus is now generally regarded as not dating farther back thanthe Devonian.* These facts taken in connection with the close analogy of the small Productus mentioned above, and the associated Spirifers, to forms characterizing the Hamilton Group of the New York Devonian series, leave little room to doubt that the rock in which these fossils were found is of Devonian age, and that it most probably belongs to about the horizon of the Hamilton Group. The discovery of these fossils at this distant locality cannot fail to be regarded as an interesting addition to our knowledge of the geology of the great West, especially when it is borne in mind that they were obtained near twelve hundred miles farther westward than such forms, so far as is known to us, have hitherto been found in sifu, within the limits of the territory of the United States. CARBONIFEROUS Rocks. Following up the sequence of the formations, we pass eastward to the vicin- ity of Camp Floyd, which is in Long. 112° 8’ west, Lat. 40° 13’ north. Here on the west side of Lake Utah, extensive deposits of a dark, very hard, silicious limestone of Carboniferous age occur. The fossils collected from these beds bere, and for a long distance west of this, are in so bad a state of preservation that the specific characters of most of them are much obscured. It is believed, however, that we have from this rock Orthis Michelini, and O. umbraculum, though they may be only allied representative species. There are also along with these a species of Arthyris or Terebratula, one or two of Spirifer, and the spiral axis of an Archimedes,t with fragments of other Polyzoa and Corals. As the genus, or subgenus Archimedes, has not yet, so far as we know, been found as high in the Carboniferous system as the Coal Measures, and there are ap- parently no decided Coal Measure forms in the collections from this rock, we are inclined to regard it as belonging to the Lower Carboniferous series. Carboniferous formations also extend westward from Camp Floyd to the * Some two or three species were formerly supposed to occur in the Upper Silurian rocks of the Old World, but the correctness of this conclusion is questioned by most of the best English and Continental authorities. +A few fossils belonging to the genera Spirifer, Conocardium, &c., collected on a former expedition by one of the writers (H. kK.) near Medicine Bow Butte, Long. 106° 30’ west, Lat. 41° 38’ north, were regarded by Dr. Shumard as probably of Devonian age, thongh none of the species were positively identified with Devonian forms, and they were obtained from an erratic mass, the exact original position of which is unknown. It is also stated in Capt. Stansbury’s report that at a locality three or four days’ march eyond Fort Laramie, an outcrop from which some imperfect specimens of gasteropoda and a shell resembling a Monotis were obtained, is probably of Devonianage. The expo- sure here alluded to, however, is now known to be composed of Jurassic and proba- bly Triassic rocks. ‘The genus Monofis is unknown below the upper Coal Measures, in this country, and the Permian in the Old World, though it ranges above on both sides of the Atlantic. {We believe this {o be the first specimen of this curious fossil yet found in the region of the Rocky Mountaine. 1860.] 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Devonian localities alluded to above, interrupted at places by outbursts of ig- neousrocks. It is likewise probable there may be in this interval both Devo- nian and Silurian strata, but the collections yet obtained are not sufficient to enable us to speak with confidence on this point. Between Long. 115° and 115° 30’, Lat. 40° 10’ and Lat. 39° 20’, there is a se- ries of hills or mountains, trending nearly north and south, to unknown distances beyond the field of these explorations, which seem to be mainly made up of light yellowish gray, more or less argillaceous, and arenaceous subcrystalline limestones, and slates. This formation belongs to the Carboniferous system, but is more recent than the dark colored limestone at Camp Floyd. The fossils collected from it are for the most part new, and consist of three species of Productus, one of which resembles P. Rogersi, Norwood and Pratten, two new species of Spirifer, and another apparently identical with S. cameratus, but more robust. and having stronger cost than is common in that species. Along with these there are also specimens of Athyris subtilita, and a new species of Chonetes, closely allied to C. Verneuiliana, Norwood and Pratten, from the Western Coal Measures. From the affinities of this group of fossils, we have little hesita- tion in referring this rock to the Upper Carboniferous series, though in its lithological characters it is entirely unlike strata or that age in the Middle and Western States. There were also seen at a few places near here, some outcrops of dark grayish colored limestones, containing Productus, Spirifer, &c. These were not ob- served in contact with the light colored beds mentioned above, but under circumstances indicating that they hold a lower position, from which it is inferred they are probably of lower carboniferous age. The occurrence here, as far west as Long. 115°, of extensive Carboniferous formations, is another interesting fact in the geology of this distant region not known previous to these explorations,—no rocks of this age being represented on any of the most recent and carefully compiled geological maps, from near Camp Floyd and the Salt Lake to the Pacific Ocean. Deposits, probably of the age of the Coal Measures and of great thickness, were also observed in the Wahsatch Mountains east of Lake Utah, along Tim- panogos Cafion. The strata here, however, consist mainly of dark colored and bluish impure limestones, slates, and argillaceous shales, the latter containing at a few places fragments of carbonaceous matter,—the whole being upheaved © and greatly distorted, apparently by violent forces acting from beneath. The fossils collected from these beds all differ specifically from those found in the light colored limestone at the localities near Long. 115° west, and we have no means of determining which of these is the older rock. The specimens from the dark colored beds in the Cafion, consist of one new or undetermined Spirifer, two of Productus, and two of Athyris, together with fragments of a small Lepidodendron. The indications of Coal of true Carboniferous date, seem to be more favorable here than at any other point examined along the route explored, though no beds of it were seen. Good coal has, however, been found in the same mountain range 140 miles south of this, but as yet little is positively known in regard to its age. Several miles above this on Timpanogos River, and at a higher geological horizon, outcrops of light colored, and yellowish sandstones and silicious lime- stones, with red shales, were seen. At one place in this formation a few speci- mens of very hard, light gray, highly silicious rock were obtained, containing great numbers of small bivalves, in a broken condition. As near as could be determined these are very much like Bakevellias, while another of these speci- mens contains a fragment resembling closely a Phyllipora. Both these fossils are quite similar to Permian forms, but it would be unsafe without other evi- dence to refer the rock to that epoch. [ April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129 Triassic Rocks. At several localities east of Lake Utah, near the tributaries of Uintah River, extensive deposits of fine red, more or less arenaceous material were seen oc- cupying considerable areas, and from the accounts of various explorers, this formation is greatly developed along the Wahsatch Mountains south of Lake Utah. Atthese latter localities we have accounts of numerous beds of gypsum, and deposits of rock salt. These beds where seen near Uintah River are not known to contain gypsum or salt, but from the occurrence of gypsum in similar formations a little farther south, and their proximity and relations to Jurassic strata to be mentioned hereafter, there is little room for doubting that they are the same red gypsum-bearing deposit seen by Dr. Hayden beneath Jurassic rocks at the Black Hills. (See paper by Meek & Hayden, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phil’a, March, 1858, p. 44.) From the statement of Mr. Marcon, Dr. George Shumard, Mr. Blake, and more recently of Dr. J. S. Newberry, it is evident this formation is developed on a grand scale in New Mexico. The only organic remains yet found in it, so far as we know, were some plants (Zamites, Pterophyllum, §c.) and Saurian bones, discovered by Dr. Newberry during his important investigations in the South- West, as geologist of the exploring expeditions under the command of Lieut. Ives, in 1858, and Capt. M’Comb, Top. Engrs., U. S. Army, in 1859. These fossils led Dr. N. to refer this series to the New Red or Triassic epoch,* which view was also maintained by Mr. Marcon, though the latter gentleman seems not to have had a very clear idea of its limits, since he included other rocks in the Trias as defined by him. This formation is well exposed on the North Platte at Red Butte, above Fort Laramie, where it also contains several beds of gypsum, and again on La- Bonte Creek, nearer Fort Laramie. It likewise occurs on Smoky Hill River, and at other localities in Kansas, where it has been referred (along with some lower Cretaceous rocks, and possibly some Jurassic strata) to the Trias, by Mr. F. Hawn. All the facts that have been accumulating for some time past, seem to render it more than probable that this series really represents the Trias of the Old World. Jurassic Rocks. At the localities already mentioned where the red beds were seen near Duchesne River, a tributary of Uintah River, heavy deposits were also observed of grayish and whitish calcareous rock, and light, red and whitish sandstones and shales. Some portions of the same formation were also met with further to the north-west on the east branch of Weber River. At both of these places in the calcareous beds, fragments of Pecten, Ostrea and portions of the columns of Pentacrinus, undistinguishable from those of the Jurassic species P. asteriscus, Meek and Hayden, were found. From the presence of these fossils, taken together with all the other circumstances, we have scarcely room to doubt that these deposits are of Jurassic age. Well marked Jurassic strata occur at Red Buttes, on the North Platte,—at the same locality already referred to in speaking of the red gypsum bearing rocks. They were not seen in direct contact with the gypsum formations, but under circumstances showing that they must hold a higher stratigraphical position. Here they consist of sandstones, shales and slates, more or less lam- inated calcareous sandstones, and gritty limestones of various colors, altogether of considerable thickness. Some of the lower of these beds are quite fossilifer- ous. The specimens collected consist of Pentacrinus asteriscus, Meek and Hayden, a Gryphea probably identical with G. calceola, Quenstredt, a plicated oyster, *See Am. Journ., vol. 28, 2d ser., p. 299: 1860.] 8 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF closely allied to O. Marshii,* a Pecten scarcely distinguishable from P. lens of Sowerby, a small Dentalium, and Belemnites densus, Meek and Hayden. From the identity of some of these species with forms collected by Dr. Hayden at the Black Hills, from beds overlying the red gypsum bearing strata of that region, and associated with other well marked Jurassic types, as well as from the affinities of the new species discovered at the locality under consideration on the North Platte, we have no hesitation in referring these deposits to the Jurassic system, in accordance with the views of Dr. Hayden and one of the writers (F. B. M.) expressed in regard to the beds alluded to at the Black Hills. (See Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad’a, March, 1858.) Cretacrous Rocks. Returning south-westward again to Weber river, in order to follow up the succession of the formations, we find that at a point nearly due east of Salt Lake City, on that stream, and but a short distance north of the locality, where it has already been mentioned that Jurassic beds with Pentacrinus occur, out- crops of a Whitish Sandstone were seen, containing in an imperfect condition an Oyster, agreeing in all respects, as far as could be determined, with O. glabra of Meek and Hayden. This rock, with the same oyster, was also seen some eight or nine miles farther down Weber River; also, on White Clay Creek, a tributary of Weber River, and some fifty miles farther east on Sulphur Creek, a tributary of Bear River. At the latter locality a small Anomia was also found with the same Oyster ; and in a more yellowish portion of the same for- mation several specimens of Jnoceramus, closely allied to the Western species usually referred to J. problematicus. Judging from the Oyster occurring in ‘this rock, and from its lithological characters, it would seem to be of the same age as some older Cretaceous strata, at the mouth of Judith River, on the Upper Missouri, which have been referred by Dr. Hayden and one of the writers, provisionally to No. 1, of the Nebraska section. At several of the localities rather extensive beds of excellent brown coal, with some shale, were seen in immediate contact with this Oyster Sandstone, and apparently dipping at the same angle, so as to give the impression, when examined, that it belongs to the same epoch. Well marked Cretaceous rocks were seen ata point on the Platte below the Red Buttes, near the Platte Bridge. The beds consist of gray shales and slates. The fossils found here are a large new species of IJnoceramus, a fragment of a much compressed Baculite and Ostrea congesta of Conrad. From the presence of the latter fossil, itis more than probable these beds are ona parallel with No. 2 or 3 of the Nebraska Cretaceous series. Tertiary Rocks. Tertiary formations occur over a large area in the region of Fort Bridger. They seem to belong to two distinct epochs, the older of which was seen on Bear River, near the mouth of Sulphur Creek, about 30 miles west of Fort Bridger, and but a short distance from the locality, already mentioned, where the Oyster and Inoceramus occur in a yellow sandstone. The outcrop seen here consists of light colored and gray argillaceous shale, with coarse dark and light colored limestones, all of which dip at a high angle. The fossils collected from these beds consist of one new species of Unio, three of Corbula ( Potamo- mya), three species of Melania, three or four of Paludina, and one of Melampus. This is an exceedingly interesting deposit, which is undoubtedly of brackish- water origin, the fossils belonging to just such a group of genera as we would expect to find in an estuary deposit, without any strictly marine forms. One *The oyster here alluded to, is distinct from the species referred by Mr. Marcon to ©. Marshti. The O. Marshii of Marcon holds a much higher stratigraphic position than . the above mentioned species. [ April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131 of the species of Melania appears to be identical with Cerithium tenerum of Hall, (Fremont’s Report, pl. 3, fig. 6,) and a small Paludina agrees very closely with Natica ? accidentalis, while a third is equally as near Turbo paludineeformis, of the same report. All the other species are new excepting one Paludina, which is identical with P. Conradi of Meek and Hayden, from the estuary beds at the mouth of Judith River, on the Upper Missouri. All the facts point to the con- clusion that this formation holds a low position in the Tertiary System, or, in other words, is probably of Eocene age. The succeeding more recent Tertiary beds of this region, are extensively developed along the route traversed, from near the last mentioned locality to Fort Bridger, and thence towards the South Pass. They differ materially in their lithological character from the older deposits just described, and are characterized by an entirely different group of fossils. The upper part of this series consists of greenish sandstones and arenaceous shales, interstratified with sandy and calcareous slates altogether estimated at from two to three hundred feet in thickness, and apparently destitute of fossils. Then comes, (descending,) light colored argillaceous and pure limestones, with at places great numbers of fossils, all of which are strictly fresh water forms, belonging to a few species. Those collected consist of two new species of Melania, two of Limmnea, one ot Unio and two or three of Planorbis. There is also at the junction of the lower light colored more calcareous deposits with those above, at many places, a band of dark shaly, more or less carbonaceous material, containing many im- pressions of fern and other leaves. As all the fossils found in the foregoing series are distinct from those yet discovered in known horizons, in the other Tertiary basins of the North-West, we have no means of drawing parallels, though they are probably miocene. Whether the extensive lignite beds on Bitter Muddy Creeks, east and north of Fort Bridger, belong to this series or to the horizon of the older Sulphur Creek coal is unknown, these localities being too remote from the route to be examined. The more modern group described above was never seen in an upheaved or inclined condition, like the estuary beds on Bear River, though it is manifest that the general contour of the country has been considerably modified since its deposition, as this formation was often seen occupying some of the most elevated positions. Beneath this series heavy deposits were observed at several places, consisting of light and whitish fine grained sandstone in thick layers, interstratified with bright red, areno-argillaceous shales. Although these beds appeared to be conformable with the superimposed Tertiary, as no organic remains were found in them, their age must be regarded as doubtful. From the foregoing remarks it will be seen that these collections furnish no evidence of the existence of strictly marine Tertiary deposits in the Green River Basin, but like all those yet obtained in Nebraska, point to the conclusion that the Tertiary strata of this central portion of the Continent were deposited in brackish and fresh waters. The oldest of these formations, so far as known, contain a group of mollusca indicating brackish waters, while all the subsequent formations are of strictly fresh water origin. Another fact worthy of note is, that all the secondary and Tertiary fossils collected during the survey came from localities east of the Wahsatch range of mountains, while all the specimens collected west of that range of mountains, in the Great Basin, came from Palaeozoic rocks. In the ranges of mountains west of the 116th degree of longitude, to the Sierra Nevada, near lat. 39°, igneous rocks predominate, and only few traces of stratified rock’ were found in that district, in none of which any organic remains were observed. F. B. Meek and H. Ex@ecmann. 1890.] 152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Catalogue of Birds collected during a survey of a route for a ship Canal across, the Isthmus of Darien, by order of the Government of the United States, made by Lieut. N. Michler, of the U.S. Topographical Engineers, with notes and descriptions of new species. BY JOHN CASSIN. The route surveyed by Lieut. Michler, for the purpose of ascertaining the practicability of establishing communication by water, between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, was mainly by way of the river Atrato and its tributaries, the Truando and the Nercua. In the performance of this duty, the Atrato was ascended for a distance of about ninety miles, to the mouth of the Truando, and then a southwesterly route pursued along the latter towards the Pacific Ocean. The Nercua is a tributary of the Truando at a distance of thirty-six miles from the union of the latter with the Atrato. The most interesting localities mentioned in the present catalogue are on those two rivers, especially after the Truando reaches the Cordilleras, in which in a great measure it and the Nercua have their course. These localities have been but very partially explored by naturalists. Another locality frequently mentioned is Turbo, which is a small village on the Atlantic, directly on the eastern side of the Gulf of Uraba or Darien, and nearly opposite to the mouths or delta of the Atrato. This collection was made by Mr. William 8. Wood, Jr. and Mr. Charles J. Wood of Philadelphia, who accompanied the Expedition, and were of course under the immediate direction of the chief officer of the Expedition, Lieut. N. Michler, of the U. S. Topographical Engineers. This accomplished officer and gentleman encouraged in the fullest degree investigations in Natural History throughout the route, whenever consistent with other duties, and as opportu- nity presented. To his enlightened views and evident appreciation of the in- teresting character of the zoology of the country traversed by the Expedition, science in America is indebted for the present valuable collection, including several birds never before known, and other valuable additions to the zoology of this continent. 1. HyporriorcHIs FEMORALIS,(Temminck). Falco femoralis, Temm., Pl. Col. i. liv. 21. Temm. Pl. Col. 121, 343, U.S. Pacific R. R. Reports, x. pl. 1. From Carthagena. 2. MoRPHNUS GuIANENSIS, (Daudin)? Falco guianensis, Daud. Tr. d’Orn. ii. p. 78? Lesson. Traite d’Orn. ii. pl. 11? From the river Truando. One specimen only, not adult, and in bad con- dition, appears to be this or a nearly allied species. “Observed once only, in the Rio Truando, at the first camp, after leaving the Atrato. I noticed this eagle at first perched ina high tree, but after I had fired at a small bird, he immediately flew very rapidly and fiercely directly towards the spot where I was standing, as though he intended to poance upon me. He approached within a few feet, when I shot him with small bird shot.” (Mr. C. J. Wood.) 3. ASTURINA MAGNIROSTRIS, (Gmelin). Falco magnirostris, Gm. Syst. Nat., i. p. 282, (1788.) Temm. Pl. Col. 86, Buff. Pl. Enl. 464. From Turbo. 4, BUTEOGALLUS NIGRICOLLIS, (Latham Falco nigricollis, Lath., Ind. Orn. i. p. 35, (1790). [March otimtathada NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133 Aquila milvoides, Spix ? Spix, Av. Bras. i. pl.1,d? Le Vaill, Ois. d’Afr.i. pl. 20. From the river Truando. ‘Only observed in trees on the Rio Truando, about 40 or 50 miles from the Cordilleras.” (Mr. C.J. Wood). 5. UrRvpitinca Mexicana, Du Bus. Morphnus mexicanus, Du Bus, Bull. Acad. Brussels, 1847, p. 102. From the delta of the Atrato. Specimens of this little known species are quite identical with others from Mexico in the museum of this Academy. It is accurately described by the Viscount Du Bus as above cited. 6. IpyoreR aquitinus, (Gmelin). Falco aguilinus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 280, (1788). Buff. Pl. Enl. 417, Vieill. Gal. i. pl. 6. From Turbo, on the Atlantic, and the river Truando, near the Cordilleras. “‘ Abundant in the vicinity of the village of Turbo, but less numerous in the interior. Always seen in trees, and utters a very disagreeable note bearing some resemblance to the gobdle of the male Turkey.” (Mr. C. J. Wood). 7. NYcCTIDROMUS GUIANENSIS, (Gmelin). Caprimulgus guianensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 1030, (1788). Caprimulgus albicollis, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 585, (1790). Buff. Pl. Enl. 733. From Turbo. Smaller than WV. americanus, but much resembling that species. 8. PRoGNE CHALYBEA, (Gmelin)? Hirundo chalybea, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1026, (1788)? Young birds from Carthagena, very difficult to recognize, but much resem- bling the species I understand to be as here given. 9. CorynE FLAVIGASTRA, (Vieillot). Hirundo flavigastra, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. xiv. p. 534, (1817). Hirundo jugularis, De Wied. Temm. Pl. Col. 161, fig. 2. From Carthagena and the river Truando. 10. Ceryne TorQuaTA, (Linnzus). Alcedo torquata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 180, (1766). Buff. Pl. Enl. 284. From the rivers Atrato and Truando. Numerous specimens in the collection of the Expedition, which are exclusive- ly adults, in fine plumage. ‘‘ Very abundant in the immense swamps on the Atrato and Truando, alight- ing on the low trees, and uttering a loud shrill note. Catches small fishes apparently very easily, on account of their abundance, and returns to the tree.” (Mr. C. J. Wood). 11. CrryLe amazona, (Latham). Alcedo amazona, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 257, (1790). Alcedo vestita, Dumont. Du Bois, Orn. Gal. pl. 85. From the river Nercua. 12, Crryue inpa, (Linnzus). Alcedo inda, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 179, (1766). Alcedo viridirufa, Bodd. Tab. Pl. Enl. p. 36, (1783). Alcedo bicolor, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 451, (1788). Edwards, Glean. vii. pl. 355. Buff. Pl. Enl. 592. From Turbo. Common enough in South American collections, but never quite correctly 1860.] 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF named in catalogues, nor hardly elsewhere. Naturalists evidently overlook the solemn fact that Linneus gives the habztat of his species as above cited, ‘‘in India occidentali’”! The name inda seems to have been understood to mean a far distant country, beyond the Ganges, and evidently misled even Boddert and Gmelin, but is strictly applicable to this bird. It can readily be recog- nized from the descriptions and Edwards’ figure above cited. ‘One specimen seen in a salt water marsh, near the village of Turbo, very quiet and easily approached.” (Mr. C. J. Wood). 13. CERYLE SUPERCILIOSA, (Linnzus). Alcedo superciliosa, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 179, (1766). Edwards, Glean. v. pl. 245, Buff. Pl. Enl. 756, fig. 2, 3. From Turbo. ‘In a salt water marsh, almost in the village of Turbo, one specimen only seen perched in a bush, which was obtained without difficulty, being very unsuspicious.” (Mr. C. J. Wood). 14. JACAMEROPS GRANDIS, (Gmelin). Alcedo grandis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 458, (1766.) Le Vaill. Jacamars, pl. 54. From the river Truando. “ First camp after leaving the Atrato, and the only time that this bird was noticed. Sits in a tree and darts after insects like a fly-catcher.” (Mr. C. J. Wood). 15. GALBULA RUFICAUDA, Cuvier. Galbula ruficauda, Cuv. Reg. An. i. p. 420, (1817). Le Vaill. Jac. pl. 50, Vieill. Gal. i. pl. 29. From the river Nercua. One specimen only, in bad condition, which appears to be this species, but is darker chestnut brown on the abdomen, than other specimens now before me. 16. Bucco ruFIcoLuis, Lichtenstein. ** Bucco ruficollis, Licht.” Wagler, Isis, 1829, p. 658. Tamatia bicincta, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1836, p. 80? Tamatia gularis, D’Orb. et Lafres. Rev. Zool. 1838, p. 166 ? From the river Truando. ‘Seen once only, at the first camp on the Truando, after leaving the Atrato.” (Mr. C. J. Wood). For all that I can see this is the young of B. bicincta, Gould, as above, with which B. gularis, D’Orb, appears to be synonymous. 17. MaLacopTina PANAMENSIS, Lafresnaye. Malacoptila panamensis, Lafres. Rev. Zool. 1847, p. 79. From the river Truando. “ Very quiet and inactive, starting out occasionally from its perch to capture an insect, and then returning.” (Mr. C. J. Wood). 18. MoNASA PALLESCENS, nobis. Rather larger than any other known species; wing rather long, fifth quill longest ; tail moderate, with the feathers wide. Front and lores white, entire head, quills, upper and under tail coverts black, with a greenish lustre, (no white on the chin nor throat), upper and under wing coverts, back, rump and under parts of body cinereous; very light on upper wing coverts, and darker on the back; bill red, sexes alike. Total length about 11 inches, wing 53, tail 5 inches. Hab. Cordilleras mountains on the river Truando, New Grenada. In Nation- al Museum and Mus. Acad. Philadelphia. Discovered by Mr. Chas. J. Wood and Mr. Wm. 8. Wood, Jr. (April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135 This is a remarkable and apparently new species of Monasa, strictly of the same group, and related to M. Morphoeus (=albifrons and personata) and M. pe- ruana. Like those species, the present bird hasa conspicuous white frontal band, which reaches very nearly from one eye to the other, bnt it differs from those species in being without any white whatever on the throat. It is, how- ever, easily distinguished from all known species, by the cinereous color of the body above and below and wing coverts ; which color is very light, and in some specimens nearly white on the whole of the upper wing coverts, and but slightly darker on the under wing coverts. Several specimens labelled as both sexes are in the collection from the river Truando. Stated by Messrs. W. S. and C. J. Wood, to have been seen once only in the Cordilleras on the river Truando, in January, 1858. A party of eight or ten specimens was observed sitting very quietly in a tree at some distance from the ground, and being quite regardless of the gun or the presence of man, several were obtained. Specimens labelled as females are slightly larger than those stated to be males.* 19. Trogon Massena, Gould. Trogon Massena, Gould, Monog. Trogonide, (1838). Gould, Mon. Trog. pl. 16. From the Truando, and also from the delta of the Atrato. All the specimens in the collection are of young birds in but indifferent con- dition, amongst which one specimen may be the young of 7. macrourus. *The following species of Monasa are in the Museum of this Academy : 1. Monasa atra, (Boddert). Cuculus ater, Bodd. Tab. PJ. Enl. p. 30, (1783). Cuculus tranguillus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 417, (1788). Bucco cinereus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i, p. 409, (1788). Corvus australis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 377, (1788). Bucco calcaratus, Lath. Ind. Orn, i. p. 206, (1790). Corvus affinis, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii. p. 381, (1809). Buff, Pl. Enl. 512, Le Vaill. Barbets, pl. 44, 45. 2. Monasa MorRpHoEus, (Wagler). Bucco morphoeus, Wagler, Hahn’s Voegel, Asien. Africa, &c. pt. xiv. (1822). ** Bucco Jeucops, Ill.” Licht. Verz. p. 8, (1823). Bucco albifrons, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 53, (1824). Monasa personata, Vieill. Gal. i. p. 23, (1825). Hahn, Voegel, pt. xiv. pl. 2. Spix. Av. Bras. i. pl. 41, fig. 1, Vieill. Gal. i. pl. 36 Swans. B, of Braz. pl. 12. 3. MoNASA NIGRIFRONS, (Spix.). Bucco nigrifrons, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 53, (1824). Lypornix unicolor, Wagler. Syst. Av. (1827, not paged). Spix. Av. Bras. i. pl. 41, fig. 2. 4. Monasa AxILuanis, (Lafresnaye). Monasa axillaris, Lafres. Rev. et Mag. Zool. April, 1850, p. 216. Monasa flavirostris, Strickland, Jard. Contr, April, 1850. Jard. Contr, 1850, pl. (not numbered). It would require nice discrimination to determine with certainty the priority of either of the above names. My impression is that M. Lafresnaye’s name is entitled rather to preference, because it bears an unmistakeable date, which the other does not, but requires to be determined by examination or approximation, 5. MONASA PERUANA, Verreaux. “« Monasa peruana, Bp. et Verr.” label on spec. from M. Verreaux. _ Monasa peruana, Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1855, p. 194. _ This is very closely allied to the now well known M. morphoeus, and scarcely dis- tinguishable without specimens of both. A specimen bearing M. Verreaux’s label is in the Acad. Coll., and is therefore entirely reliable as this species. 6. MoNnASA PALLESCENS, Cassin. 1860.] 136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 20. TROGON MELANOPTERUS, Swainson. Trogon melanopterus, Sw. Cab. Cy. p. 332, (1838). Gould, Mon. pl. 10, 11. From the river Truando. One specimen only in adult plumage. 21. Trogon atricottis, Vieillot. Trogon atricollis, Vieill. Nouv. Diet. viii. p. 318, (1817). Gould, Mon. pl. 8. Falls of the Truando. ‘In the Cordilleras on the Rio Truando. Seen once only, very unsuspicious and easily shot.” (Mr. C.J. Wood). 22. Momorus Marti, (Spix). Prionites Martii, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 64, (1824). Momotus semirufus, Sclater, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1853, p. 489? Spix, Av. Bras. i. pl. 60. From the river Nercua. One specimen in adult plumage, labelled as a male bird. 23. CRYPTICUS PLATYRHYNCHUS, (Leadbeater). Momotus platyrhynchus, Leadb. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xvi. p. 92, (1829). Crypticus Martii, Bonap. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1837, p. 119. dard. and Selby, Ill. Orn. iii. pl. 106. From the Cordilleras on the river Nercua. In adult plumage, and in colors singularly resembling the preceding, but with the bill differently formed, and affording strong generic distinctions. This is probably the first time that these two birds, which have much per- plexed naturalists, have ever occurred in the same collection. Both are labelled as from the same locality, and I am informed by Mr. C. J. Wood, that they inhabit the forests on the river Nercua, on the western side of the Cor- dilleras. 24, Rampuastos Tocarpvus, Vieillot. Ramphastos Tocard. Vieill. Nouv. Dict. xxxiv. p. 280. Ramphastos Swainsonii, Gould. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1833, p. 69. Gould, Mon. Ramph. pl. 4. From the River Nercua. 25. RAMPHASTOS CARINATUS, Swainson. Ramphastos carinatus, Sw. Zool. Ill. i. p. (pl. 45, not paged.) Gould, Monog. pl. 2. River Nercua. One specimen only, in mature plumage, from the western side of the Cordilleras on the River Nercua. 26. PrEROGLOSSUS ERYTHROPYGIUS, Gould. Pteroglossus erythropygius, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 15. Gould, Monog. pl. 21, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, pl. 28. From the River Truando. Specimens labelled as both sexes are in the col- lection. The females are smaller, and in both sexes there is some variation in the color of the bill as noticed by Mr. Gould, the white being in these specimens more extended in the females. 27. SELENIDERA SPECTABILIS, Cassin. Selenidera spectabilis, Cass. Proc. Acad. Philada. 1857, p. 214. Jour. Acad. Philada. iv. pl. 1. From the falls of the River Truando. Both sexes of this species, in excellent plumage and preservation are in the collection from the Cordilleras on the River Truando. They are, however, pre- cisely similar to Mr. Mitchell’s specimens described by me as above cited, though the occurrence of this little-known species again, and at another locali- ty, is a point of interest. (April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137 28. ARA MILITARIS, (Linnzus). Psittacus militaris, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 139, (1766). Le Vaill. Parrots, pl. 6, Edward’s Glean. vii. pl. 313. From the River Nercua in the Cordilleras mountains. 29. ARA ARARAUNA, (Linnzus). Psittacus ararauna, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 139, (1766). Le Vaill. Parr. pl. 3, Lear, Parr. pl. 8. From the mouth of the Atrato, Gulph of Uraba. 30. ARA SEVERA, (Linnzus). Psittacus severus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 140, (1766). Le Vaill. Parr. pl. 8, 9, 16, Edward’s Glean. v. pl. 229. Mouth of the River Nercua. 31. Conurus PerTinax, (Linnzus). Psittacus pertinax, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 142, (1766). Le Vaill. Parr. pl. 34, Edw. Glean. yv. pl. 234. Carthagena. 32. Conurus tovi, (Gmelin). Psittacus tovi, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 351, (1788). Bourj. St. Hil. Parr. pl. 48. From the River Atrato. 33. PsirracuLa cyANopTErRA, (Boddert). Psittacus cyanopterus, Bodd. Tab. Pl. Enl. p. 27, (1783). Psittaculus gregarius, Spix. Ay. Bras. i. p. 39, (1824). Bourj. St. Hil. Parr. pl. Spix. Av. Bras. i. pl. 34. Carthagena. 34. Dryocopus MaLuerse!, (G. R. Gray). Campephilus Malherbii, G. R. Gray, Gen. Birds, ii. p. 436, pl. 108, (1845). Malherbe, Monog. Picide, pl. 6. From Turbo. ‘ Occasionally seen in the forest at Turbo, very shy and diffi- cult to approach.” (Mr. C. J. Wood). 35. Dryocopus ALBIROSTRIS, (Vieillot). Picus albirostris, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. xxvi. p. 69, (1818). Megapicus albirostris, (Vieill.) Malherbe. Malherbe, Monog. Picide, pl. 4. 36. CELEUS MENTALIS, nobis. About the size of C. rufus, occipital feathers somewhat lengthened, third quill longest, bill rather short. Male, with a large space on the chin and throat, bright scarlet. This space begins nearly on a line with the commissure of the bill on each side, covering the chin and throat, and is not divided in the mid- dle, but is integral. Head and upper parts of body dark cinnamon, many feathers having semi- circular and crescent shaped spots of black, rump and upper tail coverts lighter. Quills brownish black, barred with dark cinnamon, tail brownish black, all the feathers of which are barred with dull yellowish cinnamon color. Underparts of body yellowish cinnamon, lighter than the back and with the black spots much more numerous, every feather havi-g nearly complete semicircular and crescent shaped bands of black. Under wing coverts uniform dark cinnamon, not spotted, axillaries dark cinnamon with afew imperfect bands of deep black. Bill bluish horn color, under mandible lighter. Female, much like the male, but having no red patch on the throat and the black spots on the under parts not sO numerous. Total length about 8 inches, wing 43, tail 13 inches. Hab.—Turbo and Atrato River, New Grenada. Discovered by Messrs. Wm. S. and Chas. J. Wood, Spec. in Nat. Mus. Washington. 1860.] 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Of this Woodpecker, I have found no description nor figure which seemed to approach it, except Picus undatus of authors figured by Edwards, pl. 332. itis nearly the size and of the same general colors as that species, but instead of two patches of red on the cheeks as described and figured in P. undatus, the present bird has a single large patch completely enclosing a space on the throat around the base of the lower mandible, similar to that in the common Picus varius of the United States. This character I cannot trace in any other species of this genus. This bird belongs to the same subgeneric group as Celeus rufus, which seems to have no name, though readily defined. 37. CroTopHaGa MaJoR, Brisson. Crotophaga major, Brisson, iv. p. 180, (1760). Buff. Pl. Enl. 102. From the River Atrato. 38. CyaNnocorax PILEATUS, (Temminck). Corvus pileatus, Temm. PI. Col. (liv. 10.) Temm. Pl. Col. 58. From the rivers Truando aud Nercua. “In flockson the high trees on the Truando before reaching the mountains. Very shy and noisy, calling out loudly whenever an attempt was made to approach them. (Mr. C.J. Wood). 39. QUISCALUS MACROURUS, Swainson. Quiscalus macrourus, Sw. Cab. Cy. p. 299, (1838). Rept. U. S. and Mex. Bound. Survey, Birds, pl. 20. From Turbo and Carthagena. ‘In parties of ten or a dozen feeding on ber- ries along the sea shore. Abundant, especially at Carthagena, and noisy, but not easily shot.” (Mr. C. J. Wood). 40. OcyaLus Wacuert, (G. R. Gray). Cacicus Wagleri, G. R. Gray, Gen. Birds, ii. p. 342, (1845). Gray’s Genera, ii. pl. 85. From the rivers Truando and Nercua. Specimens of both sexes in mature plumage, the females being much the smaller. 41. OstTinops cristatus, (Gmelin). Oriolus cristatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 387, (1788). Sw. B. of Bras. pl. 32, Buff. Pl, Enl. 328. From Turbo and the Atrato River. ‘In company with smaller species along the Atrato, and seemed to be feed- ing on the fruit of a tree which grew plentifully on the edge of the water. Unsuspicious and easily approached.” (Mr. C. J. Wood). 42. OsTINOPS GUATIMOZINUS, Bonaparte. Ostinops guatimozinus, Bonap. Compte Rend., 1853, p. 833. Large, resembling O. Montezumae and O. bifasciatus, but larger than either, darker colored, and with the crest feathers much longer and more slender. Male.—Head, under parts of body and tibia brownish black, under tail coverts chestnut brown, same as the back. Entire upper parts of body, wing coverts and outer webs of quills purplish chestnut brown. Tail graduated, two middle feathers brownish black, all others yellow. Naked space below the eye completely divided by a line of short imbricated feathers nearly ona line with the lower edge of the lower mandible. Crest long and composed of very narrow feathers. Bill wide at base in front, high and compressed, pointed, basal two-thirds black, terminal one-third light colored (red?). Total length about 214 inches, wing 104, tail 84 inches. Crest feathers 3 inches, bill from gape 34 inches. Hab.—River Truando, New Granada. One specimen, labelled as a male, in the collection of the Expedition is dis- [ April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139 tinct from any species ir Acad. Coll. or that we find described, except as above. It is nearly allied to O. Montezwmae of Mexico and Central America, and O. bifasciatus of Northern Brazil, both of which are in the Acad. Coll. and are distinct from each other. The present bird differs from both of the above species in being larger, darker colored and having a lengthened almost filiform crest. The bill also is disproportionately longer and wider at base, with a rounded termination in front. It is not without scruples that I apply the name above to this bird; the description by the Prince Bonaparte, as cited, not being sufficient for the recog- nition of any species nearly related to another.* “At Camp Abert, on the Truando, before reaching the Cordilleras, one specimen only seen, which was shot; it was very shy and seemed to bea stranger.” (Mr. C. J. Wood.) 43. Cassicus 1cTERoNoTUs, Vieillot. Cassicus icteronotus, Vieill. Sw. B. of Braz., pl. 3. From Turbo and the delta of the Atrato River. ‘Very abundant at Turbo, builds many nests on the same tree, which are long and hanging, and entered from the top. Always seen in large parties and very noisy, especially in the morning, although their notes are rather agreeable.” (Mr. C. J. Wood). 44, Cassicus curysonotvs, Lafresnaye? Cassicus chrysonotus, Lafres. D’Orb. Voy. Am. Mer. Ois. pl. 52? From Turbo. A single specimen in young plumage appears to be this species. 45. Cassicus URoPYGIALIS, Lafresnaye? Cassicus uropygialis, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 290? Falls of the River Truando. Specimens not mature nor in good condition appear to be this species. *The three nearly allied species are as follows: 1. OsTINOPS BIFASCIATUS, (Spix). Cassicus bifasciatus, Spix, Av. Bras., i. p. 65 (1824). Spix, Av. Bras., i. pl. 61. Naked space on the cheek, integral (not divided as in the two succeeding species). Crest feathers rather long, not so narrow nor so long as in O. guatimozinus, but longer than in O. Montezumae. Head and breast brownish black, entire upper parts of body, abdomen, under tail coverts and tibie light chestnut brown, tail yellow, central two feathers dark brown. Total length, male 18 to 20 inches. Naked space on cheek pre- cisely as figured by Spix as above cited, which figure is sufficiently accurate. T'wo specimens from Para, in Acad. Coll. 2. Ostinops MontEzuMAgE, (Lesson). Cacicus Montezumae, Less. Cent. Zool. p. 33, (1830). Less. Cent. Zool. pl. 7, Gervais, Atlas de Zool. pl. 33. Naked space on the cheek partially divided by a line of short imbricated features above the lower edge of the lower mandible. Crest feathers short and inconspicuous, shorter than in either of the other species here described. Plumage much as in preced- ing, but with the thie brownish black. Total length, male, about 20 inches. Naked space on cheek accurately represented in both plates above cited, which are otherwise very accurate. Nine specimens in Acad. Coll. including Lesson’s original which is labelled as from Mexico, others are from Nicaragua. 3. OsTINOPS GUATIMOZINUS, Bonaparte. Ostinops guatimozinus, Bonap. Compt. Rend. 1853, p. 833. Naked space on cheek completely divided by a line of short, imbricated feathers nearly on a line with the lower edge of lower mandible. Crest feathers Jong and pendant. Jonger than in either of the preceding. Plumage generally resembling that of both the preceding, but darker, entire under parts brownish black, «bie black. ‘Total length 21 to 22 inches. One specimen in National Museum, Washington, 1860. 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 46. IcrERUS MESOMELAS (Wagler). Psarocolius mesomelas, Wag]. Lesson, Cent. Zool. pl. 22. From the River Atrato. 47. Icrerus Giraupu, Cassin. Icterus Giraudii, Cass. Proc. Acad. Philad’a, iii. p. 332 (1847). Journ. Acad. Philad’a, i. pl. 17. From the Rivers Truando and Nercua and the ‘‘ Shores of the Pacific.” Several specimens differing somewhat in size are from the Cordilleras and the western coast, until quite reaching the Pacific Ocean. One specimen obtained by Mr. W. S. Wood, Jr., is labelled ‘Shores of the Pacific.” “Tn bushes and low trees on the Truando, and has very pleasant notes of the same general character as those of the Baltimore Oriole. Solitary and rather wild.’ (Mr. C. J. Wood). 48. XANTHORNUS AFFINIS, Lawrence. Xanthornus affinis, Lawr. Am. Lyc. New York, 1851, p. 113. From the Atrato. A single specimen in adult male plumage. 49. EuspizA AMERICANA (Gmelin). Emberiza americana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 872 (1788). Wilson, Am. Orn. i. pl. 3. Aud. B. of Am. pl. 384, Oct. ed. iii. pl. 156. From Turbo. ‘In flocks early in April, about grassy places at Turbo, and seen for one day only.” (Mr. C. J. Wood). 50. Pirytus arossus (Linneus). Loxia grossa, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 307 (1766). Buff. Pl. Enl. 154, From the Falls of the River Truando. ‘In the mountains and seen once only. Has aloud, musical note similar to that of the Cardinal bird of the United States.” (Mr. C. J. Wood). 51. SatTaToR muTUs, Sclater? Saltator mutus, Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1856, p. 72? Tanagra superciliaris, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 44, pl. 47? From Carthagena. ‘On the ‘Popa’ mountain at Carthagena.” Specimens in young plumage not for us easily identified. 52, ARREMON ScHLEGELI, Bonaparte. Arremon Schlegeli, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 488 (1850). From Carthagena. Very fine specimens of this beautiful little bird, in adult plumage. “In the high grass on the sea shore at Carthagena on the seed of which it appeared to feed. Notes and habits generally resembled those of the Sparrows of the United States, not abundant and difficult to obtain.” (Mr. C. J. Wood). 53. PyrRaANGA AESTIVA (Gmelin). Tanagra aestiva, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 889 (1788). Wilson, Am. Orn. i. pl. 6, Aud. B. of Am. pl. 44, Oct. ed. iii. pl. 208. From Turbo. “In the forrest at Turbo, early in April, seen once only.” 54. ORTHOGONYS OLIVACEUS, nobis. Form short and robust, bill rather wide at base, upper mandible with a dis- tinct tooth-like lobe about the middle of its cutting edge, wing moderate, fourth quill slightly longest, tail moderate or rather short. Male.—Front and line extending over and around the eye bright yellow. Throat, middle of abdomen, edge of wing at shoulders and under wing coverts greenish yellow. Upper parts of head and body dark olive green, under parts olive green tinged with yellowish, the latter color more apparent in the middle, under tail coverts [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141 greenish yellow. Quills brownish black, with their outer webs dark olive, uniform with the back, tail dark olive, inner webs of outer feathers greenish brown. The yellow on the throat somewhat striped or spotted with dark olive. Bill bluish horn color, legs lighter. Sexes similar. Total length about 63 inches, wing 34, tail 23 inches. Hab.—Cordilleras Mountains, on the Kiver Truando, New Granada. Discov- ered by Mr. W. S. Wood, Jr., and Mr. C. J. Wood, attached to U. 8S. Expedition for surveying the River Atrato, in command of Lieut. N. Michler, U.S. Topog. Engineers. Spec. in Nat. Mus., Washington. This is a curious bird and has not a little puzzled the present writer. My impression is that it is an undescribed genus related to /cferza and more so to Orthogonys aud not unlike some species of Pyranga. At present I rate it as an Orthogonys to which it quite as much belongs as Pyranga cyanictera of authors at least, of which there are several specimens in the Academy collection. Mr. ©. J. Wood states that this bird inhabits low trees and bushes in the Cordilleras, on the Rio Truando, and could be constantly heard at some local- ities, though not so easily seen. Its notes are loud and much varied, bearing a general resemblance to those of the Chat of North America (leteria viridis). It appeared to be very active and lively, constantly flying about the bushes and changing its position. 55. TANAGRA CANA, Swainson. Tanagra cana, Sw. B. of Braz. p. 2, (1841). Sw. B. of Braz. pl. 37. From Turbo. ‘‘Abundant in the orange and lime trees at Turbo, and in gardens and other cultivated localities at Carthagena. Note only a single chirp and very unsuspicious and easily shot.’? (Mr. C. J. Wood). 56. RAMPHOCELUS IcTERONOTUS, Bonaparte. Ramphocelus icteronotus, Bonap. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1836, p. 121. Du Bus, Esq. Orn. pl. 15. From Turbo and the rivers Atrato and Truando. ‘** Always observed frequenting one kind of tree, that grows along streams of water, on the fruit of which it feeds. Abundant on the Rio Truando in the month of March.’’ (Mr. C. J. Wood). 57. RAMPHOCELUS DImIDIATUS, Lafresnaye. Ramphocelus dimidiatus, Lafres. Mag. Zool. 1837, p. (not paged). Guerin’s Mag. Zool. 1837, pl. 81. From Turbo. ‘* Abundant in April in the bushes and low trees in the drier parts of the forest. Solitary but constantly seen, and heard only to utter a single chirp. (Mr. C. J. Wood). 58. Evcomeris cristata, (Du Bus). Pipilopsis cristata, Du Bus, Bull. Acad. Brussels, 1855, p. 154. From the river Truando. ‘¢ At the first camp on the Truando after leaving the Atrato. In the bushes and low trees, very shy, and seen once only in a party of three together. Sings very pleasantly, and very ioud for the size of the bird.’”? (Mr. C. J. Wood). 59. TacuypHonus Luctuosus, D’Orb. et Lafres. Tachyphonus luctuosus, D’Orb. et Lafres. Mag. Zool. 1837, p. 29. D’Orb. Voy. Am. Mer. Ois. Pl. 20. From the Truando. ‘* Obtained during our encampment in the mountains, on the Rio Truando. In the high trees, and rarely seen, and very shy and active. Male black, female brown.’’ (Mr. C. J. Wood). 1860.] 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 60. TacnypHonus DE Larrret, Lafresnaye. Tachyphonus De Lattrei, Lafres. Rev. Zool. 1847, p. 72. Falls of the Truando. ‘* Seen once only, in the bushes on the bank of the Rio Truando, in the month of March. About twenty specimens which seemed to be in company, were noticed and several obtained, though they were very shy and not easily approached. All chattered together like a flock of blackbirds, and appeared to be feeding on a berry that was abundant.’’ (Mr. C. J. Wood). 61. TAcHYPHONUS XANTHOPYGIUS, Sclater. Tachyphonus xanthopygius, Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1354, p. 158. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1854, pl. 69, 1855, pl. 90. From the Truando. The male only, of this handsome ard remarkable species, precisely as figured by Mr. Sclater. ‘) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 551 q No. 3 is from ‘‘ Holland’s Cliffs,” three miles south of “‘ Lower Marlboro’ ”, and is thirty feet thick. No. 4 is from the ‘‘Cove,” on the south side of Herring Bay, eight miles east of Nos, 1 and 2. Prof. Tyson has traced this “‘ Tripoli region” from near the head of West River, in Anne Arundel County, twenty-five miles southward, to Prince Frederick, in Clavert County. It may be found to extend eighteen or twenty miles further south, to near the lower end of Calvert County. It is well exposed in high cliffs on the Patuxent, as well as on the Chesapeake Bay. It probably extends over most of Charles County, and of the southern part of Prince George County. It belongs to the Miocene period, and rests upon the most important fossil shell bed of the Tertiary region. Prof. Tyson states that Dr. C. Johnson has made out more than one hundred forms of Diatoms in No. 3. Dr. Fisher exhibited a stereoscopic picture of a parasitical insect, taken by means of a new and ingenious arrangement of the ordinary microscope, by Dr. R. E. Griffith. The insect was magnified between 20 and 25 diameters. December 18th. Vice-President BripegeEs in the Chair. Forty members present. The following papers were presented for publication in the Preceed- ings :— i? Description of some new Species of Tertiary Fossils from Chiriqui, Central America, by Wm. M. Gabb.”’ “ Descriptions of three new Species of Star-fishes from Cape San Lucas, Lower California, by John Xantus.” “ Deseriptions of new North American Coleoptera, in the Cabinet of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, by George H. Horn.” ‘Catalogue of Colubridz in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, &., Part 38, by E. D. Cope.’ And were referred to Committees. December 25th. Vice-President BrIpGES in the Chair. Twenty-nine members present. On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were ordered to be published in the Proceedings :— The Humming Birds of Mexico. BY RAFAEL MONTES DE OCA, Of Jalapa, Mexico. No. 3. CAMPYLOPTERUS PAMPA, Gould. ORNISMYIA PAMPA, Lesson. PamMPA CAMPYLOPTERA, Reichenbach. The people of Coatepec, nine miles from Jalapa, give to this species of Hum- ming Bird the name of Chupa-mirto fandanguero or Fandango Myrtle-sucker, 1860.] 852 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF for the reason, apparently, that it has a somewhat musical voice. It is the only Humming Bird which to my knowledge has any notes which are sufficient to recognize it by in the woods, and though rather monotonous, are qnite pleasing. In the neighborhood of Jalapa this species is found occasionally, but in the above-mentioned place is more abundant, although very difficult to obtain. It inhabits the forest in the winter season, and generally feeds on the flowers of high bushes called Asasaretos, which at that season are in full bloom and densely covered with beautiful smooth emerald green leaves, amongst which it is very difficult to see this bird, though it often betrays itself by its musical notes, especially in the morning. The males, I think, only sing, or at least much more than the females. Very few specimens of this kind are seen in summer time in this neighbor- hood. Itis found also near Cordova, and goes as far south as Guatemala, where perhaps it builds its nest, for I have never seen nor heard of anest being found here. The general appearance of this species is as follows: the upper part of the head is beautiful metallic nltramarine color. Wing coverts and tail coverts, and upper part of the body bronze green. Throat, under wing coverts, breast and belly, iron gray color, and the under tail coverts the same, but tinged with chestnut. Quills purplish black with the vanes black and resembling whale- bone, the three principle ones rather wider than common. Tail feathers yel- lowish bronze green, all except the two central, with the half towards the point bluish black, three on each side tipped with chestnut iron gray. The feet are dark iron gray, nails and upper mandible black, under mandible iron gray. Its size from the point of the bill to the tip of the tail is from 5} to 5? inches, wing 23, tail 2, bill 1d inches. The female is almost precisely like the male, with the difference of about 3 of an inch in size, and either less blue or with it less brilliant on the top of the head. No. 4. THaumAstuRA Eniz#, Gould. Trocuitus Exisa, Lesson. Mrretis Exisa, Reichenbach. LuciFer Exisa, Bonaparte. CaLoTHoRAX E tsa, G. R. Gray. This species of Humming Bird is one of the rarest that is found in Mexico. It is small, very beautiful, and possesses wonderful rapidity of flight, moving its wings with such velocity that it is almost impossible to see them when flying, and it may easily be mistaken for a large bee on account of the strange buzzing sound produced by their incessant motion. In the vicinity of Jalapa this bird is called Mirto de colo de tisera, or the shear-tailed Myrtle-sucker. This Humming Bird is extremely shy, and differs in its habits and manner of living from other species. It rises very early in the morning, and the few specimens that have come under my observation I never saw after seven or eight o’clock in the morning, and again about five o’clock in the afternoon until dark; in the intermediate time I have never seen it. When once this bird is found eating at one place it is almost sure to be found there at the same hour for several days in succession, so that once failing to obtain it, all that is necessary is to wait for it the next day. It feeds on the A/asapan and Tobaco flowers, I think preferring the latter. This bird is found also at the Barrancas de Jico (or Precipices of Jico) about twenty miles from Jalapa; there it builds its nest, which I have seen. It is very small, round, and flat on the bottom, neither so deep nor so thick on the lower part as the generality of other Humming Birds. The eggs are two, rather long in proportion to their diameter. The nest is covered on the out- side with moss from stones, and lined inside with tule or cattail silky floss. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 553 In this bird the upper part of the head, the wing coverts, tail coverts, and the upper part of the body are bright yellowish green bronze, except on the top of the head, which is rather duller. The throat is beautiful metallic shining amethyst color. The breast forming a kind of band across and com- municating in a faint line on each side of the neck with the corner of the eye, is white, slightly tinged with chestnut. The flanks, legs and lower part of the belly are of the same color. The sides of the body under the wings are mixed, scale-like, with bronze, green and chestnut color. The quills are pur- plish gray black, the tail bright purplish black, the second and third feathers having edges of light chestnut, not reaching to the point, and giving them the appearance of being spatulatein form. The tailis composed ofsix feathers, two on each side about the same length, and the third about one-third shorter. The feet, nails, and bill are black. The bill is considerably curved. Total length 33 inches, wing 13, tail 1}, bill 3. The female is like the male in the color of the upper parts of the body. The throat and breast and abdomen are grayish white, tinged with chestnut, very pale on the last, sides under the wings light chestnut, mixed with bronze green towards the breast. The tail feathers are ten, light chestnut in their - half towards the body, and the terminal half black, with the first and second widely tipped with white, and the third slightly. The middle feathers are bronze green. The female is about one-eighth of an inch shorter than the male. Catalogue of the Colubride in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Part 3. BY. E. D. COPE. PSAMMOPHIDINE. Maxupoton Fitz. Type M. lacertinus. Neue Classif. pp. 29, 59, 1826. Cclopeltis Fitz., 1843, Dum. & Bibr. Giinther nec Wagler, 1820; Rhabdodon Fleischm., 1831; “4 Bothriophis Eichw.,” Gthr. : Taphrometopon Brandt, 1839. 162. M. lacertinus Fitz. ‘‘ Coluber monspessulanus Hermann,” also “ Mer- rem,” (1804 & 1820), Bonap., (descriptions not recognizable). Hence Celopeliis monspessulana Bp. Fauna Italica, 1832; Natrix lacertina Wag). in Spix, Serp. Bras., 1824 Fig. ; Psammophis lacertina Boie, Isis, 1827; Schlegel, Ess. Ceelo- peltis lacertina Wag). Natur. Syst., 1830; Gtinther, Cat. Brit. Mus., 1858; Col. insignilus Geoff. St. Hilaire, Hist. Egypt, 1827 Fig.; Ceelopeltis insignitus Dum. Bibr. Erp. Gen. vii. 1130, 1854; ‘‘*Tuphrometopon lineolatus, Brandt,’ Kareline, Rey. Mag. de Zoologie, 1840,” Dum. Bibr. 2&hkabdodon fuscus Fleischm. 1831. Three sp. Italy, Dr. Wilson, (Bp. Coll.) Var. Neumayeri- Bp. One sp. Algiers, bf uy Two sp. Italy, A ‘ PsamMopuis Fitz. Type P. crucifer. Neue Class. Rept. 29, 59, June 1826. (nec H. Boie Bull. de Sci. Nat. et Geol. Ferussac, Oct. 1826, which must be regarded as a synonyme of Coronella Laur.!) F. Boie, Isis 1827, 521, et auctorum. Macrosoma Leach, in Bowditch’s Ashantee, 1819, (nec Hiibner, Lepidoptera, 1816.) 163. P. crucifer Fitz.l.c. Boiel.c., Dum. Bibr. Erp. Gen. 1854. Coluber crucifer Merr. Beitrage, 1821, fig. ?Col. lurus Klein, Tent. 1775; founded on Seba, 53, f. 2. One spec, Cape Good Hope, Gard. Plants in ex. 1360.] jot PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 164. P. sibilans Fi#.l.c. Giinther Cat. Brit. Mus. 1858. Coluber sibilans Linn., 1766. Col. moniliger Daud., 1802. Psammophis moniliger Boie, 1826. Wagler, Schleg., Dum. Bibr. One sp. Africa, ‘: ? 165. P. Phillipsii Hallow, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1854, p. 100; do. 1857, p. 69.Coluber Phillipsii Hallow, 1. c. ii. 1844, 169. This species has three very narrow longitudinal light bands, which corres- pond in position with the vertebral, and light inferior borders of the dark late- ral bands of the P.sibilans. These are not alluded to in any of Dr. Hal- lowell’s descriptions. This species appears to us to be closely allied to the sibilans, but has more the aspect of a tree snake, in the narrow, obliquely arranged scales, and rather larger eye. One sp. Liberia, Dr. Goheen. One sp. (young, Proc. 1857, p. 69,) sf ~ Tracors Wagler. Type T. prasinus. Nat. Syst. Amphib. 1830, 184. We have placed this genus and Passerita with Psammopbis, on account of the similarity of dentition, and from the fact that the T. tropidococcyx (Dryiophis Gthr.) ‘possesses the habit and physiognomy” of that genus, according to Dr. Giinther, who has made known the species. 166. T. prasinus Dum. Bibr. _Dryiophis prasinus Reinwt. Dryinus nasutus, - Bell. Tragops nasutus Wagler. One sp. Java, Dr. Ruschenberger. One sp. Ammer Vc us One sp. Ceylon, Mr. Cuming in ex. One sp. India, Dr. Burrough. Var. laetus nobis. Anal shield entire. Colors much brighter and yellower than other specimens ; otherwise similar. One sp. Philippines, Mr. Cuming in ex. Passernita Gray. Type P.mycterizans. Ann. Philos. 1825, 208. Dryinus Merrem, 1820, nec Fabricius. Dum. Bibr. 1854, vii. 808. Dryophis ‘““Dalman,” Boie Isis, 1827, nec Fitzinger. Neue Class, 1825. (Quid ‘‘Dryiophis Dahlman” Boie in Ferussac, Bull. de Sc. Nat. et Geol., Oct. 1826?) Herpetotragus Fitz., 1843. 167. P. mycterizans Gray. Col. mycterizans Linn. Dryvophis nasutus Merr. et auctorum. One sp. Madras, Mr. F. Brown. One sp. India, Dr. Burrough. One sp. Ceylon, Cuming ex. We would direct the attention of herpetologists who have large suits of spe- cimens of this species at their command, to the variations in the relative Yengths of the tail and body. In our specimens from Madras and Ceylon, the length of the former is to that of the latter, about as one to two ; in the speci- men presented by Dr. Burrough, as one and one-third to two. In the latter, the lateral and superior surfaces of the proboscis are verrucose, and the body is more slender in proportion to its length. 168. P. fusca. Dryinus fuscus Dum. Bibr. Erp. Gen. vii.p. 812. Passerita myeterizans, var. Dryinus fuscus Gthr. Cat. Brit. Mus. p.161. Dryophis c. Boie, Isis, 1827, 546; “eine dritte durch Leschenault von Ceylon, der aenea aholich.” Four specimens of this serpent from Ceylon agree in haying @ more atten- uated formthanthemycterizans. The tail is to the body, in length, as (Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 555 one and one-third to two; the lateral and superior surfaces of the proboscis are verrucose. The head is very much attenuated. Adark brown band passes through the eye, and there is a diamond shaped blotch with a posterior elonga-~ tion, on the top of the head. DRYOPHIDINA. LaNGAHA Bruguiéere. Type L.nasuta. Journ. Phys. 132, 1784. Xiphorhynchus Wagl., 1830. X¢tphorina Fitz., 1843. 169. L.nasuta Shaw, 1790. LZ, Madagascariensis Latr., 1801. L. ensifera Dum. Bibr., 1854. Dryophis langaha Schleg., 1837. One sp. Madagascar, Gard. Plants in ex Dryopuis Fitzinger. Type D.fulgida. Neue Classification, 1826, p. 66—et auctorum. Oxybelis Dum. Bibr. 1854. a. Scales smooth : Oxybelis Wagl., 1830. 170. D. argenteus Schleg. One sp. Cayenne, Mr. Amory Edwards. 171. D. acuminatus Gthkr. Coluber acuminatus Wied, 1822. Dryinus aeneus Wag]., 1824. Drytophis auratus Schleg., 1837. One sp. Brazil, Dr. MeMurtrie. One sp. Veraguas, New Grenada, Mr. R. W. Mitchell, One sp. Panama, Drs.Gallaer & Le Conte, Two sp. | S. America, Mr. Cuming in ex. Two sp. us ? It is this species of Dryophis to which Prof. Baird alludes (Proc. Acad., 1859, 300) as having been obtained so far north as Guayamas, Sonora. A single specimen procured by Capt. Stone at that place is in the Mus. Smithsonian. 172. D. Kirtlandii Hallow. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil, 1854, p. 100. Leptophis Kirtlandit ibid, 1. c. 1844, 62. Oxybelis Kirtlandit ibid, 1. c. 1857, 59, Ox.Lecomptei Dum. Bibr. vii. 821, 1854. Two sp. Liberia, Dr. Goheen. One sp. te Dr. Savage. One sp. a Mr. K. T. Cresson. Two sp. Gibson, Dr. Ford. One sp. be Mr. Du Chaillu. b. Scales carinate: Dryophis, Witz. Wagl. 173. D. fulgidus Fitz. One sp. Surinam, Dr. Hering. One sp. Panama, Dr. Le Conte. One sp. Tsalco, San Salvador, Capt. J. Dow. The above specimens have ten upper labial shields, Giintber gives nine a3 the ordinary number. 174, D. brevirostris nobis. Near the middle of the body, scales in fifteen rows; elsewhere in thir- teen. Carination very faint anteriorly; visible upon five rows poste- riorly. General form extremely slender; length of tail to that of body as two to three. Head small, muzzle short. No loreal, one post, one preocular, the latter reaching the vertical. Nostril near the middle of the nasal plate. Superior labials six, fourth and angle of third entering orbit ; last very jong. Inferior labials seven, suture of the first pair unusually long. Pupil round. Gastroteges 179; anentire anal, urosteges, 170. Totallength 40 in. 61. Tail 16 in. 3 1. 1860.} 4 556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Coloration, greyish green, tinged with rufous upon the upper surface of head and body. A narrow black line passing back from the eye, parallel to the commissure of the mouth. No lateral stripe. Habitat. Veraguas, New Grenada. From a valuable collection made in that place by R. W. Mitchell, Esq. AHAETULLIN A. CHRYSOSPELHA Boie. Type C. ornata. Isis von Oken, 1827, p. 546. Chironius Fitz. Isis, 1827, 265, nec Neue Class. 1826. 175. C.ornata Boie, l. c. Coluber ornatus Shaw, 1803. Col. ibiboca, Latr. 1801! Chironius ibiboca Fitz. 1. c. Var. A. Gihr. One sp. Philippines, Mr. Cuming in ex. Var. B. Gthr. One sp. Siam, Dr. Ruschenberger. Two sp. 2 ? 176. C. rhodopleurum Bote. Dendrophis rhodopleuron Reinw. One sp. E. Indies. Smiths. Inst. AHAETULLA Gray. Type A.picta. Annals of Philosophy, 1825, p. 208 (September) ?Zeptophis Bell, Zoological Journal, 1825, p. 328 (October). Gray, in King’s Australia, ii. p. 432, 1827. Dendrophis, Fitzinger, Neue Classif. p. 60, 1826 (June). Boie, Ferrusac, Bullet. Sci. Nat. et Geol. 1826, 238 (October). Wagler, Naturlich Syst. p. 183, 1830. Fitzinger, Syst. Rept., 1843, p. 27. Dumeril, Prodrome Général, 56, 1852. Giin- ther, Cat Brit. Mus., 148, 1858. 177. A.picta nobis. ‘ Coluber filiformis Linn. Mus, Ad. Fried., pl. 17 f. 2.” Description and fig. not recognizable. Col. pictus Gmel. 1788.- Col. coeruleus, Bonaterre, 1790. Col. decorus Shaw, 1802. Ahaetulla decora Gray, 1825. Den- drophis decorus Fitz., 1826. Dendr. picta Boie, 1826. Wagler, Schlegel, Fitz- inger, Dumeril, Giinther. ?Leptophis purpurascens Bell, 1826. L. mancas ibid. Ahaetulla Belli Gray, Ind. Zool., 1834. Leptophis pictus Cantor, 1847. One sp- near Calcutta, Dr. R. Coates, Three sp. Ceylon Mr. Cuming in ex. One sp. ‘( Ular lidi of the Chinese)” Singapore, Five sp. Philippine Is. Mr. Cuming in ex. One sp. Java, Dr, Ruschaakeee One sp. ? Turasops Hallowell. Type T.flavigularis. Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1857, p. Dendrophis Boie, Isis, 1827, p. 520 (nec. Fitzinger, 1826). Schlegel Essai, 1837. Leptophis Wagler, Nat. Syst. p. 1830. Fitz. Syst. Rept., 1843. Dumeril, Prodrome, 1852 (nec Bell, 1825). Ahaetulla Gthr., Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 151, 1858 (nec Gray, 1825). In this genus the scales are arranged in subtransverse rows, and are cari- nate; in Philothamnus Smith, they are similarly arranged and smooth; in both genera the gastrosteges are weakly keeled, the urosteges scarcely at all. In Gas- tropyxis nobis, the scales are arranged quincuncially and are keeled ; the gastro- and urosteges sharply angulated, In all three the dentition is syncranterian. In Hapsidophrys, F%sch., the frontal region is much arched; otherwise nearly similar to Thrasops. * 178. T. flavigularis JHallow.1 ¢. Dendrophis flavigularis, Hallow.1.c.1852, p. 205. We find no external character in this fine serpent which can, in our [ Dee. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557 opinion, justify its separation from the next succeeding species. This is inte- resting when we recollect that the Dryophis of the same region is congeneric with the South American form, and not with that inhabiting the Hast Indies ; a fact pointed out by Dr. Gunther, in his paper on the geographical distribution of reptiles. Two sp. Gaboon, West Afr. Dr. H. A. Ford. 179. T. ahaetulla nobis. Coluber ahaetulla Linn. Col. liocercus Neuw. Leptop- his ahaetulla Bell. © Dendrophis ahaetulla Fitz. Boie. Dendrophis liocercus, Schleg. Leptophis liocercus D. & B. Ahaetulla liocercus et Linnaei Gray, 1830. Gthr. Two sp. Surinam, Dr. Colhoun. One sp. Brazil, v One sp. loc ignot. 2 180. T. Mexicanus nobis. Leptophis MexicanusD.& B. Ahaetulla Mexicana Giinther. One sp. Omoa, Honduras, Dr. J. L. Le Conte. Two sp. loc. ignot. Mr. Cuming in ex. 181. T.occidentalis nobis. Ahaetulla occidentalis, Gtinther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1859, p. One sp. Isth. Panama, Dr. J. L. Le Conte. One sp. 2 Mr. Cuming in ex. ?Var. In a third specimen, locality unknown, an additional superior labial shield, and a postnasal longer than high, are the indices of greater elongation of the prefrontal, nasal and intermaxillary bones. In every other respect similar to the above. The proportions of body and color prevent its reference to T.ahaetulla. We await additional specimens before forming an opinion respecting it. PuILoTHAMNUS Smith. Type P. semivariegatus. Zool. South Africa, pl. 59, 1849. 182, P. natalensis Smith 1. c. pl. 64. We are not convinced of the identity of this species with P. Chenonii (Leptophis Chenoniti D. & B.) Dr. Leach’s diagnosis of his Coluber irregu- laris in the appendix to Bowditch’s Ashantee, will probably apply equally well to several species ; hence, we cannot adopt his name without more evidence than has been offered. One sp. Africa. Mr. Cuming, in ex. In this specimen the tail is rather longer in proportion to the body, than Dr. Smith describes. The length of the former is thirteen inches; of the latter, nineteen. 183. P. depressirostris nobis. Scales smooth, in fifleen rows, arranged as in T. Mexicanus, more obliquely than in T.occidentalis. Length of tail to total length, as one and one-third to three. Muzzle elongate, depressed, truncate; rostral plate twice as broad as high. Postnasal longer than prenasal; loreal three times as long as high. One pre-, two postoculars. Nine superior labials, fifth and sixth entering the orbit. Eye very large, oval. Occipitals broad anteriorly, narrow and truncate posteriorly, about equal to the vertical in length. DentitionasinT. ahaetulla. Anal platedivided. Total length 45 in. 6 1. Coloration. Above uniform deep green; beneath and upon the lips light green. An inconspicuous temple streak. A very delicate black line traverses the centre of each of the two rows of scales that bound the vertebral row, extending from the nape to the origin of the tail. Habitat. Cocuyas de Veraguas, New Granada; one specimen, presented to the Academy by Mr. R. W. Mitchell. 1860.] 558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF This species bears considerable resemblance to T. occidentalis, but is distinguished by prominent characters. ’ In the animal which is the subject of this description, an entozoon (Pentas- tomum gracile) had entered the right internal nostril, and penetrating the membranes of the meatus near its anterior orifice, had attached itself to the periosteum in the right posterior sinus of the intermaxillary bone. The body of the animal entirely filled the meatus, and extended as far as the mouth of the cesophagus of the serpent. Gastropyxis nobis. Type G. smaragdina. Supra p. 556. 184. G.smaragdina nobis. Dendrophis smaragdinus Boie, 1827. Schlegel, 1837. Leptophis gracilis Hallow., 1844. Leptophis smaragdmus Dum. & Bibr,, 1854. Ahaetulla smaragdina Gthr., 1858. Four sp. Gaboon, W. Africa. Dr. Ford. One sp. Guinea. Mr. Du Chaillu. One sp. Liberia. Dr. Goheen. One sp. zy ? COLUBRINZ. PrymNnomiopon nobis. Type P. chalceus. Form slender, head moderately distinct. Cephalic plates normal : two nasals, a loreal, one preocular. Scales carinate, arranged quincunially, those of the vertebral series not larger. Gastro- and urosteges not angulated ; the latter divided, the postabdominal plate entire. Pupil round. Palatine teeth very little longer than pterygoids. Superior maxillary teeth minute posteriorly, becoming much longer anteriorly; none grooved. In the system of the Erpetologie Générale, this genus might be placed near Eugnathus D. § B. Its true affinities are not with Euprotodon and Lycophidium, but with Thrasops Hallow., and Thamnophis Fitz. (Hutenia B. & G.), being distinguished from the latter principally by the dentition, 185. P. chalceus nobis. Similar in appearance to Thamnophis proximus nobis. Muzzle rather narrow ; rostral plate nearly as high as broad. Vertical rather large, its lateral borders converging, presenting a right angle posteriorly. Nasals equal in size. Loreal trapezoid, posterior inferior angle acute, Preocular not reaching vertical. Three postoculars. Eight superior labials, eye resting on fourth and fifth. Nine orten inferior labials; post-geneials separated, longer than the anterior. Scales in nineteen longitudinal rows, elongate, emarginate at the tip, those of the external row not larger than the others, keeled. Gas- trosges 152; urosteges? (tail mutilated). Length of body 11 in. 81. Coloration.. Olivaceous above, shading into leek green upon the flanks, and greenish-white upon the belly. A vertebral band of light green bordered with black extends from the occipital plates to the origin of the tail, involving one and two halves rows of scales. Another narrower and paler band extends upon the third and fourth rows of scales upon each side from the neck to origin of tail. This band is bounded above by an interrupted narrow black border. Temporal region lively green, plates of head and muzzle tinged with fulvous. Upper labials and preocular white: a narrow black postocular vitta. All the plates and scales above and below, refulgent with a brilliant metallic lustre, as in Ahaetulla sp. One sp. Siam. Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger, Puitopryas Wagler. Type P, Olfersii. Nat. Syst. Amphib. 185,1830. Chlorosoma Ib. 1. c. Dryophylax Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gen. vii. 1103, 1854, nec Wagler, 1820. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559 As Wagler’s name, Chlorosoma, as applied to this genus, is etymologically untrue, we have followed Dr. Giinther in employing the name which immediately succeeds it in the “‘ Natiirliches Syst.” 186. P. Olfersii Wagl.1.c. Herpetodryas Olfersit Schl. Dryophylax Cee D. &B. One sp. Brazil. 187. P. viridissimus Giénther. Chlorosoma viridissimum Wag]. i c. Her- petodryas viridissimus Schl. Dryophylax viridissimus Dum. & Bibr. One sp. Surinam. Dr. Colhoun. One sp. Patr. ignot. ? 188. P. crassifrons nobis. Expression slightly homalopsine: the eyes more anterior and vertical, the muzzle sborter, and the labials higher than is usual among tree-snakes. Vertical plate nearly as broad as long; occipitals broad, rounded. Postoculars two; preocular not reaching the vertical. Postfrontals broad transversely, inferiorly bordered by the postnasals and third upper labial, suture with the for mer longer. Superior outline of the rostral rounded. Nostril a slit; nasals confluent, posterior inferior angle acute. Loreal none. Superior labials eight, all higher than long, except the first and last; eye over the fourth and fifth, small. One large and three small temporals bound the external border of each, occipital. Inferior labials ten or eleven, sixth largest, last two or three very small. Pre-geneials longer than the posterior pair. Scales in nineteen long- itudinal rows, smooth; gastrosteges undulate near their extremities, obtusely keeled. Gastrosteges 206, one divided anal, urosteges 123. Coloration. Above uniform dark green, beneath greenish-white, chin tinged with yellowish. One sp. Cayenne. Gard. of Plants. (as Dryophylax viridissimus) In the proportions of the body, this serpent much resembles the P. viridis- 3imus, but even assuming that the absence of the loreal shield is accidental, the proportions of the head and plates are different from those seen in our specimens of that species, and in the published figures of it. Gonyosoma Wagler. Type G.oxycephalum. Nat. Syst. Amphib. p. 184, 1830. 189. G.oxycephalum Wagler. (G. viridedo. Descr. etIcon. Amphib, pl. 9. One gp. Java. Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger. This specimen has 27 and 28 rows of scales upon the anterior part of the body. Cuioropuis Hallow. Type C.heterodermus. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1857, p. 61. Body cylindrical, tail not long ; head rather short, eyes large. Scales smooth, anteriorly in oblique transverse series. Nasals two, nostrils between; loreal large; one pre-, two postoculars. Gastrosteges faintly angular; anal plate entire, urosteges divided. Dentition syncranterian, We are inclined to regard the arrangement of the plates upon the muzzle of the specimen from which Dr. Hallowell drew up his diagnosis, as abnormal. Another specimen from Guinea exhibits the plates as described. This genus seems to differ from Hapsidophrys Fisch., in having a shorter tail, as well as smooth scales. * 190. C. heterodermus Hallow. 1. c. One sp. Gaboon. Dr. A. H. Ford. One sp. Guinea. P. B. Du Chaillu. LiorEutis Fitz. Type L. tricolor. Systema Reptilium, 1848, p. 26. This genus differs from Chlorophis in having a single nasal plate, more 1860.] 560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF depressed head, equal teeth, and bifid anal plate. It seems to include Herpeto- dryas tricolor Schleg., Cyclophis calamaria Gthr., Cyclophis major Gthr., and the species below-mentioned. The scales are not keeled and the general form is less elongate than in Opheodrys Fitz. 191. L. verralis nobis. Coluber vernalis DeKay, Holbrook, ete. Herpetodryas vernalis Hallow., Proc. A. N. 8. 1856, p. 243. Chlorosoma vernalis Bd. & Grd. Cyclophis virnalis Gthr. Two sp. Nebraska, Dr. Hammond. Two sp. Kansas Ge One sp. Michigan. Dr. Miles. One sp. Allegheny Co. Penna. Mr. Trout, One sp. Berks Co. Penna. ? vi Two sp. Morris Co. N. J. Dr. J. C. Fisher. One sp. New Jersey. Mr. C. C. Abbott. One sp. Rhode Island. Mr. S. Powel. One sp. Massachusetts. Dr. Holbrook. Three sp. 2 ? The most frequent anomaly in the arrangement of the plates of the head of this species is the union of the nasal and loreal. Two labials are sometimes confluent and the preocular is occasionally divided. OpxeEoprys Fitz. Syst. Rept. 1843, p. 26. Cyclophis Gthr. Cat. Col. Brit. Mus. 1858, p. 119. 192. O. estivus Fitz. Coluber estivus Linn. Herpetodryas estivus Schleg., Dum. & Bibr., Hallow. Leptophis estivys Bell., Rolbr., Bd. & Grd. Cyclophis estiwvus Gthr. ; One sp. ‘“‘ Massachusetts.” Smiths. Inst. One sp. New Jersey. Mr. Ashmead. One sp. Pennsylvania. Mr. Allison. One sp. Washington, D.C. Mr. Burtt, One sp. South Carolina, Dr. Holbrook. One sp. Texas. Dr. Woodhouse. One sp. oe Dr. Heermann. One sp. v Dr. Wilson (Bp. Col.) Five sp. ? ? Dromicus Bibron. Type D. fugitivus. Sagra’s Hist. d’Ile Cuba, 1840, p. 221. 193. D.fugitivus Gthr. Col. fugitivus Donnd. C.cursorShaw. Herpeto- dryas cursor Schleg. Dromicus cursor Bibr. Var. Gthr. One sp. Trinidad. Dr. S. W. Mitchell. One sp. 2 ? 2? Var. One sp. Martinique. Gard. Plants, in ex. 194. D. ater Gthr. Natriz atra Gosse. . One sp. Jamaica. Dr. Fisher. Four sp. ? x 195. D.antillensis Dum. § Bibr. Psammophis antillensis Schl. e One sp. St. Thomas. Mr. Robt. Swift. Drymosius Fitz. Type D. margaritiferus. Syst. Rept. 1842, p. 26. a. One preocular plate. [ Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561 196. D.margaritiferus Fitz. Herpetodryas margaritiferus Schl. Leptophis margaritiferus Dum. & Bibr. Zamenis tricolor Hallow. Dromicus (!) margariti- jerus Gthr. One sp. ‘Omoa, Honduras. Dr. Le Conte. One ‘* Honduras. Dr. Woodhouse. One ‘¢ Panama. Dr, LeConte. Three ‘ Central America. Mr. Cuming, in ex. 197. D. Boddartii nobis. Coluber Boddertii Steetzen, 1795. Col. fuscus Hallow. Proc. A. N.S. Phila. 1845, II. p. 241, nec Linn. Herpetodryas Boddertii Schleg., Dum. & Bibr., Gthr. Unicolor var. Two sp. Surinam. Mr. Wood. Two “ Caraccas. Mr. Ashmead. One “ 2 Mr. Cuming, ex. One ‘ Veragua, N. Grenada. Mr. R. W. Mitchell. Banded var. One ‘ Caraccas. Mr. A. B. Durand. One ‘ ? Mr. Cuming, ex. In the banded variety a light band runs along the fourth row of scales. In our second specimen the light color of the abdomen involves the first two rows, leaying a narrow brown band upon the third row, below the light one. 198. D. Rappii nobis. Herpetodryas Rappii Gthr., Catal. Snakes Brit. Mus. 1858, p. 116. . One sp. Caraccas. Mr. Ashmead. Two ‘ 14 ? 6, Preoculars two, scales keeled. Dendrophidium Fitz. 199. D. dendrophis nobis. Herpetodryas dendrophis Schleg., Gthr. H. Poitet Dum. & Bibr. One sp. S. America. ? ec. Preoculars two, scales smooth. Masticophis Bd. & Grd. 200. D. flagelliformis nobis. Herpetodryas psammophis Schl. H. flagelli- formis Dum. & Bibr., Gthr. Psammophis flagelliformis Holbr. Masticophis flagelli- formis Bd. & Grd. One sp. Georgia, One sp. Young. S. Carolina. Dr. Blanding, (‘‘ Coluber reticularis.’’) 201. D.testaceus nobis. Coluber testaceus Say, 1853. Psammophis flavigu- laris Hallow., 1852. Masticophis flavigularis et testaceus Bd. & Grd., 1853. Her- petodryas flavigularts Hallow. et Gthr. (Quid Coryphodon testaceus ? Gthr.) Three sp. Texas. Dr. Heermann. Two sp. Cross-Timbers, Ind. Ter’y. Dr. Woodhouse. One sp. Cape St. Lucas, Lower Cal. Smithsonian Inst. In one of the specimens from Texas, the anterior part of the tail, and part of the body are lustrous black; in all three the teeth are of alight sea-green color, at their bases. In the specimen from Cape St. Lucas, the head is deep orown; a light line extends anterior to the eye, and one along the median upper labials, which sends a vertical branch to the postoculars. Throat and chin brown with yellow variations, anterior part of the body crossed for 2 short distance by incomplete cross bands. (Vid. Hallowell, U.S. Pac, R. R. Surv. Rept. x. Williamson’s Exp. Reptiles, p. 12.) 202. D. teniatus nobis. Leptophis teniata Hallow. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1852, p. 181. Masticophis teniatus B. & G. Cat. Serp. 1853, 108. Leptophis later- alis Hallow. Proc. Acad. 1853, p. Masticophis Schottii B. & G. Cat. Serp. 1853, . 160. e The fundamental pattern of coloration in this species consists in a unicolor 1860.] 562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF dorsal region, and lineated sides, a dark line running through the centre of each row of scales upon the latter region and upon the ends of the gastrosteges. The intervals between these lines may be variously shaded. When a light color appears between each, we have the form ¢ematus. (U.S. Pac. R. R. Expl. Rept. x. Beckwith’s Rept. Pl. xxiii.) When the intervals involving the ends of the gastrosteges, the first, second and half the third rows of scales, are dark, half the third and fourth being bright yellow, we have Jateralis or Schottti. (Mex. Bound. Surv. pl. 17.) Sometimes only the interval between the lines of the second and third rows is dark ; sometimes this occurs, theinferior half of the first Tow being also shaded. The uniform olive brown of the back is formed by the con- fluence of the widened longitudinal bands; the exterior basal portions of the dorsal scales, are however sometimes yellow, like the ground upon the sides. One sp. California. Dr. Heermann. One sp. Arizona. Smiths. Inst. Herpetopryas Boie. Type H. carinatus. Bullet. de Sci. Nat. et Geol. Octob., 1826, p. 237. Macrops Wagl. Nat. Syst. Ampbib. 1830, p. 203. H.carinatus (Bote ) Schlegel. Herpetologists have distinguished two species as confounded in the H.clarinatus of Schlegel’s Essai, and have characterized them as possessing, the one, smooth scales, the other, cari- nate. After acareful study of our specimens, we have arrived at the con- clusion that there is no ground for jregarding one series of specimens possess- ing caring upon the scales, as representing a species distinct from another series, whose scales are keelless. Specimens in which two or three labials enter the orbit and which have the anal divided, differ in this respect, as do also those with an entire anal plate, and three or two upper labials entering the orbit. A specimen from near Rio Janeiro is obviously Natriz scurrula of Wagler, (Spix, Serp. Braz. pl.) Another specimen from Surinam is quite as slender as Ahaetulla picta. In color, specimens vary from black olivaceous with a yellow dorsal line, and spots upon the first row of scales upon the tail, to gray brown with oblique transverse bands. A speci- men received from the Garden of Plants, exhibits two preoculars, and three or four postoculars. That a careful anatomical investigation may demon- strate the existence of several species among these individuals, is not improb- able. Besides the synonymes ordinarily quoted under the ‘‘species’ fuscus and carinatus, there may be added, Coluber Spizit Hallowell, Proc. Phil. Acad. ii. p. 241, and C. Pickeringz Hallow. 1. c. p. 242, Ten sp. Surinam. Dr. Hering. Three sp. (Types Hallow. sp.) Near Caraccas. Mr. Ashmead. One sp. (‘‘ Dendrophis viridis D,B.”) Para. Col. Abert. One sp. ; Surinam. Dr. Colhoun. One sp. Rio Janeiro. One sp. ? Gard. Plants in ex. Three sp. ? 204. H. sebastus nobis. ° As a representative of its genus, this species is of a very elongate and com- pressed form, with the scales arranged in transverse series, and with two medial dorsal rows, larger than the others; the dentition isodont. The specific characters are as follows: tail one-third the total length. Seales large, in ten longitudinal rows, entirely smooth. Anal shield entire. Head distinct from the neck, lanceolate. Eye large, superciliaries prominent. Upper head shields large. Vertical elongate, broad anteriorly, lateral borders concave, convergent. Post-frontals bent upon the sides. Rostral as high as broad. Nostril between two nasals, each of the latter higher than broad. Loreal rectangular, longer than high. One preocular scarcely reaching the vertical. Postoculars two, inferior largest ; the two bounded posteriorly by the [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563 occipital and a large temporal plate. Assecond large temporal, separating the last upper labial from the occipital. Superior labials nine, fourth, fifth and sixth entering the orbit; seventh subtrigonal, last two elongate. Inferior labials ten; post-genials longer than anterior. Gastrosteges not angulated, 153 in number. Coloration.—A light brownish fulvous, paler on the belly, darker upon the occipital region. One specimen, native country unknown, but may perhaps prove to be from Hastern Asia or Malaysia. Zaocys nobis. Type Z.dhumnades. Form slender, vertebral line angular. Two medial series of dorsal scales; those of the sides quincuncially arranged. Two nasals, one loreal, two pre- ocular shields. . The large isodont serpents which have the median dorsal line elevated into a ridge, and the sides compressed more or less ‘‘en toit” appear to us to be naturally distinguished as follows: A. Two median dorsal series of scales. Herpetodryas. Scales in more or less transverse series, one preocular. Zaocys. Scales.in quincunx; two preoculars. B. One median dorsal series of scales. a. Loreals more than one. Ptyas. Preoculars two or more. 6. Not more than one loreal or preocular. Spilotes. Scales in sub-transverse series; head very distinct from neck ; loreal trapezoidal. Celognathas. Scales quincuncial; head but little distinct; loreal trape- zoidal. Gonyosoma. Loreal three times as long as high or absent ; muzzle very acute. In proposing the name Zaocys for the Coryphodontes carinatus and fuscus of Giinther, and in retaining Fitzinger’s name Ptyas for the C. Blu- menbachiiand C. korros of the Erpetologie General, we are giving ex- pression to an opinion long held by us, as to the unnatural association of species in the so-called genus Coryphodon, of those authors. In it we find cylindrical terrestrial serpents united with compressed subarboricole species, upon a peculiarity whose value as an index of nature appears to us entirely imaginary. The very nature of the coryphodontian type of dentition as dis- tinguished from the zsodontian and syncrantertan would lead us to infer its in- constancy ; and it does exist, we believe, in species claimed to be isodont; e. g. in the genera Lampropeltis, Drymobius, etc. 205. Z.dhumnades nobis. Coluber dhumnades Cantor, 1842. “ C. nigromargi- naius Blyth, 1855.” Coryphodon carinatus Gthr., 1858. Three sp. Ningpo, China. Dr. McCartee. Besides the species of this genus, and of Herpetodryas, Dendrophis pseu- dodipsas of Bianconi, from Mosambique, possesses two medial dorsal series of scales. Pryas Fitz. Type P.mucosus, Systema Reptilium, p. 26, 1843. 206. P.mucosus nobis. Coluber mucosus Linn. Col. Blumenbachii MerTew. Coryphodon Blumenbachii Dum. & Bibr. Ptyas Blumenbachit Fitz. One sp. East Indies, Mr. Yarrow. 207. P.korros nobis. Coluber korros Reinwt., Schleg. Coryphodon korros Dum. & Bibr. Coluber cancellatus Oppel. One sp. (80 in.) Siam, Dr. Ruschenberger. One sp. ? ? 1860.) 564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Spitotes Wagler.. Type S. pullatus. Natur. Syst. Amphib. p. 179, 1830. Drymarchon et Thamnobius Fitz., 1843. Georgia Baird and Girard, 1853. 208. S. pullatus Wagl. Coluber pullatus Linn. Col. variabilis Neuwied. Spi- lotes variabilis Dum. & Bibr. One sp. Brazil, Dr. Strain. One sp. Surinam, Mr. Keller. One sp. S. America, Mr. Cuming in ex. Two sp. a6 ? 209. S.poecilostoma Dum.& Bibr. Coluber poecilostoma Neuw. One sp. S. America, u 210. 2S. poecilonotus Gthr. One sp. Caraccas, Mr. W. G. Boulton. Our specimen differs from Giinther’s type, in having the carination of the dorsal scales quite weak, the lateral borders of the vertical plate but little concave, the last two upper labials confluent on both sides, and nearly all the scales on the anterior half of the body with yellow centres. 211. S.melanurus Dum. & Bibr. One sp. Panama, Drs. Gallaer & Le Conte. One sp. Caraccas, Mr. Ashmead. This species is certainly very nearly allied to the S. corais, but we cannot at present agree with Giinther in regarding it as the young of that species. The corais is stouter in form, and does not probably exhibit a black tail, and black lines upon the neck, at any age. 212. S.corais Dum. § Bibr. Coluber coratis Cuvier. One sp. (very large) Surinam, Dr. Hering. One sp. (half grown) a One sp. (very young) tf Dr. Colhoun. In the young specimen there are forty-one pairs of oblique dark grey cross- bands on the body above. 213. S.erebennus nobis. Coluber obsoletus Holbrook, not Say. Georgia obsoleta Ba. & Grd. Independently of color, this species differs from the c orafs in the shorter loreal, longer inferior postogular, and longer external longitudinal border of occipital plate. The fifth and seventh superior labials are entirely separated by the sixth. One sp. Eagle Pass, Texas, Smithsonian Inst. 214. S. Couperi nobis. Coluber Couperi Holbrook. Georgia Couperi Bd. & Gird. In this noble species there is one superior labial less than in S. cora{s: the fifth and seventh labial plates form a suture above the sixth,as in thatserpent. One sp. Georgia, Dr. Holbrook. CorLoenatuus Fitzinger. Type C. radiata. Syst. Rept. p. 26, 1843. Compsosoma Dumeril, Prodrome de la Class. Ophid. p. 57, 1853. Spilotes Giinther, 1858, nec Wagler, 1830. Coluber reticularis Cantor and Spilotes Hodgsonii Gthr. belong to this genus. 215. C.melanura. Coluber melanurus Schl. Compsosoma melanurum Dum. Spilotes melanurus Gthr. One sp. Java, Gard. Plants, Paris, in ex, This specimen agrees exactly with Herr Schlegel’s description, though sent with the label “ C. radiatum, Var. B, D. & B.” 216. C. limicolor nobis. Cynopuis Gray. Type C. helena. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1847, p.246. PlagiodonDum. Erp. Gen. vii. p. 169, 1854. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565 217. C. helena Giinther. Coluber helena Daud,, 1802. Cynophis bistrigatu Gray, l. c., 1849. Our single specimen differs slightly from descriptions in the arrangement of the colors upon the upper surface of the body. Hence we append the following notes. Scales small, entirely smooth, in twenty-seven longitudinal series. Tail two- ninths the entire length. Head slightly distinct, acute. Rostral plate rather prominent, as high as broad, visible from above, Two small supplemental plates between it and the prefrontals : the latter as long as broad. Postfrontals longer than broad; superciliaries narrow; vertical rather broad anteriorly, elongate, the lateral borders straight, and so convergent as to render it almost trilateral. Occipitals elongate truncate posteriorly, two elongate temporals bound the external border. Nasals two, large, nostrils between; loreal longer than high, the posterior border curved oblique. Preocular large, reaching the vertical, rugulose; postoculars two. Superior labials ten, eye resting on the fifth, sixth and seventh ; eighth longer than high, ninth higher than long, both bounded above by an elongate temporal. Inferior labials twelve, seventh largest; pregeneials longer than postgeneials. Postabdominal scute entire. Gastrosteges 223, a little recurved upon the sides; urosteges 88 pair. Tota, length, 29 in. 3 1., of tail 6 in. 61. Coloration. Under surface light yellow, with a few black specks upon the extremities of the scales anteriorly. Above a delicate fawn brown, the two inferior rows of scales paler. Anterior to the middle of the body, the scales of the rows between the third and tenth assume a darker shade; this becomes a distinct lateral band posteriorly, and extends to the extremity of the tail. On the anterior third of the body, the skin, upon being stretched, exhibits the following pattern. Pale trigonal areas, alternating and extending from the me- dian line to the ninth row of scales upon each side. A series of small light spots upon the eighth row alternates with these. Lower down, opposite to the first, are diamond shaped pale areas, and a second row of larger alternating spots upon the second, third and fourth rows of scales. The spots of this and of the upper series become larger anteriorly, and are bordered above and below with black; the pale areas become obsolete. There are two parallel black lines upon the neck ; one oblique, upon each side of the neck; one extending from the eye to the mouth, upon the upper border of the eighth superior labial, and an obscure one upon the common suture of the occipitals. One sp. Ceylon, Mr. Cuming in ex, ELapHE Fitzinger. Type E. ?sauromates. In Wagler’s Icones Amphibiorum, 1833, pl. 27. Syst. Rept., 1843, p. 26. Elaphis Gthr. Catal., 1858, p. 92, nec Dum. & Bibr., 1854. 218. E. quaterradiatus. Tropidonotus elaphis Wagl. Natrix elaphis Bonap. Llaphis quaterradiatus Dum. & Bib. Six sp. Italy, Dr. Wilson. (Bp. Coll.) 219. E. teniurus nobzs. As in many other serpents of Eastern Asia, the maxillary and mandibular teeth become gradually longer anteriorly. Head slightly distinct, lanceolate, muzzle obtuse. ‘Tail one-fifth the total length, flat beneath. Twenty-five rows of scales, those from the ninth to the sixteenth keeled. Rostral plate broader than high, the labial suture one-third the nasal, less than the pre- frontal. Hight superior labials, fourth and fifth bounding the orbit. | Seventh much longer than high, bounded above by a long temporal, and by a short one, which also bounds the eighth labial. Postoculars two, superior largest. Preoculars two, as in other species of the genus, the superior very large, its horizontal diameter greater than the length of the loreal. The latter plate much longer than high. Postfrontals large, bent upon the sides. Anterior 1860.] 39 566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF border of the vertical shorter than the straight, convergent lateral ; posterior angle obtuse. Superciliaries large. Occipitals elongate, external borders convergent, bounded by two long temporals. Inferior labials ten, eleven, or twelve. Gastrosteges 232; one divided anal; urosteges 101 pair. Total length of specimen from Ningpo 64 in., tail 13 in. ; specimen from Siam 30 in., tail 6 in., 3 lines. Coloration. Above, an olivaceous ash, or clay color, more olive anteriorly. A blackish lateral band extends from the tip of the tail, throughout the poste- rior third of the body, where it extends from the second to the ninth rows of scales, reducing the ground color to a dorsal stripe of three or four scales in width. It is divided by a number of irregular narrow vertical lines, at regular distances. The superior border is prolonged upon the anterior two-thirds of the body as an irregular, narrow, longitudinal black band, connected with that of the opposite side by similar short transverse bands at distances of four or five scales. Irregular black borders and centres of the median lateral scales, are the only indications of the inferior part of the lateral band anterior- ly. Gastrosteges tipped with black anteriorly; the central parts become gradually darker posteriorly, but finally give place to a yellow median band which extends to the tip of the tail. This is bounded by a blackish band on each side, which is separated from that of the sides by another yellow one, which involves the tips of the gastrosteges, and first row of scales. The only marking upon the head is a black postocular vitta, which extends along the upper borders of the labials and no farther, parallel to the commissure of the mouth. Pectus, throat, chin and superior Jabials yellowish. One sp. Ningpo, Dr. McCartee. One sp. Siam, Dr. J. E. Simple, U. S. N. We can find no notice of this fine serpent, except a brief description appended . to specimen c under Elaphis virgatus of the British Museum Catalogue. This specimen, which is from Chikiang, China, most probably belongs to the present species. Elaphis virgatus differs from taeniurus in its more elevated rostral with more equal borders, its shorter loreal and preocular, etc. E. bilineatus Hallowell, Proc. Acad., 1860, p. 497, from Japan, is near- ly allied to, if not a variety of, E. quadrivirgatus Gthr. Note.—In these Proceedings, 1860, p. 241, we characterized a genus of ser- pents from West Africa, having entire urosteges, under the name Pariaspis. This name we find must give way to Elapops, Gthr., of a few months prior date; vid. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1859,151. E. modestus Githr., appears to differ from E, plumbeater in having but one postocular, two temporals bounding the occipital instead of one, and in color. In the latter species there is no shade of olivaceous. The plate represents a rather broader vertical and perhaps a smaller rostral. We look for further specimens to substantiate these differences. Oxyrhopus melanocrotaphus nobis, 1. ¢., p. 260, is apparently Crotaphopeltis rufescens Fiz. The latter genus differs from Sibon in its entire anal plate. Phimothyra nobis, 1. c., p. 253, is intended to take the place of Salvadora Bd. & Grd., the latter name having been previously applied by Linnzus to a genus of plants. Phyllobates auratus, l.c., p.372, was erroneously stated to inhabit Chili. It has as yet been found only on the Island of Taboga, Bay of Panama. We are authorized to state that Lampropeltis multistriata Kennicott, }. c., p. 328, is a misprint for L.multistrata Kenn. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567 Descriptions of some New Species of Tertiary Fossils from Chiriqui, Central America. BY W. M. GABB. The following species were collected by Dr. John Evans during his examina- tions, under the patronage of the U. S. Government, in Chiriqui. I have, as yet, received no definite information in regard to their exact locality or geo- logical position. The material is too scant to form a definite idea in regard to their age, but I believe them to be Miocene. Full information on the subject will be contained in Dr. Evans’s report. It is worthy of notice that among a large number of specimens there should be so few species. The matrix is a dark, almost black, highly bituminous shale. TEREBRA. T. Evansii. Shell turrited, whorls about eight or nine, angulated above; suture distinct; surface polished and marked by an impressed line about a third of the width of the whorl from the upper edge; below marked by several faint revolving lines. Aperture subquadrate, columella somewhat prolonged, tortuous, and with two faint folds; outer lip sinuous, most prominent near the lower part of the mouth. Rather common. Dimensions.—Length, 1 inch; width of body-whorl, °5 in.; length of aper- ture, -4 in. TELLINA. T. semilevis. Shell subtriangular, truncate posteriorly, inequilateral ; beaks one-third of the distance from the posterior extremity, with a faint angulation extending from them, parallel with the posterior side, to the margin; posterior side nearly straight; posterior angle obtuse; anterior end regularly rounded ; surface, in the young state, smooth; in the adults, with the marginal half concentrically striate. Very rare. Dimensions.—Length, -6 in.; width, °75 in.; thickness, -35 in. CHIONE. C. suleata. Shell ventricose, robust, produced posteriorly; umbones large and round; anterior margin regularly rounded, basal sinuous, posterior nearly straight. Umbonal ridge rounded, with the shell posterior to it at a right angle with the rest of the shell, and with a very distinct depression or sulcus anterior to it. Surface marked by about twenty heavy transverse ribs, crossed by numerous radiating impressed lines. Inner margin crenulate Rare. Dimensions.—Length, -6 in.; width, ‘8 in.; thickness, ‘6 in. ARCA. A. Chiriquiensis. Ventricose, inequilateral, umbones very large; hinge line short, with the teeth very small and at right angles to the hinge. Surface marked by numerous radiating ribs, with the depressions between them of about the same size as the ribs: these are crossed by very distinct lines of growth; and on the ribs are numerous small nodes, which appear to be independent of the lines of growth, and are not merely squamose elevations. These nodes are most prominent on the anterior ribs, and become gradually fainter posteriorly until, posterior to the umbonal ridge, they disappear. Area wide and marked by very few angular lines. This species is exceedingly common, and is sometimes nearly three inches across. Dimensions of the most perfect specimen.—Length, 1°5 in.; width, 1-6 in. ; depth of valve, -8 in. MEMBRANIPORA. M. speciosa G@abb and Horn. Colony in small encrusting patches, com- 1860.] 568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF posed of cells arranged in irregular lines ; cells large, broadly oval ; openings of the same shape as the cells, though smaller, by the projection inwards of the wall of the cell. Between the cells are numerous small interspaces formed by the inaccurate apposition of the cells. In this species we found no ovarian vesicles. The common base of the colony is longitudinally and obliquely striate. Descriptions of Three New Species of Starfishes from Cape St. Lucas. BY JOHN XANTUS. 1. ASTERIAS SERTULIFERA, Xantus. With five moderately tapering and somewhat angular arms. Length of each arm about two and a quarter times the diameter of the disk. Ambulacral spines very slender, flattened, linear, mostly in a single row. Exterior to them, on the ventral side, a double or treble row of stouter spines of equal length, also somewhat flattened, with blunt extremities. Back of the arm with five pretty regular rows of cylindrical or moderately-tapering spines nearly as large as those on the belly. The lateral rows are more regular than the others, and the spines of these rows arise from a very regular series of subtriangular ossicles, one spine to every alternate ossicle. These back-spines are all crowned at or near their tips with a thick wreath of minute pedicellariz. No pedicellarie in the intervals between the spines. Rarely a large pedicellaria in the ambulacral furrows. Diameter, four and a half inches. Related to A. glacialis. Found on rocks at low-water mark. 2. HELIASTER MICROBRACHIA, Xantus. Arms thirty-five in number, each in length forming about one-eighth the entire diameter of the body. Ambulacral pores very small, in four rows. Ambulacral spines stout, blunt, and forming a single row. Lateral spines of the arms compressed, very broad and flat, often bifurcated at their extremities. Dorsal spines very small and numerous, uniformly distributed, scattered with- out order over the surface of the disk and arms. Diameter, seven inches. 3. HELIASTER KUBINIJI, Xantus. Arms twenty-two to twenty-four in number, each in length forming rather less than one-third the whole diameter of the body. Ambulacral spines in a single row. Ventral spines compressed at their extremities. Dorsal spines capitate, in four to six series on the back of the arms; on the disk much larger and less numerous, and with flat or even concave tops. Pedicellarie thickly distributed between the spines. Diameter, seven inches. Collected at Cerro Blanco, off Cape St. Lucas. I take pleasure in dedicating this species to my countryman M. Kubiniji, the accomplished Director of the Hungarian National Museum at Pesth. Type specimens of all of the above species have been transmitted to the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. Descriptions of Two New Species of Pimelodus, from Kansas. BY CHARLES C. ABBOTT. 1 Pimelodus Hammondii, Abbott.—Spec. char. Body slender, elon- gated, and much compressed; the dorsal outline anterior to the dorsal fin, and the facial outline, descend obliauely to the margin of the jaws, withoat curva- [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569 ture. The head is much depressed, and very broad, constituting somewhat less than one-fifth of the total length. The mouth is small, and has the upper jaw the longer. The maxillar barbles extend a slight distance beyond the branchial aperture. The eye is of medium size, circular; its diameter enter- ing six times in the length of the side of the head; the orbits are nearly four diameters apart. The spine of the dorsal fin is perfectly smooth ; and the spine of the pectoral very coarsely serrated. The caudal fin is moderately forked. 5 The numbers of the fin rays are D, 1-6. P, 1-10. V, 8. A, 24. C, 27- ; 5 Color. In alcoholic specimens, the head, back and upper half of the sides are bright sienna; the belly silvery white. Margin of the dorsal, caudal, and anal fins, glossy black; the marking on the anal broader and not so deep. Numer- ous small, circular black spots are scattered irregularly over the body, in ap- pearance similar to those of the Trout (S. fontinalis), except in color. Habitat. Fort Reily, Kansas. This species is named in honor of Dr. Wm. A. Hammond, who has presented the Academy with many new and valuable western fishes. 2. Pimelodns notatus, Abbott.—Spec. char. The head and body are very much compressed, and the body tapers rapidly to the tail. The peduncle of the tail is slender and increases in width as it approaches the insertion of the fin. The facial outline is very oblique, and with the dorsal outline makes con- siderable curvature, from the anterior insertion of the dorsal fin to the extrem- ity of the upper jaw. The eyes are large, situated equidistantly between the extremity of the upper jaw and margin of the opercle ; the diameter of the orbit is contained four times in the length of the side of the head. The spines of both dorsal and pectoral fins are finally serrated. The anterior insertion of the dorsal fin is equidistant between the insertions of the pectoral and vential fins. The extremities of the rays of the pectoral extend to the insertion of the ventral fins. The extremities of the rays of the ventral extend beyond the an- terior insertion of the anal fin. The anal fin is large; the base equal to one- fourth of the total length. The caudal fin is very deeply forked. The numbers of the fin-rays are D, V, A, C. Color. In alcoholic specimens, the head and back are umber color; sides and belly yellowish, with metallic lustre. A circular black spot exists at the origin of the lateral line. Total length seven inches. Habitat. Fort Reily, Kansas. Dr. Wm. A. Hammond has presented the Academy with a single specimen of this Pimelodus. Descriptions of new North American Coleoptera, in the Cabinet of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia. BY GEO. H. HORN. NOMARETUS Lec. N. imperfectus.—Black, smooth and glossy; antenne and palpi rufous ; thorax cordate, canaliculate, narrowed posteriorly, with a slight transverse and rather deep basal impression; elytra each four striate, stri# punctate, and decreasing in length from the suture outwardly, fourth stria obsolescent, the arrangement of the strie forms an oblong space, which is slightly flattened, sides of elytra smooth and glossy. Length 40. Plate 8, fig. 1. This beautiful little insect, of which but few specimens have been obtained, has been found only in Hampshire county, Virginia, in the most rocky portions 1860.] 576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF of the Allegheny ridge, which traverses that section. The species may be easily distinguished from any other of this genus, by its four striate elytra, the species previously described have their elytra ten or eleven striate. ARHOPALUS, Serv. A. Wilsonii.—Brown, head large, eyes and tip of mandibles black; an- tenn long, equalling, in males, one and a half times the length of the insect ; thorax spheroidal, faintly margined anteriorly and posteriorly with yellow ; elytra each with a short basal band of yellow, which does not extend com- pletely over the humerus, an oblique yellow band a little before the middle, which widens as it passes outwardly, with a marginal and a faint sutural ex- tension of the same towards the base of the elytra; femora slightly clavate ; posterior tibiz much flattened, curved, and blackish towards the tips; tarsi testaceous, claws black. Length, -75. Plate 8, fig. 4. Two specimens. Comal county, Texas. It affords me pleasure to dedicate this beautiful species to my friend, Dr. Thomas B. Wilson, whose labors for ento- mological science I endeavor to acknowledge. CLYTUS, Fabr. C. nitidus.—Black, antenne short, head large, with two vertical yellow lines ; thorax spheroidal, margined anteriorly and posteriorly with yellow, at the posterior third are four short yellow bands in one transverse row; elytra with four yellow bands, the third and fourth transverse, the latter terminal, the anterior two bands oblique, and united by a sutural stripe; an obsolete patch of yellow near the humerus; incisures margined with yellow; sides of pectus yellow; legs rufous, hairy; posterior pair elongate; femora clavate, covered with minute cinereous hairs, and blackish towards the tips; posterior femora not spinous. c Length, -42—-50. Plate 8, fig. 2. Only two specimens have been examined. It may be worthy of notice that these were obtained from widely separated localities. The specimen in the Society’s cabinet was taken in Comal county, Texas, while that in the collec- tion of Mr. George Newman was obtained in Gloucester county, N. J. They have been several times compared, and have been found to differ only in size, the Texas specimen being the larger. LEPTURA, Linn. L. aurata.—Yellowish; eyes black; labrum sometimes of a metallic green color ; head and thorax rufous, the latter somewhat globular, much con- tracted anteriorly and slightly posteriorly ; elytra yellowish, clothed with short golden hairs, densely punctured, slightly narrowed posteriorly, with a lateral and a sutural stripe on each, extending over three-fourths of the length of the elytra. The lateral stripe is sometimes broad and clavate; legs yellowish ; femora more or less clavate. Length, -32—:34. Plate 8, fig. 5. Allegheny Ridge, Western Virginia. Abundant. The male of this species is much smaller than the female, more slender in form, and elytra much more narrowed toward the apex, and the lateral and sutural stripes not so broad. L. nitidicollis.—Black ; first joint of the antenne brown; mandibles and palpi yellowish, with the tip of the former and last joint of the latter blackish; head and thorax glossy, the latter narrowed in front, obtusely [Dee. 4 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571 angulated at the sides, dorsal line distinct; elytra gradually tapering toward the apex, which is round, a linear marginal, and a median yellowish stripe on each elytron, extending nearly to the apex, where it becomes confluent with the suture, the median is suddenly expanded anteriorly to the scutel, and posteriorly from the suture outward; legs rufous; femora slightly clavate, and black toward the tips. Length, -32—-36. Plate 8, fig. 6. Allegheny Ridge, Western Virginia. This species varies by the posterior fourth of the median stripe in some specimens tapering to a point, and in others it is separated from the remainder of the stripe. The male, as in the former species, is smaller and more slender in form than the female. ZEGILOPSIS. Antenne approximate, longer than the body, dewsely pilose beneath, first ~ joint cylindrical, equalling in length the third or fourth joint. Hyes lateral, slightly angulate posteriorly, front elongated, inflexed; head and prothorax of equal breadth; elyt® somewhat broader; prothorax un- armed; ungues not connate at base. This genus belongs in the same group of the Lami, with the American genera Hippopsis and Spacalopsis. A. cinerea.—Elongate, cinereous, antenne black, with the proximal extremity of the joints ringed with ash color; thorax cylindrical, much longer than wide, with four longitudinal dark stripes, two lateral, and two close together on the superior surface; elytra, with two dark obsolete stripes on each, one sutural and the other traversing the middle of each elytron; sparsely punctured, with black, erect hairs scattered over the surface; apices of elytra spinous, and slightly pilose. Length, -25—-30. Plate 8, fig. 7. The Society possesses two specimens; they were taken in Comal county, Texas, by E. T. Cresson. EURYOPTERA. Eyes deeply emarginate; palpi nearly equal; labrum not emarginate; an- terior coxe not contiguous; meso-sternum triangular, apex acute. E. sanguinicollis.—Black, opaque, finely granulate, head black, antenn» black, brownish toward the tips, slightly pilose; thorax bright red, slightly canaliculate, twice as broad as long, obtusely angulated on the sides, much contracted posteriorly, narrower than the elytra; elytra black, sides flattened anteriorly, narrowed in the middle, and much broader posteriorly; legs black, pilose ; femora strongly clavate; tarsi clothed underneath with silvery white pubescence. Length, -54. Plate 8, fig. 3. Northern New York, Mr. T. B. Ashton. The general appearance of this beautiful insect, is that of a Callidium, with a slightly canaliculate thorax; it differs, however, in the non-contiguity of the anterior coxe. The Reports of the Recording Secretary, Librarian and Curators were read, as follows :-— 1860.] on ~! bo PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY FOR 1860. During the year ending 30th November, 1860, there have been elected twenty-one members and six correspondents. One member has resigned. Three members have forfeited their membership. The elections of four members have been reconsidered and declared null and void under Art. IV. of Chapter II. of the By-laws. Seven members have died, to wit: Major John Le Conte, late Vice-President of the Academy, Mr. George W. Carpenter, late Treasurer of the Academy, Edward Hallowell, M. D., Mr. Augustus E. Jessup, Mr. Peter A. Browne, Bernard Henry, M. D., Henry Clay Caldwell, M. D., late U. S. Navy. The deaths of the following correspondents have been announced: Mr. Vic- tor Andubon, Prof. A. M. C. Dumeril, Dr. David Dale Owen. : On the 26th of June, Mr. William €. Henszey was unanimously elected Treasurer, to fill the vacancy occasioned by the death of Mr. George W. Car- penter. During the same period the following papers were read before the Academy, and published in its Proceedings and Journal, except one of those read before the Biological Department, which was published in a medical Journal select- ed by the author, Mr. Gabb’s Catalogue of the Museum and Dr. Fisher’s Index, not yet printed. By J. G. Anthony: ‘‘ Descriptions of new Species of American fiuviatile Gasterpods.”’ By Charles C. Abbott, six, to wit: ‘‘ Descriptions of new Species of Ameri- can fresh-water Fishes.’”’ ‘‘ Description of a new Species of Chatoéssus, ete.’’ ‘«Descriptions of new Species of North American Cyprinide.’’ ‘‘ Description of a new species of Exocetus from Chili.”’ ‘‘ Descriptions of new Species of apodal Fishes, ete.” By W. G. Binney, two, to wit: ‘‘ Notes on American Land Shells, No. 6.” ‘« Description of new Species of Pulmonata, etc.’’ By J. B. Buckley, three, to wit: ‘‘ Texas Ants.”’ ‘‘The Stinging or Mound- making Ant of Texas, etc.’’ ‘‘ Descriptions of several new Species of Planis.”’ By P. P. Carpenter, ‘‘ Notice of a Collection of Shells, made at Cape San Lucas, Lower California.’’ By John Cassin, four, to wit: ‘‘ Catalogue of a Collection of Birds, made during the survey of a route for a ship canal across the Isthmus of Darien, etc., with notes and descriptions of new species,’’ two papers. ‘‘ Descriptions of new Birds of Western Africa, etc.,’’ published inthe Journal. ‘‘ Catalogue of Birds from the Island of St. Thomas, W. I., etc.’’ By Brackenridge Clemens, M. D., five, to wit: ‘‘ Contributions to American Lepidopterology,”’ parts 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. By T. A. Conrad, three, to wit: ‘* Descriptions of new Cretaceous and Eocene Shells of Mississippi and Alabama, etc.,’’ two papers, published in the Journal. ‘Notes on Shells.”’ By E. D. Cope, eight, to wit: ‘‘ Catalogue of the Venomous Serpents in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, etc.,’’ two pa- pers. ‘‘Catalogue of the Calamarian Serpents in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,’’? ‘‘ Catalogue of the Colubridz, in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,’’ with notes and descriptions of new Species. ‘‘ Notes and Descriptions of new and little-known American Reptiles.’’ ‘‘ Descriptions of Reptiles from tropical America and Asia.”? ‘The Reptilia of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, ete., by Edward Hallowell, M. D., edited by E. D. Cope.’’ ‘‘ Descriptions of new Species of the Reptilian Genera Hyperolius, Liuperus and Tropidodipsas.”’ By Rafael Montes @’Oca, four, to wit: ‘‘The Mexican Humming Birds,’’ parts 1, 2, 3 and 4. By James C. Fisher, M. D.: ‘‘Index to the Genera described or referred to [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5738 in the first series of the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vols. i. to vili. part 1.”’ By William M. Gabb, ten, to wit: ‘‘ Descriptions of new Species of Fossils, probably Triassic, from Virginia,’’ published in the Journal. ‘‘ Descriptions of new Species of Cretaceous Fossils,’’ published in the Journal. ‘‘ Descrip- tions of new Species of Cretaceous Fossils from New Jersey.’’ ‘‘ Descriptions of some Cretaceous Fossils from South America, etc.’’ ‘‘On the identity of Ammonites Texanus, Roemer, and A. vespertinus, Morton.’’ ‘‘ Catalogue of the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.’’ ‘‘ De- seription of a new Species of Cephalopods from the Eocene of Texas.’’ ‘‘ De- scriptions of new Species of Cretaceous and Tertiary Fossils,’’? published in the Journal. ‘‘ Descriptions of a new Species of Cassidulus, ete.’’ ‘* Descrip- tions of a new Genera and Species of Amorphozoa, ete. °’ By Wm. M. Gabb and George H. Horn, ‘‘ Descriptions of new Cretaceous Corals from New Jersey.’’ By Theodore Gill, six, to wit: ‘‘Notes on the Nomenclature of North Ameri- can Fishes.*’ ‘‘On the pertinence of the Alosa teres, De Kay, to the Genus Dussumiera.’? ‘‘Conspectus Piscium in Expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum septentrionalem C. Ringgold et J. Rodgers ducibus a W. Stimpson, M. D., col- lectorum: Sicydianiw.’? ‘‘ Monograph of the Genus Labrisomus.’’ ‘‘ Mono- graph of the Genus Labrax, Cuv.’’? ‘‘ Monograph of the Philypni.’’ By W. A. Hammond, M. D., U.S. A., and S. W. Mitchell, M. D.: ‘‘On the physical and chemical characteristics of Corroval and Vao, etc., and ona new alkaloid containing their active principle.”’ By George H. Horn, three, to wit: ‘*‘ Descriptions of three new species of Gorgonide.’’ ‘‘On Milne Edwards’ Synonymy of Xiphigorgia setacea.”’ ** Descriptions of new Corals in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.’’ By Robert Kennicott, *‘ Descriptions of new North American Reptiles, ete.’ By J. W. Lapham, ‘* A list of the Fresh-water Shells of the State of Wiscon- sin.”’ By Isaac Lea, LL.D., thirteen, to wit: ‘‘ Description of three new Species of Exotic Uniones.’’ ‘‘ Description of Exotic Unionide,’’ published in the Journal. ‘‘ Description of four new Species of Unionide.’’ ‘‘ Description of fifteen new Species of Uruguayan Unionide.’’ ‘‘ Descriptions of five new Species of Uniones from Alabama.’’ ‘‘ Descriptions of four new Species of Melaniania of the United States.’? ‘‘ Descriptions of fourteen new Species of Schizostoma, Annulosa and Lithasia.’’? ‘‘ Descriptions of two new Species of Uniones from Georgia.’”’ ‘‘ Descriptions of three new Species of Uniones from Mexico.”’ ‘Descriptions of six new Species of Unionide from Alabama.’’ ‘‘ Descriptions of seven new Species of Unionide from the United States.’? ‘‘ Descriptions of three new Species of Exotic Unionide.’’ *‘ New Unionide of the United States and Northern Mexico,’’ published in the Journal. By John L. Le Conte, M. D., two, to wit: ‘‘ Notes on Coleoptera found at Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River, etc.’’ ‘‘Synopsis of the Scaphidiide of the United States.”’ By James Lewis, M. D.: ‘‘ Catalogue of the shell-bearing Mollusca observed in the vicinity of Mohawk, N. Y., ete.’’ By F. B. Meek, ‘‘ Description of new fossil remains collected in Nebraska and Utah, ete.’’ By F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden, M. D., two, to wit: ‘* Descriptions of new Organic Remains from the Tertiary, Cretaceous and Jurassic rocks of Nebraska.’’ ‘* Systematic Catalogue, with synonymy, etc., of Jurassic, Tertiary and Creta- ceous Fossils, collected in Nebraska, etc.’’ By F. B. Meek and A. H. Worthen, two, to wit: ‘‘ Descriptions of new Spe- cies of Crinoidea, etc.’ ‘‘ Descriptions of new Carboniferous Fossils, etc.’’ By James Aitken Meigs, M. D.: ‘‘ Observations on the form of the Occiput in the various races of men.”’ 1860.] a74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF By R. Ostensacken, ‘‘Appendix to the paper entitled ‘new Genera and Species of North American Tipulide with short palpi.’ ”’ By Temple Prime, two, to wit: ‘* Descriptions of new Species of Cyrena and Corbicula, etc.’? ‘‘Synonymy of the Cyclades, etc., part 3.” By John H. Redfield, ‘‘ Descriptions of a new Species of Marginella.’’ By Henry D. Schmidt, ‘‘ Method of painting moist anatomical preparations.” By Capt. J. H. Simpson, ‘‘ Notice of Geological Discoveries, etc.’’ By H. T. Stainton, (London), ‘‘ Observations on American Tineina.”’ By William Stimpson. ‘*Prodromus Descriptionis Animalium evertebra- torum, etc. Pars viii. Crustacea Macrura.’’ By Philip R. Uhler, ‘‘ Hemiptera of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, etc.” By Alexander Wilcocks, M. D.: ‘‘ Reflections upon the nature of the tem- porary star of the year 1572, etc.’’ published in the Journal. By Horatio C. Wood, Jr., three, to wit: ‘‘Contributions to the Carkonifer- ous Flora of the United States,’? Nos. land 2. “Catalogue of Carboniferous Plants in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philade] phia.”’ By J. J. Woodward, M. D.: ‘‘ Remarks on errors in the Anatomical Diag- nosis of Cancer.”’ In all ninety-six papers of which three were read before the Biological De- partment. The following addition to the By-Laws was adopted on the 3l1st of January. CHAPTER XIV. . PUBLICATION FUND. Article I.—The Academy hereby establishes a permanent fund to be called the ‘‘ Publication Fund,’’ the principal of which shall always be kept in- vested in good securities, and the interest accruing thereupon shall be ap- plied to the payment of the expenses of publishing such matters, stated or oc- casional, as the Academy may think proper to issue. Argticte II.—All monies which may be paid or contributed to the ‘‘ Publi- cation Fund,’’ shall be held by the Academy in trust for the purposes set forth in the first article of this chapter. Article II].—The said monies shall from time to time be invested in the corporate name of the Academy, in the public loans of the State of Pennsylva- nia or those of the city of Philadelphia, or in such sound real estate securities as the Academy may direct. ArticLE IV.—No investment shall be changed without the consent of the Academy, and all monies received in consequence of any such change shall be invested for the same trusts as the original fund. ArticLE V.—The Treasurer shall open a separate account in the proper books of the Academy, under the head of the ‘‘ Publication Fund,’’ in which shall be entered all payments and contributions for the purposes of said Fund, and all other matters and things relating to said account. ARTICLE VI.—Any person who shall pay to the Treasurer of the Academy the sum of twenty-five dollars in aid of this fund, shall be entitled to receive acopy of the Proceedings during life, and any person who shall in like man- ner pay the sum of fifty dollars shall be entitled to receive a copy of the Journal during life. ArtTicLe VII.—To every person whose contribution to the Publica ion Fund shall entitle him to receive a copy of the Proceedings or Journal or both, a certificate shall be issued, in such form as the Academy shall prescribe, con- taining acopy of this chapter and a statement of the amount of his contri- bution. The following amendment to the By-laws was adopted on the 28th of Feb- ruary : [ Dec. - NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. yg The Department B shall be denominated the Geographical Department of * the Academy. No report of the organization of this department has been communicated to the Academy. All of which is respectfully submitted. B. HOWARD RAND, M. D., Recording Secretary. REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN FOR 1860. The Library of the Academy has, during the past year, been increased by 351 volumes and 629 periodicals and pamphlets, on subjects belonging to the Natural Sciences. Of these works, 111 are from authors, 160 from editors, 321 from,Societies, 45 from Dr. J. H. Janeway, 32 from Dr. 8. Weir Mitchell, 167 from Dr. Thomas B. Wilson, and 144 from other members and correspon- dents. During the year that has just closed, 269 volumes have been bound ; 71 at the expense of Dr. Wilson, and 198 by the Academy. The department of the Library appropriated to periodicals, as was stated in the last report would be the case, is very much straitened for room, and the recommen- dation then made in regard to the construction of additional cases is now re- peated. Unless additional room is obtained, it will be impossible to place the books properly upon the shelves. No books are believed to have been lost or missed from the Library during the last year. It is of great importance that all valuable books of Natural Science, in all its departments, should be added to the Library as soon as they are published, in order that it may keep pace with the progress of knowledge and maintain that superiority as a Library of reference which it now possesses. The ordi- nary means of the Academy will not permit this, and meet its other necessary expenses. Several gentlemen have united in a subscription of a certain sum per annum for 5 years, to meet this want. These subscriptions are not bind- ing unless 25 subscribers are obtained. Four are yet wanting to complete the number, and it is hoped that these will soon be found, so that the Library may be placed in such a condition as will secure its most eminent usefulness in the cause of Science. Respectfully submitted, JAMES C. FISHER, M.D., Librarian. REPORT OF THE CURATORS FOR 1860. All departments of the Museum of the Academy under the general charge of the Curators, continue in their usual good state of preservation, exhibit zreat forwardness in .their arrangement, and have been constantly increasing through donations. Since the last Report was presented to the Academy, the following ad- ditions have been made to the collections : Mammals.—Of these, 32specimens of 23 species have been received. Among them may be especially mentioned a fine specimen of the Moose, presented by H. T. Desilver, Esq. The others were presented by the Smithsonian Institu- tion, John Krider, Dr. J. H. Slack, Dr. Jos. Wilson, Capt. J. M. Dow, Major Le Conte, C. J. Hering, D. Samuel, and Dr. Corse.* Birds.—During the present year the extensive collection of birds, for which the Museum of the Academy has been especially distinguished, numbering about 26,000 mounted specimens, but which had merely been deposited with *The names of the donors are given in the order of value of their contributions. 1360.] a6. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF the Academy by Dr. Thomas B. Wilson, was now presented by this gentleman to the Institution.* In addition to these, Dr. Wilson presented 2000 skins, or unmounted specimens, and more recently 27 birds from Jalapa, Mexico. 54specimens, 34species of birds collected by Mr. Du Chaillu, in Western Africa, were purchased and presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, Jos. Jeanes, Sam. Jeanes, Ed. Harris, I. Lea, W. 8. Vaux, Dr. J. D. Logan, J. C. Trautwine, Dr. W. M. Uhler, E. Durand, C. E. Smith, Aubrey H. Smith, W. P. Foulke, Fairman Rogers, Dr. J. L. Le Conte, and Jos. Leidy. 17 specimens of birds from Hudson Bay were presented by the Smithsonian Institution ; specimens were presented by Dr. Jos. Wilson and Lieut. Thos. T. Field; an interesting collection from St. Thomas, W. I., was presented by Robt. Swift, and a collection from New Grenada, S. A., by Wm. P. Breed. In addition, Dr. J. K. Kane presented a collection of eggs, obtained by his brother in the Arctic region. : Reptiles.—Of these, the Smithsonian Institution presented 80 specimens of 48 species, all North American, and mostly Western; Dr. T. B. Wilson pre- sented 100 specimens of 16 species from Jalapa, Mexico; and others were received from Dr. J. H. Slack, Dr. Jos. Wilson, Major Le Conte, Capt. John M. Dow, E. T. Cresson, W. J. Taylor, John Krider, Van Amburg & Co., Sam. Darrach, Dr. Semple, and Messrs. Cope and Powel. Fishes.—Of these, Dr. J. H. Slack presented a collection from Minnesota, consisting of 100 specimens of 8 species; Mr. C. C. Abbott presented 16 speci- mens of 11 species; Mr. S. Ashmead 7 species ; and others were presented by Isaac Tyson, Major, Le Conte, T. W. Norris, S. Powel, W. Coleman, Dr. T. C. Dunn, Dr. J. C. Morris, W. E. Halloway, L. Purves, Dr. R. P. Harris, E. P. Mason, and N. and E. Smith. Mollusks.—The Smithsonian Institution preseuted 350 species marine and fluviatile shells, from Wilkes’ Exploring Expedition; Mr. 8. S. Haldeman pre- sented 42 fluviatile shells, being types of descriptions and figures; Mr. J. S. Phillips presented 51 fluviatile gasteropods, not previously in the collection of the Academy ; F. A. Sauvalle presented 93 species of Cuban terrestrial gas- teropods; Temple Prime 47 cyclidide; Mr. Binney 42 species of shells; and others were presented by the Smithsonian Institution, Edward M. Kern, A. A. Gould, Isaac Lea, R. Swift, Capt. M. Blanchard, Dr. Jos. Wilson, Dr. N. Kol- ler, and Lieut. T. Y. Field. Articulates.—Messrs. C. C. Abbott, H. C. Wood, G. H. Horn, and E. D. Cope presented 380 specimens of about 50 species of spiders, collected in Pennsylvania and New Jersey; J. M. Glasco presented 150 coleoptera, from Texas ; and other insects, spiders, myriapods and crustacea were presented by Isaac Tyson, Augustus Milson, Capt. John M. Dow, Dr. Semple, Dr. Bridges, Mr. Powel, and Mr. Ashmead. Radiates.—5 Echinoderms were presented by Dr. Jos. Wilson; 1 by Capt. Dow; and specimens of Hyalonema were presented by Dr. Ruschenberger and Dr. Sinclair. Anatomy.—The skull of a walrus was presented by Dr. J. K. Kane; the skull of a Camanche Indian by A. E. Carothers; and miscellaneous specimens were presented by Dr. J. B. S. Jackson, Samuel Darrach, and C. C. Abbott. The widow of the late Peter A. Browne presented to the Academy his collec- tion of the hairs of the various species of men and inferior animals. Organic Remains.—A large collection of coal plants of Pennsylvania, con- sisting of upwards of 700 specimens, were purchased from Eli Bowen and pre- sented by Joseph Jeanes, Isaac Lea, W.S. Vaux, W. R. Lejee, E.S.Whelen, Dr. Le Conte, Dr. T.B. Wilson, W. Mactier, B. Marsh, J. C. Trautwine, W. C. Henszey. * See page 86 of this volume of the Proceedings. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Syl Foulke, Jos. P. Smith, Ch. E. Smith, Saunders Lewis, Griffith, and Cooke. Mr. W. S. Vaux presented 20 specimens of 15 species of coal plants, and others were presented by Dr. W. C. Dixon, H. C. Wood, W. M. Gabb, M. Baird, T. Ward, and J. T. Piggott. Dr. J. H. Slack presented a valuable collection of remains of Mosasaurus, My- liobates and Charcarodon, from the New Jersey green sand; Messrs. Abbott and H. C. Wood presented remains of Crocodilus, Priscodelphinus, and Turtles, from New Jersey; and Mr. Abbott also presented remains of several extinct fishes. Mr. Lea presented several bones of the extinct Hippopotamus of Italy ; Prof. Rogers a saurian vertebra from the North Carolina coal field; and A. C. Orrick a Mastodon tooth from Missouri. Small collections of invertebrate fossils were presented by W. M. Gabb, E. L. Perkins, C. C. Abbott, F. Kellog, Dr. C. M. Wetherill, Dr. Moore, E. D. Cope, H. C. Wood, C.C. Cadwalader, W J. Taylor, P. T. Tyson, T. A. Conrad, and A. L. Gerhart. Minerals.—Specimens of coals and mineral oils, from Western Pennsylvania, were presented by G. T. Lewis; and Dr. W. M. Garsia presented 20 specimens of mineral from Chili. Other specimens were presented by Capt. Nicholson, W. S. Vaux, T. F. Moss, E. L. Perkins, W. L. Mactier, J. H. Janeway, J. H. Thompson, Potts & Klett, P. C. Horn, Dunlap, Rand, Hartman, Lea, Marsh, McKibben, Short, Hanson, Wood, Hockley, and Pierce. Botany.—H. W. Ravenel presented the 5th fasciculus of his Fungi Caro- liniani, and Cryptogamic specimens were presented by H. C. Wood, Dr. Hut- nagle, D. R. Bennett, Rand, and Kaull. Submitted by JOSEPH LEIDY, Chairman of the Curators. The Committee on the Jessup Fund presented the following rules, which were adopted :— I. Applications for benefits from the Jessup Fund shall be made in writing to the Committee every three months. If. Benefits from the Fund shall not be received by the same person for a longer period than two years, without the unanimous consent of the Committee. IIf. The beneficiaries shall devote one-half of their time, under the direction of the Committee, to the study and arrangement of the Museum of the Academy. IV. Uach beneficiary shall receive $20 monthly by an order from the Committee on the ‘Treasurer. The following amendment to the By-Laws was finally .adopted :— To Article VII. Chapter 10, add the words, “of more than twenty of those extra copies.” 1860.] - = O78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF The election of Officers for the ensuing year was held in accordance with the By-Laws, with the following result :— President, : : : . Isaac Lea, LL. D. Vice-Presidents, . : 2 Robert Bridges, M. D., Wm. 8S. Vaux. Corresponding Secretary, : . Thomas Stewardson, M.D. Recording Secretary, B. Howard Rand, M. D. LInbrarian, : ; : . James C. Fisher, M.D. Treasurer, . : f : Wm. C. Henszey. Curators, ; : . doseph Leidy, M. D., Wm. 8. Vaux, John Cassin, J. Dickinson Sergeant. Auditors, : : : Wm. 8. Vaux, Joseph Jeanes, Aubrey H. Smith. Publication Committee, ~, Wm. 8.-Vanx, Isaac Lea, Robert Bridges, Joseph Leidy, Thomas Stewardson. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 579 ELECTIONS IN 1860. The following persons were elected Members, viz :— Jan. 31. Wm. M. Gabb, Wm. L. Mactier. Feb. 28. Franklin A. Comly, William W. Longstreth, Samuel M. ¥elton. March 27. KH. Otis Kendall, Alexander Johnston, Thomas Meehan, Charles A. Kingsbury, M. D. April 24. Solomon W. Roberts, Edward Burd Grubb. May 29. Andrew Coates, Francis Moore, M. D., John G. Bell, Edward R. Mordecai, M. D., Henry M. Watts, D. G. Elliott. June 26. J.T. Platé, Philip A. Cregar, Joseph W. Drexel. July 31. George S. Pepper, Wm. P. Wilstach, James C. Hand, Edward Craig Mitchell, Chris. J. Cleborne. Sept. 25. Richard Wood. Oct. 30. William S. Torr, John Ashhurst, M. D., George W. Carpenter, Jr. Nov. 27. Edgar L. Thompson, Rowland E. Evans, Robert Bolling, M. D., William Potts, Wm. B. Sinclair, M. D., U.S. N, , David Reece, Hugh D. Vail. Dec. 25. A. J. Foard, M. D., U.S. A., John Warner, Felix B. Carbonell, Edward Parrish. The following persons were elected Correspondents, viz :— Feb. 28. Prof. Charles Smallwood, M. D., Montreal. March 27. Hermann Walthu, M. D., Dresden; Wm. B. Carpenter, M. D., F. R. S., London; Charles Darwin, Hooks S., London. Nov. 27. Theodore Gill, Washington ; Chev. A. 6. Bernardi, Paris. Dec. Prof. Jules Marcou. 1860.] a Aransas ne-emcaces, Sagan | Ai’ 0) Oh al bone - igteh gil Se hp A ae Ae Cenc — ae Se aN ee ey "it j SHE “ind + oa ninety ett ify # AO fe ae, “ THA Py AUS Mi dpriree pogo: ee af ree en a he a bales wont ee eames: ray F aa? a ¥ hey ven ve ‘, ‘staan sD te ren t iets q ett Wun?" mus? ose bs oyun’ 3 tu Sait te eee - we , soli We, Py Pa ov Rn st , At ra i sehen a“ Te ; On t a iT Mie vai oe vy RS red Mi met iy uae asus ee ba’, RS hae gay fen iy iP As 5 nents it Riso ee ~~ ; ol Ah De alonieh at mein Syne se minh * y Rong hte «ih es ge Nel vite 2a yer Ele as ’ ha viet) ano es tu eM ab abegatl backs ein A ’ ; nee weit baal ear ae Ae | oes P : ~ ‘ Dies J imate we Vi een ae EOE Lente porns» id Seb hg! he? ind -taus Wate ny tid Me, 2) 4h. GS o§ fe s 7. @ Te \ 6] So ahem ' ealriald 1 att ck ceed epee + \ a ry a: i! ni ml itcubreed fis toy AG olan) 8 : AL < a Gaa | ‘i’ , | ve : =a oy a ees e: ta : tf Pied, c Répi ! ‘¢ Lop ee ; pay 9 av 4 } ad , j oa unl . oa ' — i Toren Jy Salin, RAIS Or oe gh ‘ul 5 f { ar ¥ iy « j J 4 r ' 4 y = e * CORRESPONDENCE. 1 CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ACADEMY, 1860. Letters were received and read as follows, viz. : Jan. 3d. From P. B. Duchaillu, New York, Dec. 29th, 1859, in reference to claim for outfit. From Committee of the Humboldt Foundation, in connection with the Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin, June 28th and Nov. 3d, 1859, proposing to establish a fund in honor of Humboldt, for the furtherance of scientific pursuits. From Prof. Encke, of Royal Prussian Academy, Nov. 17th, 1859, on the same subject. 10th. From Wm. J. Hamilton, Esq., London, Dec. 14th, 1859, acknowledg- ing his election as correspondent. From Dr. John Evans, Washington, Nov. 25th, 1859, in reference to a large meteorite near Port Orford, Washington Territory, and desiring aid in pro- curing the same. From John Welsh, Esq., Philadeiphia, Jan. 3d, 1860, acknowledging his election to membership. 17th. From W.E. Moore, East Brooklyn, Jan. 13th, 1860, asking orders for specimens of Natural History, to be collected by him in South America. 24th. Chas. J. Elliott, Montgomery Co., Pa., Jan. 17th, 1860, requesting a copy of the Constitution, &c., for the ‘‘ Cabinet of Natural Science of Mont- gomery Co.”’ Feb. 7th. From the Physico-Medical Society of Wiirtzburg, Sept. 26th, 1859 ; Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen, July Ist, 1859 ; Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich, Oct. 28th, 1859 ; Imperial Society of Naturalists of Moscow, June 22d, 1859 ; Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen, Sept. 13th, 1859; Royal University Library, Gottingen, Oct. 21st, 1859; Royal Society of Sciences, Upsal, “Sept. 15th, 1859 : H. G. Bronn, Heidelburg, July 16th, 1859 ; severally acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. From the Royal Danish Society of Copenhagen, July Ist, 1859 ; Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich, Oct. Ist, 1859 ; Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow, June 13th, 1859 ; Zoological Society, London, Jan. 20th, 1860; severally accompanying dona- tions to the Library. From the Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Freiburg, Oct. 20th, 1859, accom- panying donation to the Library, and acknowledging the receipt of the Pro- ceedings of the Academy. From H. Davis, McGregor, Iowa, Jan. 21st, 1860, offering collections in ex- change, &c. G. C. Swallow, Columbia, Mo.. Jan. 20th, 1860, acknowledging his election as correspondent. Dr. Evans, Washington, Beb. 4th, 1860, in reference to a memorial to Con- gress on the subject of the meteorite in Washington Territory. 21st. T. Oldham, Esq., of the Geological Museum, Calcutta, June 28th, 1859, transmitting survey of India. British Museum, Dec. 20th, 1859, acknowledging the receipt of the publica- tions of the Academy. March 6th. From C. W. Holman, New York, Feb. 28th, 1860, asking a copy of the annual reports for the Library at Westeriis, Sweden. 40 . bo CORRESPONDENCE. March 13th. From C. Smallwood, M. D., Canada East, March 6th, 1860, acknowledging his election as correspondent. Lucien Buquet, Feb. 18th, 1860, transmitting publications of the Entomo- logical Society of France. T. Dunlap, Esq., Philadelphia, March 13th, 1860, accompanying donation to Library. S. M. Felton, Philadelphia, March 5th, 1860, acknowledging his election to membership. Mrs. Lucy W. Say, Newburg, N. Y., March 2d, 1860, in reference to the appropriation of the proceeds of the sale of the American Conchology. April 3d. C.J. Heriag, Surinam, Feb. 20th, 1860, accompanying donation to Museum. R. Champley, Scarborough, England, March 6th, 1860, asking drawing of Alea impennis, Xe. Charles Miiller, Berlin, Feb. 28th, 1860, in reference to exchanges. Smithsonian Institution, Jan, 6th, 10th, and 12th : Academy of Sciences, St. Louis, Mo., severally acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Chas. F. Loosey, N. Y., Nov. 15th, 1859, transmitting the report of the first meeting of the Miners and Smelters, Vienna. Royal University of Christiania, Norway, Nov. 15th, 1859, transmitting Scripta Academica. 10th. Geological Society of London, Dec. 15th, 1859 ; Royal Bohemian Society of Sciences, Prague, Nov. 20th, 1859 ; Society of Friends of Natural Knowledge, Mecklenburg, Oct. 29th, 1859 ; severally acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. , Natural History Society of Wurttemburg, Jan. 10th, 1860, transmitting do- nations to Library, and acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Natural History Society of Riga, Oct. 26th, 1859; Royal Jablonowski Society at Leipsig, Nov. 20th, 1859 ; Royal Bohemian Society of Sciences, Prague, Nov. 28th, 1859 ; Society of Naturalists at Altenburg, Nov. 15th, 1859; severally transmit- ting donations to the Library of the Academy. 17th. Geological Society of Dublin, March 27th, 1860 ; G. W. Fahnestock, Philadelphia, April 11th, 1860; severally transmitting dgnations to the Library. New York State Library, Albany, April 10th, 1860, acknowledging the re- ceipt of the Proceedings of ‘the Academy. May 1st. Thos. H. Huxley, London, April 16th, 1860, acknowledging his election as correspondent. 15th, H. De Saussure, Geneva, Switzerland, April 20th, 1860, acknowledg- ing his election as correspondent. H. T. Desilver, Philadelphia, May 15th, 1860, accompanying donation to Museum. 22d. Natural History Society of the Grand Duchy of Nassau, 1859 ; Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam, Nov. S0th, 1859 ; Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna, Dec. 17th and July 7th, 1859 ; Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm, Nov. 24th, 1859; severally ac- companying donations to the Library. : Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle, Geneva, Noy. 5th, 1859, ac- companying donations to the Library, and acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Natural History Society of the Grand Duchy of Nassau, Weisbaden, 1859 Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam, Oct. 25th, 1859 ; Smithsonian Institution, April 13th, 1860; CORRESPONDENCE. 3 Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna, Feb. 4th and Oct. 11th, 1859; Linnzan Society of London, Jan. 1st, 1860; Natural History Society of Westphalia, Feb. Ist, 1860; severally acknow- ledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Robert Champley, Scarborough, England, May 6th, 1860, acknowledging the receipt of photograph of Alea impennis, &c. June 5th. Lyman C. Draper, Secretary of the Historical Society of Wiscon- sin, in reference to exchanges. 12th. Smithsonian Institution, June 6th, 1860, accompanying donation to the Library. George Crowther, New York, May 17th, 1860, in reference to a supposed new butterfly. 19th. United States Legation, Paris, April 30th, 1860, transmitting two livraisons of the Annales des Mines. 26th. E. R. Mordecai, Mobile, June 18th, 1860, acknowledging his election to membership. July 3d. A. P. Turner, New Harmony, Indiana, June 25th, 1860, offering shells from Wabash river, &c. Royal Society of Edinburgh, March 9th, 1860; Imperial Society of Natural Sciences, Cherbourg, Jan. 20th, 1860 ; Smithsonian Institution, March 21st and June 15th, 1860; Geological Society of London, May 17th, 1860; severally acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. H. W. Ravenel, Aiken, S. C., June 22d, 1860; War Department, Washington, June 18th, 1860; severally accompanying donations to the Library. Dr. Hoernes, Vienna, April 23d, 1860; Prof. Edward Suess, Vienna, April 23d, 1860; Chas. Darwin, Kent, England, May 8th, 1860; Geo. R. Von Frauenfeld, Vienna, June 5th, 1860; M. Flourens, Paris, May 14th, 1860; severally acknowledging their election as correspondents. 17th. Royal Prussian Academy of Science, Berlin, Dec. 31st, 1859 ; Senckenberg Natural History Society, Frankfort, Feb. Ist, 1860 ; Catholic University of Louvain, Nov. 18th, 1859 ; Natural History Society of Freiburg, May 10th, 1860; Royal Gardener’s Society, Berlin, April 5th, 1860; severally accompanying donations to the Library, and acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Physico-Medical Society of Wiirtzburg, April 2d, 1860 ; Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna, March, 1860 ; Imperial Leopold Charles Dutch Academy of Natural History, Jena, Feb. 27th, 1860; severally accompanying donations to the Library. Imperial Leopold Charles Dutch Academy of Natural History, Jena, Feb. 18th, 1860, acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy, 24th. D. G. Elliott, New York, July 23d, 1860, acknowledging his election to membership. Charles M. Wetherill, La Fayette, Indiana, June 15th, 1860, accompanying a donation to the Museum. Royal Academy of Sciences, Letters and fine Arts, Belgium, Sept. 23d, 1858 ; Physico-Medical Society of Wiirtzburg, April 2d, 1860; severally acknow- ledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Sept. 18th. J. Barrande, Paris, Aug. 20th, 1860, acknowledging his election 4 CORRESPONDENCE. as correspondent and announcing the presentation of several of his publi- cations to the Academy. Society of Naturalists of New Granada, Bogota, June 14th, 1860, accompany- ing donation to the Library, and acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Royal Society of London, May 24th, 1860, acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Oct. 2d. Naturforscher Verein in Dorpat, Jan., 1860, accompanying dona- tion to the Library of the Academy. Smithsonian Institution, March 31st, 1859, acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Charles des Moulins, Bordeaux, July 19th, 1860, acknowledging his election as correspondent. 16th. S.S. Haldeman, Columbia, Pa., Sept. 6th, 1860; F. A. Sauvalle, Havana, April 2d, and Philadelphia, June 14th, 1860; severally accompanying donations to the Museum. Society of Arts and Sciences, Utrecht, Feb., 1860, acknowledging the receipt of the Proceedings of the Academy. 23d. Royal Academy of Sciences, Letters and fine Arts, Belgium, March 20th, 1860 ; Royal Geographical Society of London, July 13th, 1860 ; Royal Imperial Geological Institute, Vienna, Aug. 27th, 1859, and March 26th, 1860 ; W. Haidinger, Vienna, March 28th, 1860 ; Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester, May 30th, 1860; Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, July 24th, 1860 ; Royal Academy of Sciences, Letters and fine Arts, Belgium, Sept. 16th, 1860; severally acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Oct. 23d. Physico-Medical Society of Upper Hesse, June 20th, 1860; Royal Imperial Zoologico-Botanical Society, Vienna ; Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna, June 25th, 1860 ; Russian Imperial Mineralogical Society, St. Petersburg, April 23d, 1860; severally accompanying donations to the Library. Society of Natural Sciences in Emden, May 21st, 1860; Royal Society of Gottingen, June 3d, 1860; severally accompanying dona- tions to the Library, and acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Nov. 13th. Royal Saxon Society of Sciences, Leipsig, July 5th, 1860 ; Royal Society of Sciences, Upsal, Aug. 4th, 1860; Imperial Academy of Sciences, Belles Lettres and Arts, Lyons, July 11th, 1860 ; Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow, June 13th, 1860; severally accom- panying donations to the Library. Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh, April 2d, 1860, accompanying donation to the Library, and acknowledging the receipt of the Proceedings of the Academy. British Museum, Oct. 26th, 1860, acknowledging the receipt of the Pro- ceedings. 20th. Richard Owen, New Harmony, Indiana, Nov. 14th, 1860, announcing the death of Dr. David Dale Owen, late a correspondent of the Academy. London Atheneum, Oct. 30th, 1860, acknowledging the receipt of the Pro- ceedings. Dec. 4th. Royal Academy of Sciences, Lisbon, May 26th, 1860, accompany- ing donations to the Library. 11th. Dr. John Gistel, Ratisbon, April 20th, 1860, of the same tenor. - 18th. T. J. Hale, Albany, New York, Dec. 17th, 1860, in reference to ex- changes of plants. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 1. DonaATIONS TO Museum.—1860. January 3d. A collection of minerals and silurian fossils, from New York. Presented by Edward L. Perkins. 10th. A collection of fishes, crustacea, &c., from Newport,R.I. Presented by Messrs. Powel, Bridges and Leidy. A white rabbit. Presented by Mr. John Krider. A small collection of fossils. Presented by Wm. M. Gabb. A large fungus. Presented by Wm. Kaull. 17th. A collection of fishes, from Newport, R. I. Presented by Messrs. Powel and Bridges. Several coal plants. Presented by Wm. M. Gabb. Human skull, from Marquesas Island. Deposited by Dr. Turner and J. A. Meigs. Collection of Reptiles. Presented by Dr. Wilson, U. 8. N. 24th. Several cretaceous fossils, from New Jersey. Presented by C. C. Ab- bott. Collection of remains of Mosasaurus, from Monmouth Co., N. J. Collee- tion of shells from do. Presented by J. H. Slack. A Remora, from Newport, R. I. Presented by W. E. Holloway. February 7th. Fungus plant, from a deep coal mine, Pottsville, Pa. Pre- sented by D. R. Bennett. A bean, from Japan. Presented by I. Lea, LL. D. Twelve species of shells. Presented by W. G. Binney. Forty-seven species of Cyclidide. Presented by Temple Prime. An agate geode, from the Uruguay R., 8. A. Presented by J. H. Thomson. Two fishes, from the coast of New Jersey. Presented by L. Purves. Remains of Mosasaurus, fishes, &&. From Monmouth Co.,N.J. Presented by C. C. Abbott. Specimens of fossil fishes, from Delaware Water Gap. Presented by the same. Chaetodon from Newport. Presented by E. P. Mason. Plectopoma from Newport. Presented by N. and E. Smith. 14th. Small collection of Eocene fossils, from Whenlock, Texas. Presented by F. Kellog. Mounted specimen of Ateles ater, from South America. Presented by J. H. Slack. Seven skins of Mammals, viz :— 3° Spermophilus Beechii, 1 Neotoma Mexicana, 1 Lepus artemesia, 1 Lepus, 1 Sciurus, from Western North America. From the Smithsonian Institu- tion. 21st. Specimen of Hematite, from Lancaster Co., Pa. Presented by Wm. L. Mactier. Specimen of Struvite, from St. Pauls, Hamburg. Presented by John H. Janeway. Specimen of Agalmatolite, from Moore Co., N. C. Presented by B. G. Dunlap. Collection of seven hundred coal plants, purchased from Mr. E. Bowen hy members of the Academy. Two teeth of Mosasaurus, from Monmouth Co., N. J. Presented by J. H. Slack. A specimen of Favosites, a Devonian fossil from the gravel in the neigh- borhood of Philadelphia. Presented by Dr. Leidy. lu. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. Tooth of Carcharodon acutidens, from J. H. Slack. A specimen of Meteoric Iron, from Xiquipilco near Toluco, Mexico. Pre- sented by Wm. 8. Vaux. March 6th. Collection of coal plants 20 specimens, 15 species, from Carbon- dale, Pa. Presented by Wm. 8. Vaux. Two specimens of Crinoid stems, from White Creek Spring, Davidson Co., Tenn. Presented by Wm. 8. Vaux. Crocodile vertebra, and two phalanges of a saurian, cretaceous, from Mon- mouth Co., New Jersey. Presented by C. C. Abbott. Skin of ocelot, Felis pardalis, from Central America. Presented by Dr. Wilson, U, S. Navy. Miocene leaves, from Bridgeton, New Jersey. Presented by C. C. Abbott. Hyalonema mirabilis, from Hakodadi, Japan. Presented by Dr. Ruschen- berger. 13th. Collection of Birds from Hudson’s Bay, viz :— Nyctea nivea, Bubo virginianus, Somatera molissima, Astur atricapillus, Surnia ulula, 2 Dafila acuta, Anas boschas, Mergus serrator, 2 Nettion Caroli- nensis, Bucephala albiola, Forlea affinis, Pelionetta perspicillata, Spatula ely- peata, Podiceps cornuta, Bucephala Americana, Ceryle aleyon, Chroicoce- phalus Philadelphia. Presented by the Smithsonian Institution. Lorius coccineus, from the Feejee Islands; tail feathers of Phethon rubri- cauda; 5 specimens of Echinoderms and Star-fish, from Guaymas, Gulf of California ; 2 specimens of shells from Panama. Presented by Joseph Wilson, IDM: DUA SaNawaye Model of a Catamaran. Deposited by J. H. Slack. Specimens of Helocetes ferianum, from Gloucester, N. J. Presented by Theo. Seattergood. Unio obesus, from specimens of different ages, from Brunswick, Geo. Pre- sented by Isaac Lea, LL. D. 20th. Four bones of the Hippopotamus major, from Florence, Italy. Pre- sented by Isaac Lea, LL. D. Specimens of Galena, 2 of Iron pyrites and 1 of limestone, from Hakodadi, Japan. Presented by Capt. Nicholson. Specimen of crystallized phosphate of lime in guano, from Avis Island, Ca- ribbean Sea. Presented by Potts & Klett. Unio Wilsoni, Lea, from N. South Wales. Presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson. A collection of mounted birds, numbering about 26,000 specimens, and a collection of bird skins, chiefly duplicates, now in the Hall of the Academy, about 2000 specimens, being his entire collection heretofore deposited. Pre- sented by Dr. Thomas B. Wilson. April 3d. Specimens in Alcohol of Dryophis fulgida, Boa constrictor, Cx- cilia, Imantodes curchoa, Bufo, Tiliqua, Bats, Insects, Scorpions and Myria- pods, from near Volc. Palco, San Salvador. Crabs and ophiocoma, from Panama. Presented by Capt. John M. Dow. Euprepis, Euprepis Harlani, Boddon, Agama, Atractaspis irregularis, Pari- aspis plumbeatra, Dryophis Kirtlandi, Triglyphodon pulverulentus, from Li- beria. Presented by E. T. Cresson. Specimens of Chameleon and Mantis, from West Coast, Africa. Presented - by Dr. Semple, U. 8. Navy. 10th. Tooth of Mastodon, from Benton Co., Mo. Presented by A. C. Orrick, Esq. Skull of the Walrus. Presented by Dr. John K. Kane. Sulphate of Barytes, from England. Presented by Wm. S. Vaux. Three jars with bats, reptiles and fishes, from S. Carolina. Presented by Major Le Conte. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. ili. 17th. 18 species of pulmonate shells, from the Smithsonian Institution ; 15 do. from W.G. Binney ; 1 do. from Mr. Powel; 2 species of marine shells, from Capt. Miles Blanchard. Eunectes murinus, from Surinam. Presented by G. W. Fahnestock. Two Owls, from Realijo, Nicaragua; a large Pinna, and ligneous texture of an Aloe. Presented by Lieut. Thomas Y. Field. Two Geomys pinetis, Mustela noveboracensis, from Georgia. Presented by David Samuel. White ant of Africa; and polyps, from the Atlantic Ocean. Presented by J. C. Semple, M. D., U. S. Navy. Pseudoapatite, from Freiberg, Saxony. Presented by T. F. Moss. Bradypus tridactylus. Presented by C. J. Hering. Atopaz. Presented by I. G. Cassatt and C. W. Frost. May 1st. Carbonate of Copper, from Chili. Presented by P. C. Horn. Fragments of the jaw of a crocodile, from the Green Sand of Monmouth Co., N. J. Presented by H. C. Wood, Jr. Palatine plate of Myliobates, fragments of teeth of Mosasaurus, and a col- lection of shells and belemnites, from Monmouth Co., N. J. Presented by Dr. J. H. Slack. “ 8th. Specimen of Stilbite, and one of Stilbite and Heulandite, from Flat Rock Tunnel ; large fungus, found growing on a paper mulberry tree, Phila- delphia. Presented by T. B. Rand. 15th. Specimen of Tringa Temminckii, from Marquesas Island. Presented by Joseph Wilson, M. D., U. S. Navy. Eleven specimens of birds’ eggs, collected by Dr. Kane in the Arctic region. Presented by Dr. J. K. Kane. Fifty-one species of U. 8. fluviatile gasteropods, not in the collection cf the Academy. Presented by J. S. Phillips. A fine specimen of the Moose, Cervus alces, from Moose-head Lake, Maine. Presented by H. T. Desilver. Specimens of Lepidoptera, from Manilla. Fishes, 6 species 4 genera, from the Atlantic Ocean. Presented by Isaac Tyson. Tropidonotus sirtalis, from Darby, Pa., Bascanion constrictor, from do. He- terodon platyrhinus, from N. Jersey. Presented by Dr. Leidy. 22d. Specimen of Cannal coal, from Armstrong Co., Pa.; do. coal oil crude, from Sucesco Works, Pa.; do. do. refined, from Penna. Salt Co., Pa.; do. Pe- troleum crude, from Oil Creek, Pa.; do. do. refined, from Penna. Salt Co., Pa.; do. do. once distilled, from Peterson’s Well, Pa.; do. do. crude, from Paint Creek, Johnson Co., Ky. From Geo. T. Lewis, Esq. Specimens of Unionide. Presented by Isaac Lea, LL. D. June 5th. Tarantula and 7 scorpions, from Cuba. Presented by Dr. Au- gustus Milson, through Dr. Atlee. Eggs of Ampularia, from Florida. Presented by R. Harris, M. D. Specimen of Bryttus Chetodon, from Trenton. Presented by C. C. Abbott. Between 3 and 400 species of 65 genera of marine and terrestria? shells of Wilkes Exploring Expedition. Presented by the Smithsonian Institution. One hundred and thirty species of Paleozoic fossils, from Iowa. Received in exchange from J. N. H. Barris. Two salamanders, and a small collection of Myriapods ; a crab, from New- port. From Mr. Powel. 19th. Twelve specimens of ores of zinc, from Bethlehem, Pa., from Mr. Roepper in exchange. iv, DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. Brucite, Anthophyllite, Tremolite, &c., from Lancaster and Chester Co., Pa. Presented by W. D. Hartman and Isaac Lea. Dermognathus fusca and Carphophiops amorna, from New Jersey. Present- ed by C. C. Abbott. Vertebra of a Saurian, from Chatham Co., N.C. Presented by Robert E. Rogers. July 3d. A specimen of Sigillaria, from Haz2lton. Presented by Matthew Baird, Esq. Two specimens of Coal Plants, from Pottsville, Penna. Presented by T. Ward. Two specimens of Selenite, from Chili. Presented by Dr. W. M. Garsia. Forty-eight specimens of Land Shells, from Sandwich Isles. Presented by E. M. Kern. Cast of the Skull of a Flathead Indian, about 22 years of age, who died re- cently in Boston, also some of the hair of the same. Presented by Dr, J. B. S. Jackson. Specimen of an Anaconda. Deposited by Dr. J. H. Slack. Fungi Caroliniani. Fasc. 5, Presented by H. W. Ravenel. 10th. Costal plate of a fossil turtle. Presented by W. W. Fraley. A collection of 19 specimens of ores of copper, from Chili. Presented by Dr. W.M. Garsia. 24th. Red oxide of copper, specimens of Chlorastrolite, a fossil shell, and specimens of mud andsand, from Lake Superior. Presented by Theo. F. Moss. A collection of fossils. Presented by Dr. C. M. Wetherill. Hyla xanthocnemia, from New Jersey. Presented by Dr. Leidy. Silver ore, from Nevada Ter. Presented by J. McKibben. September 4th. A fine specimen of the Meteorite which fell May Ist, 1860, in Guernsey Co., Ohio. Presented by Benj. V. Marsh. Specimen of bituminous coal from Green River City, Muhlenburg Co., Ky., on banks of Green River, 39 feet above high water. The equivalent of No. 11 of Owen’s Reports of Geological Survey of Ky., 43 feet thick. Presented by J. Short, Esq. Specimen of bituminous coal, 4 feet vein, supposed to be equivalent of No. 9 of 3d vol. Owen’s Report of the Geological Survey of Ky., from Green River City, Muhlenburg Co., Ky., 30 feet below No. 11, and 5 feet above high water. Presented by J. Short, Esq. Specimens of peat in common use for fuel on railroads in Bavaria. Pre- sented by Richard Wood. Specimens of Elaps fulvus, Sceloporus undulatus, Anolis caroliniensis. Lygosoma laterale, Desmognathus amiculata; Insects from Mobile, Ala. Pre- sented by Prof. W. J. Taylor. Specimens of Ophidia, viz. 4 Pliocercus elapoides, 8 Catastoma semidolia- tum, 30 Ninia diademata, 10 Lampropeltis polyzona, 7 Thamnophis proximus, 1 Thamnophis scalaris, 1 Sibon annulata. Sauria—Anolis, Sidrolamprus emreagramma, 6 Sceloporus variabilis, 3 Sceloporus scalaris. Batrachia— Bufo, 22 Rana, 2 Spelerpes bellii, 2 Geotriton carbonarius, from Jalapa, Mexico, (collected by R. M. De Oca). Presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson. llth. Specimen of Porites furcata, from Santa Cruz, W.I. Presented by E. D. Cope. Specimen of Favosites basaltiformis, from Warren Co., Pa. Presented by E. D. Cope. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. x 56 specimens of Spiders, 23 species from Pennsylvania and Maryland. Pre- sented by G. H. Horn. 18th. A large and interesting collection of birds, from the Island of St. Thomas, West Indies. Presented by Mr. Robert Swift. A collection of birds from New Grenada, South America. Presented by Wm. P. Breed. Cistudo by E. D. Cope. Large and fine specimen of Nickel, from Litchfield, Conn. Presented by Mr. H. C. Hanson. Fine specimen of Sigillaria, from the mines of Messrs. Geo. Wiggins & Son, Tamaqua, Penn. Presented by Mr. John T. Piggott. , from Londongrove, Chester Co., Pennsylvania. Presented October 2d. Specimens of Millerite. Gap Mine, Lancaster Co., Pa. Pre- sented by F, 8. Heckley. Specimens of Chlorastrolites. Isle Royal, Lake Superior. Presented by J. Newton Pierce. 25 specimens of Araneide, from Chester Co. Presented by E. D. Cope. Spheria Robertsii. Presented by Dr. Huffnagle. A fish (Plectropoma,) from Newport, R. I., and a spectrum from Florida. Presented by Dr. R. P. Harris. Dromicus fugitivus, Trinidad. Presented by Dr. 8. W. Mitchell. A collection, of hairs of various animals, made by the late Peter A. Browne, Esq. Presented by Mrs. P. A. Browne. 9th. 7 specimens 5 species of rodents. Presented by Mr. Krider. Thamnophis radix, T. sirtalis, Tropidonotus sipedon, Rana Halecina, from Kansas. Presented by Mr. Krider. Eleuteres cuspicauda, Morrhua pruinosa, Anguilla oceanica, Argyreiosus vomer, Saurus fceetens, Hippocampus hudsonius, Ophidium marginatum. From Beesley’s Point, New Jersey. Presented by Mr. 8. Ashmead. A deformed leopard crab, having the left fore claw double. Presented by Mr. 8. Ashmead. 100 specimens, 17 species of Araneide, from the neighborhood of Phila- delphia. Presented by H. C. Wood, Jr. 66 specimens, 48 species of reptiles. 9 species of Thamnophis, 1 Basca- nion, 2 Pityophis, 1 Elaps, 1 Siren. From Nebraska, Puget’s Sound, Geor- gia, California, &e. Presented by the Smithsonian Institution. A small collection of cretaceous and carboniferous fossils, from Texas. Pre- sented by Dr. Moore. 16th. Shark (Alopias vulpes.) From Newport. Presented by Dr. T. C. Dunn through Mr. Powel. An Iguana, and palatal teeth of the Drum-fish. Presented by Samuel Dar- rach through Dr. James Darrach. Meriones Hudsonius. Presented by Dr. James M. Corse. 4 specimens of Achatina and 3 of Helix, from Cuba. Presented by Dr. N. Kollar. Pomotis, n. s.; Plagyrus cornutus, Hydrargyra. New Jersey. Presented by W. Coleman, Esq. 200 specimens of Spiders, from near Trenton, N. J. Presented by C. C. Abbott. Catastomus tuberculatus; C. gibbosus; Pomotis appendix; Luxilus argen- teus; Hygostoma Newmanii; Pimelodus catus ; Ambloplites pomotis. Dela- ware River. Presented by C. C. Abbott. A Unio. Presented by Isaac Lea, LL. D. Three Land Shells. Presented by Temple Prime. 15 species of Marine Shells. Presented by W. G. Binney. Vi. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 11 species of Shells, types of descriptions in Wilkes’ Exploring Expedition. Presented by Dr. A. A. Gould. ; 93 species of Cuban Terrestrial Shells. Presented by F. A. Sauvalle. 9 species of Shells, from the Spanish Main. Presented by R. Swift. 42 Fluviatile Shells, types of descriptions and figures. Presented by Prof. 8. S. Haldeman. 23d. Four Fossil Vertebre, fragment of Fish-Jaw, and Teeth, from Mul- lica Hill, Gloucester Co., N. J. Presented by Chas. C. Abbott. Coregonus albus, from Lake Champlain; Morone Americana, from New York; Morone pallida, from Delaware River. Presented by Thaddeus W. Norris. November 6th. Calyptraphorus trinodiferus, Athleta Tuomeyi. Eocene fossils, from Alabama. Presented by T. A. Conrad, Hyalonema Sieboldii. Skin of Galeopithecus. From Japan. Presented by Dr. Sinclair, U.S. N., through Dr. I. Hays. Two Baculites, from the New Jersey Green Sand. Presented by C.C. Cad- walader. Two Coal Plants, from Virginia. Presented by Dr. Dixon. 13th. Retepora, a Devonian fossil, from Huntingdon Co., Pa. Presented by W. J. Taylor. Pomotis auritus and Leuceoperca Americana, from Lake Erie. Presented by Dr. J. C. Morris. . 20th. 27 specimens of Birds, from Jalapa, Mexico. Presented by Dr. Thos. B. Wilson. Skull of a Camanche Chief, supposed to be that of Yellow Jack, from Texas. Presented by A. E. Carothers. December 4th. The following Birds, collected by P. B. Du Chaillu in Western Africa :— 1 Gypohierax angolensis, (young,) from Cape Lopez. Presented by Dr. T, B. Wilson. 2 Spizetos, from Ogobai River. Presented by Mr. Joseph Jeanes. 1 Micrastur macrourus, from Ogobai River. Presented by Mr. Samuel Jeanes. 1 Aviceda cuculoides, from Ogobai River, Presented by Prof. Jos. Leidy. 1 Accipiter Toussenelli, 1 Accipiter Hartlaubii, from Ogobai River. Pre- sented by Mr. Wm. 8. Vaux. 1 Scotopelia Peli, from Moonda River; 1 Syrnium Woodfordii, from Moonda River; 3 Syrnium, (young,) from Ogobai River. Presented by Dr. Thos. B. Wilson. 2 Numida plumifera, from Cape Lopez. Presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson. 2 Phasidus niger, from Cape Lopez. Presented by Mr. Joseph Jeanes. Five Coleoptera. Presented by E. D. Cope. A collection of 150 Coleoptera, from Upshur Co., Texas. Presented by J. M. Glasco. A collection of Vertebre and fragments of Jaw of Priscodelphinus. Frag- ments of Crocodile and Turtle bones, together with an Ostrea. From the Miocene Marl of Shiloh, N. J. Presented by H. C. Wood, Jr. Four Coal Plants, and a small collection of Carboniferous Fossil Shells. From Broad Top, Pa. Several specimens of Cyathophyllum. 50 species of Native Mosses. Presented by H. C. Wood, Jr. Fragment of an Indian Cranium, from near Trenton, N. J. Presented by C. C. Abbott. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. vii. llth. 10 specimens of Birds, from Jalapa, Mexico. Accipiter gilvicollis, Buteo, Ramphastos carinatus, Aulocoramphus prasinus, 2 Geotrygon, Den- drortyx barbatus, Tinamus, Gallinago, and Calidris. Presented by Dr. Thos. 5B. Wilson. The following, from Western Africa, from Du Chaillu’s collection :— 1 Polyboroides radiatus. Presented by Isaac Lea, LL. D. 1 Halietus; 1 Circetus zonurus. Presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson. 1 Chetura Sabinei. Presented by Mr. Joseph Jeanes. 3 Atticora nitens. Presented by Mr. Samuel Jeanes. 2 Cecropis Gordoni. Presented by Dr. Joseph Leidy. 1 Cypselus ambrosiacus ; 3 Caprimulgus Fossii. Presented by Mr. Wm. 8S. Vaux. 1 Eurystomus afer; 1 Halcyon senegalensis. Presented by Dr. J. Dickinson Logan. 1 Haleyon Dryas. Presented by Mr. Edward Harris. 1 Halcyon badius. Presented by Mr. J. C. Trautwine. 1 Alcedo leucogaster. Presented by Prof. Fairman Rogers. 2 Merops variegatus. Presented by Mr. W. Parker Foulke. 1 Merops Bullockioides. Presented by Mr. Aubrey H. Smith. 2 Meropiscus gularis; 1 Trogon narina. Presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson. 4 Sycobius nitens. From Dr. J. L. Le Conte. 1 Sycobius cristatus; 2 Sycobius nigrifrons. Presented by Mr. Charles E. Smith. 2 Sycobius malimbus. Presented by Dr. W. M. Uhler. 2 Sycobius Cassinii. Presented by Mr. E. Durand. 3 Hyphantornis cinctus. Presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson. 1 Fossil Ostrea and 1 Pecten, from Tunis, Africa. Presented by Mr. Wm. S. Vaux. A collection of Fossils, 12 specimens, from Scioto River, Delaware Co., Ohio. Presented by Mr. A. L. Gerhart. 2 specimens of Boa Constrictor, very fine. Presented by Messrs. Van Amburg & Co. 4 specimens of Infusorial Earth, from Calvert Co., Md. Presented by P. T. Tyson. 5 specimens of Aphredoderus, from New Jersey. Presented by C. C. Abbott. Two Salamanders, from Chester Co. Presented by EH. D. Cope. 18th. 129 specimens, 8 species Fishes of the genera Pimelodus, Pomotis, Stizostedion, Bryttus, Esox, Pimephales, and Hybognathus. 11 specimens, 4 species Reptiles of the genera Aspidonectes, Natrix, Thamnophis, and Bas- canion. 3 skins of Sciurus Hudsonius. From Minnesota. Collected and presented by Dr. J. H. Slack. A small collection of Insects and Spiders, from Canada. Presented by S. H. Matthews. ee { meg ; oe Pat Pope ; ie ape ipl Row Biarett sis thalige sbi alee re 4 apes t Badhce Fi whic traqeden: ; ott pie eae etal (POET Mer Bate ot lade bre Sites sine ieee aren oe? wae eee vod alt teva” a@ biap-é lost, ebhondsz diay paisa: rad piabrosent hl a } ih, aban jusoT neguitinaptarh eschineh mt -paedaucted Lsireat ,irtlogt ‘lee ee eapHetos Yo Yessheok, dagen. sil mor, ; 1 dist wesesh peed eoaiee mGhtowioiel it aioe) zg Ag. ‘ mabedest xi: sipek Hr0deiB Levase J sidonid 0 by wabndecl Ve toy Diese ssh swatra Zip 168iE abi sien" beak oe SInTadH oS addaibanst ner 4S ent: 219 F He ldere renTdsa 2h, shataisos sie oc I, lol agtett— ole im Ree atensata bi a Fgse eong008 oie Clersnth) “ich oud 7 As oT” steel eles Oost Bisel cae d Be SHoteie'D fc Supidy, ¥ fob a351206 ale Fieise? 643 iuort fete i “léioe mesautl edt ta saaibesoorl ont t E20) Aeiod of Paes sats mesinnl af? te tdahisay sTSh ohh wh OR rile dobnol to xyeisodutesnnnl sai In ire A ey 0 DEoS to qeines téeads| edlio! aura Fan |. 0haod ae wrerdilo¢eie, 2107 wet salt 70 ceoienel ad? te diagel lanaeke 3 P sHeSs aired oii 4 a OBE 50 Bite 394. Ub bia 88 “Veoit' ionteanale stirs 8 meget 00ST ,gkM Bort 2b lov Sporvaet Bick fntrpet abe Bits srerouel AW da Lay oupiigaa do Squg sigokg®, al aig seine Sid mee 88: 2426 agialoY seus inesfoubal signe ite iad ‘liaisioe Re sy ¥ pinks -cis€l psomers’ to 116ID0= Bi ‘bul Enaaltsstates yi Fs pie re baa ei lees teverA susie gol aisiniquil sitadbno Ahab: , 3° TciabEek ‘eit mort Sai ear? .ensa bs OTA ily poltpiptisl. <2onsiek eh giehiqarl Oiais0% eb ab “yale eddurard Ge oH Addai. 2 ot/f 20VL_£ io elliott 4235. iL | SOPSe eee, rh, |b wie. godekod ~Qliawhist to Isaznol slatitag) asthuirs) of ir art aS wat Eloy bt 3 qeastse WOYT ORI wollte ai Roe Sear Ae E fer tot sommes saan ala tie feniss YX Halve ine wre DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. ix. Jahrgang, 1859, Denkschriften der Kaiser, Akad, der Wissenschaften, Mathe- mat.-Naturwissen. Classe, Banden 16 und 17. Jahrbucher der K. K. Central- Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus, von Karl Kreil, Band 6, Jahr- gang, 1854. From the Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar. Ny Foljd. Andra Bandet. Forsta Haftet. Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa Omkring Jorden under befal af C. A. Virgin Aren 1851,—1853. Af K. Svenska Veten- skaps-Akademiens. Zoologi, 3. From the Royal Academy of Sciences, Stock- holm. Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Deel 7. Jaarbock van de K, Akad. von Wetenschappen, 1858. Verslagen en Mede- deelingen der Konink. Akad. van Wetenschappen. Afdeeling Letterkunde Vierde Deel. Afdeeling Natuurkunde Deel, 8 and 9. From the Royal Acade- my of Sciences of Amsterdam. Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Foérhandlingar. Temtonde Ar- gangen, 1858. From the Royal Academy of Sciences of Stockholm, Jahrbiicher des Vereins fir Naturkunde im Herzogthum Nassau, Heft. 13. From the Natural History Society in Wiesbaden. Die Athysanus-Arten der Gegend von Wiesbaden von C. L. Kirschbaum. 4to. tract. Wiesbaden, 1858. From the Author. Verhandlungen des naturhistorischen Vereins der preussischen Rheinlande und Westphalens. Jahrgang 16, Erstes.—Viertes Heft. From the Society in Bonn. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, &c., von H. C. von Leonhard und H. G. Bronn, Jahrgang, 1860, Erstes Heft. From the Editors, Stuttgart. Memoires de la Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle de Genéve, Tome 15, Premiere Partie. From the Society. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society, Nos. 7 to 15, incl. Bo- tany and Zoology. Supplements to Botany, Nos. 1 and 2, 1859. Addresses of Thomas Bell, F. R. S., &c., President of the Linnean Society, for the years 1858 and 1859. Lists of the Linnean Society, of London, for 1858 and 1859. The Transactions of the Linnean Society of London. Vol. 23, parts 3 and 4. From the Society in London. Forty-second Annual Report of the Trustees of the New York State Library. 1860. From the Trustees. Hutching’s California Magazine. Nos. 39 and 40, Sept. and Oct., 1859. From the Publishers. Charleston Medical Journal and Review. Vol. 15, No. 3, May, 1860. From the Editor. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquée, par M. F. E. Guérin-Méne- ville. No. 4, 1860. From the Editor. June 5th. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandice, Volumina 3 et 4. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift-voor Nederlandisch Indié uitgegeven door de Natuur- kundige vereeniging in Nederlandsch Indié Deel 14, Aflev. 4, 5, and 6, and Deel. 15, 19, and 17. From the Netherlands India Society of Sciences, Bata- via. Mémoires de L’Académie Impériale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Dijon. 2d serie, Tome 7th. From the Academy. Mémoires de La Société Impériale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg, Tome 6th, 1858. From the Society. The Gardeners’ Monthly. Vol. 2, Nos. 1 to 6. From the Editor. The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. New series, No. 27, May, 1860. From the Canadian Institute. The Dental Cosmos. New series, No. 11, Vol. 1, June, 1860. From the Editors. The California Farmer, for April 27th, 1860. From the Editor. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. 7, pages 225 to 256. From the Society. x. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Laws and Regulations of the American Philosophical Society, together with the Charter of the Society, and a list of its members. Philada., 1860. Pro- ceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. 7, January to June, 1860, No. 63. Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. 11, new series, part 3d, 1860. From the Philosophical Society. The following is from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual condition: Bulletin Mensuel de La Société d’Acclimatation Zoologique. Tom. 7, No. 4, Avril, 1860. 12th. List of Members of the Royal Lombard Institution of Science, Letters, and Arts. From the Institution. The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. New series, No. 27, May, 1860. From the Institute. Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. April 25th, 1860. From the Society. The Annals of Science, by Hamilton L. Smith, for Jan., March, April and May, 1854. From Dr. J. L. Le Conte. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Session 1858—59. From the Royal Society of Edinburgh. The following are from Dr. Thos. B. Wilson, on the usual condition : Zur Fauna der Vorwelt, Yon Hermann von Meyer, Vierte Abtheilung, Liefe- rung 2. Crania Britannica Decade 4. By Joseph Barnard Davis and John Thurn- ham. Palxontographica, Von Hermann Von Meyer. 7 Band, 2 Lieferung, 8 Band, 3 Lieferung. Hewitson’s Exotic Butterflies. Part 34th. Tables des Comptes Rendus des seances de L’ Academie des Sciences. Tome 47. Oiseaux de La Beigique et Leurs Gufs. Liv. 131 and 132. Paléontologie Francais, Terrains Jurassiques, par Alcide D’Orbigny, Livr. 109 and 110. Terrains Crétaces Livraisons 257 a 260. Histoire Naturelle des Coléoptéres de France, par. M. C. Mulsant, Barbipalpes, Longipedes-Latipennés, Paris, 1856. 19th. Rheinisches Museum fiir Philologie, von F. G. Welcker und F. Ritschl. Neue Folge 15th Jahrgang, Heft. 2. From F. Leypoldt. The Northmen in Iceland. S8vo., 1859. Saga Jatvardar Kontngs Hins Helga, Udgiven efter Islandske oldbéger af det Kongelige Nordiske Oldskrift- Selskab. 8vo. tract, Copenhagen, 1852. From the Royal Society of Northern Antiquaries of Copenhagen. Natuurkundige Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indié wuitgegeven door de Natuurkundige Vereeniging in Nederlandsch Indié, Deel 18th. From the Netherlands-India Society of Sciences. ; Bibliotheque Universelle Revue Suisse et Etrangére Archives des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles. New series, vol. 7th, and vol. 8th, part 1, 1860, Genéve. From the Editors. Caffeine, as an antidote in the poisonous narcotism of Opium. By Henry Fraser Campbell, M. D. 8vo. tract, August, 1850. From the Author. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 16, No. 5, June 1860. From the Editors. California Farmer. Vol. 13, Nos. 11 to 13, 1860. From the Editor. American Medical Times,—being a weekly series of the New York Journal of Medicine. Vol. 1, No.1. New series, June 2d, 1860. From the Pub- lishers. The American Handbook of Ornamental Trees. By Thomas Meehan. 18mo. From the Author. The Gardeners’ Monthly and Horticultural Advertiser. Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 12, 1859. From the Editor. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. XI. Paleontology, or a Systematic Summary of Extinct Animals and their Geo- logical Relations. By Richard Owen, F. R. 8.» 8vo., Edinburgh, 1859. From Mrs. Lucy W. Say. Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d series, vol. 39, June, 1860, No. 6. From Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual condition. Annales des Mines Cinquieme Série Tome 15, 3d Livraison, 1859. Tome 16, 4th Livraison, 1859. From the Minister of Public Works, France. On the Alloys of Copper and Zinc. By Frank H. Storer. 4to. tract, Cam- bridge, 1860. From the Author. July 3d. General view of the Agriculture of the different Counties of Great Britain, drawn up for the consideration of the Board of Agriculture and In- ternal Improvement. Forty-five vols. 8vo. London, 1810 to 1813. From Dr. John H. Janeway. The Dental Cosmos. Vol. 1, New Series, No. 12, July, 1860. From the Editors. The California Farmer. Nos. 14 and 15, Vol. 13, May and June, 1860. From the Editor. Walpers, Annales Botanices Systematica. Tomi. Quinti. Fase.5. From the Author, Dr. Charles Mueller. Wahrnehmungen bei einer Bereisung des Kupfer- und Blei-Gebeites im nord- westlichen Theile der Vereinigten Staaten Nord-Amerika’s. Von Dr. Charles Mayer Wetherill. 8vo. tract Wien. From the Author. Ornithologie du Canada. Premiere Partie les Oiseaux de Proie et les Palmi- pedes. Par J. M. Le Moine. 12mo., Quebec, 1860, From the Author. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquée. Par M. I. E. Guerin-Mene- ville. No. 5, 1860. From the Author. The Gardener’s Monthly. Vol. 2, No. 7, 1860. From the Editor. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 16, No. 7, July, 1860. From the Editor. The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Vol. 16, Part 2, May Ist, 1860. From the Society. Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Geological Society of London, February, 1860, by J. Phillips, Esq., President. From the Author. The Natural History of Washington Territory. By J. G. Cooper, M. D., and Dr. G. Suckley, U.S. A. 4to, New York, 1559. From the Authors. An Illustration of the Genus Cinchona. By Aylmer Bourke Lambert, F.R.S8., &c. 4to. London, 1801. From A. J. Brazier. Reports of Explorations and Surveys to ascertain the most practicable and economical route for a Railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean, in 1853-6. Vol. 11, 4to. From the War Department. Report of the United States and Mexican Boundary Survey. By William H. Hmory, Major, &c. 3 vols., 4to. From John Cassin. 10th. Second, Third, Fourth, Fifth, Sixth, Seventh, Higtth, Ninth, Tenth, Eleventh and Twelfth Reports of the State Board of Agriculture of the State of Qhio. From the Legislature of Ohio. Rubi Germanici, descripti et figuris illustrati cura A. Weihe et Ch. G. Neesii ab Esenbeck. Bonne, 1822, fol. Fasiculi. 1 et 2. From B. Westerman & Co. American Medical Times. Vol. 1, No. 1, New Series, July 7th, 1860. From the Editors. Notice of Tertiary Fossils from Labrador, Maine, &c., and remarks on the Climate of Canada in the newer Pleiocene or Pleistocene period. By J. W. Dawson. 8vo. tract. From the Author. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. 7, June, 1860, Pages 257—288. From the Society. The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. 5, No. 3, July, 1860. From the Nat. Hist. Society of Montreal. Xu. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. American Journal of Pharmacy. 3d Series, Vol. 8, No. 4, July, 1860. From the Editor. Annual of Scientific Discovery, a Year Book of Facts in Science and Art. 2 vols., 1855 and 1858. From David M. Warren. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vol. 11, 4to.,1859. From the Smithsonian Institution. The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual condition: Monographie des Picides. Par Alfred Malherbe. Livraison 4, 1859. Catalogue of Lepidoptera Heterocera in the British Museum. Part 19. Py- ralides, 1859, and Part 20. Geometrites. pele Mensuel de la Société Imperiale Zoologique d’Acclimatation. Tome 7 No. 5, May, 1860. eae de La Belgique et Leurs Eufs. 133 and 134 Livr. Histoire Naturelle Générale des Régnes Organiques. Par M. Isidore Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire. Tome 3, partie 1. Echinides du Département de la Sarthe. Par Cotteau et Triger. Livrai- son 5. Conchologia Iconica. By Lovell Reeve. Parts 195 and 196. 17th. Sitzungsberichte der Dorpater Naturforscher-Gesellschaft. 1854 bis 1856. Archiv ftir die Naturkunde Liv-, Esth-. und Kurland’s Erste Serie Erster Band. Zweite Serie, 1 und 2 Band. From the Natural History Society of Dorpat. Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserl.-Akademie der Wissenschaften, Mathemat- Naturwissenschaftliche. Classe Nos. 21 bis 28, 1859, und Nos. 1. und 2, 1860 From the Vienna Academy. Physikalische Abhandlungen der Konigl. heeaeni der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, aus dem Jahre, 1858. Mathematische Abhandlungen der K. Akad. der Wissen. zu Berlin. Jahre, 1858. Monatsberichte der Konig. Preuss. Akad. der Wissen. zu Berlin, 1859. From the Academy. Programmes des Cours de Ja Université Catholique de Louvain, 1855—60. Annuaire de la Université, &c., 1855—1859. Theses fac. Theol., 181—251. Theses fac. Medeicin, 41—50. Theses fac. Philosoph., 8—12. Theses fac. Scient., 2—4. From the Catholic University of Louvain. Bulletin de L’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg. Tome 1, Feuilles 1—6. Memoires de L’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg. Tome 1, 7th Serie. From the Academy. Abhandlungen von des Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft. Band 3, Lieferung 1. From the Society at Frankfurt A. Main. Novorum Actorum Academie C. L. ©. Germanice Nature Curiosorum. From the Academy at Jena. Correspondenz-Blatt des Zoologisch-minerologischen Vereins in Regens- burg. 13th Jahrgang. From the Society. Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Freiburg i. B. Band. 2. Heft 2. From the Society. Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift. 3d Jahrgang, Viertes Heft. 4th Jahr- gang, Erstes Heft. From the Berlin Entomological Society. Sitzungsberichte fiir das Gesellschaftsjahr, 1859. Wiirsburger Naturwis- senschafliche Zeitschrift von der Physikal.- Medicin.- Gesellschaft. Band 1, Heft 1. From the Society, Wiirzburg. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie Geognosie, &c. Von R. C. von Leonhard und H.G.Bronn. 1860. Heft 2. From the Editors. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. Von Dr. F. H. Troschel. Jahrgang 25, Heftes 5. Actes de L’Académie Imperiale des Sciences Belles-Lettres et Arts de Bor- deaux. 21st year, 1859. Trimestre 3. From the Academy. Verhandlungen des Vereines zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues in der Konig. Preuss. Staaten. Neue Reihe. Jahrgang 7, Heft 2. Wochenschrift des Vereins zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues, &c., fiir Girtnerei und Pflanzenkunde, 1860, Nos. 1 bis 13, From the Society. ' DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Xlii. Ueber Inselbildung durch Korallen und Mangrovebiische. Von Dr. §S. F. Weinland. 8vo. tract, Stuttgart, 1860. From the Author. Rede zum Geburts-Feste des hiéchsteeligen Grossherzogs Karl Freiderich von Baden und zur Akademischen Preisvertheilung am 22 November, 1859. Von Dr. H. G. Bronn. 4to. tract, Heidelberg, 1859. From the Author. Iconographie des Helminthes ou des Vers Parasites de l'Homme. Vers Cestéides par P. J. Von Beneden. 4to. tract, Louvain, 1859. From the Author. Mercantile Library Association, New York. 29th Annual Report, 1859-60. From the Association. Tbe American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. 30, Second Series, No. 88, July, 1860. From the Editors. The New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 17, No. 4, July, 1860. From the Editors. The North American Medico-Chirurgical Review. Vol. 4, No. 4, July, 1860. From the Editors. Check lists of the Shells of North America, prepared for the Smithsonian In- stitution by Isaac Lea, P. P. Carpenter, Wm. Stimpson, W. G. Binney and Temple Prime. Catalogue of the described Lepidoptera of North America, prepared for the Smithsonian Institution by John G. Morris. From the Smith- sonian institution. The California Farmer. Nos. 16 and 17, June, 1860. From the Editor. American Medical Times. Vol. 1, No. 2, July, 1860, From the Editors. The Mountain. By R. M.S. Jackson, M. D. From the Author. The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual condition : Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d Series, Vol. 40, July, 1860, No. 1, Iconographie des Perroquets non figurés dans les publications de Levaillant et de M. Bourjot Sairt-Hilaire. Par M. Charles de Souancé. August 7th. On the relative cost of illumination in Lafayette, Ind. By Charles M. Wetherill, M. D. 8vo. tract, 1860. From the Author. ; American Medical Times. Nos. 3, 4 and 5, 1860. From the Editor. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie. No. 6, 1860. From the Editor. The American Journal of the Medical Sciences. New Series, No. 79, July, 1860. From the Kditor. The Gardener’s Monthly. Vol. 2, No. 8, 1860. From the Editor. Charleston Medical Journal and Review. Vol. 15, No.4. From the Editor. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 16, No. 8. From the Editors. Journal of the American Geographical and Statistical Society. Vol. 2, No. 1, 1860. From the Society. The Dental Cosmos. Vol. 2, No. 1, 1860. From the Editors. The Canadian Journal. New Series, No. 22, 1860. From the Canadian In- stitute. The Mining Magazine and Journal of Geology, &c. 2d Series, Vol. 1, No. 6. From the Editor. The Texas Almanac for 1860. From C. S. Forshay. Description des Eaux Minero-Thermales et des Etuves de l’Isle d’Ischia. Par J. E. E. Chevalley. From M. C. Lea. The Manufacture of Vinegar, its Theory and Practice, with especial reference to the quick process. ByC. M. Wetherill. 8vo. From the Author. The Institutes of Medicine. By Martyn Paine, M. D. 8vo. From the Author. 14th. Der Zoologische Garten, Organ fiir die Zoologische Gesellschaft in Frankfurt am Main. Jahbrgang 1, Heft 1, bis 6,1860. Ueber Inselbildung durch Korallen und Mangrovebiische. Von Dr. F. Weinland. 8vo. tract, Stuttgart, 1860. Beobachtungen iiber die Anatomie des Nilcrocodils, eine Inaugural- Dissertation. Adolph Jager. 8vo. tract, Tubingen, 1837. Ueber Zwei am Becken Verwachsene Mannlichen Kalber. Von Dr. G. V. Jaeger. 8vo. tract. Ueber die Idenditaét des Europaischen und Amerikanischen Bison. Von Dr. G. 41 ‘ XIv. DONTIONS To LIBRARY. V. Jaeger. 8vo. tract. Bemerkungen iiber die Verinderung der Zahne von Saugethiere im Laufe ihrer Entwickelung, namentliche bie dem Narwhal und dem Cachalot. Von Dr. G. V. Jaeger. 8vo. tract, Moskau, 1857. Ueber einen durch ringformige Erhéhungen (Wachstumringe?) ausgezeichneten héchst walrscheinlich fossilen Stosszahn des Elephanten. Von Dr. G. V. Jaeger. 8vo. tract, Moskau, 1857. Ueber da Zusammengesetzen Migen Verscheidener Thiere, Eine Inaugural-Dissertation. Von Freidriche Martin Duttenhoffer. 4to. tract, Tubingen, 1832. From Dr. Joseph Leidy. Report on Canadian Graptolites. By James Hall, Montreal, 1858, 8vo. tract. From the Author. American Medical Times. Vol. 1, No. 6,1860. From the Editor. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. 7, pages 289 to 320 inel. From the Society. Table de mortalité pour le Brabant, d’apres les documents du recensement de 1856. Par M. Ad. Quetelet. S8vo. tract. Eclipse de Soleil du 15 Mars, 1858. Notice par M. Ad. Quetelet. 8vo. tract. From the Author. Sur la difference des longitudes entre Berlin et Bruxelles déterminée par la télégraphie électrique. Par M.Eneke. From the Author. Note sur l’Aurore Boréale du 21 Avriel, 1859. Par M. Ernest Quetelet. From the Author. Annuaire de Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres, et des Beaux-Arts de Belgique, 1859. Bulletins de l)Académie Royale des Sciences, &c., de Belgique Tome 4,5 and 6, 2d serie. Tables Générales et Analytiques du recueil des Bulletins de l’Académie Royal, &c., de Belgique, 1st Serie, Tome 1 a 23. Me- moires Couronnés et autres memoires publies par |’Académie Royale, &c., de Belgique, Collection in 8vo., Tome 8. Mémoires de l’Académie Royale, &c., de Belgique. 4to., Tome 31. Mémoires Couronnés et memoires des Savants Etrangeres, Publies par l’Académie Royale, &c., de Belgique. 4to. Tome 29. From the Academy. The Naturalist’s Library, Mammalia. Vol. 10, Dogs. By Lieut. Col. Chas. Hamilton Smith. From C. W. Frost. The following are from Dr. T. B, Wilson on the usual condition; Bibliotheca Historico-Naturalis Physico-Chemica et Mathematica, 1858, July to December, and July to December 1859. By Ernest A. Zuchold. Bulletin Mensuel de la Société Impériale Zoologique d’Acclimatation. Tome 7, No. 6, Juin, 1860. Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d Series, Vol. 40, August, 1860, No. 2. Sept. 4th. The inferior surface of the Trilobite discovered. By Jacob Green, M. D. 12mo., Philadelphia, 1839. Advantages of Chemistry, an Introductory Address. By Jacob Green, M. D. 12mo., Philadelphia, 1834. From Wm. L. Mactier. American Medical Times. Vol. 1, Nos. 7,8 and 9. From the Editor. The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual condition: Dr. A. Th. v. Middendorff’s Sibirische Reise. Band 4, Theil 1, 4to., St. Petersburg, 1859. Karten-Atlas zu Dr. A. V. Middendorff’s Reise in den Aus- sersten Norden und Osten Sibiriens. 1859. Zoologischer Hand-Atlas. Von Dr. Hermann Burmeister. 4 Lieferung. Description des Animaux sans vertébres decouverts dans le Bassin de Paris, &c. Par G. P. Deshayes. 19 and 20 Livraisons. Trésor de Livres rares et précieux ou Noveau Dictionnaire Bibliographique. J. G. T. Gresse. Tome 2, Livr. 3. Conchologia Iconica. By Lovell Reeve, F. L.S. Parts 197 and 198. Echinides des Département de la Sarthe par Cotteau et Triger. 4th Liy- raison. Diagnosis Plantarum Novarum presertim Orientalium nonnullis Europzis Boreali-Africanisque additis. Series 2, Nos. 4 and 6. Auctore E. Bossier, 1859. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. xv. Naturgeschichte der Insecten Deutschlands begonnen von Dr. W. F. Erich- son, fortgesetzt von Prof. Dr. H. Schaum, Dr. G. Kraatz und H. v. Kiesenwetter Erste Abtheilung Coleoptera. Erster Band, Lieferung 4. Berlin, 1560. - Bulletin Mensuel de la Société Impériale Zoologique d’Acclimatation. Tome 7, No. 7, Juillet, 1860. Monographie des Picidés. Par Alfred Malherbe. Livr. 5. Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Von Martini und Chemnitz. 171st Lieferung. Katalog Naturwissenschaflicher Werke aus den Antiquarischen lager. Von F. U. Wiegel. B. Westermann & Co.’s General Catalogue. California Farmer. Vol. 13, Nos. 18—22. From the Editor. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquee. Par M. F. E. Guerin-Mene- ville. 1860, No. 7. From the Editor. Review of Professor Paine’s Institutes of Medicine. By Bennett Dowler, M. D. 8vo. tract. From the Author. Catalogue of the Terrestrial and Flnviatile Gasteropods of North America. By W. G. Binney. From the Author. The Gardener’s Monthly. Vol. 2, No. 9. From the Editor. Proceedings of the Royal Society. Vol. 10, No. 38. From the Society. Twelfth Annual Report of the Board of Maaagers and Treasurer of the Mary- land Institute. From the Institute. llth. Catalogue of the Phenogamons and Filicoid Plants of Newcastle County, Delaware. By Edward Tatnall. 8vo., 1860. From the Author, American Medical Times. Vol. 1, No. 10. From the Editor. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 16, No. 9, September, 1860. From the Editors. The New Orleans Medieal and Surgical Journal. Vol. 17, Sept., 1860, No. 5. From the Editors. American Journal of Pharmacy. 3d Series, Vol. 8, No. 5, Sept., 1860. From the Editor. The Dental Cosmos. Vol. 2, No. 2. From the Editors. The North American Medico-Chirurgical Review. Vol. 4, No. 5, Sept., 1860. From the Editors. The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, and Proceedings of the Natural His- tory Society of Montreal. Vol. 5, No. 4, August, 1860. From the Society. Icthyologie Analytique ou Essai d’une classification Naturelle des Poissons. Par A. M.C. Dumeril. 4to., Paris, 1856. From Wm. M. Gabb. 18th. Troncature normale ou périodique de la coquille dans certains céphalo- podes paléozoiques. Par M. Barrande 8vo. tract, 1860. Etat actuel des connaissances acquises sur la faune primordiale. Par M. Barrande, 8vo. tract, 1859. Colonies dans le bassin Silurien de la Bohéme. Par M. J. Barrande. 1860, 8vo. tract. Fauue primordiale dans la chaine Cantabrique. Par MM, Casians de Prado, Hd. de Verneuil et J. Barrande. 8vo. tract, 1860. Paralléle entre les depots siluriens de Bohéme et d’ Scandinavie. Par Joachim Barrande. 4to. tract, Prague, 1856. From the Author. American Medical Times. Vol. 1, No.11. From the Editors. California Farmer. August, 1850, Nos. 23 and 24. From the Editors. Charleston Medical Journal and Review. Vol. 15, No. 5, Sept., 1860. From the Editor. Edinburgh new Philosophical Journal. New Series, Vol. 12, No.1, July, 1860. From the Editors. The American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. 30, No. 89, Sept., 1860. From the Editors. Catalogue of the Lepidopterous Insects in the Museum of Natural History at the East India House. By Thomas Horsfield and Frederic Moore. Vol. 2, 8yo., London, 1858-9. From the Secretary of State for India. xVi. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Descriptions of five new species of Gasteropoda from the Coal Measures, and a Brachiopod from the Pottsdam Sandstone of Texas. By B. F. Shumard, M. D. 8vo..tract, 1860. Observations upon the Cretaceous Strata of Texas. ByB. F. Shumard, 8vo. tract, 1860. Descriptions of new Cretaceous Fossils from Texas. By B. F. Shumard, M.D. 8vo. tract. From the Author. The following are from Mrs. Lucy W. Say: Manuel de Conchyliologie et de Paleontologie conchyliologique. Par le Dr, J.C. Chenu. Tome premier, 8vo., Paris, 1860. Traité générale d’Oologie Ornithologique, au point de vue de la classification, par O. des Murs. 8vo., Paris, 1860. Catalogue of Acanthopterygian Fishes in the Collection of the British Mu- seum. By Dr. Albert Giinther. Vol. 1, 8vo., London, 1859. Histoire Naturelle generale et particuliére des Reptiles. Par F. M. Daudin. 8vo. Vol. 8, Paris, 1802. The following are from Dr. Thomas B. Wilson on the usual condition: Bryologia Javanica. Fasciculi 21 and 32. Novitates Conchologice. 12 Lieferung, Tome 1. Paleontographica. Von Hermann von Meyer. Band 1, Lief. 3, Band 8, Lief. 4. Journal of the Franklin Institute. Vol. 40, No. 3, Sept., 1860. Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits. Par H. Milne Hdwards. (Text.) Tome 3, Planches, Livr. 3, Paris, 1860. October 2d. The Weal Reaf,a record of the Essex Institute Fair, held at Salem, Sept. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10 and 11, 1860. From the Institute. Artificial Lactation. By Charles M. Wetherill, M. D. 8vo. tract, 1860. From the Author. American Medical Times. Nos. 12 and 13, Vol. 1. From the Editor. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie uitgegeven door de Natuurkundige Vereeniging in Nederlandsch Indie. Deel 20, Vierde Serie Deel 6. From the Society. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquée. No. 8, 1860, From the Editor. ; Bibliothéque Universelle Revue Suisse et Etrangére. Tome 8, No. 32, 1860. From the Editors. The Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis. Vol. 1, No. 4. From the Academy. The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual conditition : Bulletin Mensuel de la Société Impériale Zoologique d’Acclimatation. Tome 7, No. 8. An illustrated and descriptive Catalogue of receut shells. By Sylvanus Hanley. Part 3d, Letter-press and Plates. 8vo., London, 1842 to 1856. Tbe Dental Cosmos. Vol. 2, No. 4, October. From the Editors. The American Journal of the Medical Sciences. No. 80, October, 1860. From the Editor. 9th. On a Terrestrial Mollusk, a Chilognathous Myriapod, and some New Species of Reptiles, from the Coal-Formation of Nova Scotia. By J, W. Daw- con. 8vo. tract, Montreal, 1860. From the Author. American Medical Times. Vol. 1, No. 14, Oct. 6. From the Editor. Annales des Mines, Cinquiéme Série. Tome 16, 5th Livraison. From the Minister of Public Works, Frauce. Geological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for the year 1858. 8vo., Montreal, 1859. From the Geolog. Survey. The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual condition : Journal of the Franklin Institute. Vol. 40, No. 4, October. Paléontologie Lombarde ou description des Fossiles de Lombarde, Par Antoine Stoppani. 12 Livraison. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. XV. Dr. A. Th. v. Middendorff’s Sibirische Reise. Band 4, Theil 1, Zweite Lie- ferung. Dubois Oiseaux de la Belgique et de leurs Oeifs. Livr. 135 and 136. Die Végel Griechenlands. Von Dr. Ritter A. Lindermayer. Passau. 8yo., 1860. Bibliotheca Historico-Naturalis. Von Ernest A. Zuchold Erster Jahrgang, 1851, Hefts 1 und 2. October 16th. The Gardener's Monthly. Vol. 2d, No. 10, Oct., 1860. From the Editor. Annual Reports of the Trustees of the New York State Library for the years 1857, 58, 59, and 60. Twelfth Annual Report of the Regents of the University on the condition of the State Cabinet of Natural History, for the years 1857, 58 and 59. Seventy-third Annual Report of the Regents of the University made January 28th, 1860. Catalogue of the New York State Library. Vol. 4, 8vo. Results of a series of Meteorological Observations, made in obedience to instructions from the Regents of the University. From 1826 to 1850 inclusive. From the Regents of the University of the State of New York. A Practical Dictionary of the English and German languages in two parts, English and German and German and English. By Dr. Felix Fliigel, under the cooperation of Dr. J. G. Fliigel. 2 vels., 8vo. Leipsic, 1858. From Mrs. Lucy W. Say. First Report of Philip T. Tyson, State Agricultural Chemist, to the House of Delegates of Maryland, January, 1860. 8vo., Annapolis. From the Author. 23d. An Elementary Treatise on Human Anatomy. By Joseph Leidy, M. D. _8vo., Philadelphia, 1860. From the Author. Review of the American Bombide, together with a description of several species heretofore undescribed. 8vo., tract, 1860. From the Author. The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. New Series. No. 29, September, 1860. From the Canadian Institute. American Medical Times. Vol. 1, Nos. 15 and 16, 1860. From the Editors. Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society ef Edinburgh, 1854 to 1858, Vol. 1. From the Royal Physical Society. The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Vol. 16, Part 3, No. 63. From the Geological Society of London. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Vol. 10, No. 39. From the Royal Society. Report of the Proceedings of the Geological and Polytechnic Society of the West Riding of Yorkshire, 1859, Frem the Society. Fortieth Report of the Council of the Leeds Philosophical and Literary So- ciety, 1859-60. Sensorial Vision. By Sir J. F. W. Herschel. 8vo. tract, 1858. The Physical condition of the people in its bearing upon their social and moral welfare. _ By Rt. Rev. R. Bickersteth. 8vo. tract, i860. From the Leeds Phil. and Lit. Society. Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester. Second Series, Vol. 15, Part 2. Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society, pages 60 to 252 inclusive, for 1858-59. From the Society. The Journal of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in Union. Vel. 8, Nos. 376 to 401 inclusive, from Feb. 3d, 1860, to July 27th, 1860, From the Society of Arts, London. Actes de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de Bor- deaux. 3d Ser,, 21 An., 1859, 4 Trimes. From theAcademy. Vierter und Achter Bericht der Oberhessischen Gesellschaft fur Natur- und Heilkunde. 1854 and ’60. From the Society. Kleine Schriften der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Emden. Nos. 6 and 7. Fuafundvierzigster Jahresberichte der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Em- den, 1859. From the Society. 41* XVul. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Verhandlungen der Russich-Kaiserlichen Mineralogischen Gesellschaft zu St. Petersburg. Jahrgang, 1842, 1850 und 751, 1852 und 753, 1857 und ’58. From the Society. Bulletin de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg. Tome 1, Feuilles 7-36. Memoires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Peters- bourg. 7 Serie, Tome 2, Nos. 1—3, 1859. From the Academy, Archiv des Vereins der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Mecklenburg. Jahr. 14, 1860. From the Society in Mecklenburg, Zeitschrift der Deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft. Band 11, Heft 3, 1859. From the Society in Berlin. Nachrichten von der Georg-August-Universitats und der KonigI. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen. Jahre, 1859. From the Society. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie Geognosie, Geologie und Petrefakten-kunde. Von R. ©. von Leonhard und H. G. Bronn. Jahrgang, 1860, Heft 3. From the Editors. Uber die Wohnsitze der Brachiopoder. Von Prof. Edward Suess. No. 2, Wein, 1860. From the Author. Denkschriften der Kaiserl, Akad. der Wissenschaften, Mathematisch-Natur- wissen. Classe, Band 18. Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserl. Akad. der Wissen- schaftliche. Classe, Band 39, Nos. 3, 4 und 5. Band 40, Nos. 7, 8 und 10. From the Academy. Verhandlungen der Kaiser.- Kénig. Zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien. Jabrgang, 1859. From the Society. Jahrbuch der Kaiser.-Konigl. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. Jahrgang 10, 1859, Nos. 3 und 4. From the Institute. Rede zum Geburts-Feste des héchsteeligen Grossherzogs Karl Frederich von Baden und zur akademischen Preisvertheilung am 22. November, 1859. Von Dr. Heinrich Georg Bronn. 4to. tract. From the Author. Tableau Méthodique et Descriptif des Mollusques Terrestres et d’Hau douce de l’Agenais. Par J. B. Gassies. 8vo., Paris, 1849. From the Author. Journal de Conchyliologie. Tome 8, Nos. 1 et 2, 1860. From the Editors, MM. Fischer et Bernardi. Monographie des Genres Galatea et Fischeria, par le Chevalier A. C. Ber- nardi. 4to., Paris, 1860. From the Author. Bulletins de l’Académie Royal des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de Belgique, 28 An. 2 Ser. Tomes 7 et 8. Mémoires Couronnes et Autres publiés, par l’'Academie Royale, &c., collec. in 8vo., Tomes 9 and 10. Annuaire de VAcadémie Royale, &., 26th An., 1860. Observations des Phénoménes Périodiques. Sur la difference de Longitude des Observations de Bruxelles et Berlin, déterminée en 1857, par des signaux Galvaniques. From the Academy. November 6th. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliqnée. Par M. F. KE. Guerin-Méneville. No. 9, 1860. From the Editor. : Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 16, No. 18, 1860. From the Editors. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. 7, pages 321 to 352 inel. From the Society. Proceedings of the Essex Institute. Vol. 2, Part 2. From the Institute. The Dental Cosmos. Vol. 2, No. 4. From the Editors. The American Medical Times. Vol. 1, Nos. 17 and 18. From the Editor. The New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal for Nov., 1860. From the Editors. Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool during the 49th Session, 1859-60, No. 14. From the Society. Proceedings of the Royal Society. Vol. 10, No. 40. From the Society. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. New Series, No. 24, Vol. 12, No. 2, October, 1860. From the Editors. Sur le Neocomien dans le Jura et son role dans la série Stratigraphique. Par Jules Marcou. Genéve, 1858, 8vo. From the Author. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. XIX: Actes de l’Academie Impériale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de Bor- deaux. 3d Ser. 22 An.. 1860, 2d Trimes. From the Academy. Etudes Organiques sur les Cuscutes. Par M. Charles Des Moulins. S8vo.. Toulouse, 1253. Catalogue Roissonné des Phanérogames de la Dordogne Sup- plement final, 1858. Par M. Charles des Moulins. 8vo., Bordeaux 1859. Les Savants Voyageurs a Bordeaux. Documents relatifs a la faculté Germinative conseryee par quelques graines antiques. Sur les Chrysanthémes d’Automne de nos jardins et sur quelques plantes qui leur sont congénéres. Note sur le Sisymbrium Bursifolium de La Peyrouse. Deuxiéme et Troisiéme Memoires relatif aux causes qui paraissent influer particuliérement sur la croissance de certains Végétaux dans des conditions déterminées. Discours sur evolution des forces vitales dans la nature. Erythraa et Cyclamen de la Gironde. Rap- port sur le mouvement Scientifique archéologique et littérare dans la Gronde de 1855 a 1857. Documents relatifs a la naturalisation en France du Painicum digitaria. Résumé d’une publication de M. E. A. Carriére intitulée, les Hommes et les Choses en 1857. De la propriété littéraire en Matiere de nomenclature scientifique. Comparaison des Départements de la Gironde et de la Dordogne sous le rapport de leur végétation spontanée et de leurs cultures, Par M. Charles des Moulins. 13 8vo. tracts. From the Author. Mémoires de Académie Imperiale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de Lyon. Tomes 7, 8 et 9. From the Academy. Nova Acta Regie Societatus Scientiarum Upsaliensis. Serie Tertiz. Vol. 2. Arsskrift utgifven af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Societeten i Upsala, Forsta argangen. From the Society in Upsala. - Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Nos. 2, 3, and 4, 1859, No. 1, 1860. Nouveaux Mémoire de la Société Impériale des Natural- istes de Moscou. Tomes 11, 12 and 13, Livraison 1. From the Society. Académie des Sciences et Lettres de Montpelier Mémories de la Section de Médecine. Tome 3, Fasciculis 1 and 2. From the Academy. G. Th. Fechner, Ueber einige Verhaltnisse des Binocular Sehens. 4to., Leip- zig, 1860. G. Mettenius, Zwei Abhandlungen. 1, Beitrage zur Anatomie der Cycadeen. 2 Uber Seitenknospen bei Farner. 8vo., Leipzig, 1869. P. A. Han- sen Auseinandersetzung einer Zweckmissigen Methode zur Berechnung der abzoluten Stérungen der kleinen Planeten. Dritte Abhandlung. 8vo., Liepzig. Berichte tber die Verhandlungen der Koéniglich Sichsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig. Heft 1, 23 und 4, 1859 and 1860. From the Society. Der Zoologische Garten Organ der Zoologischen Gesellschaft in Frankfurt am Main. Jahr. 1, Nos. 7—12. From the Society. Zeitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft. Band 11, Heft. 4. From the Society. Memoires la Societé Impériale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg. Tome 7, 1859. From the Society. Plantes vasculaires des environs de Cherbourg. Par Aucuste le Jolis. 8vo., Paris, 1860. From the Author. Archiv fir Naturgeschichte. Von Dr. F. H. Troschel. 25 Jahr., Heft. 6 und Jahr. 25, Heft. 1. Prom Dr. Troschel. 11th Katalog Naturwissenschaftlicher Werke aus den antiquarischeu Lager. Von F. O. Wiegel. From the Author. 13th. The rock oils of Ohio. By. J.S. Newberry. 8vo. tract, 1859. From the Author. ‘ b Southern Medical and Surgical] Journal. Vol. 17, No. 11, Nov., 1860. From the Editors. ; u 2 The North American Medico-Chirurgical Review. Vol. 4, No. 6, Nov., 1860. From the Editors. : American Medical Times. Vol. 1, No. 19, Nov., 1860. From the Editors. xx. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. American Journal of Pharmacy, 3d series, vol. 8, No. 6, Nov., 1860. From the Editor. The Gardener’s Monthly, vol. 2, No. 11, Nov., 1860. From the Editor. Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France. Tome 6, No. 8, 1859. Wom- mage Rendu a la Mémoire de M. Alexandre de Humboldt dans la séance du 13 Mai, 1859. From M. Chs. de Moulins. Walpers. Annales Botanices Systematice. Tome 5, fasc. 6. Auct. Dr. Carolo Mueller. From the Author. ‘ The Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1859. Part 3, June to December. From the Zoological Society. Due Lettere de Prof. Michele Tenore con alcune Notizie sull’ Isola d’Ischia. Ed. 2, Napoli, 1858. 8vo. tract. Ricerche sulla classificazione de Platini M. Tenore. 4to. tract. 1856. Sopra Alcuni Alberi mentovati negli scrittori del medio evo, osservazioni di Michele Tenore. Sopra aicune specie di Cipressi osservazioni del Cay. Prof. Michele Tenore. 4to. tract. Modena, 1853. Cata- logo del Real Orto Botanico di Napoli. 4to. 1845. Michele Tenore. From EK. Durand. Essais de Géographie Malacologique par MM. les Docteurs De Grateloup et Vor Paulin. 8vo. Bordeaux, 1855. Conchyliologie Fossile des terrains Ter- tiaires du Bassin de l’Adour, par M. le Dr. Grateloup. Atlas. 4to. 1840. From M. de Grateloup. The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual condition: Bulletin Mensuel de la Société Impériale Zoologique d’Acclimatation. Tome 7, No. 9. Sept., 1860. The Natural History of the Tineina, (vol. 5,) containing Coleophora. Part 2, 8vo. 1860. By H. T. Stainton. Conchologia Iconica. By Lovell Reeve. Part 199. Palzontographica. Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte der Vorwelt. Band 8. Lieferung 5. Von Hermann von Meyer. Band 9. Lieferung 1. Von Wilhelm Dunker. Cassel, 1860. Trésor de Livres rares et précieux, ou Nouveaux Dictionnaire Biblio- graphique. Tome 2. Livr. 4. Zoologischer Hand-Atlas von Dr. Hermann Burmeister. Lieferung 5. Exploration Scientifique de l’Algérie, Botanique. Livraison 12—17. Monographie des Picides, par Alfred Malherbe. Livraison 6. Journal of the Franklin Institute, vol. 40, No. 5, Nov., 1860. 20th. American Medical Times, vol. 1, No. 10. From the Editors. The New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal, vol. 17, No. 6, Nov., 1860. From the Editors. Charleston Medical Journal and Review, vol. 15, No. 6, Nov., 1860. From the Editor. 5 Bibliothéque Universelle Revue Suisse et Etrangére. Tome 9, No. 34, Oct., 1860. The following are from Dr. Thomas B. Wilson, on the usual condition :— Echinides du Departement de la Sarthe par Cotteau et Triger. Livraison 6. Novitates Conchologice, par Dr. Louis Pfeiffer. Livraison 13, 14. Monographie des Picides, par Alfred Malherbe. Livr. 7. December 4th. Annales des Sciencias e Lettras, publicados debaixo dos auspicios da Academia Real das Sciencias. Sciencias Mathematicas, Physicas, Historico-Naturaes e Medicas. Tomo 1. Primiero Anno. Outubro de 1857. Fevereiro de 1858. Tomo 2. Anno 2. Marco de 1858. Julhode, 1858. An- nales Sc. Sciencias Moraes, Politicas e Bellas Lettras. Tomo 1. Anno 1. Sep- tembro de 1857. Fevereiro de 1858. Tomo 2. Anno 2. Marcode, 1858. No- vembro de 1858. Collegao de Opusculos Reimpressos relativos a Historia das Navyegacoes, &c. dos Portuguezes, pela Acad. Real dos Sciencias. Tomo 1, No. 3. Historia da Prouincia Santa Cruz, feita por pero de Magolhaes de Gan- davo. Quadro Elementar das relagoes politicas e diplomaticas de Portugal DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Xxi. com as diversas Potencias do Mundo. Tomo 16e17. Lendas da India por Gaspar Correa. Tomo 1. Parte 1. e Parte 2. 4to. Memorias da Academia Real das Sciencias de Lisboa. Classe de Sciencias Mathematicas, Physicas e Naturaes. Nova Serie. Tom. 2, parte 1. Portugalliae Inscriptiones Romanas edidit. Levy Maria Jordao. Vol. 1. Portugalliae Monumenta Historica a seculo octavo post Christum usque ad quintumdecimum. Leges et consuetudines. Vol. 1, fase. 2. From the Royal Academy of Sciences of Lisbon. The California Farmer, vol. 14, Nos. 8,9 and 10. From the Editors. The Dental Cosmos, vol. 2, No. 5, Dec., 1860. From the Editors. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquée, No. 10,1860. From the Editor. Further Remarks on Numerical Relations between Equivalents. By M. Carey Lea. 8vo. tract. 1860. From the Author. Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of Ohio. By J. S. Newberry, M.D. 8vo. tract. Columbus, 1860. From the Author. Supplementary Chapter to Acadian Geology. By J. W. Dawson, LL.D., &c. 12mo. Edinburgh, 1860. From the Author. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal, vol. 16, No. 12, Dec., 1860. From the Editors. American Medical Times, vol. 1, Nos. 21 and 22, Nov., 1860. From the Editors. The American Journal of Science and Arts, vol. 30, 2d series, No. 90, Nov., 1860. From the Editors. The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, vol. 5, No, 5, Oct., 1860. From the Natural History Society of Montreal. Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL.D., &c. Vol. 8, part 1. 4to. 1860. From the Author. Athanasii Kircheri e Soc. Jesu Mundus Subterraneus. Tomus 1. Folio. Amsterdam, 1668. A General Natural History of new and accurate descrip- tions of the Animals, Vegetables and Minerals of the different parts of the World. By John Hill, M.D. Folio. London, 1751. From Mr. Walter Cresson. Bulletin Mensuel de la Société Impériale Zoologique d’Acclimatation. Tome 7, No. 10, Octobre, 1860. From Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual condition. 11th. Introductory Discourse on Speculative and Inductive Medicine, de- livered in the Medical Department of Pennsylvania College, Oct. 8, 1860, by Henry Hartshorne, M.D. From the Author. The Quarterly Journal of the Chemical Society of London. Vol. 11, No. 4. Vol. 12. Vol. 13, Nos. 1, 2and 3. From the Society. American Medical Times, vol. 1, No. 23. From the Editor. The Gardener’s Monthly, vol. 2,No. 12. From the Editor. On some questions concerning the Coal Formations of North America, by Leo Lesquereux. 8vo. tract. From the Author. Natur-Andachten. Dichtungen aus dem Reiche der Natur und an ihre Freunde von Joh. Gistel, &c. &c. 8yo. Straubing, 1857. Achthundert und zwanzig neue oder unbeschreibene wirbellose Thiere, charakterisirt von Dr. Johannes Gistel. 8vo. Straubing, 1857. Vacuna oder die Geheimnisse aus dem organischen und leblosen Welt, von Prof. Dr. Johannes Gistel. Erster Band. 8vo. Straubing, 1857. From Dr. Gistel. The Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, with Illustrations. Parts 1 and 2, Jan. to June, 1860. From the Society. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838 to 1842, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Herpetology, by Charles Girard. With a folio Atlas. 1858. From Mrs. Lucy W. Say. The following are from Dr. Thos. B. Wilson, on the usual condition : Journal of the Franklin Institute, vol. 40, No. 6, 1860. Notice sur quelques races de Chevaux, sur les haras et les remontes dans Empire d@’Autriche, par M. Huzard fils. 12mo. tract. 1823. Paris. Xxii. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Raupenkalender oder Verzeichnisaller Monate in welchen die von Rosel und Kleemann beschreibene und abgebildete Raupen nebst ihrem Futter zu finden sind. Von Johann Mader. Nurnberg, 1786. 12mo. Examen Analytique des ceufs de poule. Par B. G. Sage. 12mo. tract. Paris, 1823. Exposition méthodique du Régne végétal. Par J. F. Caffin. 12mo. Paris, 1822. Nomenclator entomologicus secundum Entomologiam Systematicamill. Fab- ricil, &c., a Frederick Weber. 18mo. Chilonii et Hamburgi, 1795. Essai d’une Iconographie élementaire et philosophique des Végétaux. Par P. J. F. Turpin. Paris, 1820. 12mo. Des avantages de l’esprit d’observation dans les sciences et les arts, avec quelques remarques relatives a la Physionomie. Par X. A****, 12mo. Paris, 1809. Nomenclator Entomologicus enumerans Insecta omnia in J. C. Fabricii En- tomologia Systematica emendata et aucta 1792. 12mo. Mancunii, 1795, Traite d education ou méthode abrégée pour elever les Serins ee Canarie, &c. Par O***, Lyon, 1768. 12mo. Mocographie des Picides. Par Alfred Malherbe. Livr. 8. Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. Lief. 172. Saunders and Hewitson’s Exotic Butterflies. Parts 35 and 36. Paleontologie Lombarde. Par A. Stoppani. Livr. 13. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Vol. 4, Part 4. From the Publication Committee. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9 ‘ far as we desired. We therefore hesitated to publish the results of our examination of the chemical nature of these poisons, but upon more mature reflection have concluded to lay them before the scientific world, trusting at some future period to be enabled to present a more complete memoir on the subject, and to correct any errors into which we may have fallen in the course of the researches just concluded.* May. 1.—Puysio.Loey. A paper was read, entitled, “‘ Food of the Shad of the Atlantic Coast of the United States, (Alosa sapzdissima,) and the functions of the pyloric ceca. By HK. R. Mordecai, M. D., of Mobile, Alabama. This paper, after calling to mind the anatomy of the alimentary canal of the shad, lays particular stress upon the facts that the teeth are very small, and of such an arrangement as to suggest its food to be easy of prehension; that the largest, longest, and also the greatest number of the ceca open into the znferzor wall of the expansion of the intestine that is found beyond the pylorus. On examining the intestines of a number of shad, fresh run from the sea, the ceca were always found to be distended by a brownish-looking fluid substance, not differing to the naked eye from a fluid material of the same color, filling the stomach. This fluid under the microscope, both that from the stomach and fromthe ceca, was seen to be composed of differently shaped and colored fragments of alge and the calcareous shields of infusoria. The food of the shad would therefore appear to be marine alge, which are broken down by the powerful muscular walls of the stomach, aided by the broken shells of infusoria. The ceca are receptacles for food ; enabling the animal to exist for a considerable time without receiving additional nourishment. Arguments in favor of these views are drawn by Dr. Mordecai from an analogous condition of things in other fish, that ascend fresh water streams, or seek other places than those likely to supply them with food, for the purpose of spawning. Specimens mounted for microscopical examination accompanied this paper; and the statements above made in regard to the contents of the stomach and the cxca, were abundantly verified by members of the Academy. *Some misconception appears to have been occasioned by the names under which we have studied these poisons. In our first essay they were distinguished as “ corroval and vao, two new varieties of woorara, the South American arrow poison.’’ In consequence of this title, it has been supposed that we regarded corroval and vao as identical with the woorara of De-la-Condamine, Kolliker and others. No person, however, who went beyond the title of the papers, could possibly entertain this idea, since the toxicological distinction is drawn in the most definite manner. All the specimens of corroval and yao which we have seen, have come to us labelled woorara, and we have been informed that this term, or the more specific appellation, were indiscriminately used by the Indians of the Rio Darien. 1860.] DonaTIONS TO LiIsRARY.—1860. January 10th, 1860. Revue de Zoologie pure et appliquée, 1859. No. 11. From the Editor. Funfter Jahresbericht des Germanischer National-Museums zu Niirnberg. 1859. 4to., from the Smithsonian Institution. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandice. Vols. 1 and 2. 1856,-57. From the Society. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London. Yol.4. Parts 5 and 6. 1858-59. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1857. Pages 192 to 308, 1858, and 1859, Parts 1 aud 2. From the Society. The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, Vol. 15, part 4th, No. 60. 1859. From the Society. The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. 4, No. 6, Dec. 1859. From the Nat. Hist. Society of Montreal. Boston Journal of Natural History. Vol. 7,No. 1. Proceedings of B.S. N. H. Vol. 7, pages 129 to 160 incl. From the Boston Society of Nat. History. American Journal of Pharmacy, 3d series. Vol. 8, No. 1. Jan. 1860. From the Editor. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 15, No.12. Dec. 1859. From the Editor. The Dental Cosmos. Vol. Ist, Nos. 1 and 6. From the Editors. The American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. 29, No. 85. Jan. 1860. From the Editors. Lecture on Sable Island. By J. Bernard Gilpin. Wreck of the “ Arno:’— a poem. By Hun. Joseph Howe, From the Author. 8yo. tract. Halifax, 1859. Letter from Mr. Wallace, on the Geographical distribution of Birds. 8vo. tract. 1859. From the Editor of ‘‘ The Ibis.” On Fossil Plants from the Devonian Rocks of Canada. By J. W. Dawson. 8vo. tract. 1859. From the Author. Notices of Fossils from the Permian Strata of Texas and New Mexico, ob- tained by the United States Expedition, under Capt. John Pope, for boring Ar- tesian Wells along the 32nd parallel, &c. By B. F. Shumard, M. D. 8vo. tract. 1859. From the Author. Catalogue of Publications of Societies, and of other periodical works in the Library of the Smithsonian Institution. 8vo. 1859. From the Smithsoniar Institution. The Geology of Pennsylvania: a Government Survey. By Henry Darwin Rogers, State Geologist. Vol. 2d. 4to. 1858. From the State of Pennsyl vania. The Medical Examiner. 18 vols., from 1838 to 1856. From Dr. S. Weir Mitchell. The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual condition: Palzontographica. Beitriige zur Naturgeschichte der Vorwelt Achter Band Erste und Zweite Lieferung. Hermann Von Meyer. 4to. 1859. Catalogue of Orthopterous Insects in the Collection of the British Museum. Part 1. Phasmide. By John Obadiah Westwood. 4to. London, 1859. 17th. On Numerical Relations existing between the equivalent members of elementary bodies. By M. Carey Lea. 8vo. tract. Part 1. From the Author. Proceedings of the American Philosophicai Society. Vol. 7, No. 62. July— December, 1859. From the Society. Charleston Medical Journal and Review. Vol. 15, No.1. January, 1860. From the Editor. New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 17,No.1. January, 1860. From the Editors. Catalogue of recent Marine Shells, found on the coasts of North and South Carolina. 8vo. tract. Portland, 1860. By J. D. Kurtz. From the Author. lk. DONTIONS TO LIBRARY. 24th. Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. Oct. 21st, 1859. From the Society. St. Joseph’s Journal of Medicine and Surgery. Vol- 2, No.3. January, 1860. From the Editors. Annual Report of the Directors of the Mint, for the fiscal year ending June 30th, 1859. From J. Ross Snowden. First Report of the Geological and Agricultural Survey of Texas. 8vo. tract. 1859. From B. F. Shumard, M. D. Catalogue of the Pennsylvania State Library. 8vo. 1859. From the State Department. The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the asual condition; Journal of the Franklin Institute, 3rd series. Vol. 29, No.1. Jan. 1860. Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde uitgegeven door het Koninklijk Zoologisch Ge- nootschap Natura Artis Magistra. Amsterdam, 7th Aflevering, 1858. A Monograph of the Trochilide, or Humming Birds. By John Gould, F. R. S. Parts 17 and 18. The Mammals of Australia. By John Gould. Part 11. The Birds of Australia. By John Gould. Supplement, part 3. The Birds of Asia. By Johu Gould. Part 11. February 7th. Der Zoologische Garten, organ ftir die Zoologische Gesell- schaft. Frankfurt Am Main, No.1. Jahrg.1. October, 1859. From the So- ciety. Zeitschrift der Deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft. Band 10, Heft 4,— Band 11, Heft 1. Berlin, 1858. Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Skrifter. Femte Rekke.— Fjerde Binds, Andet Hefte, and Férste Hefte. 1859. Kjébenhavn. From the Society. Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Frei- burg. Band 2, Heft 1. 1859. From the Society. Verhandlungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel Zweiter Theil zweiter und Drittes Heft. 1859. From the Society. Oversigt over det kongelige danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger og dets Medlemmers Arbeider 1 Aaret, 1858. From the Society. Bulletin de La Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. An. 1858, Nos. 2, 3, and 4, and An. 1859, No.1. From the Society. Annales des Mines, Cinquiéme Serie, Tome 15, Ist and 2nd, Livraison de 1859. From the Minister of Public Works, France. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquée, No. 12, 1859. From the Editor. Lijst der Schelpdieren die tot ruil voorhandenzijn bij s’ Rijks Museum van Naturlijke Geschiedens te Leiden, 1856, (manuscript). Coup-d’Oeil sur les Mollusques de La Famille des Cyclades, observés jusqu’a ce jour dans le Dé- partment du Nord, par N. A.J. Normand. 8vo. tract, Valenciennes, 1854. No- tice sur plusieres nouvelles espéces de Cyclades découvertes dans les environs de Valenciennes, par N. A.J. Normand. §8vo. tract, Valenciennes, 1844. Cata- logue des Mollusques du Départment de L’Oise, par Aug. Bandon, M. D. 8vo. tract, Beauvais, 1855. From Temple Prime. The New York Medical Press. Vol. 2, No. 26, Decem. 24th, 1859. From the Editors. The Journal of the Society of Arts, and of Institutions in Union. Vol. 7, Nos. 359 to 362 incl., 1859. From the Society. St. Joseph Journal of Medicine and Surgery. Vol. 2, No. 3, Jan., 1860. From the Editors. The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Arts. New series, No. 25, Jan., 1860. From the Institute. Report on Weights and Measures, read before the Pharmaceutical Associa- tion at their Eighth Annual Session, by Alfred B. Taylor. 8vo., Boston, 1859. From the Author. Annual of Scientific Discovery : or Year-Book of Facts in Science and Art, DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. lil. for 1860. Edited by David A. Wells, A.M. 8vo., Boston, 1860. From the Kditor. Descriptions of New Species of Fossils from the Paleozoic Rocks of the Western States. By J. H. McChesney. 4to., Chicago, 1859. From the Au- thor. An Essay on the Tides: Theory of the two forces. By Alexander Wilcocks, M.D. 12mo., Philadelphia, 1855. From the Author. i4th. The Dental Cosmos. Vol. 1, No. 7, 1860, From the Editors. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 16, No. 1, Jan., 1860. From the Editors. Additions et Rectifications aux plan et prodrome de L’Iconographie descrip- tive des Ophidiens, par M. Jan. 8vo. tract. From the Author. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Nat. History. Vol. 7, pages 161 to 192 incl. From the Society. Twenty-fifth Annual Report of the Young Men’s Mercantile Library Associa- tion of Cincinnati, for the year 1859. From the Association. Constitution, By-Laws, and list of Officers and Members of the Chicago Academy of Sciences. From the Academy. Memoirs of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. Vol. 7. Svo., Philada., 1860. From the Society. The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual conditions : Journal of the Franklin Institute. Vol. 39, No. 2, Feb., 1860. Histoire Naturelle des Coléoptéres de France, par M. C. Mulsant Angusti- pennes. Paris, 1858. Flora Indiz Batave, vol. 1, pars 2. Fasc. 3, and vol. 2, Fasc. 7, par M. Miguel. Planches Colorieés des Oiseaux de La Belgique et leurs Gufs, par Ch. T. Dubois, 126 and 127, Livraisons. Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet, von Martini und Chemnitz. Dritter Band. Heft. 23. Trésor de Livres rares et précieux ou Noveau Dictionnaire Bibliographique, par J. G. F. Gresse, Tome 2, Livr. 1. Bryologia Javanica, Fasc. 18 and 19. Zoologischer Hand-Atlas, von Dr. Hermann Burmeister, Lief. 3. Die Conchylien des Mainzer Tertiarbeckens, von Prof. Dr. Fridolin Sandber- ger, Lief, 3d. Publications of the Paleontographical Society, for 1857. Conchologia Ico- nica, by Lovell Reeve. Parts 188 and 189. Hewitson’s Exotic Butterflies. Part 33, Jan. 2d, 1860. 21st. Book of the Twelfth Annual Exhibition of the Maryland Institute, From the Institute. Catalogue of the Officers and Students of the State University of Michigan, for 1860. From the University. Contributions to the Paleontology of New York,—being some of the results of investigations made during the years 1855, 56, ’57,’58. By James Hall. From the Author. Iowa Geological Survey,—supplement to vol. 1, part 2d, 1859. By James Hall. New species of Fossils from the Niagara Group of Wisconsin. By James Hall. From the Author. * Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. 2, part 1. From the Geo- logical Museum, Calcutta. Personal Narrative of Explorations and Incidents in Texas, New Mexico, California, Sonora, and Chihuahua, connected with the United States and Mexi- can Boundary Commission, in the years 1850, ’51, 52, and ’53. By John Rus- sell Bartlett, U. S. Commissioner. Vol. 2, 8vo. From Bb. F. Shumard, in ex- change. Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. Vol. 7, parts 1 to 8, inclusive, 1858 and 1859. Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy. Vol. 23, part 2. From the Academy. 1V. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. March 6th. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 16, No. 2, Feb- ruary, 1860. From the Editors. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquée. 1860, No.1. From the Editors. The American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. 29, No. 86, March, 1860. From the Editors. American Journal of Pharmacy. 3d series, vol. 8, No. 2, March, 1860. From the Editor. The Dental Cosmos. Vol. 1, No. 8, March, 1860. From the Editors. Memoir on the salubrity of the Isle of Pines. By Dr. Don José de La Luz Hernandez. S8vo. tract, Habana, 1857. From the Author. United States and Mexican Boundary Survey, Cactacee of the Boundary. By George Engelmann, M. D., St. Louis. From the Author. What may be learned from a Tree. By Harlan Coultas. 8vo., Philada., 1859. From the Author. An Arctic Boat Jonrney in the Autumn of 1854. By Isaac I. Hayes, Sur- geon of the second Grinnell Expedition. 8vo., Boston, 1860. From the Au- thor. Der Organismus der Infusionsthiere, von Dr. Friedrich Stein, Ist Abtheilung, Leipzig, 1859, 4to. The Conchological Miscellany of Sylvanus Hanley. 4to., London, 1858. Illustrations of the recent Conchology of Great Britain and Ireland. 4to., London, 1844. From Mrs. Lucy W. Say. 3th. Saggio di Ditterologia Messicana di Luigi Bellardi Professore di Storia Naturale. 4to. parte 1, Torino, 1859. From the Author. Annales de La Société Entomologique de France Troisiéme série, Tomes 2d to 6th. From the Society. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 16, No. 3, March, 1860. From the Editors. The New York Journal of Medicine. No. 101, March, 1860. From tbe Editors. Charleston Medical Journal and Review. Vol. 15, No. 2, March, 1860. From the Editor. North American Medico-Chirurgical Review. Vol. 4, No. 2, March, 1860. From the Editors. The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. 5, No. 1, February, 1860. From the Nat. Hist. Society of Montreal. Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d series, vol. 39, No. 3, March, 1860. From Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. New series, vol. 4, part 3. From the Publication Committee. Ceylon. An account of the Island, Physical, Historical, and Topographical, &c. By Sir James Emerson Tennent, K.C.8., LL. D., &. 2 vols. 8vo., Lon- don, 1860. From Thomas Dunlap, Esq. Observations on the Genus Unio, etc. By Isaac Lea, LL. D., &c. Vol. 7th, 4to., 1860. From the Author. 20th. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Nat. History. Vol. 7th, 13th and 14th signatures, Feb. and March, 1860. From the Society. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Vol. 7, Nos. 1 to 3, Dec., 1858,—March, 1859. From the Lyceum. Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. New series, No. 26, March, 1860. From the Institute. Annual Address on the events of the year, before the Philadelphia County Medical Society. By Benjamin H. Coates. 8vo. tract, Philada., 1860. From the Author. Commerce and the Holy Land.—A Lecture delivered by Wm. F. Lynch, U.S.N. 8vo. tract, Philada., 1860. From the Author. Essai sur la distribution Géographique, Orthographique et Statisque, des Mol- lusques terrestres et fluviatiles vivyants de ce département. Par M. le Dr. de Grateloup. 8vo., Bordeaux, 1860. From the Author. Voyage de Humboldt et Bonpland. Deuxiéme partie. Observations de Zoolo- DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Wie gie et d' Anatomie Comparée. 2 vols., 4to., Paris, 1811 and 1833. From Mrs. Lucy W. Say. The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual condition : Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet, von Martini und Chemnitz, 170th Liefe- rung. Planches colorieés des Oiseaux de la Belgique et de leurs (Zufs, par Ch. F. Dubois, 128 Livraison. Conchologia Iconica. By Lovell Reeve. Parts 190, 191 and 192. Zur Kenntniss der electrischen Organe der Fische von Max. Schaltze, Zweite Abtheilung, Halle 1859, 4to. Flora Tertiaria Helvetize, Die tertiiire Flora der Schweiz, von Dr. Oswald Heer, 7 and 8 Lieferung. Monographie des Picides, par Alfred Malherbe, 2d Livraison, 1859, folio. April 3d. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquée, par M. F. E. Guerin-Meneville, No. 2, 1860. From the Editor. On the Geographical Distribution of Gold, with special reference to some Auriferous Rocks in South America. By P. Misser, Esq- 8vo. tract, Mel- bourne, 1859. From the Author. Papers read, and Remarks made, before the Academy of Nat. Sci., in 1859. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. 8vo. tract, Philadelphia, 1860, From the Author. Personalier opleste ved Hans Majestaet Kong Oscar den Ist Begravelse i Kidderholmskirken, ben S8de August, 1859. 8vo, tract.—Tale ved det Norske Universitets Mindefest for Kong Oscar, dén 22de September, 1859, Af. J. S. Welhaven, Professor. 8vo. Christiania.—Beretning om en Zoologisk Reise foretagen i Sommeren, 1857, ved D. C. Danielssen. Christiania, 8vo. tract, 1859.—Udtog af Norges Riges Histoire af Andreas Fay, Christiania, 1834. Das Christiania-Siburbecken, Chemisch-Geognostisch Untersucht, Von Theo- dor Kjerulf, 4to. tract, Christiania, 1855.—Uber die Geometrische Reprasen- tation der Gleichungen zwischen zwei veranderlichen, reelen oder komplexen Gréssen, von C. A. Bjerkness. 4to. tract.—Bemerkninger angaaende Grap- tolitherne, af Christian, Boeck. 4to. tract, Christiania, 1851.—Observations sur les Phénoménes d’Erosion en Norvége. Par J. C. Hoérbye. 4to. tract, 1857. Quelques Observations de Morphologie Végétale faites au jardin bo- tanique de Christiania, par J. M. Norman. 4to. tract, 1857. Physikalske Meddelelser, ved Adam Arndsten. 4to. tract, Christiania, 1858. Norges Statistik fremstillet, ved M. Braun Goethe. S8vo. Christiania, 1848.—For- handlinger ved de Skandinaviske Naturforskeres, Syvende Méde. Christiania, 8vo. 1856. From the Royal Norway University, of Christiana. Walpers, Annales Botanices Systematices Tome Quinti Fascic. 4. From the Author. A Monograph of the Fresh Water Polyzoa. By George James Allman, M. D., &c. 4to., for the Royal Society, London, 1856. From Mrs. Lucy W. Say. The Dental Cosmos. New Series, vol. 1, No. 9, April, 1860. From the Editors. Bericht iiber die erste allgemeine Versamnlung ven Berg-und Hiitten min- nern zu Wien (10 bis 15, Mai, 1858). Svo. Wein, 1859, lst Abtheilung. From the Association, The following are from Dr. T. 3. Wilson on the usual conditions : Untersuchungen Uber die hiezkraft der Steinkohlen Sachsens unter aus- ficht, von Johann Bernhard Schneider. 4to. Leipzig, 1860. Paléontologie Lombarde ou description des fossiles de Lombardie. Par L’Abbé Antoine Stoppardi. 9, 10, and 11, Livraisons. 10th. Untersuchungen iiber die Lichtstarke der Planeten Venus, Mars, Ju- piter und Saturn verglichen mit Sternen, und tber die relative weisse ihren Oberfichen. Von Ludwig Seidel. 4to. Miinchen, 1859. From the Author. Magnetische Untersuchungen in Nord-Deutschland, Belgien, Holland, Dine- mark, von Dr. J. Lamont. 4to. Munchen, 1859. From the Author. Erinnerung an Mitgleider der Mathematisch-Physikalischen Classe der K. vi. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Bayr, Akad. der Wissenschaften. Eine Rede vorgetragen in der Offentlichen Sitzung zur Feiér des akademischen Saecularfestes am 24 Mars. 1859, von Dr. Carl Freidrich Philipp von Martius. 4to. Mtinchen, 1859. From the Author. Almanach der konig-bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften fiir das Jahr, 1859.—Monatliche und jahrliche Resultate der an der kénig. Stern- warte bei Miinchen, von 1825, bis 1856, angestellten Meteorologischen Beo- bachtungen, 3d Supplementband Minchen, 1859. —Gelehrte Anzeigen Banden 47 und 48.—Abhandlungen der Mathemat. ~Physikalischen Classe der Konig, bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 8 Band Zweite Abtheilung Miin- chen, 1858. From the Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences. Untersuchungen uber die richtung und stirke des Erdmagnetismus an ver- scheidenen puncten des siidwestlichen Europa im allerhéchsten auftrage seiner Majestiit des KoOnigs Maximilian IJ, von Bayern, Ausgefuhrt von Dr. J. La- mont. Ato. Miinchen, 1858. From the Royal Observatory. Oesterreichische Zeitschrift ftir practische Heilkunde-von-der Medinischen Facultat in Wien. Vol. 5, and No. 1, Vol. 6. From the Editors. Jahrbuch der Kaiserlich-Koniglichen Geologischen Reichsanstalt, 10th Jahr- gang, 1859, No. 2, April, May and June, Wien, 1859. From the Geological Institute. Ansprache gehalten am Schlusse des ersten Decenniums der Kaiserlich-Ko- niglichen Geologischen Reichsanstalt in Wien am 22 November, 1859, yor Wilhelm Haidinger. Svo. Wien, 1859. From the Author. Uber die Wohnsitze der Brachiopoden, von Prof. Edward Suess. S§ro. tract, Vienna, 1859. From the Author. Die Fossilen Mollusken des Tertizer-Beckens, von Wien von Dr. Morris Hornes, 2d Band. 4to. Wien. From the Author. Preisschriften gekrént und herausgegeben a der furstlich Jablonowski- schen Gesellschaft zu Leipzig. Svo. Leipzig, 1859. From the Society. Entomologische Zeitung, Herausgegeben von den entomologischen Vereins zu Stettin, Zwanzigster Jahrgang. “From the Society. Archiv des Vereins der freunde der Naturgeschichte in Meklenburg, 13 Jahr. 1859. From the Society. Zeitschrift der Deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft, 11 Band, 2 Heft, Berlin, 1859. From the Society. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, von Dr. F. H. Troschel, 25 Jahrgang 3 and 4 Heft, 1859. From the Editor. Wurttembergische Naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte Sechsehnter Jahr- gang, Erstes Heft. Stuttgart, 1860. From the Society. Correspondenzblatt des Naturforschenden Vereins zu Riga Zehnter Jahr- gang. From the Society. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie und Petrefakten- Kunde-von K. C. von Leonhard und H. G. “Bronn Jahr. 1859, Heftes 5, 6, und 7. From the Editors. Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlande vierzehnter Band, drittes und viertes Heft. 1859, Altenberg. From the Society. Abhandlungen der koéniglichen bimischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften Funfter Folge, Zehnter Band von dem Jahren, 1857—1859. Prag, 1859. From the Society. Sitzungsberichte der kénigl, bohmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften in Prag, 1859, Jan. to Juni. From the Society. Systematisches Verzeichniss der boéhmischen Trilobiten. Sammlung des Herrn Landesprilaten, Dr. H. J. Ziedler, in Prag, von Dr. Wilh Rud. Weiten- weber. ‘Svo. tract, Prag. 1857. From the Author. 17th. Actes de L’Académie Impériale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de Bordeaux, 21st An. 1859, 2d Trimes. From the Academy. Bulletin de La Société Linnéenne de Normande, vol. 4, An. 1858-59. From the Society. Memoires de La Société Académique de Maine et Loire, 5th and 6th yols., 1859. From the Society. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Vii. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, with illustrations. 1857, 1858, and parts 1 and 2 for 1859. From the Society. Dental Anomalies, and their influence upon the production of Diseases of the Intermaxillary Bones. By Am. Forget, M. D. From the French. Phila- delphia, 1859, 8vo. pamphlet. From Jones & White. Memoir of the late Thomas Nuttall. By Elias Durand. Philada., 1860, 8vo. tract. From the Author. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Vol. 10th, No. 37. From the Society. The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. No. 60,* Vol. 15, part 5, and No. 61, Vol. 16, part 1. From the Society. Twenty-fourth Annual Report of the Executive Committee of the Young Men’s Association of the City of Buffalo. S8vo. tract, Buffalo, 1860. From the Association. The New York Journal of Medicine. No. 100, January, 1860. From the Editors. Report of the Secretary of War, accompanying the President’s Message at the First Session of the 35th Congress. From Major Wayne, U. 5. A. A Practical Treatise on the Honey Bee and Hive. By L. L. Langstroth. 3d Edition, 8vo. New York, 1860. From the Author. Charleston Medical Journal and Review. 14 vols. From 8. Weir Mitchell, M. D. Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d series, vol. 39, No. 4, April, 1860. From Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual condition. May 1st. The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. 5, No. 2. April, 1860. From the Montreal Nat. Hist. Society. On the Silurian and Devonian Rocks of Nova Scotia. By J. W. Dawson. 8vo. tract. On the Vegetable Structures in Coal. By J. W. Dawson. 8vo. tract. From the Author. Notes on the Aurora of the 28th August, 1859, as observed at Lunenburg, Mass. By Prof. Wm. B. Rogers. 8vo. tract. From the Author. Annals of Science, &c. Cleveland, Ohio, Nos. 23 and 24, Nov. Ist and 15th, 1853. From Horatio C. Wood, Jr. Volume of tracts and pamphlets on Agricultural Chemistry and allied sub- jects. By J. B. Lowes and J. H.Gilbert. From the Author, through Dr. Evan Pugh. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et Appliquée, No. 3, 1860. From the Editor, M. Guerin-Méneville. Proceedings of the General Meeting of the Medical Profession, in relation to the deaths of Dr. Charles Frick, and Dr. Berwick B. Smith. 8vo. tract. From Lewis H. Steiner, M. D. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 16, No. 4, April, 1860. From the Editors. Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Thirteenth Meeting, held at Springfield, Mass., Aug., 1859. From the Asso- ciation. Catalogue and Alphabetical Index of the Astor Library. In two parts. Part 2d, Authors and Books, M. to P. New York, 1859, 8vo. From the Trustees of the Astor Library. The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual condition : Miquel Flora Indiz Batave. Vol. 1, part 2, Fasc. 4, and Vol. 3, Fase. 4. Legons sur La Physiologie et L’Anatomie Comparée de L’Homme et des Animaux. Par H. Milne Edwards. Tome 5, Partie 2d. Paris, 1859, 8vo. Bryologia Javanica. Fasciculus 20. Conchologia Iconica. By Lovell Reeve. Part 193. Planches Colorieés des Oiseaux de Le Belgique et de leurs Gufs, par Ch. F. Dubois. 129 and 130, Livraison. Darstellung und Beschreibung simmtlicher in der Pharmacopeia Borussica aufgefiihrten Officinellen Gewichse, von Dr. 0, C. Berg und C. F. Schmidt. Zweiter Band, 4to. Leipzig, 1859. Monographie des Picides. Par Alfred Malherbe, 3d Livraison. Vill. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 8th. Additions to the Flora of Wisconsin. By T. J. Hall. 8vo. tract, 1560. From the Author. The San Francisco Medical Press. Vol. 1, No. 2, 1860. From the Editor. The Dental Cosmos. Vol. Ist, No. 10, May, 1860. From the Editors. American Journal of Pharmacy. 3d series, No. 3, vol. 8, May, 1860. From the Editor. The American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. 29th, 2d series, No. 87, May, 1860. From the Editors. The North American Medico-Chirurgical Review. Vol. 4th, No. 3, May, 1860. From the Editors. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. Vol. 11th, No. 2, April, 1860. From the Editors. The Natural History Review. Vol. 3, No. 12, Oct., 1856; Vol. 6, Nos. 1 to 4, incl., 1859. Proceedings of the Dublin University Zoological and Botani- cal Association. Vol. 1, 1859. From the Dublin University Zoological and Botanical Association. Journal of the Geological Society of Dublin. Vol. 8, part 2, 1859. From the Society. Annual Report of the Superintendent of the Geological Survey of India, Caleutta, 1858-59. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. 1, part 3. Calcutta, 1859. From the Governor and Council of India. The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual condition : Bulletin mensuel de La Sociéte Impériale Zoologique d’Acclimatation. Tome 6, Nos. 1 to 8, and 10 to 12, 1859, Tome 7th, Nos. 2 and 3, 1860. Conchologia Iconica, by Lovell Reeve. Part 194. Tresor de Livres Rares et Précieux ou Noveau Dictionnaire Bibliographique, par John George Theodore Gaesse, Tome 2d, Livraison 2, 1860. Neue Untersuchungen tiber den Bau des Riickenmarks, von Dr. B. Stilling, Funfte Lieferung.—Atlas Mikroskopisch Anatomischer Abbildungen zu den neuen Untersuchungen iiber den Bau des Riickenmarks, von Dr. B. Stilling. Vierte Lieferung Cassel, 1859. 15th. Eighth Supplement to Dana’s Mineralogy. By Geo. J. Brush. 8yo. tract, 1860. From the Author. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandisch Indié uitgeven door de Natu- urkundige Vereniging in Nederlandsch Indié Derde serie Deel 3, Aflevering, 5 and 6. From the Society. The California Farmer. Seven numbers, from Feb. 22d, 1860, to April 20th, 1860, From the Editors. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol, 16, No. 5, May, 1860. From the Editors. The New York Journal of Medicine. No. 102, May, 1860. From the Edi- tors. The New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 17th, No. 3, May, 1860. From the Editors. Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d series, vol. 39, May, 1860, No. 5. From Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual condition. Karte des San Juan-od-Haro-Arehipels, Nach den Aufnahmen der Engl. Admiralitat unter Kellett, Richards, &c., 1847, 1858, and 1859. Von. A. Peterman. From Dr. Peterman. The American Journal of the Medical Sciences. Nos. 67 and 68, new series, Jan. and April, 1860. From the Editors. Biographical Notice of Henry Bond, M. D., read before the College of Physi- cians of Philadelphia, April Ist, 1860. From the Author, Dr. Condie. 22nd. Sitzungs Berichte der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Mathemat.—Naturwissen. Classe, 1858, Band 33, Nos. 27-29, 1858, Band 34, 35, 36, and 37. Nos. 1 to 20. Register zu den Banden 21, bis 30, der Sitzungs- berichte der Mathemat. Naturwissen. Classe der K. Acad. der Wissenschaften, 3d part. Almanach der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Neunter PROC.ACAD. NAT. SCI. W.M.Gabt del — PROC.ACAD. NAT. SCT. W. M.Gabb del. Pil Proc. Acad .Nat Sei. Phil? Pl. 4 T. Sinclair's lith, Phil® 1. Asolanus Camptotainia, Wood. 4 lepidostrobus Stachyordes, Wood. 2 A Manephlaeus, Wood, 3. Srgdlarcva. Solenotus, Wood. 3. Solenoula Pstlophlacus, Wood. 6 Asolanus Ornithicnotdes. Wood Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phil® Sinclain’s ith, Phil® a vod WH n Mekistor, Z. 4 LI. Lesquereurt, 3 a. Woo epidodendron Owent Toes eSB od. e Wood. Lepidophlotos Icthyoleprs ei, Venustun Wood. , Ss: ‘ ' . ! cs i ' j * > 4 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil? lith . Phul® T. Sanclair’s Nood. L. Drepanaspis. 4 L Magnum. Wood. 2 ~ 1 Lepidodendron Dikrocheilos. Wood. Wood. 3 LI. Bordae. Proc ANS. Philada.1860. Plate 7 ASTROSCOPUS GUTTATUS (ABBOTT.) O Koehler del Lith. Bowen & Co. Phila Proc. A. N.S Philada. L860 Plate 8 1. Nomaretus unpertectus 2 Cytys nitidus 3. Euryoptera sanguaracollis 4. Arhopalus Wilsoniw 5. Leptura aurata Oo is nitidicolis 7. Aegilopsis cuverea 4 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1860. Reported by Watrer F. Arirxr, Recorder. Dr. JosepH Letpy, Director. January. J.—P atuHo.oey. Dr. J.J. Woodward read a paper entitled, ‘Remarks on Errors in the Anatomical Diagnosis of Cancer.”* IJ.—Cuemistry anp ToxicoLoey. 1. Dr. Mitchell stated that lately in examining, in conjunction with Dr. Hammond, the chemistry of corroval and vao, they had succeeded in obtaining, in a crystalline form, corrovaline. It is formed by evaporation, from the solution in chloroform; one grain of corrovaline thus prepared was dissolved in one hundred grains of water, and one drop from the solution was sufficient to killa mouse. The same quantity, in ten minutes, killed a frog. 2. Mr. Powel stated that when very young, in the laboratory of his uncle, Dr. Robert Hare, he had witnessed some very extraordinary poisonous qualities exhibited by the residue of the sweet oil of wine, dis- tilled with some turpentine. The smell of this was sufficient to produce dizziness aud lethargic symptoms. *See American Journal of the Medical Sciences, for April, 1860. 1! PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Biolog’ ts February. I.—ANatTomy. Dr. Schmidt read the following paper upon a “ Method of Parnting morst Anatomical Preparations.” Method of Painting Moist Anatomical Preparations. BY H. D. SCHMIDT, M. D. {tis more due to neglect than any other motive, that I have not pub- lished, before this, the useful process of painting anatomical preparations, intended to be suspended in alcohol. The latter, as is known to every anatomist, affects the color of the different components of an organ, and thus renders them almost alike in appearance. This is a great disadvan- tage, as the object of such a preparation, is to show the relationship of the various parts of an organ, or that of different organs themselves. lor instance, if the larger bloodvessels and ducts of a liver or kidney, &c., are injected and carefully dissected out, to exhibit their relative course, such a preparation will be of comparatively little value, if these vessels can not be readily distinguished from each other. This can only be ac- complished by painting them with different colors. In dried preparations, this is easily done by coloring with oil-paint, commonly used by artists. But as the tissues of such preparations lose entirely their form by shrink- ing, they are rendered to a great extent unfit for study. Itis different however, in the case of preparations intended to be preserved in a moist condition by suspension in alcohol. Here, the anatomist often becomes discouraged, when he finds his best dissections losing in appearance by the injurious action of the alcohol on the color of the tissues. To counterbalance this disadvantage, I have used a vehicle, which, while it unites with the tissues and thus adheres to them, is not affected injurious- ly by the action of the alcohol, but on the contrary, rendered only more firm. The process is so simple, that it seems rather strange not to have been resorted to long ago. The principle used asa vehicle, is albumen, in the form of the white of egg ; and this is almost the only substance which will unite with the tissues, (as a great part of the latter consists of it,) without being injuriously affected by the alcohol. The colors used, of course must be mineral, and thoroughly ground with the albumen, on a plate of glass. After the preparation is painted, it is put into strong alcohol, which, to coagulate the albumen still more firmly, may be warmed. Not only the blood-vessels, ducts and nerves, may thus be beautifully colored, but with some artistical skill the color of the parenchyma of the organ may also be nicely imitated. in the Anatomical Museum of the University of Pennsylvania, a liver with the blood-vessels and ducts carefully dissected, and painted with different colors by the above described process, can be seen suspended in alcohol. Likewise a kidney and a spleen; the color of the fresh parenchyma of the former is also imitated. These preparations I made three years ago, and up to the present time not the slightest change in the colors can be perceived; although they have often been carried to and from the lecture room. Another preparation, exhibiting the smaller muscles of the larynx, which are painted red, can also be seen. Intricate dissections of various regions can be made, the muscles, vessels, nerves, &c., colored, and their form preserved by the suspension in alcohol. [Feb. > Dept.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 In connection with this subject, Dr. Leidy stated that he is in the habit of suspending injected preparations in turpentine, by which liquid the tissues are rendered translucent. The jars in which they are thus sus- pended, are hermetically sealed by means of a piece of hog’s bladder. well soaked and dipped in a cement of gum arabic, acetic acid and sugar In order to suspend the preparation, a piece of whalebone or a bar of metal should be used; wood is too porous. Thus arranged the turpentine remains perfectly limpid. Dr, Leidy added, that in these preparations. some change must take place in the air over the turpentine, for the bladder covering the jar bellies down, becoming concave. To give therefore a neater appearance to the preparation, he is in the habit of applying a second piece of blad- der, prepared as the other; in which a small orifice is made with a pin. which prevents its retraction into the neck of the jar. Mr. Slack stated that in England, glycerin was extensively used for mounting preparations, the high price of alcohol in that country prevent- ing its general use for such a purpose. 1L.—P arnoioey. Dr. Leidy exhibited a portion of the stomach of a horse recently dead, which contained a number of spheroidal tumors, about an inch in diame- ter, The tumors contained a number of nematoid worms (Spzroptera me- gastoma) still alive. Dr. Darrach, who had examined the structure of these tumors, had found their walls to be principally fibrous tissue, containing a puraloid matter filled with fine granules, which were the eggs of the worm. ‘These tumors possessed orifices communicating with the stomach. This horse was said to have died from rupture of the diaphragm caused by great distension of the intestines, in consequence of a large, meal of Indian Corn. This rupture was situated in the muscular portion of the diaphragm, and was about six inches in length, TI1.—Terrato.oey. Dr. Morris related a case of arrest of development in the hand of a young man with whom he is acquainted. This arrest is in two of his fingers. This condition of things is attributed by Dr. Morris to the action of filaments thrown around the fingers, and checking their growth. probably about the third or fourth month of intra-uterine life. These filaments or ligatures were assigned first by Dr. Montgomery as a cause of this phenomenon. Dr. Mitchell while acknowledging, as a general rule, the justice of the reason assigned by Dr. Morris, for these arrests of development, declared that it could not explain those cases where for a series of generations the same deformity exists. The mother of the person alluded to here, attributed the condition of her son’s hand to her having witnessed the amputation by a surgeon of the same fingers while pregnant. April. Dr. Mitchell read the following paper on Corroval and Vao. 1860. 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Biolog. Qn the Physical and Chemical characteristics of Corroval and Vao, two recently discovered varieties of Woorara, and on a new Alkaloid constituting their active principle. BY WILLIAM A. HAMMOND, M. D. Assistant Surgeon U. 8. Army, and S. WEIR MITCHELL, M. D. Lecturer on Physiology in the Philadelphia Medical Association. The two new varieties of woorara, which, so far as relates to their physical and chemical characteristics, we design considering at present. were brought in February, 1857, from the Rio Darien, in New Granada, by Drs. Ruschenberger and Caldwell of the United States Navy. By these gentlemen they were presented to Prof. Joseph Carson, of the University of Pennsylvania, to whom we must express our acknowledg- ments for the opportunity afforded us of analyzing and experimenting with these curious poisons. The corroval, the more powerful of the two, has the general appearance of a vegetable extract of a brownish black color. The fracture is some- what conchoidal, but some of the fragments in our possession have a sur- face such as would be given to the superficies of an inspissated vegetable infusion on cooling. When pulverized, itis of a tawny yellow appearance. Its taste is an intense and very persistent bitter. The saturated aqueous infusion is of a very dark brown, almost black color, and of neutral or exceedingly slight acid reaction. The alcoholic tincture is of a pale yellow tint. Both water and alcohol extract the poisonous principle, as do also ether and chloroform, though to a very diminished extent. Ne crystals are deposited from either of these solutions, except from the ethereal. They consist entirely of fatty substances. The residue, insolublein water, submitted to microscopical examination. is seen to consist of vegetable cells, starch granules, portions of woody tissues, oil globules, &c.; small grains of silica are also to be observed. No parts of animals of any kind can be discovered by most careful ex- amination with object-glasses of high power and excellent defining quality. Tf the fangs of poisonous serpents, the livers and other parts of the body were used in the manufacture of corroval, we should undoubtedly have detected their anatomical elements. We therefore regard it as certain that such substances do not enter into the composition of the material under consideration. Corroval burns with a yellow flame, and gives off a considerable amount of smoke and vapor. This latter has an odor very similar to that of human excrement, and, as we have ascertained, possesses all the poisonous activity of the corroval in substance. A mouse made to inhale the fumes died in less than two minutes. Corroval heated upon platinum foil, in the flame of the blow-pipe, is almost entirely volatilized. The ash con- sists of silica, iron, and certain saline substances. In external characteristics vao cannot be distinguished from corroval. That in our possession is a dark brown extract, hard, and perfectly dry, and unaffected by exposure to the atmosphere. It yields its toxic - principle to water and alcohol, the infusions being of similar physical ‘qualities and reaction with those of corroval. The insoluble portion [April, ———— — Dept.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 consists of a white or light gray deposit of a shred-like and flocculent appearance. Examined under the microscope this is seen to be princi- pally composed of amorphous matter with which, however, starch granules ané cells of vegetable origin, together with masses of woody tissue and fragments of silica are mingled. No animal structures are to be detected on the most minute examination. Vao subjected to the action of heat acts in a manner not distinguish- able from that of corroval, giving off a vapor with similar odor and other properties to that derived from the latter substance. Woorara, of which corroval and vao may with propriety be considered as constituting species, has been analyzed by Roulin and Boussingault,* Pelletier and Petroz? and Heintz.{ Roulin and Boussingault experimented with woorara which had been obtained from the Rio Negro. It was a solid extract of a black color, but brown when reduced to powder, of a resinous appearance, and ex- ceedingly bitter taste. It burned with difficulty, and gave off no odor of organic nitrogenous substances. It was soluble in water, alcohol and in sulphuric ether, though not to any considerable extent. The aqueous infusion was of slight acid reaction; no strychnine was discovered by these chemists in woorara. We may here state that two specimens of ordinary woorara, which we owe to the kindness of Major LeConte, of Philadelphia, and Prof. J. ©. Dalton, of New York, agree in all essential particulars with that above described. By the following process, Roulin and Boussingault obtained from woorara a new principle of an alkaloidal character, which they called eurarin. The woorara was reduced to fine powder and treated repeatedly with boiling alcohol. The extract thus obtained was evaporated, and the solid residue treated with water, which dissolved the active principle, leaving nothing but a little resinous matter. The aqueous solution was then decolorized by animal charcoal, and treated with infusion of galls. A beautiful whitish-yellow, flaky precipitate was then thrown down, having an exceedingly bitter taste. The supernatant liquid was almost entirely deprived of its bitterness; the precipitate thus obtained was well washed, heated to ebullition in water, and dissolved by the addition of oxalic acid. The acid liquor was then supersaturated by magnesia and filtered. It was again evaporated to dryness, and the residue dissolved in alcohol. This solution was concentrated and spontaneously evaporated to a syrupy consistence. It was subsequently further concertrated by evaporation 77 vacuo. : The analysis of Pelletier and Petroz yielded a similar product. ‘These chemists extracted the woorara with alcohol. and treated the tincture thus obtained with ether, in order to remove the fatty and resinous substances present. The alcoholic extract was then evaporated, dissolved in water, and foreign matters precipitated from the solution by the acetate of lead, the excess of lead being removed by sulphuretted hydrogen. The solution was then decolorized by animal charcoal, filtered and evaporated ; sul- * Examen Chimique du Curare, Poison des Indiens de |]‘Orinoque, Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Tome xxxix, 1828, p. 24. + Examen Chimique de Curare, Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Tome xi, 1829, p. 213. t Reisen in British Guiana, Von Richard Schomburgk, Bandi, 8. 452, (note). 1860.] 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ Biolog. phuric acid diluted with absolute alcohol was then added for the purpose of draining off the acetic acid. The alcohol was removed by evaporation, and the sulphuric acid precipitated by baryta. The excess of the latter was separated by carbonic acid, the liquid was next filtered and concen- trated in the water bath, and the curarin thus obtained further dried 7 vacuo. Obtained by either of these processes, curarin is a solid transparent resinoid substance, of a pale yellow color, very hygroscopic and soluble to almost any extent in water and alcohol. Its taste is exceedingly bitter. The solution in water restores the blue color to reddened litmus paper, neutralizes acids, and forms salts with them, easily soluble in water, but uncrystallizable. Curarin gives with concentrated nitric acid, a blood red color, and with concentrated sulphuric acid a carmine tint. Heintz proceeded as follows :—To the aqueous solution of the woorara, tannic acid was added, and an abundant precipitate soluble in boiling water was obtained. This was taken from the filter, boiled with magne- sia, and then evaporated to dryness. The extract thus obtained was then treated with alcohol, to remove it from any insoluble salts of magne- sia, and the solution again evaporated to dryness. By this means a yel- lowish brown extract was obtained, possessing no alkaline reaction, but endowed in a eminent degree with the toxic principle of the woorara. Heintz does not regard this extract as at all pure ; subsequently he em- ployed both the bichlorides of mercury and platinum, to effect the pre- cipitation, but with no better success, a yellowish extract being still ob- tained. Heintz ascertained by Lassaigne’s method that the extract contamed nitrogen ; he also found sugar, gum, resin, extractive matter and tannic and gallic acids ; traces of saline combinations with organic acids, probably the tartaric and oxalic were also detected. He was wnable to discern the least trace of strychnia. We think it highly probable, that the woorara examined by Heintz was very far from being of identical character with that analysed by Roulin and Boussingault and Pelletier and Petroz. The difference in the process employed is not sufficient to account for the very dissimilar product obtained by Heintz. His method was certainly such as to have separated any alkaloidal principle present. The substance he did obtain was probably nothing but a purified and more highly concentrated woorara, deprived of its woody fibre, starch, silica, &c. We now proceed to detail the several steps in a qualitative analysis. made of the corroval and vao. A few grains of corroval were subjected to the action of ether. From the solution thus obtained, oil-globules were deposited on evapora- tion, together with a number of minute acicular crystals, insoluble in water, but completely dissolved by hot alcohol and ether. Globular masses of a supposed resin were also present. To another portion, water was added till it was completely extracted of all its bitter principle. The residue was perceived to contain several masses apparently of a fatty character. On subjecting this substance to the action of hot ether, it was entirely dissolved, and on evaporating the solution from a slip of glass, and viewing the residue with the microscope, numerous delicate acicular crystals collected in groups and radiatmg from a central nucleus were perceived. These were soluble in hot alcohol. The remaining portion was in the form of oil-globules. (April, i Dept.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. After thus separating the fatty substances as above, the portion in- soluble in water was placed in a small retort with a little water; a receiver surrounded with ice was luted to the retort. and heat applied to the latter. On the surface of the distillate a small portion of essential oil floaied. This had an odor somewhat resembling that of mustard, but much less pungent. The substance remaining in the retort was next dried at a low tempera- ture, and subjected to the action of alcohol. A yellowish-brown solution resulted, from which, on evaporation, a .resinoid substance was ob- tained, having an odor very similar to that of a true essential oil. The residue was next calcined in aplatinum crucible. By this process the woody fibre, &c., was consumed, hydrochloric acid was added to the ash, andthe silica thus separated. To a portion of this solution in hydrochlo- ric acid diluted with water, ferrocyanide of potassium was added, and distinct evidence of the presence of iron obtained. Another portion treated with bichloride of platinum gave after a lapse of several hours a reddish crystalline precipitate, indicating the presence of soda. We were prevented by an accident continuing the analysis of the above portion. ; The aqueous solution was found by the addition of gelatin in excess, to yield a flaky, yellowish white precipitate of tannate of gelatine. It was filtered, and to the filtrate perchloride of iron added. A black precipi- tate of gallate of iron was thrown down. From the foregoing analysis we conceive that we have ascertained the existencee in corroval, besides, the active principle, of the following sub- stances :—Olein, Margarin, Essential Oil, Resin, Starch, Silica, Iron, Soda, Woody Fibre, Tannic Acid, Gallic Acid. The small quantity of corroval in our possession, prevented us from ex- tending our analysis further in this direction, and for the same reason we are the less disposed to insist upon the absolute accuracy in all its steps of the foregoing investigation. Several of the above named substances were detected by the microscope alone, and this instrument was constantly employed throughout the whole analysis. In the separation of the active principle of the corroval, we made use of the following processes : Ist. Ten grains of the substance were extracted by repeated portions of boiling water, till a bitter taste was no longer afforded. The solutions were now mixed and boiled with magnesia. It was next filtered, and the filtrate filtered repeatedly through animal charcoal, till all the bitter- ness and coloring matter were entirely absorbed. The charcoal was then treated with boiling alcohol in fresh portions till all bitterness was ex- tracted from it. The alcohol was then evaporated to dryness. By this means a very bitter substance of a greenish white color was obtained, possessed in a high degree of the toxic properties of the corroval. 2d. The process employed in this instance was that first used by Roulin and Boussingault, but modified by employing water to extract with, instead of alcohol. Ten grains of the corroval were reduced to fine powder and extracted with water, as in the first described process. 'l'o the solution, tannic acid was added in excess, a voluminous flaky precipitate of a yellowish-white color was thrown down. This was well washed on a filter to remove the tannic acid, mixed with water and heated to boiling, a few crystals of oxalic acid being added till it was entirely dissolved. The acid liquor was next treated with magnesia, in excess, and filtered. The filtrate was 1860.) 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Biolog. evaporated to dryness, and the extract thus obtained, dissolved in hot alcohol. This solution, evaporated to dryness, furnished a substance similar to that obtained by the first process, but more highly colored. For the principle thus obtained, possessing as it does the properties of an alkaloid, and in a high degree the toxic properties of the corroval, we propose, in accordance with the principles of the United States Pharma- copeeia, the name of corrovalia. Corrovalia* is, when pure a greenish-white substance, of low specific gravity, and, upon the whole, similar to tannic acid in general appear- ance. It is soluble in alcohol, ether and chloroform, and, contrary to the statement in our original memoirs, to a slight extent in water. Heated upon platinum foil, in the flame of a spirit-lamp, it is entirely volatilized. With concentrated nitric acid it gives an emerald green color, which deepens in tint if a small piece of bichlorate of potassa be added. With sulphuric acid. a reddish-brown color is formed, which, with the further addition of bichromate of potassa, changes in a few minutes toa deep olive green ; with ammonia it gives a deep yellow color, but no pre- cipitate ; with potassa in solution, the result is much the same ; with tannic acid, it gave a white precipitate. With iodide of potassium in solution, corrovalia yielded no precipitate or change of tint, nor did it give rise to any reaction in the presence of bichloride of platinum. Corrovalia is uncrystallizable from all its solutions, except from that in chloroform. A drop of the chloroformic solution evaporated to dry- ness ona slip of glass, and subjected to microscopic examination, exhibits numerous acicular crystals, mostly collected in groups, and radiating from common centres. Corrovalia neutralizes the sulphuric chlorhydric and acetic acids, and in all probability others, the quantity in our possession being too small for us to investigate its properties further in this direction. The saits formed with the above mentioned acids, as far as we have been able to ascertain, are uncrystallizable. Introduced into the blood, corrovalia exerts a toxic power, equalled by few if any substances hitherto known to man. A grain was dissolved in one hundred minims of water. One minim of this solution killed a small~mouse in five minutes, when inserted under the skin, and five minims in four and a half minutes produced the same result in a medium sized rabbit. With frogs it is especially active. The amount of alkaloid obtained by us from corroval ; amounted to about ten per cent.; from vao, the proportion did not exceed four or five per cent. Vao is therefore much weaker than corroval, its physiological action is very similar to the latter substance. The amount of resin contained in it is considerably greater than that found in the corroval, as is also the woody fibre. For the physiological effects produced by these new and curious poisons, we must refer to the memoir to which we have already alluded. Owing to the small quantity of these substances in our possessiou, we have been unable to make an ultimate analysis of them, and consequent- ly cannot at present give formulas of their composition. In other respects | we have from the same cause been unable to carry our investigations as *Experimental researches relative to Corroval and Vao, &c., American Journal of the Medical Sciences, No. Ixxv, N.S., July, 1859. [ April, INDEX. Abbott, Charles C., Descriptions of new species. of American Freshwater Fishes, 325; Description of a new species of Astroscopus, Brev., in the Museum of A. N. S.; Description of a new species of Chatoéssus, Cuv., from New Jersey, 362, 365; Descrip- tions of new species of Apodal Fishes in Mus. A, N.S.; Descriptions of four new species of North American Cypri- nid ; Description of a new species of Exocetus from Chili, 416, 472, 473, 475; Descriptions of two new species of Pimelodus from Kansas, 547, 568 ; don. to mus. i. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. vil. Academy, Chicago, of Sciences, don. to lib. iii. Academy, C. L. C. Germanice Nature Curiosorum, don. to lib. xii. Academy, Impériale, des Sciences, &c., Bordeaux, don. to lib. vi. xii. xvii. xix. Academy, Impériale, des Sciences, &c., Dijon, don. to lib, ix. Academy, Impériale, des Sciences, &c., de Lyon, don. to lib. xix. Academy, Impériale, des Sciences de St. Petersbourg, don. to lib. xii. xviii. Academy Kaiserlichen der Wissen- schaften, Wien, don. to lib. viii. ix. xii. xviii. Academy Kongliga Svenska, Stock- holm, don. to lib. ix. Academy Konig. Preuss. der Wissen. zu Berlin, don. to lib. xii. Academy Konink. Van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam, don. to lib. ix. Academy Real das Sciences, Lisbon, don. to lib. xx. xxi. Academy, Royal Bavarian, of Sciences, don. to lib. vi. Academy, Royal Irish, don. to lib. iii. 1860.] Academy, Royale, des Sciences, &c., de Belgique, don. to lib. xiv. xviii. Academy Sciences et Lettres, de Mont- pelier, don. to lib. xix. Academy Science of St. Louis, don. to lib. xvi. Anthony, J. G., Description of new species of American Fluviatile Gas- teropods, 49, 55. Ashmead, Samuel, don. to mus. v. Association, American, for the Ad- vancement of Science, don. to lib. Vii. Association Berg und Hutten, Wien, don. to lib. v. Association, Dublin University, Zoolo- gical and Botanical, don, to lib. viii. Association, Mercantile Library, New York, don. to lib. xiii. Association, Young Men’s, of Buffalo, don. to lib, vii. Association, Young Men’s Mercantile ‘ Library, Cincinnati, don. to lib. iii. Astor Library, Trustees of, don. to lib. Vii. Baird, Matthew, don. to mus. iv. Barrande, M. Joachim, don. to lib. xv. Barris, J. N. H., exchange of Pnblica- tions for Fessils with, 150; don. to mus. iil. Bellardi, Luigi, don. to lib. iv. Beneden, J. P. von., don. te lib. xili. Bennett, D. R., don. to mus. i. Bernardi, A. C., don. to lib. xviii. Binney, Wm. G., Remarks on a species of Leda, and on Geographical dis- tribution of Shells, 49; Notes on American Land Shells, No. 6; and Descriptions of new species of Pal- monata, 146, 150, 154; don. to mus. i. iii. v.; don. to lik. xv. iv. INDEX. Biological Department, Report of, for Dec., 1859, 1; for June, 1860, 4; for Feb. 54; for April, 150. Blanchard, Capt. Miles, don. to mus. iii. Bowen, E., Coal Plants of, presented to the Academy by Members, i. Brazier, A. J., don. to lib. xi. Breed, Rev. Wm. P., don. to mus. v. Bridges, Dr. Robert, don. to mus. i. Bronn, Dr. H.G., don. to lib. xiii. xviii. Browne, Mrs. P. A., Thanks of the Academy presented to, &., 415 ; don. to mus. v. Browne, Peter A., announcement of death of, 2. Brush, George J., don. to lib. viii. Buckley, S. B., The Cutting Ant of Texas, 199, 233; The Stinging or Mound Ant of Texas, 416, 445; De- scriptions of several new species of Plants, 417, 443. Cadwallader, C. C., don. to Mus. vi. Campbell, Henry F.M. D., don. to lib. x. Canada, Geological Survey of, don. to lib. xvi. Carothers, A. E., don. to mus. vi. Carpenter, George W., death of, an- nounced, 201, Carson, Dr. Joseph, Remarks of on death of Dr. Edward Hallowell, 81. Cassin, John, Remarks on the presenta- tion to the Academy of Dr. Thomas B. Wilson’s collection of Birds, 86; Catalogue of Birds collected during a survey of a route for a ship canal across the Isthmus of Darien, &c., 97, 132: Catalogue of Birds collected during a survey of a route for a ship canal across the Isthmus of Darien, made by Lieut, N. Michler, U.S. Top. Eng., with Notes and Descriptions of new species, 143,188; Descriptions of new Birds of Western Africain Mus. A.N.S., 363,364; Catalogue of Birds from the Island of St. Thomas, West Indies, with notes, 363, 374; Reso- lutions by, in relation to Mrs. Peter A. Browne, 415; don. to lib. xi. | Clemens, Dr. Brackenridge, Contribu- tions to American Lepidopterology, No. 3, 2;4; Contributions to Ame- rican Lepidopterology, No. 4, 146, 156; Contributions to American Lepidopterology, No. 5, 201, 203; Contributions to American Lepidop- terology, No. 6, 325, 345; Note on American Tineina, 433; Contribu- tions to American Lepidopterology, No. 7, 517, 522. Coates, Dr. Benjamin H., don. to lib. iv. Coleman, W., don. to mus. v. Committee on communication of P. B. Duchaillu, 48 ; Report of, 81. Committee on death of G. W. Carpen- ter, 201. Committee on Jessup Fund, Rules adopted by, 577. Committee to prepare a Memorial in aid of Dr. Evans, 2. Committee, Publication, don. to lib. iv. xxii. Committees, Election of Standing, 48. Condie, Dr., don. to lib. viii. Conrad, T. A., Additional new species of Fossils, 2; Illustrations of some Fossils described in the Proceedings of the Acad. Nat. Sci. by T. A. Con- rad and Wm. M. Gabb, 55 ; Notes on Shells, 199, 231; don. to mus. vi, Cooper, Dr. J. G. and Dr. G. Suckley, U.S. A., don. to lib. xi. Cope, Edward D., Supplement to a Catalogue of the Venomous Serpents in the Mus. Acad. Nat. Sci., 49, 72; Catalogue of the Calamarian Ser- pents in the Mus. Acad. Nat. Sci. with Notes and Descriptions of new spe- cies, 199, 241; Notes and Descrip- tions of new and little known Ame- rican Reptiles, 325,339; Description of Reptiles from Tropical America and Asia, 363, 368; See Hallowell: Descriptions of new species of the Reptilian genera Hyperolius, Liupe- rus and Tropidodipsas, 511; List of the recent species of Emydosaurian Reptiles in the Mus. of the Acad. Nat. Sci., 549; Catalogue of the Colu- bride in the Mus. of the Acad. Nat. Sci., &c., Part 3, 551, 553; don. to mus. iv. v. Vi. Vii. Corse, Dr. J. M., Remarks on Tuber- culous Diseases in Sheep, 548 ; don. to mus. v. Coultas, Harlan, don. to lib. iv. Cresson, E. T., don. to mus. ii. Cresson, Walter, don. to lib. xxi. Curators, Report of, 575. Darrach, Dr. J., Catalogue of Plants collected in flower in the neighbor- hood of Philadelphia, 145, 199, 302, 511. Darrach, Samuel, don. to mus. y. Dawson, J. W., don. to lib. i. vii. xi. 2 Ap 2.0.4: [1860. ee eee ee eee eS INDEX. _ v. Department of War, don. to lib. xi. Dow, Capt. J. M., don. to mus. ii. Dowler, Dr. Bennett, don. to Jib. xv. Duchaillu, P. B., Communication from, 48; Report of Committee on, 81. Duméril, A. M. C., death of, announced, 415. Dunlap, B. G., don. to mus. i. Dunlap, Thomas, don. to lib. iv. Dunn, Dr. T. C., don. to mus. v. Durand, E., Remarks on changing the name Carya Texana to C, Buckleyi, 547; don. to mus. vii.; don. to lib. vii. Xx. Editor of American Journal of Med- ical Sciences, don. to lib. viii. xiii. XVi. Editor of American Journal of Phar- macy, don. to lib. i. iv. viii. xii. xv. | XX. Editors of American Journal of Sci- ence and Arts, don. to lib. i. iv. viii. Mil. xy. xxi. Editors of American Medical Times, don. to lib. x. xi. Xili. Xiv. xV. xvi. KV. XVI, XIX. XX. XX1. Hditor of Annual of Scientific Dis- covery, don. to lib. iii. Editors of Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, don. to lib. vi. Editors of Austrian Journal of Medi- cal Practice, don. to lib. vi. Iiditors of Bibliotheque Universelle, Revue Suisse et Etrangére, don. to lib. x. XVi. Xx. EKditor of California Farmer, don. to lib. viii. ix. x, x1. xili. xv. xxi. Editor Charleston Medical Journal and Review, don. to lib. i. iv. ix. UN GV XX. Editors of Dental Cosmos, don. to lib. 1oHI. IV. V2 Vill. 1X. Xi.) Xi. KV. Xvi. XViil. xxi. Editors of Edinburgh New Philosoph. Journal, don. to lib, viii. xv. xvili. Editor of Gardener’s Monthly, don. toplib. 1X. X. Xi. Xill. XV. Ki. XVI. XX. Xxi. Editors of Hutching’s California Maga- zine, don. to lib. ix. Editors of Ibis, don. to lib. i. Editors of Journal de Conchyliologie, don. to lib. xviii. Editor of Mining Magazine and Jour- nal of Geology, don, to lib. xiii. Editors of Neues Jahrbuch fur Mine- ralogie, &c., don. to lib. vi. ix. xii. Xviii. 1860.] Editors of New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal, don. to lib. i. viii. Xili. XV. XViil. xx, Editors of New York Journal of Medi- cine, don. to lib. iv. Vii. viii. Editors of New York Medical Press, don. to lib. ii. Editors of North Amer. Med.-Chirurg. Review, don, to lib. iv. viii. xiii. xv. xix: Editor of Revue et Magasin de Zoo- logie, &c., don, to lib. i. ii. iv. v. vii. ix. Xi, Xlii. xv. xvi. XVili. xxi. Editors of San Francisco Medical Press, don. to lib. viii. Editors of Southern Medical and Sur- gical Journal, don. to lib. i. iii. iv. Wil, Vid.) X. Xi. Xili. NVI XVI XIX. Editors of St. Joseph’s Journal of Medicine and Surgery, don. to lib. ii. Election of Members and Correspon- dents, 579. Election of Officers for 1861, 578. Election of Standing Committees, 48. Encke, M., don. to lib, xiv. Engelmann, Dr. George, don. to lib. iy. Engelmann, H., see Meek. Evans, Dr. John, application Co-operation of the Academy, 2. for Fahnestock, G. W., don. to mus. iii. Field, Lieut. Thomas Y., U. S. N., don. to mus. iii. Fisher, Dr. James C., read extract of letter from J. H. Redfield, 148; an- nounced the death cf Victor G. Au- dubon, 325 ; announced the death of A. M. C. Dumeéril, 415 ; Remarks on a specimen of Peat from a bed of leaves on the Atrato River, 515; Resolutions by, on the death of Vice- President Le Conte, 516; Report on the Library, 575. Forshay, C. S., don. to lib. xiii. Foulke, William Parker, Remarks on experiments of T. Sterry Hunt, 96; don. to mus. vil. Fraley, W. W., don. to mus. iv. France, Minister of Public Works, don, to lib. ii. xi. xvi. Frost, C. W., don. to mus, iii.; don. to lib. xiv. Gabb, William M., Descriptions of new species of Fossils, probably Triassic, from Virginia, 1; Descriptions of new species of Cretaceous Fossils, 1 ; Descriptions of new species of Cre- taceous Fossils from New Jersey, 86, 42 Vi. INDEX. * . 93; Descriptions of some new spe- cies of Cretaceous Fossils from South America in the collection of the Academy, 148, 197; On the identity of Ammonites Texanus, Roe- mer, and A, vespertinus, Morton, 202 ; Catalogue of the Museum of the Academy for the use of visitors, 304 ; Description of a new species of Ce- phalopod from the Eocene of Texas, 295, 324; see Horn: Description of new species of Tertiary and Creta- ceous Fossils, 417; Description of a new species of Cassidulus from the Cretaceous formation of Alabama; Description of a new genus ana spe- cies of Amorphozoa from the Creta- ceous formation of New Jersey, 515, 518, 519; Remarks on Jurassic Fos- sils in reply to a letter of Jules Marcot, 548; Description of some new species of Tertiary Fossils from Chiriqui, Central America, 551, 567; don. to mus. i.; don. to lib. xv. Garsia, Dr. W. M., don. to mus. iv. Gassies, J. B., don to lib. xviii. Gerhart, A. §., don. to mus. Vii. Gill, Theodore, Notes on the Nomen- clature of North American Fishes, and on the pertinence of Alosa teres DeKay, to the genus Dussumieza, Val. 2, 19, 21. Conspectus Piscium in expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum Septentrionalum, C. Ringgold et J. Rogers ducibus, aG. Stimpson, M. D. Collectore; Sicydianze, 96, 100; Monograph of the genus Labrisomus of Swainson; Monograph of the genus Labrax, of Cuvier; Mono- graph of the Philypni, 97, 102, 108, 120. Gistel, Dr. Johannes, don. to lib. xxi. Glasco, J. M., don. to mus. Vi. Gould, Dr. A. A. don. to mus. vi. Grateloup, M. le Dr., don. to lib. iv. xx. Haidinger, Wilhelm, don. to lib. vi. Haldeman, 8. §., don. to mus. vi. Hall, James, don. to lib. iii. xiv. Hall, T. J., don. to lib. viii. Hallowell, Dr. Edward, death of, an- nounced, 81; Reptilia of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, edited » by E. D. Cope, 415, 480. Hammond, Dr. Wm A. and Dr. S. Weir Mitchell, on the physical and chemical characteristics of Corroval and Wao, two recently discovered varieties of Woorara, and a new al- kaloid containing their active prin- ciple, 100. Hanson, H. C., don. to mus. v. Harris, Edward, don. to mus. Vii. Harris, Dr. R. P., don. to mus. iil. v. Hartman, W. D., don. to mus. iv. Hartshorne, Dr. Henry, don. to lib. xxi. Hayden, Dr. F. V., see Meek. Hays, Dr. I. I., announcement of his progress in raising funds for his Arc- tic Expedition, 149 ; don. to lib. iv. Henry, Dr. Bernard, announcement of death of, 148. Hering, C. J., don. to mus. iii. Hernandez, Dr. Don Jose de la Sur, don. to lib. iv. Hoeckley, F. 8., don. to mus. v. Holloway, W. E., don. to mus. i. Hopper, J. M. and O. C. Herbert, vote of thanks to, for donations, 3. Horn, George W., descriptions of three new species of Gorgonidz in Mus. Acad. Nat. Sci., 202, 233; on Milne- Edwards’ synonymy of Xiphigorgia setacea, and Wm. M. Gabb, descrip- tions of new Cretaceous Corals from New Jersey, 363, 366, 367; descrip- tions of new Corals in Mus. Acad. Nat. Sci., 415, 435; descriptions of new North American Coleoptera, in the Cabinet of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, 551; 569 ; don.fto mus. v. Horn, P. C., don. to mus. iii. Hornes, Dr. Morris, don. to lib. vi. Howe, Joseph, don. to lib. i. Huffnagle, Dr., don. to mus. v. Hunt, T. Sterry, letter from, on ex- periments with Chloride of Calcium and Magnesia precipitated by Car- bonate of Soda, 96. India, Secretary of State for, don. to lib. x. Institute, Canadian of Arts &. don. to lib. il. iv. 1x. X. Xiil. Seviii: Institute, Essex, Salem, don. to lib. xvi. xviii. Institute, Royal Imperial Geological, Vienna, don. to lib. vi. xviii. Institute, Maryland, don. to lib. iti. xv. | Institution, Royal Lombard, of Science, &ec., don. to lib. x. Jackson, Dr. J. B. S., don. to mus. iy, Jackson, Dr. R. M. S., don. to lib. xiii. Jan, M., don. to lib. iii. Janeway, Dr. J. H., don..to mus. i.; don. to lib. xi. INDEX. Jeanes, Joseph, don. to mus. vi. vii. Jeanes, Samuel, don. to mus. vi. vii. Jessup, Augustus H., resolutions on death of, 1; letterfrom A. D. Jessup, H. A. Jessup and Mrs. Clara J. Moore, children of the late, 95. Jolis, Auguste C., don. to lib. xix. Jones & White, don. to lib. vii. Kaull, William, don. to mus. i. Kellog, F., don. to mus. i. Kennicott, Robert, description of new species of North American Reptiles in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, 325; 328. Kern, Edward M., don. to mus. iv. Kirschbaum, ©. 8., don. to lib. ix. Kollar, Dr., don. to mus. v. Krider, John, don. to. mus. i, v. Kurtz, J. D., don. to lib. i. © Lamont, Dr, J., don. to lib. v. Langstroth, L. L., don. to lib. vii. Lapham, J. A., a list of the fresh-water shells of Wisconsin, 146; 154. Lea, Isaac, LL. D., Prest. Acad. Nat. Sci., remarks on the death of A. E. Jessup and resolutions by, 1; re- marks on the history of Anthracite coal, 2; remarks on the number of species of Unionide in the United States and Territories, 3; remarks on abnormal shells, 51; descriptions of four new species of Unionide from Brazil; description of fifteen new species of Uruguayan Unionide ; re- marks on the number of Unionide of North America, 85; 89; 90; de- scription of four new species of Me- laniade of the United States; descrip- tions of five new species of Uniones from Alabama, 86; 92; 93; remarks on letter of Dr. Lewis on the color- ing matter of the nacre of Uniones, 88; remarks on a new form of palpi of Anodonta, 97; remarks on letter of Dr. Showalter of Ala., on speci- mens of Physa; and on letter from Dr. Lewis on self-registering ther- mometer, 147 ; descriptions of four- teen new species of Schizostoma, Anculosa, &c., 148; 186; remarks on perforation of rocks by Echini, 149; descriptions of two new species of Uniones from Georgia; descrip- tions of three new species of Uniones from Mexico ; descriptions of six new species of Unionide from Alabama; vii. descriptions of seven new species of Unionide from the United States ; descriptions of three new species of exotic Unionide, 302; 305; read an extract of a.letter from Bishop D)- liott on Helix Cumberlandiana, 363 ; new Unionide of the United States and Northern Mexico, 415; read let- ter from Jules Marcou, 548; read letters from Mr. Tyson of Md. 550; don. to mus. ii. ili. iv. Vv. vii. don. to lib. iv. V. xxi. Lea, M. Carey, don. to lib. i. xiii. xxi. Le Conte, Maj. John, Vice President, announcement of death of, and reso- lutions concerning, 516; don. to mus. ii, Le Conte, Dr. J. L., remarks on the geographical distribution of Coleop- tera, 49; resolutions by on death o7 Dr. Edward Hallowell, 82; notes on Coleoptera found at Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River, with remarks on other northern species, 304; 315; sy- nopsis of the Scaphidiide of the Uni- ted States, 304; 321; don. to mus. vii. don. to lib. x. Leidy, Dr. Joseph, remarks on Alber- tite, 54; announcement of the pur- chase of the collection of coal fossils of Mr. Eli Bowen, 54; remarks on Hyalonema mirabilis, 85 ; announce~ ment of the presentation by Dr. T. B. Wilson of his entire collection of Birds, 86; remarks on experiments with Trichina spiralis, 96; remarks on a new and rich botanical locality at Jackson, New Jersey, 98; resolu- tion to exchange the Journal and Proceedings with Mr. J. N. H. Barris for a suite of fossils, 150; notice of specimen of Hyla, 305; remarks on fossil teeth of Hippotherium from Washington Co., Texas, 416; re- marks on an extinct Peccary from Dr. D. D. Owen, 416; announced the death of Dr. David Dale Owen, 516 ; don. to mus. i. ili. vi. vii. don. to Jib, xiii. xiv. xvii. Le Moine, J. M., don. to lib. vi, Lesley, J. P., remarks on letter of T. Sterry Hunt, 96; remarks ona boul- der of Gneiss on the Orange Co., N. Y. Highlands, 97; remarks on the geology of the White Mountains, 363, Lesquereux, Leo, don. to lib. xxi. Lewis, Dr. James, catalogue of the shell-bearing Mollusca found in the Viil. INDEX. vicinity of Mohawk, N. Y.,1; 17;} can Humming Birds Nos. 3 and 4, extract of letter from, 88. | Som k Lewis, George T., don. to mus. iii. ; Moore, Dr. Francis, don. to mus. y. Leopoldt, F., don. to lib. x. Morris, Dr. J. C., don. to mus. vi. Librarian, Report of, 575. Moss, T. F., don. to mus. iii. iv. Library, Trustees of New York State, | Moulins, Charles de, don. to lib. xix. don. to lib. ix. XK. Logan, Dr. J. Dickinson, don. tomus. vii. | Mueller, Dr. Carolus, don. to lib. v. xi. Lowes, J. B. and J. H. Gilbert, don. to | Museum, Geological, Calcutta, don. to lib. vii. lib., iii. viit. Lyceum of Natural History, New York, don. to lib. iv. Newberry, Dr. J. S., don. to lib. xix. Lynch, Capt. Wm. F., U.S. N., don. to xxi. lib. iv. Nicholson, Capt., don. to mus. ii. Norris, Thaddeus W. don. to mus. vi. Mactier, Wm. L., don. to mus. i. don. to lib. xiv. Observatory, Royal of Munich, don. to Marcou, Jules, letter from in regard to to lib. vi. Jurassic fossils, 548; don. to lib. | Ohio, Legislature of, don. to lib. xi. XViii. Orrick, A. C., don. to mus. ii. Marsh, Benj. V., don. to mus. iv. Osten, Sacken, Baron R., Appendix to Martius, Carl Freidrick Philipp v., don. the paper entitled ‘“ new genera and to lib. vi. species of North American Tipulide Mason, E. P., don. to mus. i. with short palpi,” 2; 15. Matthews, 5. H., don. to mus. vii. Owen, Dr. David Dale, announcement McChesney, J. H., don. to lib. iii. of the death of, 516. McKibben, J., don. to mus. iv. Meehan, Thomas, note on Carya Texana, | Paine, Martyn, M. D., don. to lib. xiii. 547, don. to lib. x. Pennsylvania, State of, don. to lib. i. ii. Meek, F. B. and H. Engelmann, report | Perkins, Edward L., vote of thanks to, to Capt. J. H. Simpson, 126; and} for donation, 3; don. to mus. i. Dr. F. V. Hayden, descriptions of | Petermann, Dr. A., don. to lib. vili. new organic remains from the Ter- | Phillips, J. S., don, to mus. ili. tiary, Cretaceous and Jurassic rocks | Pickering, Dr. Charles, remarks on the of Nebraska, 148; 175; descriptions history of Anthracite coal, 2. of new fossil remains collected in Ne- | Pierce, J. Newton, don. to mus. y. braska and Utah, &c., 302; 308; | Piggott, John T. don. to mus. v. and A. H. Worthen, descriptions of | Potts & Klett, don. to mus. ii. new species of Crinoidea from the | Powel, Samuel, remarks on binocular Carboniferous rocks of Illinois and vision, 99; don. to mus. i. iii. other Western States, 363; 379; and | Prime, Temple, descriptions of new Dr. F. V. Hayden, Systematic cata- species of Cyrena and Corbicula in logue with synonymy of Jurassic,| the Mus. Acad, Nat. Sci., 51; 80; Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils col- Synonymy of the Cyclades a family lected in Nebraska, &c., 415; 417; of Acephalous, Mollusca, part Ist, descriptions of new Carboniferous 199; 267; don. to mus. y. don, to fossils from Illinois and other West- lib. ii. ern States, 416; 447. Purves, L., don. to mus. i. Meigs, Dr. J. Aitken, observations upon the form of the Occiput in the vari- | Quetelet, M. Ad., don. to lib, xiv. ous races of men, 363; 397; don. to | Quetelet, M, Ernest, don. to lib. xiv. : | mus. i. Milson, Dr. Augustus, don. to mus. iii. | Rand, Dr. B. H., resolution of thanks Misser, P., don. to lib. v. to Van Amburgh & Co., 516. . Mitchell, Dr. S. Weir, see Hammond; | Rand, F. D., don. to mus. iii. don. to mus. v. don. to lib. i. vii. Ravenel, H. W., don. to mus. iv. Montes de Oca, Rafael, Mexican Hum- | Redfield, John H., description of a ming Birds No. 1, 3; 47; Mescor | new species of Marginella, 148 ; Humming Birds No. 2,54; 80; Mezi-! 174. 1860. INDEX. Report of Committee on Memorial in aid of Dr. Evans, 2. Report of Committee on letter of A. E. Jessup, &c., 100. Report of Committee on Proceedings, 48. Report of Publication Committee, 48. Resolutions on the death of A. EH. Jes- sup, 1. Resolutions in relation to the meteor- ite of Port Orford, W. T., 2. Resolutions on the death of Dr. Hd- ward Hallowell, 82. Resolutions on the death of George W. Carpenter, 201. Resolutions on the death of Vice Presi- dent Le Conte, 516. Roepper, Mr., don. to mus. iii. Rogers, Prof. Fairman, don. to mus. vii. 5 Rogers, Prof. Robert E., remarks on the debitumenization of coal and propagation of concussion, 53; re- marks on Petroleum wells of West- em Pennsylvania, 147; exhibition of a modification of Gore’s apparatus ’ of revolving metallic ball, 148; ex- hibition of experiments on the de- composing power of Carbonic Acid in solution, and of Prof. Way’s light, and reclamation of, for Dr. Hare, 515; don. to mus. iv. Rogers, Prof. Wm. B., remarks on Albertite, or so-called Albert coal of New Brunswick, 98; remarks on experiments in binocular vision, 98 ; don. to lib. vii. Ruschenberger, Dr. W. S. W., re- marks on binocular vision, 99; re- signation from Committees, 324; don. to mus. ii. Samuel, David, don. to mus. iii. Sauvalle, F. A., don. to mus. vi. Say, Mrs. Lucy W., don. to lib. iv. v. Xi. xvi. xvii. xxi. Scattergood, Theo., don. to mus. ii. Schmidt, Dr. H. D., method of paint- ing moist anatomical preparations, Secretary, Recording, Report of, 572. Seidel, Ludwig, don. to lib. v. Semple, Dr., U. S. N., don. to mus. ii. iii. Short, J., don. to mus. iv. Shumard, Dr. B. F., don. to lib. i. ii. iii. xvi. Simpson, Capt. J. H., Top. Eng., no- tice of geological discoveries made 1860.] iz, by him in his recent explorations across the continent, 97, 126. Sinclair, Dr., U.S. N., don. to mus. vi. Slack, Dr. J. H., remarks on the dis- covery of some fossil bones, 3; re- marks on the finding of teeth of Mosasaurus, 54; don. to mus. i, ii. iii. iv. vii. Smith, Aubrey H., and Alex. H, Smith, letter on the habits of the Beaver, 146; remarks on a black snake, which, when alarmed, ascended a tree, 149; don. to mus. vii. Smith, Charles E., don. to mus. vii. Smith, N. and H., don. to mus. i. Smithsonian Institution, don. to mus. 1. Ho 1ll.-v.> don. to; lib.) }./xii, ai Snowden, J. Ross., don. to lib. ii. Society, Academique de Maine et Loire, don. to lib. vi. Society, American Antiquarian, don. to lib. ii. x. Society, American Geographical and Statistical, don. to lib. xiii. Society, American Philosophical, don. to lib. i. x. Society, Arts and Institutions in Union, London, don. to lib. ii. xvii. Society, Beforderung des Gartenbaus, Berlin, don. to lib. xii. Society, Boston Natural History, don. to lib, i. ii. iv. Ix. xi. xiv. xviii. Society, Chemical, of London, don. to lib. xxi. Society, Deutschen Geologischen, Ber- lin, don. to lib. ii. vi. xviii. xix. Society, Entomologique de France, Paris, don. to lib. iv. Society, Entomologischen, Berlin, don. to lib. xii. Society, Entomologischen zu Stettin, don. to lib. vi. Society, Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Meklenburg, don. to lib. vi. xviii. Society, fiirstlich Jablonowskischen zu Leipzig, don. to lib. vi. Society, Geological, of Dublin, don. to lib. viii. Society, Geological, of London, don. to lib. i. vii. xi. xvii. Society, Historical, of Pennsylvania, don. to lib. iii. , Society, Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou, don. to lib. ii. xix. Society, Imperiale des Sciences, &c., de Cherbourg, don. to lib. ix. xix. Society, K. K. Zoologisch-botanischen, Wien, don. to lib, xviii, x) Soeiety, Kong. Danske Videnskaber- nes, Kjobenhaven, don. to lib. ii. Society, Konig. bohmischen der Wis- senschaften, Prag, don. to lib. vi. Society, Konigl. der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, don. to lib. xviii. Society, Leeds Philosophical and Liter- ary, don. to lib. xvii. Society, Linnean, of London, don. to lib. ix. Society, Linneene de Normandy, don. to lib. vi. Society, Literary and Philosophical, of Liverpool, don. to lib. xviii. Society, Literary and Philosphical, of Manchester, don. to lib., xvii. Society, Natural History, of Dorpat, don. to lib. xii. Society, Naturforschenden in Emden, don. to lib. xvii. Society, Naturforschenden in Basel, don. to lib. ii. Society, Natural History, of Montreal, don. to lib. i. iv. vii. xi. xv. xxi. Society, Naturforschenden zu _ Frei- burg, don. to lib. ii. xii. Society, Naturforschenden zu Riga, don. to lib. vi. Society, Naturhistorischen der preus- sischen Rheinland und Westpha- lens, don. to lib. ix. Society, Naturkunde in Herzogthum, | Nassau, don. to lib. ix. | Society, Natuurkundige in Nederland- isch Indie, don. to lib. i. viii. ix. x. Xvi. Society, Northern Antiquaries, of Co- penhagen, don. to lib. x. Society, of Oberhessischen fiir Natur- und Heilkunde, don. to lib. xvii. Society, Osterlande zu Altenburg, don. to lib. vi. Society, Physikal-Medicin, Wurzburg, don. to lib. xii. Society, Physique et d’Histoire Natu- relle de Genéve, don. to lib. 1X. Society, Royal, of Edinburgh, don. to Lipsex: Society, Royal, of London, don. to lib. | vii. xv. xvii. xviii. Society, Royal Physical, of Edinburgh, | don. to lib. xvii. | Society, Russich-Kaiserlichen Mine- | ralogischen zu St. Petersbourg, don. to lib. xviii. Society, Scientiarem Upsaliensis, don. | to lib. xix. | INDEX. Society, Senckenbergischen Naturfor- schenden, don. to lib. xii. Society, Wissenschaften zu Leipzig, don. to lib. xix. Society, Wurttembergische Naturwis- senschaftliche, don. to lib. vi. Society, Zoological, of London, don. to lib. i. Vii. xx. xxi. Society, Zoologische, Frankfurt am Main, don. to lib. ii. xix. Society, Zoologisch-Mineralogischen in Regensberg, don. to lib. xii. Stainton, H.T., observations on Ameri- can Tineina, 416, 433. Steiner, Dr. Lewis H., don. to lib. vii. Stimpson, Wm., Prodromus descrip- tionis animalium evertebratorum, quae in Expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum Septentrionalem, a Re- publica Federata missa, C. Ringgold et J. Rodgers Ducibus, observayit et descripsit, 22. Storer, Frank H., don. to lib. xi. Suess, Prof. Edward, don. to lib. vi. xviii. Swift, Robert, don. to mus. v. vi. Tatnall, Edward, don. to lib. xv. Taylor, Alfred B., don. to lib. ii. Taylor, Prof. W. J., don. to mus. iy. vi. Thompson, J. H., don. to mus. i. Trautwine, J. C., don. to mus. Vii. Troschel, Dr. F. H., don. to lib. xii. xix. Turner, Dr. T. J., U. S. N.; don: ‘to mus. i. Tyson, Isaac, don. to mus. iii. Tyson, P. T., don. to mus. vii.; don. to lib. xvii. Uhler, P. R., Hemiptera of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, &c., 201, 221. Uhler, Dr. Wm. M., don. to mus. vil. University, Catholic, of Louvain, don. to lib. xii. University, Royal, of Christiana, Nor- way, don. to lib. v. University, State of Michigan, don. to lib, iii. University, State of New York, Re- gents of, don. to lib. xvii. Van Amburgh & Co., thanks of the Academy to for donations to Mu- seum, 516; don. to mus. Vii. Vaux, Wm. S., resolution offered by, 148 ; don. to mus. ii. vi. vii. [1860. INDEX. Ward, Townsend, don. to mus. iv. Warren, David M., don. to lib. xii. Wayne, Major, U. S. A., don. to lib. vii. Weinland, Dr. S. F., don. to lib. xiii. Weitenweber, Dr. Wilh. Rud., don. to lib. vi. Westermann, B., & Co, don. to lib. xi, Wetherill, Dr. C. M., don. to mus. iv.; don to lib. xi. xiii. xvi. Wiegel, F. O., don. to lib. xix. Wileocks, Dr. Alexander, don. to lib. ili. Willis, J. R., announcement of the discovery of Waldheimia cranium and Lnttorina litorea on the shore of Nova. Scotia, 148. Wilson, Dr. Joseph, U.S. N., remarks on a tiger cat, (Felis pardalis mini- mus,) 82; don. to mus. i. ii. iii. 1860.] x Wilson, Dr. Thomas B., don. to mus. ii. iv. vi. vii. ; don. to lib. i. ii. iii. iv. Vv. Vii. Vili. x. xi. xii. xiii. xiv. XV. XVi. XVil. XX. Xxi. Xxii. Wood, Horatio C., Jr., contributions to the Carboniferous Flora of the U. States, 199, 236; catalogue of Car- boniferous plants in Mus. Acad. Nat. Sci., with corrections in syno- nymy, descriptions of new species, &e., 415, 436; contributions to the Carboniferous Flora of the U. States, No. 2, 517, 519 ; don. to mus. iii. iv. vi. ; don. to lib.., vii. Worthen, A. H., see Meek. Xantus, John, descriptions of three new species of Star-fishes from Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, 551, 568. J . wf hey rane Boe Uh Fhe tA eas Eweww *=* QH Academy of Natural Sciences w of Philadelphia A2 Proceedings v.l2 Biolog